Draft Environmental Impact Assessment

Project Number: 46916 August 2012

BAN: BHOLA GAS POWER PROJECT

Prepared by: Environmental Resources Management (S) Pte. Ltd. for Lanco Power International Pte. Ltd.

The environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “Term of Use” section of this website.

Neodymium217.9 MW Gas-Fired Polybutadiene RubberCombined Facility Cycle Power Plant

Project, Bhola, Bangladesh Pollution Control Study Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report May 2012

www.erm.com A ugust 2012

Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

Environmental Resources 217.9 MW Gas-Fired Combined Cycle Management (S) Pte Ltd

Power Plant Project, Bhola, Bangladesh 120 Robinson Road #10-01 Singapore 068913 Telephone (65) 6324 9636 Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report Facsimile (65) 6226 1636 Email [email protected] Website: www.erm.com

Client Project No

Lanco Power International Pte. Ltd. 0156283 Project Summary Date 06 August 2012 The Government of Bangladesh has authorized the Approved by Bangladesh Power Development Board to develop a 150 – 225 MW gas fired Combined Cycle Power Plant in Bhola, Bangladesh. To fulfil part of this requirement, Lanco Power International Pte Ltd was appointed to design, finance, build, own and operate a 217.9 MW Gas-Fired Combined Cycle

Power Plant (the Project). Alastair Scott Managing Partner This report presents Environmental and Social Impact ERM (S) Pte Ltd Assessment (ESIA) which has been conducted for the Project, to meet the requirements of both the local Government of Bangladesh and potential Lenders.

0 Draft Report NC NS AS 06.08.12

Revision Description By Checked Approved Date This report has been prepared by Environmental Resources Management with all Distribution reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the Contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of Internal the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect or any matters Public outside the scope of the above.

This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility of whatsoever Confidential nature to any other third parties ("Third Parties") to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such Third Parties rely upon the report at their own risk.

Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND 1 1.2 PROJECT RATIONALE 4 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THE EIA 6 1.4 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY 7 1.5 CONTENT OF ESIA REPORT 11

2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 12

2.1 INTRODUCTION 12 2.2 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED POLICIES IN BANGLADESH 12 2.3 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL RELATED LEGISLATIONS IN BANGLADESH 16 2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK RELATED TO ENVIRONMENT IN BANGLADESH 25 2.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO LAND ACQUISITION IN BANGLADESH 29 2.6 PROJECT RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS 29 2.7 ADB REQUIREMENTS 31 2.8 IFC PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 36 2.9 APPLICABLE EHS STANDARDS 42

3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 43

3.1 PRELUDE 43 3.2 LOCATION 43 3.3 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATIONS 45 3.4 KEY COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT 48 3.5 RESOURCES AND ASSOCIATED FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT 59 3.6 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE OVERVIEW 68 3.7 POTENTIAL POLLUTION SOURCES & MITIGATION MEASURES 73 3.8 SAFETY PROVISIONS 79

4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE CONDITION 82

4.1 INTRODUCTION 82 4.2 OBJECTIVE AND METHODOLOGY 82 4.3 PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA 83 4.4 LANDUSE 87 4.5 TOPOGRAPHY 94 4.6 GEOLOGY 99 4.7 SOIL AND SEDIMENT QUALITY 104 4.8 HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE PATTERN 108 4.9 WATER QUALITY 113 4.10 METEOROLOGY 118 4.11 NATURAL HAZARDS 125 4.12 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 129 4.13 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS 138 4.14 TRAFFIC 140

4.15 TERRESTRIAL AND AQUATIC ECOLOGY 143 4.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE 167 4.17 ANALYSIS OF THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY 185

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 193

5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 193 5.2 OPERATION PHASE 241 5.3 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 284

6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 290

6.1 NO-PROJECT SCENARIO 290 6.2 WITH PROJECT SCENARIO 290

7 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULATTION AND PARTICIPATION295

7.1 INTRODUCTION 295 7.2 REGULATORY CONTEXT OF INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND CONSULTATION 295 7.3 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR CONSULTATION 296 7.4 STAKEHOLDER ASSESSMENT 296 7.5 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND CONSULTATION 303 7.6 WAY FORWARD FOR CONTINUATION OF CONSULTATION 316

8 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 321

8.1 OBJECTIVES OF GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 321 8.2 COMPOSITION OF GRC AND ULC 322 8.3 FUNCTIONAL PREMISES OF GRC & ULC FOR GRIEVANCE REDRESS 322 8.4 DISCLOSURE OF THE GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 323 8.5 GRIEVANCE REPORTING PROCEDURE UNDER GRM 323 8.6 GRIEVANCE REDRESS PROCESS OF GRC 324 8.7 ENTITLEMENTS OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS 326 8.8 MONITORING AND EVALUATION 326 8.9 BUDGETING 326

9 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 328

9.1 MITIGATION MEASURES 328 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 329 9.3 INSTITUTIONAL SETTING AND IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS 368 9.4 TRAININGS 370 9.5 PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE OF THE PROJECT 371 9.6 BUDGET 372

10 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 373

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1 Location of the Project Site 3 Figure 1.2 Installed Capacity of Power Plant Types, July 2012 4 Figure 1.3 Estimated Demand Supply Gap up to 2016 5 Figure 2.1 DOE Environmental Clearance Applicability and Procedure 27 Figure 2.2 Flowchart of EIA Process Applicable to the Proposed Project 28 Figure 3.1 Aerial View of the Project Site, Approach Road and Gas Pipeline Alignment 44 Figure 3.2 Plot Plan 46 Figure 3.3 Heat Balance Diagram 47 Figure 3.4 Gas Turbine Layout 50 Figure 3.5 Gas Pipeline Alignment 62 Figure 3.6 Map showing Project Components and Shahbazpur Gas Field 63 Figure 3.7 Map showing proposed Transmission Line 64 Figure 3.8 Water Balance 66 Figure 3.9 Proposed Operation and Maintenance Organization Chart 72 Figure 4.1 10 km Study Area Map 85 Figure 4.2 Google Image Showing the Proposed Project Footprint Area 86 Figure 4.3 Land use/Land cover Map for 10km study area. 90 Figure 4.4 Graphical representation of land use statistics 91 Figure 4.5 Digital Elevation Map of the 10km Study Area 96 Figure 4.6 Slope Map of the 10km Study Area 97 Figure 4.7 Topography Survey Plan of Project Site 98 Figure 4.8 Bhola Island: Part of an Active Delta 100 Figure 4.9 Physiographic units of Bangladesh 101 Figure 4.10 Location of boreholes 103 Figure 4.11 Sampling Location Map for Soil, Sediment, Surface Water and Ground Water 105 Figure 4.12 Drainage Map of 10km Study Area 111 Figure 4.13 Drainage Map of 1km Buffer 112 Figure 4.14 Climatic Sub-regions of Bangladesh 119 Figure 4.15 Normal Maximum and Minimum Temperature Profile in Bhola 120 Figure 4.16 Normals of Relative Humidity in Bhola 121 Figure 4.17 Normals of Rainfall in Bhola 121 Figure 4.18 Monthly Windrose Diagrams of Bhola Observatory 123 Figure 4.19 Seasonal and Annual Windrose 124 Figure 4.20 Earthquake Zone Map of Bangladesh 125 Figure 4.21 Cyclonic Storm Tracks in Bangladesh 127 Figure 4.22 Cyclone map of Bangladesh 128 Figure 4.23 Flood Map of Bangladesh 129 Figure 4.24 Air, Noise and Traffic Monitoring Locations 132 Figure 4.25 SPM Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 133 Figure 4.26 PM10 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 134 Figure 4.27 PM2.5 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 135 Figure 4.28 SO2 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 136 Figure 4.29 NOx Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 137 Figure 4.30 CO Concentration Pattern in the Study Area 137 Figure 4.31 Noise Levels Recorded in the Study Area 140 Figure 4.32 Hourly Traffic Volume in Dehular Canal 142 Figure 4.33 Hourly Traffic Volume in Connecting Roads 142

Figure 4.34 Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh 144 Figure 4.35 Map showing Ecological Monitoring locations in Study Area 146 Figure 4.36 Agricultural Land in the Study Area 148 Figure 4.37 Biodiversity Indices Survey 149 Figure 4.38 Floral Diversity of different Ecosystems 152 Figure 4.39 Major aquatic habitat found within the Study area 154 Figure 4.40 Fish Catch Survey Study 158 Figure 4.41 Fishing Net and Gear in Dehular Canal 160 Figure 4.42 Different Fish Species in Market (Culture and Capture) 161 Figure 4.43 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh 166 Figure 4.44 Project Study Area Map for Socio-economic Baseline 169 Figure 4.45 Literacy Profile 173 Figure 4.46 Landscape of Project Site 175 Figure 4.47 Land Holding Pattern in Bhola 176 Figure 4.48 Occupation& Employment Profile in the Project Study area 178 Figure 4.49 Average Household Size in the study area 187 Figure 4.50 Occupation Profile 187 Figure 4.51 Education and Literacy 188 Figure 4.52 Sanitation facilities 189 Figure 4.53 Monthly HH expenditure 191 Figure 5.1 Predicted Construction Noise Levels 210 Figure 5.2 Receptor Network and Emission Sources 245 Figure 5.3 Isopleths of 1 Hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT) 247 Figure 5.4 Isopleths of 24-hourly Average Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT) 248 Figure 5.5 Isopleths of Annual Average NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT) 249 Figure 5.6 Isopleths of 1-hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT) 250 Figure 5.7 Isopleths of 24-hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT) 251 Figure 5.8 Isopleths of Annual Average NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT) 252 Figure 5.9 Isopleths of 1 Hourly Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT) 253 Figure 5.10 Isopleths of 8-hourly Average Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT) 254 Figure 5.11 Isopleths of 1-hourly Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT) 255 Figure 5.12 Isopleths of 8-hourly Average Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT) 256 Figure 5.13 Probabilistic Plume Plots (Exceeding 3°C) at Surface Water for January, August and Worst Scenario 263 Figure 6.1 Gas Pipeline Alignment Option 292 Figure 8.1 Grievance Redress Process for the Project 324 Figure 9.1 Organization Chart for Environmental and Social Management and Reporting Responsibilities during Construction and Operation Phase of the Project 369

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1 Estimated Demand Supply Gap up to 2016(calendar year) 5 Table 1.2 Key Data Sources 10 Table 2.1 Policies relevant to Environment 14 Table 2.2 National Legal Instruments relevant to the Project 20 Table 2.3 Project Relevant International Treaties and Conventions 29 Table 2.4 Project Categorisation as per ADB Safeguards 34 Table 2.5 IFC Performance Standards 36 Table 3.1 Overall Performance of Facility based on 100% Load 45 Table 3.2 Gas Turbine Generator Specification 48 Table 3.3 Steam Turbine Generator and Condenser Specifications 51 Table 3.4 Heat Recovery Steam Generator Specifications 51 Table 3.5 Fuel Gas Compressor Details 52 Table 3.6 Control Matrix for Various Plant Systems 57 Table 3.7 Break-up of Land (Tentative) 59 Table 3.8 Gas Specification 60 Table 3.9 Water Requirement during the Construction Phase 65 Table 3.10 Water Requirement during the Operation Phase 65 Table 3.11 Chemicals and Storage Capacity 67 Table 3.12 Tentative Construction Phase Milestone Schedule 68 Table 3.13 Maintenance Schedule 70 Table 3.14 Annual Availability of the Plant 70 Table 3.15 Shift-wise Skilled Manpower Requirement during Operation Phase 71 Table 3.16 Air Emission Criteria for Flue Gas Stacks 73 Table 3.17 Noise Emission Criteria 74 Table 3.18 Wastewater Generation from the Plant 76 Table 3.19 Effluent Discharge Criteria 77 Table 3.20 Solid and Hazardous Wastes during Operation Phase 78 Table 3.21 Portable Fire Extinguishers with Requisite Quantities 80 Table 4.1 Satellite Data used in the Study 88 Table 4.2 Land Use / Land Cover Area Statistics for 1 km, 5 km and 10 km study radius 89 Table 4.3 Vegetation Density in study area of Proposed Power Plant 93 Table 4.4 Elevation Level of the Project Site 94 Table 4.5 Location of Soil and Sediment Samples 104 Table 4.6 Soil and Sediment Quality 106 Table 4.7 Standard Soil Classification 107 Table 4.8 Target values and soil remediation intervention values and background concentrations soil/sediment and groundwater for metals 108 Table 4.9 Yearly minimum and maximum water surface level for the project site 109 Table 4.10 Details of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations 113 Table 4.11 Method for Water Analysis 114 Table 4.12 Surface Water Quality Analysis 116 Table 4.13 Groundwater quality analysis 117 Table 4.14 Cyclonic Storms in Bhola 126 Table 4.15 Methodology for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality 130 Table 4.16 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations 131 Table 4.17 Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area 131 Table 4.18 Details of Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations 138

Table 4.19 Hourly Equivalent Noise Levels in the Monitoring Locations 139 Table 4.20 Noise Levels in the Study Area 139 Table 4.21 Locations of Traffic Survey 141 Table 4.22 Existing Traffic Density in Dehular Canal 141 Table 4.23 Existing Traffic Volumes in the Connecting Roads 142 Table 4.24 Common Weed Species recorded* in Agricultural Lands** within Study Area147 Table 4.25 Domin or Braun-Blanquet scales for visual estimates of cover 149 Table 4.26 Biodiversity Indices 150 Table 4.27 Present Cropping Pattern of the Study Area 153 Table 4.28 Gross Agricultural Production in Borhanuddin Upazila 153 Table 4.29 Phytoplankton and Zooplankton abundance in Dehular canal 155 Table 4.30 Fish Habitat Area of the Study Area (5 km radial zone) 158 Table 4.31 CPUE of the Study Area 159 Table 4.32 Number of Fishermen in Borhanuddin Upazila 159 Table 4.33 Fishing seasonality of different habitats 160 Table 4.34 Fish Species list prepared from the Catch Assessment Survey 160 Table 4.35 List of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh 165 Table 4.36 Demographic Profile of the Project Area* 171 Table 4.37 Religion Profile of the Project Area 172 Table 4.38 Distribution of Land Ownership in the Study Area 175 Table 4.39 Major HH Income Sources in the Project Area 177 Table 4.40 Production of Key Crops in Bhola as per 2011-12 statistics 179 Table 4.41 Key Agricultural Parameters of Bhola District 179 Table 4.42 Livestock Production in Bhola as per 2011-12 statistics 181 Table 4.43 Diseases & Ailments in Borhanuddin* 183 Table 4.44 Sample Distribution Statistics 186 Table 4.45 Source of Loan & Average loan size 191 Table 5.1 Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of the Project 194 Table 5.2 Assumed Construction Equipment Sound Pressure Level Inventory 209 Table 5.3 Predicted Noise Levels at Nearest Receptors during Construction Phase 210 Table 5.4 Comparison of floral species richness at Project Site and Study Area 223 Table 5.5 Comparison of faunal species richness at Project Site and Study Area 224 Table 5.6 Status of conservation for fauna based on Local criteria 225 Table 5.7 Impact Identification Matrix for Operation Phase of the Project 241 Table 5.8 Modelling Scenarios for Air Quality Impact Assessment 242 Table 5.9 Emission Parameters for the Power Plant 242 Table 5.10 Receptor Locations with respect to the Project 245 Table 5.11 Summary of Air Quality Dispersion Modelling Results 246 Table 5.12 Estimated GHG Emissions from the Plant 258 Table 5.13 Noise Emission Criteria 259 Table 5.14 Summary of Impact on Region Water Surface and Mixing Zone 264 Table 5.15 Indicative List of Chemical Storages 270 Table 5.16 Overall Identified Hazards 270 Table 5.17 Scenarios Identified 271 Table 5.18 Summary Impact Assessment 285 Table 7.1 Stakeholder Mapping for the Project 298 Table 7.2 Details of consultations held for the Project 304 Table 7.3 Plan for Further Consultation and Disclosure during the Project 318 Table 9.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan for Construction and Operation Phase of the Project 331

Table 9.2 Environmental and Social Monitoring Programme (Construction and Operation Phase) 362 Table 9.3 Roles and Responsibilities of Project Developer and EPC Contractor 368

Abbreviations

ADB Asian Development Bank ARIPO Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance ASR s Air Sensitive Receptors BFIDC Bangladesh Forest Industries Development Corporation BFRI Bangladesh Forest Research Institute BNH Bangladesh National Herbarium BPDB Bangladesh Power Development Board CCO Chief Compliance Officer CCPP Combined Cycle Power Plant CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species CLAC Central Land Allocation Committee CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CSWG Community & Social Welfare Groups DC District Commissioner DCO District Commissioners office DCS Distributed Control System DEM Digital Elevation Model DFIs Development Finance Institutions DHW Department of Health and Welfare DLACs District Land Allocation Committees DMP Disaster Management Plan DO Dissolved Oxygen DOE Department of Environment DSW Department of Social welfare EC Environmental Clearance ECAs Ecologically Critical Areas ECR Environment Conservation Rules EDG Emergency Diesel Generator EGL Existing Ground Level EHS Environmental, Health and Safety EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 I FD Forest Department FGD Focussed Group Discussions FPIC Free Prior Informed Consultation GDS Gas Detection System GHG Green House Gas GOB Government of Bangladesh GTG Gas Turbine Generator GWP Global Warming Potential HFL Highest Flood Level HRSG Heat Recovery Steam Generator IA Implementation Agreement IEE Initial Environmental Examination IFC International Finance Corporation ILO International Labour Organization IP Indigenous Peoples IPP Independent Power Producer IR Involuntary resettlement IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature Lanco Lanco Power International LCC Location Clearance Certificate LGED Local Government Engineering Department LLA Land Lease Agreement MCR Maximum Continuous Rating MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests MSL Mean Sea Level NGOs Non-Governmental Organisations NOC No Objection Certificate NSRs Noise Sensitive Receptors O&M Operations and Maintenance PAF Projected Affected Families PGCB Power Grid Company of Bangladesh PLC Programmable Logic Controller PP Project Proponent PPA Power Purchase Agreement PPE Personal Protective Equipment ppmv parts per million by volume

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 II PS Performance Standards REA Rapid environmental assessment RMS Regulating and Metering Station RoW Right of Way RP Resettlement Plan SCGT Simple Cycle Gas Turbine SEP Stakeholder Engagement Plan SGCL Sundarban Gas Company Limited SPS Safeguard Policy Statement STG Steam Turbine Generator TEWAC Totally Enclosed Water to Air Cooled TOR Terms of Reference UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply US EPA United State Environment Protection Agency VOCs Volatile Organic Chemicals

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 III A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A.1 INTRODUCTION

The Government of Bangladesh (GOB) has given highest priority to power sector development in the country in view of the demand and supply gap. Accordingly, it has authorized the Bangladesh Power Development Board(BPDB) to develop a 217.9 MW gas fired Combined Cycle Power Plant (the “Project”) on a site owned by BPDB in Bhola, Bangladesh.

Lanco Power International (Lanco) (100% equity) was selected as the private project sponsor through a tender process of BPDB. Lanco has approached the Asian Development Bank (ADB) and other Development Finance Institutions (DFIs) for raising investment capital for the Project. As per the ADB’s environmental and social screening criteria, the proposed Project falls under Category “A” and thus requires a Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study. Hence, this ESIA study was carried out to meet the environmental and social safeguard requirements of the ADB as well as the Bangladesh’s national laws. This ESIA study was also carried out to meet the environmental and social sustainability requirements of other DFIs.

The extent of the ESIA study covered the buffer and the core area. For the "Core area", the physical location of the proposed power plant, the gas pipeline alignment, and the approach road has been taken into consideration. For the “Buffer area”, 10 km radius around the proposed plant was surveyed for the overall baseline data mapping for environmental parameters. For the ecological baseline a buffer study area of 5 km was taken and for the social baseline a buffer study area of 7 km was studied.

A.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed Project is a 217.9 MW gas-fired combined cycle power plant (CCPP) to be implemented on a Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis for a period of 22 years. The Project location is Kutba Union of Borhanuddin in Bhola island of Bangladesh, approximately 2.5 km south-west of Borhanuddin Town (Upazilla headquarters) and 28 km from Bhola District headquarters. The CCPP will have a 1+1+1 configuration (i.e, one gas turbine generator (GTG), one heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) and one steam turbine generator (STG)) and will have a multi shaft design for gas turbine and steam turbine generators.

The plant would be constructed on 12.32 acres of land which will be leased to Lanco out of the 28.03 acres of total land owned by BPDB. Rest of the 15.71 acres of land will be used by BPDB for building its own power plant. Also an additional strip of 1.84 acres owned by BPDB will be leased to Lanco for building an approach road connecting the site to the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) road. Further land area of ~3.2 acres is under

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 IV process of acquisition for cooling water intake and outfall facilities and will be shared between Lanco and BPDB for their respective power plants.

Natural gas will be delivered from the Shahbazpur Gas Field via a new underground pipeline of approximately 2.0 km length and 8” diameter, connecting the power plant to the existing Valve Station owned by Sundarban Gas Company Limited (SGCL).

Water from the Dehular Canal, located just adjacent to the western boundary of the site, will be extracted upstream of the plant and will be discharged downstream for the cooling system.

A 230 kV switch yard/ sub-station will also be constructed at the site as part of the Project while the transmission line itself will be constructed by the Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB) for power evacuation from the Project. A new 230 kV double circuit transmission line of approximately 65 km length is planned by the PGCB to connect to the system in Barisal. The transmission line for evacuation of electricity generated from the proposed plant is subject of a separate assessment of environmental and social impacts as per the regulatory requirement in Bangladesh and an EIA Report has already been prepared by the PGCB in 2011 for the same.

A.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Bhola Island is part of the Ganges tidal floodplain (towards north) and the young Meghna estuarine floodplain (towards south) and is an active delta. The major rivers in the study area are Tentulia and Shahbazpur river bounding the area (Bhola island) from eastern and the western side. Many small ponds, streams and canals also exist in the study area.

The maximum percentage of land use/land cover of the core and buffer falls under agricultural followed by homestead plantations and water bodies.. No major industrial activities are present within the buffer area except for some brick kilns and agro-based small industries.

The project site is located on agricultural fallow land of predominantly flat terrain with a gentle slope toward the west. The immediate physical setting around the proposed power plant is agricultural fields to the north and south, agricultural fields and proposed approach road to the east, and Dehular Canal flowing in close proximity to the western boundary. The Dehular Canal, perennial in nature, originates from the Tentulia River and passes across the entire width of the island and then merges into the Meghna River.

Bangladesh is located in the tropical monsoon region and its climate is characterised by high temperature, heavy rainfall, often excessive humidity, and fairly marked seasonal variations. The project area in Bhola district falls under south –eastern climatic sub-region. The study area is marked by continuous increase in the temperatures from March to May. April is the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 V hottest months of the year with a mean daily maximum and minimum temperature (in April) of 32.8°C and 23.8°C, respectively. With the onset of monsoon by mid-May, the temperatures descend slightly. From November onwards, both the day and night temperatures decrease and January is the coldest month, with daily maximum and minimum temperatures of 25.7°C and 12.5°C.

Relative humidity in Bhola is generally above 80% throughout the year except in the months of February and March. Annual rainfall varies from 1609 mm (1992) to 3148 mm (1983) in Bhola and about 80% fall during five monsoon months (May to September) with June and July getting the maximum rains. Prevalent wind direction is south/north and vice versa in the study area. Winds are generally moderate during non-monsoon season, whereas during the monsoon season, these are moderate to strong. The wind speed varies from 2.0 knots to 15.0 knots, with average wind speed of about 7.0 knots

In terms of natural hazards, the Project site is prone to cyclones and floods. The offshore islands of Bhola are among the islands most prone to the cyclones. These cyclones occur in two seasons, April-May and October- November – i.e. before and after the monsoon.

The Bhola Island near the northern boundaries is prone to flooding. The Project site is affected by flood waters in the monsoon season because of the Dehular Canal adjacent to the site. It is reported that the site comes under 0.60 - 1.2 m of water for a few days during the peak monsoon season.

The Project site along the entire Bhola Island falls in the Zone-III area of earthquakes, the least active region for earthquakes.

The soil and sediment quality in the project site and study area varies from silty loam to silty clay loam type. The organic content indicates moderately high agricultural value of the soil.

The quality of most of the surface water samples collected from the Dehular Canal indicate that the water can be utilized for fisheries, industrial process and cooling purpose and for irrigation with the exception of one sample (as per the best practice based classification standards of the Bangladesh ECR). At two locations, the quality met the standard required to be used as a source of drinking water after conventional treatment.

The groundwater table at the project site and the study area is shallow and saline in quality. Most of the villagers in the study area use deep water tube wells for drinking water purpose. The physico-chemical analysis of the ground water collected from deep tube wells in the study area revealed most of the parameters meeting the Bangladesh drinking water standards with the exception of Iron and Arsenic. Both iron and arsenic content were high in most of the groundwater samples. This was attributed to predominance of reducing conditions in the aquifers for iron and geological origin for arsenic commonly found and reported in Bangladesh.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 VI

The major sources of air pollution noted within the study area include normal vehicular pollution on roads as well as vessels moving in the nearby canal/waterways, agricultural activities, domestic emissions and diesel fired small power generators. Based on baseline monitoring results for air quality, it is evident that the particulate and gaseous pollutants concentration at Project site as well as at West Gazipur is well within the stipulated standards of ambient air quality in Bangladesh. Also, the gaseous pollutant concentrations are well within the WHO standards. However, particulate concentration at Kheyaghat More were observed to be higher than the Bangladesh Standards, This is likely to be due to poor road conditions, vehicular movements and emissions and/or wind blown dust.

In terms of noise levels, the baseline monitoring for noise levels in the study area revealed that that ambient noise levels in the study area are higher than the prescribed limits with respect to the standards defined for different landuse, which is 50 dB (A) for day time and 40 dB(A) for night time in residential areas and 60 dB(A) for day time and 50 dB(A) for night time in mixed areas. The high noise levels was reported from normal village activities such as noise from the agricultural activities, sound of engines – diesel generators, small water pumps, school activities, etc. in and around the monitoring locations. Some small and heavy vehicle movement has also contributed to the baseline noise level.

The traffic survey revealed that the daily traffic load is relatively high on the Upazila Road (Borhanuddin – Sachra with a road width about 3 m). The width of the LGED road connecting the approach road of the site to the Upazilla Road connecting to Borhanuddin is about 2 m in width. The road conditions are not good, with several sharp curves and bends. The traffic on Dehular Canal was observed to be an average of 3.29 vessels passing per hour. The major traffic was boats (45 in the 24 hour period) followed by trawlers (28 per 24 hours) and barges (6 per 24 hours).

The Study Area forms the part of “Offshore Islands-Zone 8b” bio-ecological zone of Bangladesh where the Ganges channel is constantly shifting within its active floodplain, eroding and depositing large areas of new char lands in each flooding season. Both plants and animals adapt with the pattern of flooding. The rich vegetation in the interiors of the Bhola island is similar to that of the mainland of Bangladesh. In addition, a number of common reptile and mammal species occur within this zone. In the proposed Project site and its adjoining areas (5 km study radius) the major terrestrial ecosystems are Agricultural Land, Homestead Plantation and Crop fields.

The Project site does not have any trees. Cynodon dactylon is the most common floral species recorded at the Project site during the ecological survey. The 1.84 acres land on which the approach road is to be built is covered with vegetation. The trees present in the approach road are mostly Areca catechu, Albizia procera, Mangifera indica, Cocos nucifera, etc. These species are common

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 VII to the entire study area. No critical/ endangered species or species of conservation significance was observed at the project site

The major aquatic systems in the study area are permanent and seasonal wetlands. Rivers, canals, perennial water bodies and fishponds are the permanent wetland. Seasonal wetland is mainly floodplains which are inundated in the monsoon. The wetland contains different types of aquatic flora such as free floating, rooted floating, submerged, sedges and meadows, marginal plants and some evergreen wetland trees forming a closed canopy in freshwater swamps. 41 aquatic species of 22 families were recorded from the wetlands of the study area. Of them Gramineae, Hydrocharitaceae, Cyperaceae are the dominant families. The phyto and zooplanktons found in the Dehular canal are common in occurrence with respect to aquatic systems of Bangladesh.

In terms of faunal components, the study area does not support large wild mammals due to its vegetation condition and lack of forested areas. Among mammals, 19 species were recorded under 9 families. Common mammals that were found within the study area are Mole Rat, Bandicot Rat, House Shrew, Field Mouse, House Mouse), House Rat, Indian Grey Mongoose, Indian Jackal etc. None of the mammalian species of conservation significance i.e., listed in IUCN as threatened or endangered were recorded in the study area. The specific Project footprint area (Project site and approach road area) is not as diverse as the study area in faunal diversity. A total of 4 species of amphibians, 3 species of reptiles, 6 species of avi-fauna and 2 species of mammals were observed at the Project site and its immediate vicinity. None of these species recorded during the ecological survey is of conservational significance, i.e., listed in IUCN red list.

7 km radius covering the unions of Kutuba (location of Project Site), Bara Manika, Gangapur, Pakshia, Sachra, Deula, Kachia, and Tabgi was selected for socio-economic study. The total population of the project study area is 213, 936. The population density is approximately 919 persons per sq km and almost 88.24% of the total population is classified as rural. In Kutuba specifically (where the project site is located), the population is 22,792 and the population density is 957 persons per sq km. The land usage pattern within the study area is dominantly agricultural and cultivable land with the remaining utilized for urban settlement. Industrialization is comparatively very low and the only major industrial units are gas based power plants and rigs due to the available natural gas reserves in the district. The primary employment practice and economic setup in Bhola and study area revolves around agriculture (including share cropping agriculture labour, fisheries, and foraging). Rearing of livestock and poultry is also a major occupation in Bhola.

The study area is poor in terms of infrastructural facilities for electricity and health. The electricity overage in the study area is limited to only about 25%.

The total healthcare infrastructure in Bhola includes a total of 242 community clinics, 7 upazila healthcare centres and one general hospital. However, at

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 VIII present status, the community clinics and health centres are not equipped to handle any invasive or surgical procedures. The closest medical facility to the project site is the upazila healthcare centre located in Borhanuddin at a distance of approximately 4km.

70% of the people are dependent on deep water tube wells for drinking water. Almost 95.70% of the population in study area and Borhanuddin have access to safe drinking water. The primary health risk associated with ground water is the high content of arsenic which can cause cancer and skin problems when consumed over very long durations. With respect to the sanitation facilities in the project study area, only about 27.75% of the total dwellings have sanitary latrines.

The project area as such, does not have any key cultural heritage or resource of national or regional value. The only cultural resources in the area are local mosques and graveyards which are located mostly in every union and with the nearest one being located at South Kutba at a distance of 0.7 km north from the Project site.

As per the planning of the BPDB, a similar capacity public sector power plant will be installed by BPDB adjacent to the Lanco Project. However, based on the recent discussion with the BPDB and BAPEX, the Project will be planned based on the additional gas availability from Shahbazpur Gas Field and installation of Well No. 3 and 4 for extraction.

Whenever, this plant will come at the site earmarked by the BPDB, the impacts will be of similar nature. However, quantification of the same can only be done once the plant design details will be available. Also, it will be mandatory for the Project to conduct an EIA study and approval from the DOE prior to commissioning of the Project.

A.4 ALTERNATIVES

For alternative analysis, the no project scenario and with project scenario was compared along with alternatives on site location, design options (plant site, gas pipeline alignment and material transportation) and technology options. The entire Bhola District currently has only one power generation facility of 33 MW (derated capacity). In absence of the proposed power plant i.e. The ‘No Project Scenario’ will likely have a negative effect on opportunities for employment, both directly and indirectly on its dependant sectors such as agriculture, industries and manufacturing that require stable power supply in order to operate and be competitive.

The site location has advantages in terms of technical, geological, environmental and social aspects. The land for the Project was already identified and acquired by BPDB, therefore no alternative site was available for analysis. In terms of design, Lanco has designed the plant layout in such a way to allow for common facilities to share with a future second BPDB project

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 IX at the site, such as the RMS and Sub-station. In addition, both Lanco and future BPDB plant will be able to share common access roads, gas pipeline and cooling water inlet and outfall locations.

A straight line gas pipeline alignment between the Project site and the Valve Station would be approximately 1.4 km, pass through agricultural land and would require the relocation of some structures along settlements. This alignment was therefore not considered feasible for the Project. The most preferred option taken into consideration after joint survey of alignment by SGCL, BPDB and Lanco, is generally parallel to the existing 8’ LGED road.

To minimise the effect to local communities, the Project plans to transport all construction material and machinery to the site via the Dehular canal. The existing 8’ wide LGED road which connects to the site has some sharp turns and traverses through homestead plantations and settlements. Any widening and strengthening works, and its use to transport heavy machinery and material during the construction phase, would have environmental and social impacts including safety risks for the nearby residents. Transportation over water as opposed to road will also reduce the travel distance and length of time taken.

The technology selected for the Project is based on the technology specified in the BPDB “Request for Proposal”. No alternative technology option has therefore been considered. However a comparison of the Simple cycle gas (SCGT) turbine and Combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) reveals the CCGT to be better suited technology option.

A.5 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

All pre-construction, construction, and operation activities that were likely to cause environmental and social impacts were identified, and evaluated to assess their magnitude, duration, and potential receptors.

Construction Phase

The activities which have the potential to cause impacts on surrounding environment and receptors during the Construction of the power plant are identified as: • site preparation, including raising the EGL by 3.7 m; • transportation of construction material and machinery for the power plant by barge along the Dehular Canal; • construction of a temporary jetty, access road, gas pipeline; • excavation of equipment foundations and installation of power plant components; • storage and handling of hazardous materials, waste and wastewater; • accommodation and transportation for the construction workforce and Lanco personnel.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 X About 300 mm of topsoil will be stripped off from Project site during site preparation. The spoil will mainly be used to backfill the foundations, with some going towards raising the ground level. The land within the project site is classified as agricultural land and there will be a direct negative impact on the topsoil within the boundaries of the Project site. The existing ground level of the Project site will be increased by 3.7 m and soil will be compacted during the establishment of laydown areas, construction camps, installation of equipment etc. In addition, during the construction phase, contamination of soil and ground water may result from potential leaks and spills of oil, lubricants, or fuel from heavy equipment, improper handling of sanitary effluent, or chemical/fuel storage and sanitary and construction wastes.

Construction of the power plant will be carried out by the construction contractor appointed by Lanco. The construction contractor will handle, store and dispose of all waste in accordance with applicable GOB guidelines to prevent soil and ground water contamination. With other mitigation measures such as proper storage of chemicals and fuel, drip or spill trays for spills and leaks, site specific emergency response plan for soil clean –up and training by contractors, demarcating routes for heavy vehicle movement, retaining top soil for reuse, the impact to soil would be mostly negligible or minor.

The potential sources of impact to surface water and groundwater resources within the Project area during the construction phase will be from earthworks and jetty construction, sewage from construction labour camps, run-off from inappropriately stored waste and construction of small bridge/culvert on approach road alignment.

Mitigation measures such as storage of chemicals at concreted laydown areas has been proposed to minimize contamination in the event of a spill. Septic tanks are proposed for sanitary wastewater. All wastewater discharges will be treated to meet the standards stipulated in Schedule 9 and 10 of ECR, 1997 and the applicable World Bank/ IFC General EHS Guidelines prior to discharge. Based on the mitigation measures proposed the impacts of increased sediment load to Dehular canal; and on surface and ground water quality are assessed as minor in nature. Surface run-off, erosion and sediment load will be further minimised by adopting good site practices.

In terms of air quality, the construction activities and machineries will generate dust and exhaust emissions respectively. The sensitive receptors are some scattered settlements located at a distance of approximately 150 to 200 m from the site boundary and near the LGED road, a hut and a primary school about 50 and 500 m way from project site respectively. The implementation of the good site management, such as dust suppression techniques, covering of stockpiles, regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment and cleaner fuels will be used to reduce the impact on ambient air quality.

For noise levels during the construction phase the worst case scenario predicted is that the nearest sensitive receptor (50 m from the eastern boundary of the Project site) will have a noise level of 65.8 dB(A). The

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XI construction contractor will ensure that construction noise is adequately controlled to avoid nuisance and not normally exceed the GOB Guidelines for Mixed Use Areas. Work will not be carried out at night without the approval of the local authorities. With the implementation of these measures, the noise impact from construction is expected to range from minor to moderate. Further mitigation measures as regular maintenance of construction equipment, noise barriers/enclosures etc are proposed to further reduce noise.

There would be some impact to the road and water ways due to increase in traffic during the construction phase of the Project. The mitigation measures proposed to reduce transportation impacts to As Low as Reasonably Practicable are use of waterways, strengthening of LGED road, avoiding peak traffic hours, safe driving speed limits, road safety initiatives as collaborating with community and responsible authorities for improving signages, awareness of pedestrian and traffic safety etc.

The construction workforce of 75 skilled and 500 unskilled workers as well as up to 50 Lanco personnel will be exposed to occupational health and safety impacts arising from construction activities. Measures have been proposed to ensure that these risks are considered prior to the commencement of construction, and that all risks are communicated to the workforce. Appropriate Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) will be provided and equipment maintained and inspected regularly. Taking this into account, the impact to the health and safety of workers has been assessed to be moderate.

Also Communities and residents of settlements in the close proximity of the Project site (within 500 m) and along the gas pipeline alignment (with 100 m) are the receptors, who will be exposed to health impacts from construction activities as prevalence of water and vector borne diseases and risk from increased traffic. The measures proposed such as vector control programmes, avoiding collection of stagnant water, creating awareness among project personnel, workers and community on traffic and health risks and prevention against those, would reduce the severity of the impact.

From an ecological perspective, the construction activities would result in clearing of vegetation and disturbance of amphibians, reptiles, avi-fauna and mammals (such as rats and mongoose) observed in and around the Project site. The construction of the floating jetty on the water body and impacts such as surface run-offs etc may have an impact on the aquatic ecology as fish, planktons etc of the Dehular canal. The baseline status of species richness at the Project site and associated infrastructure area with respect to the study area is low. The species occurring at the Project site and associated infrastructure are commonly present throughout the study area. Based on this the impact was assessed as minor. Further mitigation measures as minimum land clearing to the extent possible, green belt development to iffset impacts, preference to local workers to control additional pressure on natural resources, undertaking awareness programs on resource conservation etc are also proposed.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XII In terms of social scenario, the preconstruction phase impacts are land loss, change in land use, fragmentation of land holdings, potential impact on livelihood of land owners, sharecroppers and land dependent groups, impact on common resources as grazing and impacts on land market and land prices. Mitigation measures for adverse impacts include developing a Resettlement Plan (RP) for loss of land and livelihood as a result of land acquisition, compensation, communication and disclosure. The construction phase impacts are mostly related to influx of migrant workers looking for jobs and other opportunities, environmental and infrastructure pressure on existing resources and community health and safety impacts. The construction phase would also have beneficial impacts on the local economy in terms of creation of employment opportunities, business for local enterprises etc. Some of these benefits will either reduce or disappear at the end of construction phase, creating some residual impacts. Mitigation measures include maximising local procurement and employment to reduce and manage influx, labour management measures, ensuring no local resources are indiscriminately used by the project, health interventions etc.

Operation Phase

The impact on air quality from operation of the Project will generate flue gas emissions containing NOx and CO. Emissions of SO2 are likely to be negligible. Particulate emissions are likely to be negligible; as natural gas is a gaseous fuel (there is no supplementary fuel to be used in the Gas Turbine).

Impacts due to the operation of plant were assessed by modelling projected emission rate of the plant operation by modelling in the AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD). On the basis of the modelling results, it was analysed that the maximum ground level concentration in the study area will be well within the applicable national as well as international standards (WHO) for air quality and impact on air quality was predicted to be minor. Further, to ensure compliance with the air emission criteria for flue gas stacks continuous emission monitoring (CEM) equipment for the measurement of air emission levels in the exhaust stack of HRSG will be installed. With respect to 5 GHGs emissions, the Project would emit 1.48 x 10 tons (CO2 equivalent) per year.

The Project will have a variety of operational activities that generate significant noise levels, including operation of turbines, pumps, cooling fans, water pumps, etc., and most of these will operate 24 hours. Noise levels will be mitigated through engineering control and wherever possible high noise equipment will be enclosed in noise-proofed buildings that effectively contain the noise. The noise levels at the receptors are likely to be above than the applicable GOB standards even if the 70 dB (A) noise limit is met at the Project site boundary. Among mitigation measures acoustic barriers, enclosures and plantations are proposed where required.

The potential sources of impact to surface and ground water resources during the operational phase of the Project will be from the abstraction of water from

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XIII the Dehular Canal for operations which would have an impact on the flow of the water in the canal, especially during the lean season; discharge of effluent and sewage and abstraction of ground water. All the wastewater generated at various areas of the plant will be segregated at the source of generation and treated at a waste water treatment plant, meeting the discharge standards of the GOB and the applicable World Bank Group environmental requirements. In addition, instrumentation will be used to monitor the Plant’s compliance with the discharge limitations. In the event that effluent discharge is detected above the effluent discharge limit criteria, isolation valves will be automatically close and stop the discharge. The overall impact to the surface water quality (excluding temperature variations) is therefore assessed as minor.

Given the shallow nature of the groundwater table in the Project area, there is a risk of impact on the groundwater quality from the storage and handling of hazardous materials. The hazardous materials will be stored in a dedicated room and diesel will be stored in oil tanks. The storage arrangements will include secondary containment measures and spill kits for spillage control. In addition, a chlorine adsorption system (scrubber type) will be provided as a control in the event of a chlorine leak. Given the control measures which will be implemented during operations, and adequate training of operational staff in spill response measures, the impact to groundwater from the plant operations is assessed as minor. Further measures adopted to reduce impacts to water quality are minimising use of antifouling and corrosion inhibiting chemicals, chlorinated biocides; collection and storage of waste oil and concrete linings to drainage/tanks to prevent seepage to ground etc.

The operations of the proposed Project would result in generation of various types of non-hazardous and hazardous wastes from Office and Canteens; WTP, ETP and STP; gas turbine; laboratories; GT compressors; lube oil systems; DG sets; and power house and workshop area. These solid and non- hazardous wastes generated from the various areas during operations will be collected and segregated at the point of generation and stored in proper designated areas and disposed off through waste disposal contractors or authorized recyclers. It is planned that hazardous wastes generated from the proposed Project will be collected and stored in designated roofed-areas and/or barrels with concrete flooring and secondary containment and disposed off/ sold through contractors or treated prior to discharge. Further mitigation measures as proper labelling of hazardous wastes, periodic audits, spill response and emergency plans and manifest records will be maintained.

During the operation phase of the Project, the regular traffic and transportation will be limited to the movement of plant personnel and contracted workers during their working shifts. As the total manpower will be limited to 70,this will not lead to any traffic and transportation impact.

Impact on the ecology during the operational phase will be mostly to the floral and faunal components surrounding the project site and in the Dehular canal. Increased noise levels from the operational Project would disturb the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XIV avifauna. However, the study area has dense homestead plantations, to which avifauna and other faunal species can move to and therefore the impact is assessed as minor.

Some of the social impacts predicted due to the operations of the Project are increase in employment opportunities, redundancy in manpower requirements that could create unmet expectations and hence some tensions, increased benefits from community development activities, development of public utilities, increase in local skill development, industrial development and growth.

A.6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Many of the mitigation measures suggested during the construction phase of the Project associated with good construction and housekeeping practices are also included in the “Specification Manual for Construction Contractor” prepared by Lanco for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC). Mitigation measures for the operation phase (such as those for air emissions and noise generation) of the Project are part of the design and incorporated into the Project design specifications submitted to the BPDB as a Guarantee for the Project.

The construction phase of the Project is anticipated to last two years, whereas the operation phase of the Project is 22 years, as per the Power Purchase Agreement (to be signed between Lanco and the BPDB). However, the design life of the Project is about 30 years and Lanco will be responsible for ensuring that the mitigation measures in the ESMP are implemented throughout the life span of the Project. Key roles and responsibilities of the project developer (Lanco) and EPC contractor have been defined for implantation and monitoring.

For environmental monitoring, physical, biological and social environmental management components of particular significance have been identified as performance indicators. A comprehensive monitoring plan for each performance indicator has been prepared for all phases of the Project which gives parameters to be measured, methods to be used, sampling locations, frequency of measurements, detection limits, cost and responsibilities for implementation and supervision.

Prior to commencement of major civil works at site, a suitably qualified in- house/ external expert will be appointed by the EPC contractor in consultation with Project Developer to develop and deliver a training program on implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring and reporting in line with the applicable reference framework for the Project.

Prior to the commencement of the Plant operation, a suitably qualified in- house/ external environmental expert will be engaged by Lanco to develop and deliver a training program on operation phase environmental monitoring

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XV and reporting. The topics will be mostly same as that during the construction phase. The reporting and verification will be semi-annual during construction phase and annual during operation phase and the reports will be submitted to the DOE and the Lenders.

A.7 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND DISCLOSURE AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS

Public consultation & disclosure process is conducted for any project to intimate the community about the project, its activities and associated benefits, impacts, risks etc. so that people can participate in the project activities in an informed manner and can raise their concerns to be addressed. A good consultation process effectively manages public apprehensions, identifies control measures for these apprehensions in association with the public stakeholder and also facilitates in implementation of the identified measures.

A.7.1 Approach to Consultation and Disclosure

The public consultation and disclosure process takes place at different project stages and have varying needs and objectives. The approach undertaken for information disclosure and consultation at the draft EIA stage involved the following key processes.

• Mapping and Identification of key stakeholders such as primary and secondary and prioritising them according to their influence; • Conducting expert consultations, interviews and focussed group discussions (FGD); • Assessing the influence and impact of the project on these stakeholder groups and vice versa; • Summing up of key findings and observations from the consultations; and • Preparing a future disclosure and consultation plan taking into account the project lifecycle phases and their implications on the stakeholder.

A.7.2 Disclosure and Consultation

A number of consultations were conducted during this phase of ESIA preparation. A combination of methods of information disclosure and consultation process was adopted at this stage. The method selected for consultation was basically adopted keeping in mind the profile of the stakeholders, type of information desired and level of engagement required. The methods used in the consultation process were: • Individual level consultation/discussion; • Consultaitons during the socio-economic survey; • Group discussions; • Focus group discussion; and • Community meetings.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XVI The consultation and information disclosure were held in a free and fair environment with giving prior information about the same to the stakeholders. In all occasions the date, time and venue of the consultation was decided by the stakeholders keeping in view their prior engagement and availability.

A.7.3 Key Findings of Consultation

Broadly, the key findings and observations from the consultations process were:

• Positive expectations from the project: it was conferred that most people saw the project as a positive development for the island specifically in terms of employment and contracting opportunities, better infrastructure and electricity supply. It is also expected that the project will support additional industrial ventures such as fertilizer factories, cold storage units, and rice mills etc. which are also key requirements from the regional prospective. • Land & Compensation related Issues: which involved ownership dispute between two groups of people claiming to be legally entitled to receive the compensation. The matter is in civil court and other than this no other grievance or complaint comes to the notice of district administration. • Impact on Land Dependant Groups: which involved impact on few sharecroppers and agriculture labourers due to the advent of the project which were reportedly not addressed within the compensation process; • Potential impact on local resource: such as that on the local canal (Deular Canal) from the hot water discharge and any residual impact on fishing • Health impacts from migrant workers & labourers: potential health implication on the local population and advent of new diseases including communicable diseases, sexually transmitted diseases and foreign pathogens and disease strains coming into the island. • Impact on vulnerable groups: potential impacts on vulnerable groups such as o Elderly and physically challenged people not being able to advantages of employment opportunities arising from the project due to their inability to undertake labour intensive work; o Women not having major say in financial decision making at the household level especially with respect to utilization of compensation money; and o Orthodox society which prevents women participation in active employment opportunities generated form the project.

A.7.4 Continuation of Future Consultation & Disclosure Strategy

The effectiveness of the ESIA is directly linked to the degree of continuing involvement of those affected directly or indirectly by the project. During the preparatory stage, consultations were held at local, sub district and district level. Several additional rounds of consultations with stakeholders will be planned in ESIA finalisation, during resettlement plan preparation,

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XVII resettlement plan implementation, and construction and operation phase of the project.

A.8 CONCLUSIONS

The environmental and social assessment of the Project ascertains that the Project is unlikely to cause any major environmental impacts. Many of the impacts are localised and short-term or temporary in nature and can be readily addressed based on the in-built mitigation measures in the engineering design of the Project. The effective implementation of the EMP and adherence with the GOB and IFC guidelines will assist in minimising the environmental impacts to acceptable levels.

The social assessment of the Project ascertains that the Project is unlikely to cause any major social impacts. More importantly, the Project does not involve any physical displacement of families. The Project will have both positive and negative impact on the social environment. The Project received favourable support from local people and other stakeholders. Stakeholders appreciated that in addition to providing a reliable power supply to the region, the Project will have several other benefits such as supporting economic growth in the region by opening avenues for further development. .

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 XVIII 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

The Government of Bangladesh (GOB) has authorized the Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) to develop a 217.9 MW gas fired Combined Cycle Power Plant (the “Project”) on a site owned by BPDB in Bhola, Bangladesh. The Project has been proposed by the GOB with the intention of commercialising the nearby Shahbazpur Gas Field which has proven yet stranded gas reserves, and to help alleviate the acute power shortage in the country.

The Project will be implemented on a Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis for a period of 22 years under the Private Sector Power Generation Policy of Bangladesh. Under this Policy, the BPDB floated a tender and through an internationally competitive bidding process Lanco Power International (Lanco) (100% equity) was selected as the private project sponsor. All the electricity generated by the power plant will be sold to BPDB only under a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA).

The Project is located in Bhola District, which is the largest offshore island region in Bangladesh, with an area of 3,403.48 km². The island is bounded by the Bay of Bengal to the south, Meghna River and Shahbazpur channel to the north and east, and Tentulia River to the west. The Project site is situated in Borhanuddin Upazilla of Bhola District, which is approximately 28 km south from the Bhola Town. Figure 1.1 shows the location of the Project.

BPDB currently own the land (33. 07 acres)1 and intend to lease an area of 12.32 acres to the Project Proponent for a period of 22 years. In addition, it is intended that approximately 5.73 acres of land would be commonly used by the Project presented herein and a future BPDB project2.

It is proposed that natural gas will be delivered from the Shahbazpur Gas Field through a new pipeline connecting the Project power plant to the Valve Station at Borhanuddin. The routing of the new gas pipeline is being carried out by Sundarban Gas Company Limited (SGCL). Approximately 3.0 acres land (20 ft wide and about 2.0 km long alignment) will be acquired for the same by SGCL and will be handed over to Lanco for construction of gas pipeline. The Project site is located adjacent to a canal from which water is proposed to be extracted for the cooling system. A 230 kV sub-station and switch yard will also be constructed within the Project premises.

The Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB) will be responsible for the transmission of power generated from the plant. A new 230 kV double circuit

(1) 1 This includes 3.2 acres of additional land, which is under acquisition process

2 The division of land is discussed further in Project Description Section.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 1 transmission line, approximately 65 km in length, is planned by PGCB which will be connected up to Barisal.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 2 Figure 1.1 Location of the Project Site

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 3 1.2 PROJECT RATIONALE

The supply of electricity has a great impact on the national economy of any country. Presently in Bangladesh, only 48.5% of the total population has access to electricity and per capita generation is only 236 kWh (inclusive of captive)1, which is very low compared to other developing countries. The GOB has given highest priority to power sector development in the country and has committed to making electricity available to all citizens by 20212. With this in mind, the government has initiated the implementation of reform measures in the power sector, including significant development programs of which this Project constitutes an important part.

1.2.1 Power Generation and Demand Scenario in Bangladesh

The total installed capacity of power plants in Bangladesh, as of July 2012, is 7,551 MW3 (derated capacity). This can be further broken down to 4,304 MW of generation operated by the public sector and 3,247 MW operated by the private sector. In the public sector a number of the generation units have become very old and have been operating at a much-reduced capacity. As a result, their reliability and productivity have also been poor. For the last few years actual demand has not been met due to a shortage of available generation capacity. In addition, due to a shortage of gas supply some power plants are unable to operate at full capability. The installed capacity by fuel basis up to July 2012 is illustrated in Figure 1.2.

Figure 1.2 Installed Capacity of Power Plant Types, July 2012

Installed Capacity F.Oil 1.64% Hydro 3.44% Coal 3.74% HSD 10.19% HFO 5.01%

Gas 75.99%

Coal Gas HFO HSD Hydro F.Oil

Source: Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) Website (HFO - Heavy Fuel Oil, F.Oil-Furnace Oil, HSD High Speed Diesel)

1 Present Power Scenario and Future Plan, Jan 2011 by BPDB and Electricity scenario in Bangladesh, Nov 2011 by Mustafizur Rahman, Unnayan Onneshan, the Innovators, Centre for research and action on development 2 Vision; Power Cell, Power Ministry, Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources, GoB 3 www.bpdb.gov.bd ( website of Bangladesh Power Development Board)

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 4 Table 1.1 provides the estimated demand supply gap up to 2016 and Figure 1.3 represents it graphically.

Table 1.1 Estimated Demand Supply Gap up to 2016(calendar year)

Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Max demand MW with DSM 6,765 7,518 8,349 9,268 10,283 11,405 (in April) Addition in capacity 2,141 1,910 2,851 2,393 2,350 2,800

Capacity retired 88 83 161 1,292 128 1,033

Gen. Capacity (end of Dec) 7,989 9,816 12,506 13,607 15,829 17,596

Net 7,669 9,423 12,006 13,063 15,196 16,892

Dependable Capacity 5,905 7,350 9,485 10,450 12,157 13,514 (end of Dec) Max Surplus/Shortfall -860 -168 1,136 1,182 1,874 2,109 (summer) -13% -2% -14% 13% 18% 18%

Source: Present Power Scenario and Future Plan, Jan 2011 by BPDB

Figure 1.3 Estimated Demand Supply Gap up to 2016

16000

14000

12000

10000

8000 MW

6000

4000

2000

0 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Max demand MW (in April) Dependable Capacity (End of Dec)

Source: Present Power Scenario and Future Plan, Jan 2011 by BPDB

To meet this demand with reasonable reliability, the GOB has prepared a Power System Master Plan and also amended its industrial policy to encourage private investment in the power sector. The GOB has committed to attracting private sector investment to install new power generation capacity on a build-own-operate basis.

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 5 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THE EIA

Lanco has approached the ADB and other Development Finance Institutions (DFIs) for raising investment capital for the Project. As per the ADB’s environmental and social screening criteria, the proposed project fall under Category “A” and thus requires a comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study. Hence, this ESIA study was carried out to meet the environmental and social safeguard requirements of the ADB as well as the relevant country’s applicable laws. This ESIA study was also carried out to meet the environmental and social sustainability requirements of other DFIs. The applicable reference framework used for the study is as follows: • ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) (2009); • ADB Social Protection Strategy (2001); • ADB's Public Communications Policy (2011); • The IFC Performance Standards for Environmental and Social Sustainability (2012); • The IFC General EHS Guidelines (2007); • IFC EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plant (2008); and

• Applicable Bangladesh national, state and local regulatory requirements.1

1.3.1 Scope of The ESIA

The detailed scope of the ESIA study is as outlined below: • Screening of the Project based on applicable reference framework based on reconnaissance survey and desk based review of Project documents; • Scoping for the ESIA study; • Development of an integrated project description of the Project components including its sub-components, which are under the purview of the Project Proponent (PP); • Development of a regulatory, policy and administrative framework relevant to the Project; • Monitoring, analysis and reporting of the environmental and social baseline data of the study area including consultation with local communities and other stakeholders; • Assessment of the environmental impacts of the Project in the study area; • Assessment of social impacts on the local community as well as Project affected people and any other stakeholders, which have been identified during the social consultation process; • Risk assessment and consequence analysis of the Project; • Formulation of an Environment and Social Management Plan and associated/specific mitigation plans for identified impacts; and

(1) 1 Applicable Bangladesh Laws and Regulations are detailed in Chapter 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 6 • Formulation of Stakeholder Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism for the Project.

1.4 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY

As the first step, project screening and scoping exercise was undertaken to identify the parameters needed to be considered for the study and to outline the activities for collecting data on each parameter. Data pertaining to all facets of the environment and social viz. physical, ecological and socioeconomic environment were collected from the study area (10 km for overall environmental baseline, 5 km for ecological baseline and 7 km for social baseline) through both primary and secondary sources.

The stepwise activities are detailed in the following subsections:

1.4.1 Preliminary Discussions with Project Proponent

• Discussions held with Lanco, to understand the proposed Project, current status of agreements (ie implementation, land, water, gas supply, power purchase etc), Project milestones, legal requirements and scope; and • Collation of relevant project documents such as the Project feasibility report, land records, copy of agreements etc.

1.4.2 Screening and Scoping Exercise

• Desk based review of the relevant documents and available imagery of the project site and its surroundings; • Reconnaissance survey of the site, surrounding areas, gas valve station, approach road and preliminary discussions with locals, stakeholders; • Meetings and discussions with Department of Environment (DOE) of Bangladesh, to understand sensitivities and regulatory requirements associated with the proposed Project; • The outcome of the screening was then used to identify the study area, key data to be collected and the categorization of the Project; and • A preliminary stakeholder mapping exercise was also undertaken to identify key stakeholders from the Government, relevant Governmental Agencies, Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) as well as the community at the local, regional and national level. This information was then used for consultation during different stages of the Project.

Categorization • Categorization of the Project was completed based on the screening assessment, reconnaissance survey, environmental and social sensitivities, limited consultation and the DOE categorization; ADB’s categorisation criteria based on rapid environmental assessment (REA) checklist for thermal power plant, involuntary resettlement (IR) impact categorisation

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 7 checklist and indigenous peoples (IP) impact screening checklist; as well as with reference to the IFC’s approach to categorization. Scoping • The categorization with respect to ADB and IFC classifications was further used as a basis for defining scope for the impact assessment, planning and implementation of mitigation, monitoring and reporting mechanisms for the project to meet potential Lender’s requirements as well as those of the GOB. 1.4.3 Baseline Data Collection

• Identification of the monitoring locations for air, water, soil, sediment and noise as per sensitive receptors, key locations for water intake and outfall etc; • The baseline data collection, monitoring and analysis for environmental parameters was completed during the period from April to June 2012; • Socio-economic data collection and consultation was carried during May and June 2012; • Secondary data was also collected from different government departments, local bodies and through literature surveys etc; and • All the data was compiled and compared with applicable standards where relevant, and is presented in Chapter 3 of this report.

1.4.4 Stakeholder Consultation

• Extensive consultation was conducted with key stakeholders’ including the local population, government departments/agencies, fishermen, and NGOs; • Stakeholder consultation was completed with the intent of collecting baseline information on the environmental and social conditions and sensitivities, developing a better understanding of the potential impacts, informing the public of the proposed project and to gain an understanding of the perspectives/concerns of the stakeholders; • A summary of the stakeholder engagement process and the profile of the groups and their opinions forms a part of the Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation Chapter of this report (Chapter 7); and • Information gathered was used for formulating mitigation measures and environmental and social management plan/s.

1.4.5 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures

• Analysis of the baseline results and the incremental impacts of the Project were assessed in accordance with the Bangladesh national guidelines for air, water and noise emissions; standards stipulated in the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 and amendments thereof and with reference to the IFC’s Performance Standards, ADB Safeguard Policy Statement and the IFC’s Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 8 Guidelines, including both the General Guidelines and those for Thermal Power Plants; • The impact assessment involved the prediction and evaluation of impacts from the Project in different phases, including site preparation, construction and operation phase, decommissioning of project and included consideration of mitigation measures towards the same; • Impact prediction covered residual impacts (impacts remaining after all possible mitigation has been incorporated) and took into account control measures that are part of the Project design (e.g. acoustic enclosures for major equipment). Additional measures aimed at further avoiding, minimizing and mitigating predicted impacts were proposed where necessary or appropriate; • Impact assessment also involved risk assessment covering hazard identification, consequence analysis and risk reduction measures and recommendations; and • Impacts have been further classified as insignificant, minor, moderate or major based on the criteria for rating of impacts.

1.4.6 Analysis of Alternatives

Analysis of alternative options was considered to minimise impacts of the Project while undertaking this ESIA study. The alternative options assessed in the study ranged from technology, transportation methods, Project site and operations, including the no project alternative. Alternatives are considered in terms of their potential environmental impacts, the feasibility of mitigating these impacts alternatives for mitigation measures for high residual impact/risk, if any etc.

1.4.7 Management Plans and Grievance Redress Mechanism

• Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) were developed for the mitigation measures suggested and included defined roles and responsibilities for implementation; • A grievance redress mechanism was developed to address any complaints and concerns from all stakeholders; • Based on the risk assessment, risk reduction measures and recommendations for a disaster management plan (DMP) were also developed; and • Institutional review and finalization of the EMP and grievance redress mechanism were completed in consultation with Lanco.

1.4.8 Information/Data Sources

Key relevant information sources have been summarized in Table 1.2.

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 9 Table 1.2 Key Data Sources

Parameters Information sources Remarks Project Background, ƒ BPDB Feasibility Report Lanco provided other Technical details on ƒ BPDB EIA Report information required during the project and ƒ Project specification documents from course of the study associated Lanco components, ƒ RFQ and (Letter of Intent) LOI with BPDB ƒ Project agreements as Land Lease Agreement (LLA), Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), Gas Supply Agreement (GSA)Implementation Agreement (IA) ƒ Project Execution milestones, Plot Plan layout, Gas pipeline details, organisational structure Study area features ƒ Ground physical Survey Details of the satellite data used and sensitivities ƒ Satellite imageries is included in Baseline chapter ƒ National web portal of Bangladesh: www. bangladesh.gov.bd Legal framework ƒ Department of Environment In discussion with the DOE and ƒ Board of Investment, Bangladesh local Govt departments and ƒ IFC and ADB documents Lanco Landuse/Landcover ƒ Ground Physical Survey Details of the satellite data used details ƒ GIS based landuse analysis is included in Baseline chapter Meteorology and ƒ Bangladesh Meteorological climatic conditions department ƒ Bhola Observatory Surface Meteorological Data Geology, ƒ BPDB feasibility report, Satellite In association with field Topography, imagery observations Hydrology and ƒ Bangladesh water development board drainage ƒ Web portal of National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh (Banglapedia) Natural hazards ƒ Web portal of National Encyclopedia Included in consultation with of Bangladesh (Banglapedia) locals ƒ Bangladesh Meteorological Department ƒ India Meteorology Department Environmental ƒ Primary data collection Monitoring was completed from baseline as Air ƒ Applicable Standards from DOE, April to June 2012 quality, water Bangladesh quality, soil and sediment quality Ecological ƒ Primary data collection, observations, Survey was carried out in parameters surveys and local consultations month of April-May 2012, ƒ websites of birdlife international Endangered, critical status was ƒ IUCN Data base checked from the website www.iucnredlist.org

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 10 Parameters Information sources Remarks Social-economic ƒ Primary data collection surveys, Primary Socio-economic Survey parameters extensive consultations, meetings and was carried out in month of discussions held with stakeholders May-June 2012 ƒ Bangladesh population Census for Details provided in baseline 2001 for Bhola District environmental and social ƒ Fisheries Census data conditions chapter ƒ Implementation manual of Rural Social, Program, Bhola, ƒ Land Regulation Policy, Bangladesh ƒ Land Acquisition and Compensation data for the project site ƒ OPD data from local Healthcare Department ƒ Website of Department of Social Services ƒ Web portal of National Encyclopaedia of Bangladesh (Banglapedia)

1.5 CONTENT OF ESIA REPORT

The content of the ESIA has been largely structured based on the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (Outline of an Environmental Impact Assessment Report). The layout of the Report is as follows:

• Chapter 1 Introduction, Background, Purpose and Scope and Approach and Methodology • Chapter 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative framework • Chapter 3 Project Description • Chapter 4 Environmental and Social Baseline Data • Chapter 5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures • Chapter 6 Analysis of Alternatives • Chapter 7 Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation • Chapter 8 Grievance Redress Mechanism • Chapter 9 Environment and Social Management Plan • Chapter 10 Conclusions and Recommendations

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 11 2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.1 INTRODUCTION

To address the environmental and social risks of any proposed project and its associated components; any protect and conserve the environment from any adverse impacts, the GOB has specified regulations, policy and guidelines. Potentail Lenders’ also have their own set of requirements (such as the ADB’s Safeguard Policy and IFC’s Performance Standards) to which any project funded by them must operate.

This Chapter focuses on policy, regulations and the administrative framework under the purview of which the proposed Project will fall and this ESIA study will be governed, namely:

• Bangladesh national and local, legal and institutional framework; • ADB Policies and framework; and • IFC Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines.

2.2 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED POLICIES IN BANGLADESH

The GOB has developed a policy framework that requires environmental issues to be incorporated into economic development planning. The Key tenets of the various applicable policies are detailed in the following subsections.

2.2.1 National Environmental Policy, 1992

The Bangladesh National Environmental Policy, approved in May 1992, sets out the basic framework for environmental action together with a set of broad sectoral action guidelines. Key elements of the Policy are:

• Maintaining ecological balance and ensuring sustainable development of the country through protection, conservation and improvement of the environment; • Protecting the country from natural disasters; • Identifying and regulating all activities that pollute and destroy the environment; • Ensuring environment-friendly development in all sectors; • Ensuring sustainable and environmentally sound management of the natural resources; and • Promoting active association, as far as possible, with all international initiatives related to environment. The Environmental Policy of 1992 requires specific actions with respect to the industrial sector which are as follows:

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 12 • To phase-in corrective measures in polluting industries; • To conduct Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) for all new public and private industrial developments; • To ban, or find environmentally sound alternatives for, the production of goods that cause environmental pollution; and • To minimize waste and ensure sustainable use of resources by industry.

The policy also states that EIA’s should be conducted before projects are undertaken and the DOE is directed to review and approve all Environmental Impact Assessments.

2.2.2 National Environment Management Action Plan, 1995

The National Environmental Management Action Plan (NEMAP) is a wide- ranging and multi- faceted plan, which builds on and extends the statements, set out in the National Environmental Policy. NEMAP was developed to address issues and management requirements related to the environment during the period 1995 to 2005; it also sets out the framework within which the recommendations of the National Conservation Strategy are to be implemented. NEMAP was developed to achieve the following broad objectives:

• Identification of key environmental issues affecting Bangladesh; • Identification of actions necessary to halt or reduce the rate of environmental degradation; • Improvement of the natural environment; • Conservation of habitats and bio-diversity; • Promotion of sustainable development; and • Improvement of the quality of life of the people.

To attain the above mentioned objectives, the plan groups all the relevant necessary actions under four headings, namely: institutional, sectoral, location- specific and long-term issues.

The institutional aspects reflect the need of inter- sectoral cooperation to tackle environmental problems which need new and appropriate institutional mechanisms at national and local levels. The sectoral action reflects the way the Ministries and agencies are organized and makes it easier to identify the agency to carry out the recommended actions. The location-specific action focuses particularly on acute environmental problems at local levels that need to be addressed on a priority basis. The long-term actions include environmental degradation to such degree that might become even more serious and threatening, if cognizance is not taken immediately.

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 13 2.2.3 National Conservation Strategy, 1992

The National Conservation Strategy, 1992, provides recommendations for sustainable development of the industrial sector. The key aspects of the strategy are as follows:

• All industries shall be subject to an EIA and the adoption of pollution prevention/control technologies shall be enforced; • Hazardous or toxic materials/wastes shall not be imported as raw materials for industry; • Import of appropriate and environmentally-sound technology shall be ensured; and • Dependence on imported technology and machinery should gradually be reduced in favour of sustainable local skills and resources.

2.2.4 Other Policies relevant to Environment

Additional Bangladesh policies, their key features and applicability to the subject Project are detailed in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 Policies relevant to Environment Policy Key Features Applicability The National • Afforestation of 20% land Applicable when Forest Policy, • Bio-diversity of the existing degraded considering global warming 1994 forests and the protection of forests • Strengthening of the agricultural sector • Control of Global warming, desertification • Control of trade in wild birds and animals • Prevention of illegal occupation of the forested land, tree felling and hunting of wild animals

National Land • All new roads and major improvements Not directly applicable, Transport Policy, will be subjected to an EIA however, the standards may 2004 • Funding will be provided for mitigation apply for the new approach measures road • The Government will publish environmental standards for new roads and new design standards addressing environmental issues

The National • Protection, restoration and enhancement of Applicable for the Water Policy, water resources preservation of water 1999 • Protection of water quality, including quality strengthening regulations concerning agrochemicals and industrial effluent • Sanitation and potable water • Fish and fisheries • Participation of local communities in all water sector development

National • Deals with several land uses including: Applicable as landuse Landuse Policy, agriculture (crop production, fishery and change from agricultural to

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 14 Policy Key Features Applicability 2001 livestock), housing, forestry, industrial industrialization, railways and roads, tea and rubber • Identifies land use constraints in all these sectors

Draft Wetland • Establishment of principles for the Not directly applicable, Policy, 1998 sustainable use of wetland resources however may be applicable • Maintenance of the existing level of once the draft policy is biological diversity finalised • Maintenance of the functions and values of wetlands • Promotion and recognition of the value of wetland functions in resource management and economic development

National • Preservation, management and Not directly applicable Fisheries Policy, exploitation of fisheries resources in inland 1998 open water • Fish cultivation and management in inland closed water. • Prawn and fish cultivation in coastal areas • Preservation, management and exploitation of sea fishery resources

National • The act deals with the programs related to Not applicable Agriculture make the nation self-sufficient in food Policy, through increasing production of all crops, 1999 including cereals, and ensure a dependable food security system for all

The Energy • Provides for utilization of energy for Applicable as subject Project Policy, 1996 sustainable economic growth, supply to is a Power Plant different zones of the country, development of the indigenous energy source and environmentally sound sustainable energy development programmes • Highlights the importance of EIA’s for any new energy development project

The Power • Is an integral part of the Energy Policy and Applicable as subject Project Policy, 1995 deals with policy statement on demand is a Power Plant forecast, long tem planning and project implementation, investment terms, fuels and technologies, load management, institutional issues, private sector participation, technology transfer and research programme, environmental policy and legal issues

Industrial Policy, • Deals with industrial development, direct Applicable as the Project is 1999 foreign investments, investment by public a public and private and private sector, introduction of new partnership, industrial appropriate technology, women’s development participation, infrastructure development and environmentally sound industrial

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 15 Policy Key Features Applicability development

2.3 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL RELATED LEGISLATIONS IN BANGLADESH

The main Acts and Regulations guiding environmental protection and conservation in Bangladesh are outlined in the following subsections and Table 2.2.

2.3.1 The Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (subsequent amendments in 2000 and 2002)

The provisions of the Act authorize the Director General of Department of Environment (DOE) to undertake any activity that is deemed fit and necessary to conserve and enhance the quality of environment and to control, prevent and mitigate pollution. The main highlights of the act are:

• Declaration of Ecologically Critical Areas; • Obtaining Environmental Clearance Certificate; • Regulation with respect to vehicles emitting smoke harmful for the environment; • Regulation of development activities from environmental perspective; • Promulgation of standards for quality of air, water, noise, and soils for different areas and for different purposes; • Promulgation of acceptable limits for discharging and emitting waste; and • Formulation of environmental guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental pollution, conservation and improvement of environment.

2.3.2 Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 (subsequent amendments in 2002 and 2003)

The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 are the first set of rules promulgated under the Environment Conservation Act, 1995. These Rules provide for, inter alia, the following:

• The National Environmental Quality Standards (EQS) for ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, industrial effluents, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust; • Categorization of industries, development projects and other activities on the basis of actual (for existing industries/development projects/activities) and anticipated (for proposed industries/development projects/activities) pollution load; • Procedure for obtaining environmental clearance; • Requirements for undertaking IEE and EIA’s as well as formulating EMP’s according to categories of industries/development projects/activities; and

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 16 • Procedure for damage-claim by persons affected or likely to be affected due to polluting activities or activities causing hindrance to normal civic life.

Depending upon the location, size and severity of pollution loads, projects/activities have been classified in ECR, 1997 into four categories: Green, Orange A, Orange B and Red respectively as nil, minor, medium and severe impacts on important environmental components (IECs).

2.3.3 Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982

The basic principles behind compensation of property in Bangladesh are founded in Articles 42 and 47 of the Constitution (1972). The current legislation for governing land acquisition in Bangladesh is the “Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (ARIPO), 1982 and amended in 1983, 1993 and 1994. Key features of the ordinance are as follows: • This Ordinance provides the Deputy Commissioner (DC) with the power to initiate the acquisition of any property in any locality within his district that is likely to be needed for a public purpose or in the public interest. • It also defines the process to claim compensation. • It describes the entire procedure of notice and intimations prior to acquisition of any property and process and timeframes for raising objections. • It defines the role and authority of Divisional Commissioner in decision making, compensation issues and in case of dispute. Among the matters to be considered in determining compensation are the following: o The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, by reason of the taking of standing crops or trees which may be on the property at the time of taking possession thereof by the Deputy Commissioner, o The damage that may be sustained by reason of the acquisition injuriously affecting his other properties, movable or immovable, in any other matter, or his earnings; and o If in consequence of the acquisition of the property, the person interested is likely to be compelled to change his residence or place of business, the reasonable expenses, if any, incidental to such change; In terms of compensation, the Ordinance explicitly states that the DC, when determining compensation, shall neither consider any disinclination of the person to part with the property, nor any increase in the value of the property to be acquired likely to accrue from the use of it after it has been acquired. • The Ordinance also covers the case of temporary acquisition of property for a public purpose or in the public interest.

Property (Emergency) Acquisition Act, 1989

The Act was formulated to expedite the emergency acquisition of land to enable the Government 'to control inundation, flood and upsurge caused by natural calamity and to prevent river erosion." The 1989 Act was not meant to

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 17 replace the 1982 Ordinance, but to complement it for special circumstances. Normally, acquisition of land for development purposes would not come under the 1989 Act. Use of this Act to acquire land for development would require extremely compelling reasons.

2.3.4 Administrative and Regulatory Guidelines and Instructions

In addition to the provisions in the law, the land acquisition process is regulated by certain administrative instructions and procedural requirements. The most important of these are summarised here.

• In 1976, the Government constituted land allocation committees at the district, divisional and central levels to control what was regarded as too lavish taking of land for public purposes. The committees were charged with ensuring 'the most rigid measures of economy in the use of land for purposes other than agriculture." • The District Land Allocation Committees (DLACs) are chaired by the DC and have seven other members. These members include Executive Engineers of the R&H Department and the Public Works Department, and the Civil Surgeon. They are entrusted with land allocation within the district not exceeding two acres. • The Divisional LACs are chaired by the Divisional Commissioner and have technical representation at the Superintending Engineer and Deputy Director level. These committees consider land acquisition cases involving between two and five acres of land. All cases of more than five acres go to the Central Land Allocation Committee (CLAC). This committee is chaired by the Minister of Land Administration and has technical representation at the Secretary level. In 1989, the Government ordered that in all cases involving the acquisition of land exceeding 10 bighas, the President would have to give consent.

2.3.5 Framework for Leasing of Government (Khas) Agricultural Land

The rules for managing and leasing Government-owned (khas) land are framed in two notifications in the Bangladesh Gazette: (1) Notification: Bhumo/Sha-8/Kha-jo-bo/46/84/261, Bangladesh Gazette Extra Edition, May 12, 1997, pp 1527-1536; and (2) Notification: Shuno/Sha-4/Kri-kha-jo--bo- 1/98-264, Bangladesh Gazette, September 15, 1998.

Under these regulations, the Government leases cultivable agricultural land in the rural areas to landless farming households. The allotments cannot be more than one acre, except in the southern districts where up to 1.5 acres of char land can be allotted. A landless family is defined as one that works in agriculture and may own a homestead, but has no arable land of its own. Given this basic definition, five groups of landless families are given priority in the allotment of leases:

• families of freedom fighters;

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 18 • families who have lost all their land due to erosion; • widows with an adult son capable of working the land; • farmers with homesteads but no land;' and • farmers who have lost all their land due to land acquisition under the eminent domain laws.

The regulation further defines the structure and responsibilities for the management and leashing of Khas Lands at the National, District, and Thana levels.

2.3.6 Other Relevant National Legal Instruments for the Project

Table 2.2 presents an outline of other National legal instruments that will have relevance to the proposed Project with respect to the social and environment considerations.

ERM LANCOPOWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 19 Table 2.2 National Legal Instruments relevant to the Project

Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Ministry/ Authority The Environment Conservation Department of Environment • Define Applicability of environmental Applicable Act, 1995 and subsequent Ministry of Environment clearance amendments in 2000 and 2002 and Forests, • Regulation of development activities from environmental perspective • Framing applicable limits for emissions and effluents • Framing of standards for air, water and noise quality • Formulation of guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental pollution, conservation and improvement of environment • Declaration of Ecologically critical areas Environmental Conservation Department of Environment • Declaration of Ecologically critical areas Applicable Rules, 1997 and subsequent Ministry of Environment • Requirement of environmental clearance Projects falls under Red Category and amendments in 2002 and 2003 and Forests certificate for various categories of projects require environmental clearance • Requirement of IEE/EIA as per category • Renewal of the environmental clearance certificate within 30 days after the expiry • Provides standards for quality of air, water and sound and acceptable limits for emissions/discharges from vehicles and other sources Environment Court Act, 2000 Ministry of Environment • GOB has given highest priority to Applicable for completing and subsequent amendments in and Forests and Judiciary environment pollution environmental legal requirements 2002 • Passed ‘Environment Court Act, 2000 for effectively completing environment related legal proceedings effectively

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 20 Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Ministry/ Authority The Vehicle Act, 1927; Bangladesh Road Transport • Exhaust emissions Applicable for proposed Project in The Motor Vehicles Authority • Vehicular air and noise pollution relation to road transport Ordinance, 1983; and • Road/traffic safety The Bengal Motor Vehicle • Vehicle Licensing and Registration Rules, 1940 • Fitness of Motor Vehicles • Parking by-laws.

The Removal of Wrecks and Bangladesh Water Transport • Removal of wrecks and obstructions in inland Applicable as Dehular canal- inland Obstructions in inland Authority navigable waterways navigable waterway will be used for Navigable Water Ways Rules transport of equipment for the Project 1973 Water Supply and Sanitation Ministry of Local • Management and Control of water supply Not directly applicable, however, Act, 1996 Government, Rural and sanitation in urban areas. indirectly applicable when considering Development and water usage management and sanitation Cooperatives facilities The Ground Water Upazila Parishad • Management of ground water resources Proposed Project will use surface water Management Ordinance, 1985 • Installation of tube-wells at any place after source however, should groundwater license from Upazila Parishad only also be required then licenses will need to be obtained prior to installation of any tube-wells.

The Forest Act, 1927 and Ministry of Environment • Categorization of forests as reserve, protected Not applicable as proposed Project is not subsequent amendments in and Forests and village forests on forest land 1982 and 1989 • Permission is required for use of forest land for any non-forest purposes The Private Forests Ordinance Regional Forest Officer, • Conservation of private forests and for the Not Applicable Act, 1959 Forest Department afforestation on wastelands Bangladesh Wild Life Ministry of Environment • Preservation of Wildlife Sanctuaries, Parks, Not applicable as the Project study area (Preservation) Act, 1974 and Forest; and Reserves does not have any wildlife areas Bangladesh Wild Life Advisory Board

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 21 Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Ministry/ Authority National Biodiversity Ministry of Environmentand • Conserve, and restore the biodiversity of the Applicable for conservation of bio- Strategyand Action Plan (2004) Forest country for well being of the present and diversity Bangladesh Wild future generations LifeAdvisory Board • Maintain and improve environmental stability for ecosystems • Ensure preservation of the unique biological heritage of the nation for the benefit of the present and future generations • Guarantee the safe passage and conservation of globally endangered migratory species, especially birds and mammals in the country • Stop introduction of invasive alien species, genetically modified organisms and living modified organisms

National Water Bodies Town development • The characterization of water bodies as rivers, Applicable due to the proximity to and Protection Act, 2000 authority/Municipalities canals, tanks or flood plains identified in the use of surface water bodies master plans formulated under the laws establishing municipalities in division and district towns shall not be changed without approval of concerned ministry

The Protection and Ministry of Fisheries and • Protection and conservation of fish in Applicable for the conservation of fish as Conservation of Fish Act 1950 Livestock Government owned water bodies the intake and outfall point will be the subsequent amendments in Dehular canal 1982 The Embankment and Ministry of Water • An Act to consolidate the laws relating to Applicable due to the site location Drainage Act 1952 Resources embankment and drainage and to make better provision for the construction, maintenance, management, removal and control of embankments and water courses for the better drainage of lands and for their protection from floods, erosion and other damage by water

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 22 Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Ministry/ Authority Antiquities Act, 1968 Ministry of Cultural Affairs • This legislation governs preservation of the Not applicable as the study area does not national cultural heritage, protects and have any likely cultural heritage or controls ancient monuments, regulates ancient monuments of national or antiquities as well as the maintenance, international significance. However in conservation and restoration of protected sites case, any such evidence of archaeological and monuments, controls planning, findings arise, the Project will act in exploration and excavation of archaeological consonance to the Act sites The Acquisition and Ministry of Land • Current GOB Act and Guidelines, relating to Applicable Requisition of Immovable acquisition and requisition of land Property Ordinance 1982 and subsequent amendments in 1994, 1995 and 2004

Administrative and Regulatory Ministry of Land • Regulation of land acquisition process by Applicable Guidelines and Instructions for certain administrative instructions and Land Acquisition procedural requirements

Framework for Leasing of Ministry of Land • The rules for allotting and leasing Not directly applicable but indirectly if Government (Khas) Government-owned (khas) land to land less a family becomes landless in the process Agricultural Land families of acquisition

The Building Construction Act Ministry of Works • This act provide for prevention of haphazard Applicable 1952 and subsequent construction of building and excavation of amendments tanks which are likely to interfere with the planning of certain areas in Bangladesh

The Factories Act, 1965 Ministry of Labour • This Act pertains to the occupational rights Applicable Bangladesh Labour Law, 2006 and safety of factory workers and the provision of a comfortable work environment and reasonable working conditions

Ozone Depleting Substances Ministry of Environment • Ban on the use of Ozone depleting substances Applicable (Control) Rules, 2004 and Forests • Phasing out of Ozone depleting substances

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 23 Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Ministry/ Authority Noise Pollution (Control) Rules Ministry of Environment • Prevention of Noise pollution Applicable 2006 and Forests • Standards for noise levels

Source: Websites of DOE, Legislative and Parliamentary Affairs Division:: Bangladesh Laws and Bangladesh Board of Investment: Business laws

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 24 2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK RELATED TO ENVIRONMENT IN BANGLADESH

The Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) is the nodal agency in the administrative structure of the GOB, for overseeing all environmental matters relating to national environmental policy and regulatory issues in the country. The MoEF oversees the activities of the following technical/implementing agencies: • Department of Environment (DOE); • Forest Department (FD); • Bangladesh Forest Industries Development Corporation (BFIDC); • Bangladesh Forest Research Institute (BFRI); and • Bangladesh National Herbarium (BNH).

Other Related Organizations There are several other organisations under the administrative framework which would govern social and environmental functions related to the proposed Project, namely:

• Forest Department; • Ministry of Land: Land reform and land acquisition directorate; • Ministry of water resources: Bangladesh Water Development Board; and • Local Government Engineering Department (LGED).

2.4.2 Department of Environment (DOE)

The DOE has been placed under the MoEF as its technical wing and is statutorily responsible for the implementation of the Environment Conservation Act, 1995. The Department was created in 1989, to ensure sustainable development and to conserve and manage the environment of Bangladesh. The principal activities of the DOE are: • Defining EIA procedures and issuing environmental clearance permits - the latter being the legal requirement before the proposed Project can be implemented; • Providing advice or taking direct action to prevent degradation of the environment; • Pollution control, including the monitoring of effluent sources and ensuring mitigation of environmental pollution; • Setting the Quality Standards for environmental parameters; • Declaring Ecologically Critical Areas (ECAs), where the ecosystem has been degraded to a critical state; and • Review and evaluation of Initial Environmental Examinations (IEEs) and EIAs prepared for projects in Bangladesh.

Environmental Clearance Process As mentioned in the Section 2.3.2, ECR has classified projects to be assessed by the DOE in four categories based on the severity of impacts on IECs:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 25 • Green: Nil; • Orange A: minor; • Orange B: medium; and • Red: severe.

The applicability of Environmental clearance and the process in Bangladesh is described in Figure 2.1.

The EIA process consists of three stages, screening, IEE, and detailed EIA:

• Projects categorized as Green and Orange-A requires no IEE or EIA for environmental clearance however, the proponent has to submit an application in a prescribed format along with specified documents; • Projects categorized as Orange-B require an IEE to be submitted to the DOE along with an application in a prescribed format and other specified documents; and • Red category projects require both IEE and EIA. An IEE is required for the location clearance and an EIA is required for the environmental clearance.

As per the ECR 1997, power plants and the subject Project fall under the Red category as they fall within the following:

• Item 6: power plants; and • Item 64: construction/ replacement/ extension of natural gas pipelines.

The process for obtaining an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) for the proposed Project is outlined in Figure 2.2.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 26 Figure 2.1 DOE Environmental Clearance Applicability and Procedure

APPLICATION TO DOE

GREEN ORANGE A ORANGE B RED

The application The application The application The application should include: should include: should include: should include: i General i General i Feasibility study i Feasibility study information: information; report (for report (for ii Description of ii Description of proposed project; proposed project; raw material & raw material & ii Initial ii Initial finished finished environmental environmental products; products; examination (IEE) examination (IEE) iii An NOC iii An NOC’ report (for report and iv Process flow proposed project); environmental diagram, layout iii Environmental impact Obtaining plan effluent management plan assessment (EIA) environmental disposal. (EMP report (for report (for clearance existing project); proposed project); iv An NOC; iii Environmental v Pollution management plan Obtaining site Such a clearance minimization (EMP report (for clearance will be subject to plan; existing project); renewal after each vi Outline of iv An NOC; three-year period relocation plant v Pollution etc. minimization Applying for plan; environmental vi Outline of clearance relocation plant etc. Obtaining site Obtaining site environmental clearance clearance Applying for

Environmental Clearance Such a clearance Applying for will be subject to environmental renewal after one clearance Obtaining year period Environmental clearance Obtaining environmental Such a clearance will clearance be subject to renewal

after one year period

Such a clearance will be subject to renewal Obtaining site after one year period clearance

Source: Adapted from DOE

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 27 Figure 2.2 Flowchart of EIA Process Applicable to the Proposed Project

Application for Site Clearance to DOE Supported by: • Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) Checklist; • Proposed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the EIA Study; • Treasury Chalan; • No Objection Certificate from the Local Authorities; • Land Lease Agreement, Gas Supply Agreement Returned to • Mouza Map Applicant for Modification

Not Accepted Review of Application by DOE Regional Office

Accepted

Forwarded to DOE Head Office

Site Clearance Granted by DOE Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) awarded, subject to conditions and ToR approved for EIA Study

Preparation of EIA Report Including: • Baseline Data Collection for Environmental and Social Components • Impact Analysis • Environmental Management Plan • Risk and Disaster Management Plan, etc. Returned to Applicant for Modification Submission of EIA to DOE As per approved ToR

Not Accepted Review of EIA Report by DOE

Accepted

Environmental Clearance Granted by DOE EIA approved and environmental clearance certificate awarded

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 28 2.4.3 Status of Project Approval from DOE

The Project is still awaiting the LLA, IA and GSA from the BPDB. These document are necessary for submission along with Site Clearance Application to the DOE. It is understood that these documents will be received from the BPDB by September 2012 and after that the Site Clearance application along with draft Terms of Reference (TOR) for EIA study will be submitted to DOE.

This ESIA Report being prepared for the ADB and other lenders’ to fulfil the safeguard requirements will be updated as and if necessary in accordance with the TOR issued to be issued by the DOE and then submitted to the DOE for obtaining environmental clearance.

As per discussions with the DOE regarding the timelines, it is anticipated that this process will take approximately 2 to 3 months.

2.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO LAND ACQUISITION IN BANGLADESH

The administrative set up for land acquisition has two tiers under the Ministry of Land Administration. At the Division level, there is an Additional Commissioner dealing with land administration under the Commissioner. At the district level, there is an Additional Deputy Commissioner in charge of land administration. Under him, there is at least one Land Acquisition Officer and several Assistant Land Acquisition Officers. The number of officers depends on the size of the District. Non-gazette officers in the land administration include Kanungos and surveyors.

2.6 PROJECT RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS

Bangladesh is party to a number (30)1 of international environmental convention, treaties and agreements. The Project relevant international treaties and conventions relevant to the project signed, ratified and in the process of ratification by Bangladesh are detailed in Table 2.3. Table 2.3 Project Relevant International Treaties and Conventions

Environment related International convention and Treaties Status International Plant Protection Convention (Rome, 1951.) 01.09.78 (ratified) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of 28.12.81 (entry into force) the Sea by Oil (London, 1954 (as amended on 11 April 1962 and 21 October 1969.) Plant Protection Agreement for the South East Asia and 04.12.74 (accessed) Pacific Region (as amended) (Rome, 1956.) (entry into force) International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High 04.02.82 Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Brussels, 1969.) (entry into force) Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 20.04.92 especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar, 1971) ("Ramsar (ratified)

(1) 1 Department of Environment, Bangladesh

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 29 Convention"). Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural 03.08.83 and natural Heritage (Paris, 1972.) (accepted)03.11.83 (ratified) Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of 18.02.82 (ratified) Wild Fauna and flora (Washington, 1973.) ("CITES Convention") United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (Montego 10.12.82 (ratified) Bay, 1982.) Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer 02.08.90 (accessed) (Vienna, 1985.) 31.10.90 (entry into force) Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone 02.08.90 Layer (Montreal 1987.) 31.10.90 (accessed) (entry into force) London Amendment to the Montreal Protocol on substances 18.03.94 (accessed) that Deplete the Ozone Layer (London, 1990) 16.06.94 (entry into force) Copenhagen Amendment to the Montreal protocol on 27.11.2000 (accepted) Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Copenhagen, 1992 26.2.2001 (entry into force)

Montreal Amendment of the Montreal Protocol on Substances 27.7.2001 that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1997 (Accepted) 26.10.2001 (Entry into force) Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary 01.04.93 (accessed) Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal (Basel, 1989.) International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, 30.11.90 (signed) Response and Cooperation (London, 1990.) In the process of ratification United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, 09.06.92 (signed) (New York, 1992.) 15.04.94 (ratified)

Convention on Biological Diversity, (Rio De Janeiro, 1992.) 05.06.92 (signed) 03.05.94 (ratified) International Convention to Combat Desertification, (Paris 14.10.94 (signed) 1994.) 26.01.1996 (ratification) 26.12.1996 (entry into force) Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other 03.10.79 (accessed) Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques, (entry into force) (Geneva, 1976.) Agreement Relating to the Implementation of Part XI of the 28.07.96 (signed) United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea of 10 December 1982 (New York, 1994.) Convention on the Prohibition of the Development, 14.01.93 (signed) Production, Stockpiling and Use of Chemical Weapons and on their Destruction (Paris, 1993.) Convention on persistent Organic Pollutants, Stockholm 23.5.2001 (signed) 12.03.2007 (ratified) Kyoto protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention 21.8.2001 (accessed) on Climate Change Source: DOE, Bangladesh

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 30 2.7 ADB REQUIREMENTS

As mentioned earlier, Lanco has approached the ADB as a lender for the proposed Project. The following subsection outlines the ADB requirements applicable to the Project.

2.7.1 ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009

In July 2009, ADB's Board of Directors approved the new Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) governing the environmental and social safeguards of ADB's operations. The SPS builds upon ADB's previous safeguard policies on the Environment, Involuntary Resettlement, and Indigenous Peoples, and brings them into one consolidated policy framework with enhanced consistency and coherence, and more comprehensively addresses environmental and social impacts and risks. The SPS also provides a platform for participation by affected people and other stakeholders in the project design and implementation.

The SPS applies to all ADB-financed and/or ADB-administered projects and their components, regardless of the source of financing, including investment projects funded by a loan; and/or a grant; and/or other means, such as equity and/or guarantees. ADB works with borrowers and clients to put into practice the requirements of SPS.

The SPS supersedes ADB's Involuntary Resettlement Policy (1995), Policy on Indigenous Peoples (1998), and Environment Policy (2002). In accordance with the SPS, these previous policies apply to all projects and tranches of multi-tranche financing facility projects that were reviewed by ADB’s management before 20 January 2010.

The objectives of ADB’s safeguards are to:

• avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; • minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and • assist borrowers and clients to strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks.

ADB’s SPS sets out the policy objectives, scope and triggers, and principles for three key safeguard areas:

• Environmental safeguards; • Involuntary Resettlement safeguards; and • Indigenous Peoples safeguards.

To help borrowers and clients and their projects achieve the desired outcomes, ADB adopts a set of specific safeguard requirements that borrowers and

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 31 clients are required to meet in addressing environmental and social impacts and risks. These safeguard requirements are as follows:

• Safeguard Requirements 1: Environment (Appendix 1 of SPS); • Safeguard Requirements 2: Involuntary Resettlement (Appendix 2 of SPS); • Safeguard Requirements 3: Indigenous Peoples (Appendix 3 of SPS); and • Safeguard Requirements 4: Special Requirements for Different Finance Modalities (Appendix 4 of SPS).

In addition, ADB does not finance activities on the prohibited investment activities list (Appendix 5 of SPS).Furthermore, ADB does not finance projects that do not comply with its safeguard policy statement, nor does it finance projects that do not comply with the host country’s social and environmental laws and regulations, including those laws implementing host country obligations under international law.

Consultation and Disclosure requirements of ADB

ADB’s Safeguard Policy and Public Communications Policy (2011) sets out disclosure requirements for various ADB activities, including safeguard requirement. Safeguard Requirements 2: Involuntary Resettlement (Appendix 2 of SPS); and Safeguard Requirements 3: Indigenous Peoples (Appendix 3 of SPS) sets out the need for meaningful consultation and information disclosure during project preparation and operation to the afftected population and other ely stakeholders. Key requirements include:

• Information Disclosure: The borrower/client will submit the following documents to ADB for disclosure on ADB’s website as per the applicability with respect to the Project: o Draft EIA including draft EMP; o Final EIA/IEE; o Updated EIA/IEE and corrective active plan; o Environmental Monitoring Reports. o Resettlement Plan (RP) o Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) • Information disclosure to affected people or stakeholders: The borrower/client will provide relevant environmental information in a timely manner, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. • Consultation and Participation: The borrower/client will carry out meaningful consultation with affected people and other concerned stakeholders, including civil society, and facilitate their informed participation. • Timing and Frequency for consultation and participation: Meaningful consultation begins early in the project preparation stage and is carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle,

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 32 2.7.2 ADB Project Categorisation

The SPS, 2009 further outlines a classification system for the categorization of projects. The classification tentatively occurs at the project identification stage, during the initial screening of anticipated impacts. However, classification is an ongoing process, and the classification can be changed at any time with the concurrence of the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), as more detailed information becomes available and a project proceeds. Environment A project’s environment category is determined by the category of its most environmentally sensitive component, including direct, indirect, induced, and cumulative impacts. Each proposed project is scrutinized as to its type, location, scale, sensitivity and the magnitude of its potential environmental impacts. The level of detail and comprehensiveness of the EIA or IEE are commensurate with the significance of the potential impacts and risks. A proposed project is assigned to one of the following categories depending on the significance of the potential environmental impacts and risks: • Category A: A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An EIA, including an environmental management plan (EMP), is required; • Category B: A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category ‘A’ projects. An IEE, including an EMP, is required; • Category C: A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. An EIA or IEE is not required, although environmental implications need to be reviewed; and • Category FI: A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves the investment of ADB funds to, or through, a financial intermediary (paragraphs 53–58).

Involuntary Resettlement

A project’s involuntary resettlement category is determined by the category of its most sensitive component in terms of involuntary resettlement impacts. The involuntary resettlement impacts of an ADB-supported project are considered significant if 200 or more persons will experience major impacts, which are defined as (i) being physically displaced from housing, or (ii) losing 10% or more of their productive assets (income generating). The level of detail and comprehensiveness of the resettlement plan are commensurate with the significance of the potential impacts and risks. A proposed project is assigned to one of the following categories depending on the significance of the probable involuntary resettlement impacts:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 33 • Category A: A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant involuntary resettlement impacts. A resettlement plan, including assessment of social impacts, is required; • Category B: A proposed project is classified as category B if it includes involuntary resettlement impacts that are not deemed significant. A resettlement plan, including assessment of social impacts, is required; • Category C: A proposed project is classified as category C if it has no involuntary resettlement impacts. No further action is required; and • Category FI: A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves the investment of ADB funds to, or through, a financial intermediary (paragraphs 53–58). Projects are also classified on the basis of impacts to indigenous people, however is not applicable for this Project. This was evaluated and established during the Project scoping, baseline and stakeholder engagement process. Categorisation of Proposed Project Categorization for the proposed Project was undertaken by using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA), Involuntary Resettlement (IR) and Indigenous People (IP) Assessment checklists during the scoping exercise. The REA checklist of the Project for the Thermal Power Plant Sector has been presented in Annex A. The IR Assessment checklist and Indigenous People (IP) Assessment checklist have been presented in Annex B and Annex C, respectively. The findings of the assessment are presented in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Project Categorisation as per ADB Safeguards

S. No. Criteria Relevance Remarks Category 1 Environmental Categorization (a) Unprecedented Change in landuse From agricultural to Based on industrial unprecedented, No major industrial activity diverse, in the project area of irreversible and influence cumulative (b) Diverse Nature of activities Diverse project activities impacts due to including power generation, the proposed cooling water, gas pipeline, Project, it should power evacuation be categorized as ‘A’. (c) Irreversible Environmental Irreversible impacts due to issues and impacts the Project include: of the Project are • air emission and dust; anticipated during • change in air quality; the construction • increased noise and and operation of vibration; the power plant • landuse change; and the laying of • affected aquatic ecology; the natural gas • loss of agricultural land; pipeline • health and safety; (d) Cumulative Similar capacity Cumulative impacts on power plant in the physical, biological and neighbourhood socio economic environmental conditions 2 Involuntary Resettlement Categorization (a) Unprecedented Land Requirement of agricultural Based on no land for industrial physical

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 34 S. No. Criteria Relevance Remarks Category development resettlement (b) Adverse Land acquisition Land acquisition by BPDB issue, additional No resettlement reportedly land acquisition involved for power plant requirement and land. due to project Acquisition of land for water affected persons front activities in progress. becoming more Land requirement and than 200, project alignment for transmission shall be line is not known categorized as ‘A’ Land Acquisition for Gas pipeline corridor by SGCL. Outstanding issues in the acquisition process, if any. Livelihoods of land losers are likely to be impacted. (c) Irreversible Project affected Loss of livelihood; loss of households productive agricultural land to a limited degree; Need for social compliance audit 3 Indigenous People Categorization (a) Presence Existence of As per initial assessment no In case of no indigenous people presence of indigenous foreseen adverse people in the project affected impact, project area. shall be Detailed assessment based categorized as ‘C’ on census data and social consultation is required. (b) Impact Impact on No adverse impact indigenous/ foreseen ethnic/ scheduled tribes

As the project has been categorized as Category ‘A’ the specific requirements of ADB are: • An EIA study is essential for this Project; • The EIA must include an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) that outlines specific mitigation measures, environmental monitoring requirements, and related institutional arrangements, including budget requirements; • Consultation with groups affected by the proposed project. The consultation needs to be carried out as early as possible in the project cycle so that views of affected groups are taken into account in the design of the Project and its environment mitigation measures; • Need for carrying out public consultation at least twice, during the development of the EIA and then to present the conclusions of the report; • The provisions for the EMPs must also be fully reflected in the Project administration memorandums. To ensure proper and timely implementation of the EMPs and adherence to the agreed environmental covenants, ADB requires borrowers or executing agencies to submit semi- annual reports on implementation of EMPs, and that this requirement is

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 35 reflected in the loan agreements;A Resettlement Plan (RP) consistent with Category A of involuntary resettlement is required.

2.8 IFC PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

The Performance Standards (PS) (January 2012) established by IFC stipulates that the Project shall meet certain requirements throughout the life cycle of an investment by IFC or other relevant financial institution such as other DFIs (eg DEG, FMO) or commercial banks, which are signatory to the Equator Principles, 2006.

2.8.1 Brief on IFC Performance Standards, 2012

A brief description of the Performance standards is provided in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5 IFC Performance Standards

Performance Standards Specific Areas Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts Performance Standard 2 Labour and Working Conditions Performance Standard 3 Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention Performance Standard 4 Community Health, Safety and Security Performance Standard 5 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement Performance Standard 6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management ofLiving Natural Resources Performance Standard 7 Indigenous Peoples Performance Standard 8 Cultural Heritage IFC Performance Standards, January 2012

These PS and guidelines provide ways and means to identify impacts and affected stakeholders and lay down processes for management and mitigation of adverse impacts. A brief on the requirements as laid down in the performance standards is described in the following subsections.

2.8.2 Major Tenets of IFC Performance Standards

This sub section tries to provide the requirements of the specific PS, so as to set up the context for matching the requirements of these PS during the various stages of the life cycle of the Project.

PS 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts

The PS 1 requires Social and Environmental Assessment and Management Systems for managing social and environmental performance throughout the life cycle of this Project and runs through all subsequent PSs. The main elements of PS 1 include:

• A Social and Environmental Assessment to understand the social and environmental impacts and risks;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 36 • A Management Program for mitigating the impacts and minimizing the risks identified in the assessment; • Establishing and ensuring organizational capacity and requisite trainings to the staff to implement the Management Programme; • Engagement with the community to ensure free prior informed consultation (FPIC), community grievance redress constructive relationship all through the project life cycle; and • Adequate monitoring and reporting systems to measure and report the effectiveness of the Management Programs.

The social and environmental performance is a continuous process to be initiated by the management and would involve communication between the organisation, its workers and local communities directly affected by the Project. The PS requires that Project proponent initiate regular assessment of the potential social and environmental risks and impacts and consistently tries to mitigate and manage strategy on an ongoing basis.

PS 2: Labour and Working Conditions

The economic growth through employment creation and income generation is recognised and balanced protecting the basic rights of workers. PS 2 is guided by the various conventions of International Labour Organization (ILO) and outlines the minimum requirements of working conditions, protection to the workforce (including issues of child and forced labour) and ensuring occupational health and safety of both its ‘employees’ as well as ‘non employees’ working through contractors. The PS requires:

• Establishment of a sound worker-management relationship; • Encouraging equal opportunity and fair treatment of workers; • Promoting compliance with national labour and employment laws; and • Promoting healthy and safe working conditions for workers.

PS 2 requires project proponents to conduct its activities in a manner consistent with the four core labour standards (child labour, forced labour, non discrimination, and freedom of association and collective bargaining). In addition, PS 2 also addresses other areas such as working conditions and terms of employment, retrenchment, and occupational health and safety issues.

Some of these requirements refer to the applicable national law. Whereas national law establishes standards that are less stringent than those in PS 2, or are silent, the project proponent is expected to meet the requirements of PS 2.

PS 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention

PS 3 outlines the approach to pollution prevention and abatement in line with internationally disseminated technologies and practices with objectives to:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 37 a) avoid or minimize adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding or minimizing pollution from activities; and b) promote the reduction of emissions that contribute to climate change. PS 3 requires a project to avoid, minimize, or reduce adverse impacts on human health and environment by adopting pollution preventive and control technologies throughout the Project life cycle.

PS 3 outlines a project approach to Pollution Prevention and Abatement (PPA) in line with internationally disseminated technologies and practices. It describes the measures to take into account the potential impact of emissions on the ambient conditions (such as ambient air quality) and seek to avoid or minimise these impacts within the context of the nature and significance of pollutants emitted.

PS 4: Community, Health, Safety and Security

PS 4 concentrates on the responsibility that must be undertaken by the client to avoid or minimize the risks and impacts to the community’s health, safety and security that may arise from project activities. PS 4 requires a project to evaluate risks and impacts to the health and safety of the affected community during the Project life cycle and establish measures to avoid minimize and reduce risks and impacts from the Project.

PS 4 recognises that project activities, equipment, and infrastructure often bring benefits to communities including employment, services, and opportunities for economic development. However, projects can also increase the potential for community exposure to risks and impacts arising from equipment accidents, structural failures, and releases of hazardous materials. The performance standard details out project proponents responsibility to avoid or minimise the possible risks and impacts to community health, safety and security that may arise from project activities.

PS 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement

The objectives of this PS are to:

• Avoid or at least minimize the involuntary resettlement wherever feasible by exploring alternative project designs; • Mitigate adverse social and economic impacts from land acquisition or restrictions on affected persons’ use of land by: - Providing compensation for loss of assets at replacement cost; and - Ensuring that resettlement activities are implemented with appropriate disclosure of information, consultation, and the informed participation of those affected. • Improve or at least restore the livelihoods and standards of living of displaced persons; and • Improve living conditions among displaced persons through provision of adequate housing with security of tenure at resettlement sites.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 38

PS 5 require a project to consider various processes and systems to avoid /minimise social and economic impacts related to land acquisition and resettlement.

This PS applies to physical or economic displacement resulting from the following types of land transactions:

• Type I: Land rights for a private sector project acquired through expropriation or other compulsory procedures; • Type II: Land rights for a private sector project acquired through negotiated settlements with property owners or those with legal rights to land, including customary or traditional rights recognised or recognisable under the laws of the country, if expropriation or other compulsory process would have resulted upon the failure of negotiation; and • This PS does not apply to resettlement resulting from voluntary land transactions (ie market transactions in which the seller is not obliged to sell and the buyer cannot resort to expropriation or other compulsory procedures if negotiations fail). The impacts arising from such transactions shall be dealt with as under PS1, though sometimes, when risks are identified, the project proponent may decide to adhere to PS 5 requirements even in willing buyer-seller cases.

PS 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources

PS 6 aims at protecting and conserving biodiversity, the variety of life in all its forms, including genetic, species and ecosystem diversity and its ability to change and evolve, is fundamental to sustainable development. The components of biodiversity, as defined in the Convention on Biological Diversity, include ecosystems and habitats, species and communities, and genes and genomes, all of which have social, economic, cultural and scientific importance. This PS addresses how clients can avoid or mitigate threats to biodiversity arising from their operations as well as incorporate sustainable management of renewable natural resources.

PS 6 recognises that protecting and conserving biodiversity—the variety of life in all its forms, including genetic, species and ecosystem diversity—and its ability to change and evolve, is fundamental to sustainable development. It reflects the objectives of the Convention on Biological Diversity to conserve biological diversity and promote use of renewable natural resources in a sustainable manner.

PS 7: Indigenous Peoples

PS 7 acknowledges the possibility of vulnerability of indigenous people owing to their culture, beliefs, institutions and living standards, and that it may further get compromised by one or other project activity throughout the life cycle of the project. The PS underlines the requirement of avoiding /

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 39 minimizing adverse impacts on indigenous people in a project area, respecting the local culture and customs, fostering good relationship and ensuring that development benefits are provided to improve their standard of living and livelihoods.

PS 7 recognises that Indigenous Peoples, as social groups with identities that are distinct from dominant groups in national societies, are often among the most marginalised and vulnerable segments of the population. The term “indigenous people” is more clearly defined in the IFC Guidance Note for PS 7.

Objectives of PS 7 underscore the need to avoid adverse project impacts on Indigenous Peoples’ communities living in the project’s area of influence, or where avoidance is not feasible, to minimise, mitigate or compensate for such impacts through mechanisms that are tailored to their specific cultural characteristics and expressed needs of the Indigenous Peoples, in a manner commensurate with the scale of project risks and impacts.

PS 8: Cultural Heritage

PS 8 aims to protect the irreplaceable cultural heritage and to guide clients on protecting cultural heritage in the course of their business operations. In addition, the requirements of this PS on a project’s use of cultural heritage are based in part on standards set by the Convention on Biological Diversity.

PS 8 recognises the importance of cultural heritage with an objective to: • Protect cultural heritage from the adverse impacts of project activities; • Support its preservation; and • Promote the equitable sharing of benefits from the use of cultural heritage in business activities.

The PS requires the project proponent to comply with relevant national law on the protection of cultural heritage, including national law implementing the host country’s obligations under the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage and other relevant international law.

2.8.3 IFC Project Categorization

As part of its review of a project’s expected social and environmental impacts, IFC uses a system of social and environmental categorisation. This categorisation is used to reflect the size of impacts understood as a result of the client’s social and environmental assessment and to specify IFC’s institutional requirements. Similar to ADB, the IFC categories are:

• Category A Projects: Projects with potential significant adverse social or environmental impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented; • Category B Projects: Projects with potential limited adverse social or environmental impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressed through mitigation measures;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 40 • Category C Projects: Projects with minimal or no adverse social or environmental impacts, including certain financial intermediary (FI) projects with minimal or no adverse risks; • Category FI Projects: All FI projects excluding those that are Category C projects.

IFC therefore categorises project primarily according to the significance and nature of impacts. IFC defines the project's area of influence as the primary project site(s) and related facilities that the client (including its contractors) develops or controls; associated facilities that are not funded as part of the project (funding may be provided separately by a client or a third party including the government), and whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose goods or services are essential for the successful operation of a project; areas potentially impacted by cumulative impacts from further planned development of a project; and areas potentially affected by impacts from unplanned but predictable developments caused by the project that may occur later or at a different location. The area of influence does not include potential impacts that would occur without a project or independently of a project.

Categorization of the Proposed Project

With reference to the IFC’s environmental and social screening criteria, it is anticipated that the proposed Gas-fired Combined Cycle Power Plant Project will fall under Category A for the following reasons:

• Unprecedented: The Project is a Greenfield project. The regional/spatial setting of the Project has virtually no precedence of industrial activity in the immediate vicinity. Although another power plant of 250 MW is proposed adjacent to site, the timeframe for its development is not clear. The Project and its impacts are therefore unprecedented, cumulative and irreversible, and change the landuse of the area significantly in the long run; • Cumulative: A similar capacity plant by BPDB is proposed in the immediate vicinity, although as mentioned above its schedule for development is currently unclear. Cumulative impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic environmental conditions are therefore anticipated at some point in future; • Irreversible: Environmental impacts of the project are anticipated during the construction and operation of the power plant and the laying of the natural gas pipeline. The irreversible impacts will encompass air emissions and air quality, noise and vibration, water supply and wastewater discharge, erosion and runoff, impacts on drainage, impacts on fisheries, health and safety impacts, traffic management, gas pipeline risks and solid wastes; • Diverse: the diverse nature of activities related to the power plant will have impact; • Power: Present power generation in the Bhola District is only about 35 MW operating on diesel oil and natural gas. Natural gas has been discovered at Shahbazpur, which is about 5 km from the Project site. The

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 41 proposed Project will support in providing reliable electricity for domestic use, small and medium size industrial activities and generation of employment opportunities. In addition, it is proposed that surplus power be provided for other parts of the country.

2.8.4 IFC EHS Guidelines

The ADB SPS policy Statement 2009 (SPS) states, "During the design, construction, and operation of the project the borrower/client will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects." For this purpose IFC EHS guidelines are recommended.

The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines1 (April 30, 2007) will be applicable for this Project. In addition to that, IFC’s Sector specific EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants2 (December 19, 2008) will also apply.

2.9 APPLICABLE EHS STANDARDS

The EHS standards as stipulated in ECR 1997 and amendments of DOE as well as in the IFC EHS guidelines (General and Thermal Power Plant specific) for air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise levels, emissions and effluent discharge have been presented in the environmental baseline section (Chapter 4) as well as in impact assessment section (Chapter 5) for comparison with the baseline conditions and predicted impacts, respectively.

(1) 1 http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/sustainability.nsf/AttachmentsByTitle/gui_EHSGuidelines2007_GeneralEHS/$FILE/Final+- +General+EHS+Guidelines.pdf

(2) 2 http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/dfb6a60048855a21852cd76a6515bb18/FINAL_Thermal%2BPower.pdf?MOD=AJ PERES&id=1323162579734

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 42 3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.1 PRELUDE

The proposed gas-fired combined cycle power plant (CCPP) will be located in Borhanuddin, district Bhola, Bangladesh. The Project will be implemented on a Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis for a period of 22 years. Natural gas will be delivered from the Shahbazpur Gas Field via a new pipeline of approximately 2.0 km, connecting the power plant to the existing Valve Station owned by SGCL. Water from the Dehular Canal will be extracted upstream and discharged downstream for the cooling system. A 230 kV switch yard/ sub-station will also be constructed at the site as part of the Project; while a new 230 kV transmission line will be constructed by the Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB) for power evacuation from the Project. PGCB currently has plans for a 230 kV double circuit transmission line to connect the Project to the main grid network in Barisal, which will be approximately 65 km long.

3.2 LOCATION

The Project site is located at Kutba Union of Borhanuddin in Bhola District of Bangladesh, approximately 2.5 km south-west of Borhanuddin Town (Upazilla headquarters) and 28 km from Bhola District headquarters.

The aerial view of the Project site with the total land acquired by BPDB for both the subject Project and the future BPDB power project development is shown in Figure 3.1. The boundaries of the Project areas are marked in red and the Dehular Canal is located to the west. The Project site coordinates are as follows:

• NW corner -22° 28’ 39.08” N, 90° 42’ 34.24” E; • SW corner - 22° 28’ 36.98” N, 90° 42’ 35.28” E; • SE corner - 22° 28’ 40.03” N, 90° 42’ 46.61” E ; and • NE corner - 22° 28’ 47.72” N, 90° 42’ 41.50” E.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 43 Figure 3.1 Aerial View of the Project Site, Approach Road and Gas Pipeline Alignment

Source: Developed based on the Plot Plan received from Lanco

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 44 3.3 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATIONS

The CCPP will have a 1+1+1 configuration (ie, one gas turbine generator (GTG), one heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) and one steam turbine generator (STG)) and will have a multi shaft design for gas turbine and steam turbine generators.

The plant will be constructed to have a maximum continuous rating (MCR) capacity of 217.9 MW net output at the high voltage side of the outgoing terminals of the 230 kV transformer, corrected to the Reference Conditions at 0.85 power factor (lag). The simple cycle output capacity will be 143.2 MW (net) at the high voltage side of the outgoing terminals of the 230 kV transformer corrected to the Reference Conditions at 0.85 power factor (lag). The overall performance to the CCGT based on 100 % load is outlined in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Overall Performance of Facility based on 100% Load

Description Unit Simple Combined Cycle Cycle Plant Gross Output MW 147.6 224.6 Auxiliary Power + Losses MW 4.4 6.7 Step-up Transformer Losses MW - - Total Losses MW 4.4 6.7 Net Power Output at high voltage side of Generator MW 143.2 217.9 Net Heat Rate (based on HHV) kJ/kWh 12,602 8,185 Source: Guaranteed performance indicators submitted to BPDB by Lanco

The plant will be connected to the 230 kV switchyard to be constructed within the Project site and will have the provision for termination of two 230 kV lines from Barisal. A 230/33 kV transformer of capacity 70 MVA will be provided at the switchyard for drawing start-up power before commissioning and to supply power to the existing Bhola 33 kV network after commissioning of the CCPP.

The plot plan of the Project showing key features of the CCGT, approach road and intake canal and outfall channel is presented in Figure 3.2. Heat balance diagram of the plant has been presented in Figure 3.3.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 45 Figure 3.2 Plot Plan

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 46 Figure 3.3 Heat Balance Diagram

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 47 3.4 KEY COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT

The key Project components will be as follows: • Gas Turbine Generator; • Steam Turbine Generator; • Heat Recovery Steam Generator; • Fuel Gas Transportation, Compression and Conditioning System; • Water System; • Electrical System; • Air Conditioning and Ventilation System; • Control and Instrumentation System; and • Civil Works

3.4.1 Gas Turbine Generator

The Gas Turbine Generator (GTG) units will be completed with all auxiliary equipment and will use natural Gas. There will be no back-up fuel firing provision proposed. The GTG will be heavy duty, single shaft, and an industrial type, of proven design, directly coupled to a 50 Hz generator. The GTG specification is outlined in Table 3.2 and layout provided in Figure 3.4.

Table 3.2 Gas Turbine Generator Specification

Particular Unit Details Gas Turbine Manufacturer - Siemens/ equivalent Model/ Type - SGT5 2000E Output kW 143,200 Heat Rate at 100% load kJ/kWh 12,235 RPM - 3,000 Air Flow at Inlet Kg/s 477.03 Fuel Consumption Kg/s 8.97

The GTG will be installed in a Gas Turbine Building with an overhead travelling crane designed to lift the heaviest equipment part. The Gas Turbine Building shall include hard cover lay down areas suitable for heavy load transport and maintenance activities.

The generator cooling system will be a closed-loop design. The warm cooling air of the generator will be re-cooled by water (ie, Totally Enclosed Water to Air Cooled – TEWAC).

Dry low NOx combustors will be provided with all equipment necessary to achieve the guaranteed NOx emission level. Steam or water injection will not be considered in the GTG.

Gas Detection System (GDS) will be provided to warn the operation personnel immediately in the event of a leakage within the gas turbine and skid area. The detectors will be infrared (IR), suitable for natural gas detection, and will be located in front of the GTG enclosure ventilation fans and in the area of the fuel gas valves. Audible and visual alarm devices will be located in the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 48 supervised areas and at the control station. In addition, a Fire Detection System (FDS) will be provided at the following areas of the gas turbine building: • Gas turbine combustion chamber equipped with flame and heat detectors; • Lube oil skid equipped with smoke and heat detectors; • Hydraulic skid equipped with smoke detectors; • Generator bearings equipped with smoke detectors; • Fuel gas skid equipped with smoke and heat detectors; • Power control containers equipped with smoke detectors.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 49 Figure 3.4 Gas Turbine Layout

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 50 3.4.2 Steam Turbine Generator

The condensing Steam Turbine Generator (STG) will be of proven design and complete with all auxiliary oil and steam systems. The steam turbine will be directly coupled to a 50 Hz generator. The STG installed will be designed to ensure a long creep life, cyclic duty and fast start-up.

The STG will be installed indoors for environmental protection (eg, dust and rains) and to provide acoustic attenuation. The STG building will include an overhead travelling crane suitable for lifting the maximum heavy load for maintenance activities and suitable indoor laydown areas for plant maintenance. The steam turbine will be sized to pass the entire quantity of steam generated by the HRSG over the full range of ambient temperatures specified. The STG and condenser specifications are outlined in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 Steam Turbine Generator and Condenser Specifications

Particular Unit Details Manufacturer - BHEL/ Franco/ Tosi/ Nanjing/ equivalent Output kW 75,000 Heat Rate kJ/kWh 1,920 Type of Condenser - Surface

3.4.3 Heat Recovery Steam Generator

The HRSG will be a double pressure, unfired, natural circulation horizontal type generator combined with the GT. The HRSG will be designed for exit gas conditions of the Gas Turbine (GT) fired with natural gas. The HRSG will mainly consist of an inlet gas duct; boiler (heating surfaces, steel structure and casing); outlet gas duct; main stack; high pressure (HP) and low pressure (LP) drums; deaerator; piping trims; and auxiliaries, such as a feed water pump, LP recirculation pumps and blow down tank. In addition, an economizer, evaporator, and super-heater tube bank section(s) with finned tubing, as appropriate, will be included to maximize heat transfer. Exhaust gas from the GT will enter into the HRSG through the inlet duct and will flow horizontally across heating surfaces and then exhaust through the outlet duct and stack.

The HRSG will be designed for 100% full load continuous operating conditions. Combined, GTG and STG will achieve the required 217.9 MW (net) output at the high voltage side of the outgoing terminals of the 230 kV transformers. The HRSG, pumps and auxiliaries intended for outdoor installation will be designed for outdoor conditions. Supplemental firing of the HRSGs will not be undertaken. Pressure parts will be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with “ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 1, Power Boilers” or equivalent standards. The HRSG specification is provided in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4 Heat Recovery Steam Generator Specifications

Particular Unit Details

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 51 Particular Unit Details Manufacturer - Hangzhou/ BHEL/ equivalent Type - Horizontal HP Section Parameters: Maximum Continuous Capacity t/h 236.9 Rated Steam Outlet Pressure Bar 76.30 Rated Steam Outlet Temperature °C 527.8 LP Section Parameters Maximum Continuous Capacity t/h 48.9 Rated Steam Outlet Pressure Bar 4.78 Rated Steam Outlet Temperature °C 214.8 Condensate Temperature °C 43.2 Exhaust Flue Gas Temperature °C 99.5 Stack Height m 60.0

3.4.4 Fuel Gas Transportation, Compression and Conditioning System

The Fuel Gas (Natural Gas) system for the Plant will provide the following functions: • Transportation of natural gas from Shahbazpur Gas Field to the inlet of the GT after compression and conditioning; • Removal of water droplets and containments by filtration; • Regulation of the natural gas pressure through compressor; • Providing final filtration.

The gas pipeline of approximately 2.0 km will be laid from aValve Station at Borhanuddin to the inlet of the Regulating and Metering System (RMS) at the Project site. Alignment of the pipeline has been presented in Figure 3.5. Main features of the Fuel Gas Receiving and Conditioning System will be as follows: • Inlet separator; • Condensate Flash Tank (2 m3); • Filter Separator (5 micron); • Two stage pressure cut: Active Regulator (Fail to Open) and Monitor Regulator (Fail to Close) type; • Metering: Orifice type with electronic volume corrector; and • A fuel gas compressor.

Further details of the Fuel Gas compressor are provided in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Fuel Gas Compressor Details

Particular Details Title Reciprocating/ Screw Compressors No. of Units 3 x 50%/ 2 x 100% Gas to be compressed Natural Gas Suction Pressure 10 Bar (g) Discharge Pressure 34 Bar (g) Suction Temperature 15°C Installation Indoor

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 52 3.4.5 Water Systems

Water from the Dehular Canal will be extracted and stored in a raw water sump located in the raw/ cooling water pump house. Water from the raw/ cooling water pump house will be fed to a condenser and Pre-treatment plant. The raw water intake and transportation features will comprise of the following: • An open channel of approximately 300 m from the canal to the raw water reservoir; • Three (3) vertical raw/ cooling water pumps (3 x 50% capacity); and • One (1) motor control centre (MCC)/ control room for the raw/ cooling water pump house.

Pre-treatment Plant

Raw water from raw water sump will be pumped to a clarifloculator and the discharge water will then be stored in a 1,500 m3 reservoir located in water treatment plant (WTP) area, which would be common for Fire Water and Clarified Water.

Auxiliary Cooling Water (ACW) and Closed Circuit Cooling Water (CCCW) System

CCCW System for GTG Auxiliaries: This system will supply cooling water to the various GTG unit auxiliary coolers, such as the generator coolers, load commutated inverter (LCI) coolers, turbine base, lube oil coolers and air compressors. The cooling water system will be a closed circuit with demineralised (DM) water as cooling media and closed cooling water (CCW) pumps.

In the primary circuit, GTG CCW pumps of 2 x 100% capacity will pump the DM water to various auxiliary coolers of the GTG unit. Hot water from these coolers will then be re-circulated back to the suction of the GTG CCW pumps.

ACW and CCCW System for STG Auxiliaries This system will supply cooling water to various coolers belonging to the ST and the HRSG auxiliary equipment, boiler feed pumps etc. In the primary circuit, STG DM cooling water (CCCW) pumps of 2 x 100% capacity will pump the passivated DM water through Plate Heat Exchangers (PHE) to various coolers of the HRSG auxiliary equipment. Hot water from these coolers will then be re-circulated back to the suction of the STG CCCW pumps. For cooling the hot DM water through the PHE, cooling water will be used in a secondary loop. The secondary cooling water system will consist of an open cycle with circulating water as the cooling media and STG Auxiliary Cooling Water (secondary circuit) pumps located at Raw/ Cooling water pump house.

Demineralisation (DM) Plant

The DM Plant will include the following major equipment:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 53 • Dual Media Filters (DMF) to reduce suspended solids from the feed water (2x100% capacity); • Activated Carbon Filters (ACF), provided downstream of the DMF to remove organics, colour and residual chlorine (2x100% capacity); • Strongly Acidic Cation (SAC) exchange units (2x100% capacity); • Degasser system (2x100% capacity); • Strong Base Anion (SBA) exchange units (2x100% capacity); • Mixed Bed (MB) exchange units (2x100%capacity); • Air blowers for the MB units (2x100% capacity); • Ultra filters with all accessories to remove colloidal silica (2x100% capacity); • An acid regeneration system; • A alkali regeneration system; • DM water storage tanks (2 x 500 m3 capacity); • DM water transfer pumps (2x 100% capacity); • SBA resin alkaline brine cleaning system; and • A neutralizing pit.

Cooling Water (CW) Chlorination and Auxiliary Cooling Water (ACW) Chemical Conditioning Systems

CW Chlorination System Two Gas Chlorinators will be included in the system to chlorinate the circulating cooling water by application of 1.0 ppm continuous dosing. The CW chlorination plant will be complete with chlorine tonners, manifold, chlorinators, booster pumps, ejectors, diffusers and dosing piping. As the chlorine with drawl is very low, evaporators are not envisaged in the system.

ACW Chemical Dosing System No chemical dosing system is envisaged as the cooling water will be used for the ACW system.

3.4.6 Electrical Systems

Generation

Power will be generated at 15.75 kV, 50 Hz, 0.85 pf by the GTG units; and 11 kV, 50 Hz, 0.85 pf by the STG. The voltage of the power generated will be stepped up to 230 kV through generator step up transformers, for connection with the 230 kV Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS).

The transformers will be sized to evacuate the GTG and STG outputs respectively under the site conditions. Both the GTG and STG step up transformers will be provided with Off Circuit tap changers. Synchronization of the GTG and STG units will be completed by Generator Circuit Breakers.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 54 Evacuation System

Power will be evacuated from one and half breaker scheme 230 kV switchyard, as agreed with the BPDB. The following bays have been considered in the 230 kV switchyard: • Outgoing line bays (2 nos.); • Interconnecting 230/33 kV transformer bay (1 no.); • GTG transformer bay (1 no.); • STG transformer bay (1 no.); • Tie bays (3 nos.); and • Unequipped spare bay (1 no.).

Auxiliary Distribution System

Two (2) 15.75 kV/6.9 kV Unit Auxiliary Transformers, will be capable of supplying auxiliary power requirements for the following: • Total maximum auxiliary load of 1 GT, 1 HRSG and 1 ST; and • 100% of the total station load for the plant

Power supply to the plant loads at 415V will be through 6.6kV/0.433V transformers, which will supply power to the 415V switchgear.

One (1) of Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) set is proposed to be connected to a 415 V Emergency Board, for meeting safe shutdown and emergency loads. In addition, one (1) set of Black Start Diesel Generator (BSDG) will be connected to the 6.6 kV Unit switchgear to start a gas turbine during grid in the event of blackout conditions.

Illumination

Outdoor lighting with high pressure sodium vapour/ metal halide luminaries will be provided in the Plant. This will cover the building exteriors, equipment areas and plant internal roads lighting.

For indoor lighting high bay/ medium bay high pressure sodium vapour/ metal halide type luminaries will be used in the turbine generator building and fluorescent lighting in all other areas indoor.

3.4.7 Air Conditioning and Ventilation System

Air Conditioning System

Package AC units will be provided to cater for the air conditioning requirements of the following areas of the Plant: • Central Control Room; • Central Equipment Room, Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) room; • Programmer’s room; • Shift In-charge and Central documentation room; • Shift Engineer’s room; and

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 55

Switchyard Control RoomSplit/ window air conditioners will be installed for the Operations and Maintenance (O&M) staff room, Steam Water Analyser System (SWAS) room and the synchronisation excitation cubicle.

Ventilation System

A mechanical supply ventilation system will be provided at the following locations within the power plant building by wall mounted supply air fans. • STG bay (ground, mezzanine and operating floor); • GTG building; • Cable Gallery/ Spreader rooms; and • Switchgear Rooms and MCC Rooms.

The control of air flow in the desired directions within the aforementioned areas will be undertaken by using roof extractors and back draft dampers. Filtered air from air fans fitted with intake Louvers and Pre-filters will be distributed via ducting to the Power House Building heat sources such as the turbo-generator, condenser, boiler feed pump, HP and LP heaters, oil coolers etc. The hot air from the hall will then be vented via roof extractors (with a rain protection cowl with bird screen). The quantity of hot air vented will be lower than the quantity of air supplied.

The supply air ducts of this mechanical supply ventilation system will be provided with automatic fire dampers at the entry to each of the enclosed areas, such as the switchgear rooms, cable galleries, etc. Operation of the automatic dampers will be interlocked with the fire alarm system.

Exhaust fans will be provided for the following auxiliary buildings: • CW pump house; • Non AC areas of the control room building; • Non-AC area of the switchyard control building (eg LT Switchgear Room/ Cable Spreader Room); • Elevator machine room; • Battery room in the control building area and the switchyard building; • Toilets and pantry of buildings; • Chlorination building; • DM Plant building and the Chemical House Area; and • MCC room of all auxiliary buildings, as applicable.

3.4.8 Control and Instrumentation System

A complete control and instrumentation system will be provided based on the Distributed Digital Control, Monitoring and Information System (DDCMIS) philosophy, for the total functional requirements of controlling sequence

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 56 interlocks and equipment protection, monitoring, alarming etc. for HRSG,STG, Balance of Plant (BOP)1 and common plant facilities.

The control requirements of the main power plant comprising of HRSG, STG Auxiliaries, BOP system/ equipment like CW, ACW and other water systems, plant electrical system, etc. will require a microprocessor based Distributed Control System (DCS).

Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) based control systems will be provided for all other unit specific and common utility systems and auxiliary plants, including: • DM/PT Plant; • Fire Protection (PLC based) and Detection System (microprocessor based); • A/C system; • Raw water system; • CW chlorination system; and • Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) system.

Control matrix for various plant systems along with control locations has been presented in Table 3.6.

Table 3.6 Control Matrix for Various Plant Systems

S. No. System/ Plant Control System Control Location 1 GT DCS Operator stations in central control room 2 HRSG DCS Operator stations in central control room 3 ST DCS Operator stations in central control room 4 DM Cooling Water DCS Operator stations in central control room System 5 CW & ACW System Remote DCS Operator station in central control room processor with input & output 6 Instrument Air and DCS Operator station in central control room Service Air Compressors including air drying plant 7 Fuel oil unloading, Remote DCS Operator station in central control room storage, pressuring processor with and heating system input & output Local control panel for fuel oil unloading 8 ETP PLC Local control room 9 DM Plant PLC Local control room 10 Centralized Turbine Local control Oil Purification System panel 11 Fire Detection and PLC based Fire protection local control room Protection System 12 A/C system PLC based Local control room 13 Auxiliary Boiler PLC Local control room

(1) 1 Balance of Plant stands for the power plant area excluding the power generation units (GTG, STG and HRSG) and utilities.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 57 S. No. System/ Plant Control System Control Location 14 Condenser online tube PLC based Field mounted PLC panel cleaning system & self cleaning filter 15 Canal Water System Relay based Local control room

3.4.9 Civil Works

The civil works associated with the installation of the aforementioned plant equipment will include the following:

• Site topographical survey, bathymetric survey and area drainage study; • Site investigation (hydrographic, if necessary, geotechnical, contaminated land, meteorological); • Data collection (including verification of design data provided in the Master Specification); • Site preparation, construction of laydown areas, removal/treatment of subterranean obstacles, and removal of any contamination and relocation of services; • Installation of underground services including storm water, wastewater and sewerage lines. • Main plant buildings/ facilities

The following main plant buildings will be constructed:

• Steam Turbine Building housing Steam Turbine generator and auxiliary equipment; • Gas Turbine Building housing the Gas Turbine generators and their auxiliary equipment; • Electrical annex building; • Water Treatment Building; • Switchyard Control room / Building; • Raw/Cooling Water Pump House; • Fire Protection Pump House; • Fire Engine Building; • Sewage Pump House; • Maintenance workshop and storage building; • Workshop & Stores (warehouse); • Laboratory; • Administration Building; • Central control room; • Gatehouse and Security Building; and • Site temporary office during construction.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 58 3.5 RESOURCES AND ASSOCIATED FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT

3.5.1 Land

The BPDB had acquired 28.03 acres of land at Kutba Union for the development of gas-based power plants in 2003-04. In addition, a strip of 1,335’ x 60’ of land (equivalent to 1.84 acres) was acquired by the BPDB to provide an approach road to the previously acquired area for power plant developments. The area purchased for the approach road extends from the existing 8’ wide Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) Road. Thus, a total area of 29.87 acres has been acquired for power plant developments. As a result, the client needs to prepare a Compliance Audit report based on paragraph 12, Appendix 4 of the ADB SPS 2009. If non compliance is identified through this Audit then a corrective action plan agreed on by ADB and the client will be prepared. The acquired land is situated in the following mouzas of Kutba Union.

• Dakshin Chhota Manika; • Kutba; and • Char Gazipur

Taking into consideration the waterfront activities such as, cooling water intake and outfall as well as the temporary jetty required for waterway transportation of construction material and heavy machinery to the site, the BPDB has started the process of acquiring an additional 3.2 acres of land in between the 29.87 acre area they already own and the Dehular Canal.

Out of the total land owned by the BPDB, approximately 12.32 acres will be leased to Lanco for development of the 217.9 MW (net) CCPP. In addition, Lanco will also develop the approach road which will be used by Lanco and BPDB. The land under acquisition process (~3.2 acres) will be utilized for cooling water intake and outfall facilities and will be used commonly by Lanco and BPDB for their respective power plants. In addition, a strip of 20ft for a length of 2km (equivalent to 3 acres) will be acquired for laying of the gas pipeline from existing valave station to plant site.

The Break-up of land to be utilized by the Project has been presented in Table 3.7.

Table 3.7 Break-up of Land (Tentative)

S. No. Particular Area (in acres) A Main Plant i Main Plant Area 8.76 ii Switchyard Area 2.37 iii RMS Area1 0.45 iv Non-Plant Building Area 0.74 Sub-total (A) 12.32

B Utilities i Cooling Water Intake and Outfall2 3.20 ii Approach Road Connecting LGED Road with Project Site3 1.84

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 59 S. No. Particular Area (in acres) iii Internal Road4 0.69 iv Gas Pipeline (estimated) 3.0 Sub-total (B) 8.73

Grand Total (A+B) 20.69 1 It includes 0.096 acres RMS area earmarked for proposed BPDB power plant 2 This area will be commonly used by Lanco and BPDB for cooling water intake and outfall 3 Approach road will be constructed by Lanco and will be commonly used by Lanco and BPDB 4 This road will be boundary between the Lanco and BPDB Plant premises and will be commonly used

3.5.2 Fuel and Gas Pipeline

The natural gas required by the Project will be sourced from the Shahbazpur Gas Field under the Gas Supply Agreement (GSA). The Shahbazpur Gas Field presently has two operational wells (Well No. 1 and 2) with total gas extraction capacity of about 55 mmscfd. Currently the only user of this gas is the rental power plant in Bhola, which is using about 7.5 mmscfd of gas from these wells. The natural gas requirement for the proposed plant will be about 30 – 35 mmscfd. Therefore, it is understood that no new well developments at this gas field or other gas fields are required for the development and operation of the Project plant. There will be no supplementary fuel for the gas turbine.

Natural gas will be delivered from the Shahbazpur Gas Field, via a new underground pipeline of about 2.0 km in length and 8” diameter, connecting the power plant to the existing Valve Station owned by Sundarban Gas Company Limited (SGCL) at Borhanuddin. This will be tapped inside the Plant premises at the Regulating and Metering Station (RMS). The gas pipeline alignment has been presented in Figure 3.5. The right of way (ROW) width of the gas pipeline will be about 20 ft. As per the terms of agreement mentioned in the GSA, the land for gas pipeline alignment will be acquired by the SGCL. SGCL will provide the right to use (ROU) to Lanco for construction of the gas pipeline from the Valve Station to the RMS. After completion of the construction of pipeline, the operation of the gas pipeline will be responsibility of the SGCL. There is no environmentally or socially sensitive sites/ areas (i.e. sanctuaries, national parks, wildlife reserves, reserve forests and significant features of cultural or historical importance), which will be crossed by the proposed gas pipeline alignment.

The natural gas, which will be delivered to the power plant under the terms of the GSA will meet the quality specification outlined in Table 3.8:

Table 3.8 Gas Specification

Constituent % by Volume Minimum Maximum

Methane (CH4) 85.0 100.0

Ethane (C2H6) 0 6.0 Propane (C3H8) 0 5.0 Butane (C4H10) 0 3.0 Pentane (C5H12) and higher 0 2.0 Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) 0 0

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 60 Constituent % by Volume Minimum Maximum Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 0 2.0 Nitrogen (N2) 0 3.0 Oxygen (O2) 0 1.0 Inert (the total combined Nitrogen, Oxygen, Carbon dioxide 0 5.0 and any other inert compound)

Other properties of the natural gas will be as follows:

• Minimum HHV : 900 Btu • Temperature range : 15 – 60°C • Water content : 7 pounds per one million SCF of Gas • Odour : Free from objectionable odour • Solids : < 5 micron size • Specific Gravity : 0.55 – 0.67 • Liquefiable Hydrocarbon : < 2.0 American Gallons per one million SCG of Gas • Minimum supply pressure : 160 psig • Maximum supply pressure : 200 psig

The maximum pressure of natural gas flow through the pipeline will be 1000 psig and the flow rate is anticipated to be 45,000 – 50,000 sm3/h.

3.5.3 Transmission Line

The PGCB will be responsible for the transmission of power generated from the plant. A new 230 kV double circuit transmission line of approximately 65 km in length is planned by the PGCB which will be connected up to Barisal. The transmission line for evacuation of electricity generated from the proposed plant is subject of a separate assessment of environmental and social impacts as per the regulatory requirement in Bangladesh and an EIA Report has already been prepared by the PGCB in 2011 for the same.1

A map showing Project site, approach road, gas pipeline alignment, Shahbazpur Gas Field and proposed transmission line alignment within 7 km radial zone from the Project site is presented in Figure 3.6 and the entire power transmission line has been presented in Figure 3.7.

(2) 1 The PGCB has already accorded environmental clearance from the DOE vides Memo No.: DOE/Dhabi/5045/2010/832 dated 10/10/2011.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 61 Figure 3.5 Gas Pipeline Alignment

Note: Black line in the map is showing the proposed (most preferable) gas pipeline alignment, which has been agreed during the route survey conducted with BPDB and SGCL.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 62 Figure 3.6 Map showing Project Components and Shahbazpur Gas Field

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 63 Figure 3.7 Map showing proposed Transmission Line

(Source: PGCB EIA Report)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 64 3.5.4 Water

The water requirement for the construction phase of the CCGT development Plant will be from the Dehular Canal, which flows in a north south direction along the western boundary of the Project. Analysis of water samples collected from Dehular Canal indicated the quality of water is suitable to be used in the construction phase water requirement of the Project. The potable water requirement during the construction phase will be met through ground water, for which a groundwater abstraction borehole will be installed by the construction contractor within the Project site. Water quality will be ensured in compliance with the applicable drinking water standards (Schedule 4 of ECR, 1997). Quantity of water required during the construction phase of the Project has been presented in Table 3.9.

Table 3.9 Water Requirement during the Construction Phase

S. No. Purpose Quantity (m3/day) 1 Concreting 40 2 Curing/ cleaning 30 3 Dust suppression (as applicable) 10 4 Site office and other utilities 10 5 Others 10 Total 100 Note: These are the peak requirement quantities and may vary depending upon the construction activities.

The water requirement during the operation phase of the Project will be primarily for cooling water and “make up” water requirements. The water requirement during the construction phase has been presented in Table 3.10 and water balance diagram in Figure 3.8.

Table 3.10 Water Requirement during the Operation Phase

S. No. Purpose Quantity (m3/hr) 1 Condenser Cooling 25,300 2 Heat Exchanger for STG Auxiliaries 1,250 3 Heat Exchanger for GTG Auxiliaries 625 4 Intake Screen Wash System 40 5 Chlorination System 50 6 DM Plant 16 7 Service Water for WTP, HVAC, Misc 10 8 Potable Water 4 9 Sludge Treatment Plant 3 Total 27,298 * In addition to that water will also be required for fire-fighting, for which 45 m3/hr water arrangement has been made. However, the requirement will be only during emergency.

The maximum daily discharge of Dehular canal nearest to the Project site against water levels and velocity is about 162 cumecs, whereas the minimum flow varies from 62 to 124 cumecs.1 The average discharge was calculated as 108 cumecs. As the water requirement for the Project is limited to 7.6 cumecs, therefore, adequate water will also be available from the canal during the lean season.

(3) 1 Based on the feasibility study conducted by BPDB for Public Sector Power Project ERM PROJECT # - 0156283 65

Figure 3.8 Water Balance

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 66

3.5.5 Auxiliary Power

The auxiliary power requirement for running the Plant will be as follows: • Facility operation under Simple Cycle mode: 4.4 MW; and • Facility operation under Combined Cycle mode: 6.7 MW.

It is proposed that one (1) Emergency DG set is connected to a 415 V Emergency Board, for meeting the safe shutdown and emergency loads. In addition, one (1) set of Black Start DG of 5.0 MVA will be connected to 6.6 kV unit switchgear to start a gas turbine in the event of grid blackout conditions.

3.5.6 Materials Storage and Handling

The plant operation will require certain chemicals for water treatment and process requirements. A list of the hazardous chemicals which will be used in the Plant and the maximum quantity stored is presented in Table 3.11.

Table 3.11 Chemicals and Storage Capacity

S. No. Chemical Name Maximum Storage Quantity 1. Hydrochloric Acid (30%) 2 tons 2. Caustic Lye (48%) 2 tons 3. Sulphuric Acid 1 ton 4. Chlorine 2 tons 5. CO2 (liquid) 1,000 m3 6. Hydrazine Hydrate 2,00 l 7. Ammonia (25%) 5,00 l 8. Tri Sodium Phosphate 500 kg 9. Diesel 15 m3

Acids and other hazardous materials will be stored in a dedicated room with adequate ventilation, at the water treatment plant area. Diesel will be stored in above ground oil tanks located in the vicinity of the Black Start DG and Emergency DG set. The storage arrangements for all chemicals will include secondary containment for spillage control. In addition, a chlorine absorption system (scrubber type) will be provided as a control in the event of a chlorine leak.

3.5.7 Chemical Laboratory

A suitable chemical laboratory will be provided within the Project area for the assessment of the following components during the normal operation of the power plant: • Water analysis; and • Emissions and pollution control analysis.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 67

3.6 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE OVERVIEW

Life cycle analysis of a project identifies the key issues and concerns that are likely to evolve over the entire lifespan of a project. In case of the proposed Project, these issues may come up during various phases of the Project, namely, during the site preparation and construction, operation and maintenance, and decommissioning. These issues have been considered in this ESIA study, prior to any irreversible actions being undertaken by the Project Sponsor, contractors and other project associates. The following sub- sections identify the key activities to be completed and facilities to be constructed and operated over the lifetime of this Project.

3.6.1 Site Preparation

The site preparation activities include raising the level of the site +1m above the 200 year highest flood level (HFL) and construction of the approximately 300 m long approach road connecting the Project site with the LGED Road. The site will be raised to the level of +3.7 m from the existing ground level (EGL). Approximately, 160,000 m3 of fill material (sand) will be required to raise the site and for construction of approach road. The Fill Material will be sourced from approved dredging contractors from nearby areas and transported in barges/ trawlers. The Fill Material will be finally pumped into the site by “Volgates”.

3.6.2 Construction

The construction contractor and their subcontractors will construct the power plant and shall adhere to the “Master Specification Document” developed by Lanco for the Project.

Project site construction activities leading up to the operation of the power plant, are anticipated to take approximately 26 months. The tentative construction phase milestone schedule is presented in Table 3.12. To complete the construction works within this time period, the total manpower requirement is estimated to be 575 people. This is broken down into 75 skilled labour and 500 unskilled. Most of the unskilled manpower will be sourced from the neighbouring areas. The skilled manpower will mainly be specialized personnel required to complete construction tasks, such as, installation of the gas turbine and GTG, HRSG, steam turbine and STG, DCS and other plant control systems.

Table 3.12 Tentative Construction Phase Milestone Schedule

S. Description No. of Calendar Months No. Start Complete 1 Procurement of major equipments 1 20 2 GTG foundations 7 13 3 Major equipment installation 16 25 4 Fuel receiving facilities 17 18.5 5 Electrical interconnection 17 18.5

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 68

S. Description No. of Calendar Months No. Start Complete 6 Start-up and testing for initial operation 18.5 19.5 7 Start-up and testing for commercial operation in Simple 19.5 20 Cycle 8 Commercial Operation of Simple Cycle Facility 20 20 9 Start-up and testing for commercial operation in 25 26 Combined Cycle 10 Commercial Operation of Combined Cycle Facility 26 26

As set out in the “Specification Manual”, the Construction Contractor will be required to provide toilets, construction water, potable water, wastewater disposal arrangement, site offices, first aid facility, etc. A labour camp will also be constructed close to the site, which will be maintained by the construction contractor with adequate potable water and sanitation facilities.

During the peak construction stage there will be approximately 50 Lanco staff. Staff will stay at locally hired houses in Borhanuddin and/or in Bhola. The construction contractor will provide temporary site facilities including offices to accommodate 5 office rooms and workstations for 20 people; cafeteria and toilets with shower facilities.

As part of the “Specification Manual”, the Construction Contractor will also develop construction dust control measures, sediment and erosion control measures and procedures to disposal of waste materials generated during construction.

All of the major power plant components (e.g., GTG, STG and HRSG) will be manufactured outside of Bangladesh and shipped via ocean barges to the nearby port facility and from there these will be transported to the site by barges along the Tentulia River followed by Dehular Canal to the temporary jetty at the Project site. All other heavy machinery, construction equipment and construction material (aggregate, sand, cement, etc.) will also be transported to the site via the waterway.

A temporary floating jetty will be constructed at the project site to allow the unloading of the cargo and other construction machinery and equipment transported by barge.

Transportation of personnel during the construction phase will be by local vehicles, such as, cars and autos for safe and secure transportation.

Approximately 500 KVA power load will be required during the peak construction phase, which will be arranged through DG set/s. The DG set/s will be acoustic proof and will be compliant with the applicable noise standards for the construction phase of the Project.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 69

3.6.3 Operation and Maintenance

There will be no Operation and Maintenance contract with a third party operator, as the power plant will be owned and operated by the Project Developer.

The maintenance schedule of the Plant has been presented in Table 3.13 and annual availability of the Plant has been presented in Table 3.14.

Table 3.13 Maintenance Schedule

S. Particular Duration (No. Time of Year Cycle (No. of No. of Days) (Season) Operating Hours) 1. Annual Maintenance Outage 10 Anytime 8,000 Schedule 2. Manor Overall Outage 30 Anytime 33,000 Schedule 3. Combustion Turbine 5 Anytime 8,000 Inspection Schedule 4. Steam Turbine Inspection 35 Anytime 50,000 Schedule 5. HRSG Inspection Schedule 7 Anytime 8,000

Table 3.14 Annual Availability of the Plant

S. No. Particular Detail 1. Annual Availability while Running in Combined Cycle 90% 2. Operational Availability 3. Planned and Maintenance Outages 5% 4. Forced Outages 5% Total 100%

As previously outlined, SGCL will supply natural gas to the power plant under the terms of the GSA. The draft agreement specifies the quality of the sulphur-free, indigenous natural gas to be delivered to the Project site. A continuous supply of natural gas will be required for the operation of the power plant and to maintain uninterrupted power production to supply the national grid.

Lubricating and hydraulic oils, in standard size steel drums will be delivered to the power plant on a regular basis. Estimated annual consumption of lube oil for GT and ST will be approximately 1,200 to 1,500 litres, whereas hydraulic oil consumption for both control oil and the by-pass station will be approximately 100 litres. The drums will be stored at the Project in a dedicated area with secondary containment until their contents are transferred into use. The empty drums will be sent for reuse or for recycling in line with the DOE guidelines.

Waste lubricating and hydraulic oils will be collected and delivered to a licensed contractor with facilities to treat or recycle the treated oil for other purposes.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 70

During the operation phase of the Project, the total manpower requirement will be 69. This will consist of 49 skilled and 20 unskilled staff. The unskilled manpower will be contract staff for cleaning, gardening, drivers, fitters, security and helpers. Labour for the operation of the Plant will be in three shifts, the manpower distribution for which is presented in Table 3.15 . The proposed organization chart for operation and maintenance (O&M) for the Project has been presented in Figure 3.9.

Table 3.15 Shift-wise Skilled Manpower Requirement during Operation Phase

Shift No. of Persons General 34 Shift 1 5 Shift 2 5 Shift 3 5 Total 49

Most of the traffic associated with the Plant operations will be related to shift changes that may occur 3 times per day as per the shift schedule. Carpooling will be encouraged to minimize plant-generated traffic.

3.6.4 Decommissioning

The design life of the power plant is estimated to be 30 years, which is almost 8 years longer than the Power Purchase Agreement term. If the Power Purchase Agreement, Land Lease Agreement, Gas Supply Agreement and the other relevant agreements are not extended or renewed and an alternative economical fuel is available, the power plant may be retrofitted to support alternative power generation. This option would be possible, provided that the required retrofits and new emission rates meet the applicable standards and guidelines.

If retrofitting is not a feasible option, and the operational life of the Power Plant expires, the power plant will be decommissioned according to the requirements of the authorities at that time.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 71

Figure 3.9 Proposed Operation and Maintenance Organization Chart

Station Manager (1)

Secretary Quality Assurance Manager (1) (1)

Operations Manager Maintenance Manager Finance & Accounting Manager Admin/ HR Manager (1) (1) (1) (1)

Shift Leader Finance & Training (5) Boiler & Accounting (1) Boiler & Auxiliaries (1) Auxiliaries Section Head (2) Performance (1) Unit (1) Controller Turbine & Warehouse (5) Procurement, Turbine & BOP BOP and (2) Contracts & Section Head Condition Logistics (1) Monitoring (2) Plant Chemistry (3) Operator (1) HR Staff (5) (1) Electrical Section Electrical Head (2) (1) Permit to Environment, IT & Document Work Officer Health & Safety Control (1) (1) C&I Section (2) C&I Head (2) (1) Security Approximately 20-30 Contract staff for: Total No. of Staff = 49 (1) Cleaning, Gardening, Drivers, Fitters, Security, Helpers

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 72

3.7 POTENTIAL POLLUTION SOURCES & MITIGATION MEASURES

3.7.1 Air Emissions

The Gas vent stack will have sufficient height to ensure that the concentration of Gas at ground level is significantly less than the explosive limit and that gaseous odours cannot be detected.

The flue gas stack and by-pass stack will have sufficient height to ensure compliance to emission norms as specified in the Emission Guidelines for Combustion Engines in the World Bank EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants. It is proposed to provide 60 m and 45 m tall stacks above grade for the main stack and by-pass stack respectively, for better dispersion of flue gases in the atmosphere.

The air emissions from the Plant will be primarily in the form of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and Carbon Monoxide (CO). Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) emission in the flue gas is not anticipated as there is no sulphur in the natural gas. Particulate matter emissions are also not anticipated due to use of natural gas.1 The Plant will demonstrate air emission criteria at 100% and 75% capacity as guaranteed to BPDB, which are presented in Table 3.16:

Table 3.16 Air Emission Criteria for Flue Gas Stacks

Pollutant Unit 100% MCR 75% MCR NOx ppmv 25 25 CO ppmv 9.5 9.5 SO2 ppmv N/A N/A PM10 ppmv N/A N/A Notes: • ppmv is defined as parts per million by volume at 15% oxygen dry at 32°C, 85% relative humidity and 1.013 bar pressure. • The proposed guaranteed value for NOx emission level is based on site conditions of 32°C ambient temperature and 85% humidity. • Values given are related to 3% excess oxygen in dry exhaust gas, where Nm3 = 1m3 at 1.01325 bar pressure, dry at 0°C.

To ensure compliance with the air emission criteria for flue gas stacks and a safe working environment, the following measures will be implemented during operations: • Continuous emission monitoring (CEM) equipment for the measurement of air emission levels in the exhaust stack of HRSG. The stack will be provided with safe access to sampling points for CEM. • Sampling points for the CEM equipment will be provided on the stack.

(4) 1 . It is noted however that particulate emissions (<1 µm diameter) in the form of unburnt hydrocarbons and Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs) such as benzene and formaldehyde, can be released if poor air/fuel mixing and the incomplete combustion of the fuel source occurs.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 73

• The gas vent stack will have sufficient height to ensure that the concentration of gas at ground level is significantly less than the explosive limit1 and that the odour of gas cannot be detected. • The vent from the lubricating oil tank will be fitted with coalescer or electrostatic precipitator.

3.7.2 Green House Gas (GHG) Emission

The combustion of natural gas produces GHG emissions. The amount of GHGs emitted by a power plant is a measure of its contribution to global warming and can be estimated based on fuel consumption. Based on the natural gas requirement for the Project, it is anticipated that the annual GHG emissions from the Plant will be of the order of 1.48 x 105 tons of CO2e. The estimated GHG emissions from the Plant will exceed the threshold of ADB SPS (100,000 tons CO2e per year) and of IFC PS3 (25,000 tons CO2e per year). Therefore, the Project is required to report annual GHG emissions as per the applicable reference framework.

3.7.3 Noise Emission

The Project will comply with the noise emission criteria as per the standards stipulated in the reference framework, ie Schedule 4 of Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 of Bangladesh as well as Noise Level Guidelines as prescribed in the General EHS Guidelines of World Bank.

The noise emission criteria for the Project have been presented in Table 3.17:

Table 3.17 Noise Emission Criteria

Location Noise Level Limit (dB(A) Daytime (0600 – 2100 hrs) Night-time (2100 – 0600 hrs) Equipment (1m from source) 85 85 Plant Boundary 70 70 Nearest Residential Area 50 40

To ensure compliance with the noise emission criteria and compliance with the stipulated standards/ guidelines in the reference framework, the following measures will be implemented during operations: • The Gas Turbine will have noise attenuation, which will consist of air intake silencers and acoustic insulation ; • To reduce the noise level for the fuel gas skid, sound absorbing walls will be provided; • Noise levels within the Steam Turbine building will be less than 85 dB(A); • The Central Control Room will have sufficient sound insulation to ensure a sound pressure level below 55 dB(A);

(1) 1 The natural gas is mainly consisting of methane, which is having lower explosive limit (LEL) of 5% by volume of air, whereas upper explosive limit (UEL) of 15% by volume of air.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 74

• Noise levels in any area in which an operator may be continuously exposed will be less than 85 dB(A) for 8-hour normalized exposure level limit1; • Further, the noise limits at office areas and control rooms will be 45-50 dB(A) in line with the World Bank/ IFC guidelines; • All above ground piping outside buildings will be acoustically insulated as necessary to reduce the sound power level from the piping; • The specified noise criteria will be met under all normal operating conditions including Start-up, Shutdown and other normal operating conditions. An exceedance of the Noise limitations will only be allowed during bypass operation (limited to 100 decibels) and emergency operating conditions where physical damage to the Plant or physical harm to an individual may result, this will include the lifting of safety relief valves; • Warning signs will be provided at all entrances to rooms/areas where the noise level may exceed 75 dB(A); and • Construction work during the night-time on weekdays will be carried out only after taking approval of the local authority.

3.7.4 Water Pollution

The cooling water and all other effluents will be disposed to the canal according to GOB Environment Conservation Rule (1997) Schedule 9 and Schedule 10 and the applicable World Bank Group environmental requirements and World Bank/IFC guidelines. The temperature of the effluent discharged must not exceed 40°C in winter and 45°C in summer. Maximum allowable cooling water temperature rise will not be more than 6°C.

The cooling water system will be a once through canal water cooling system. The cooling water discharge will be continuously monitored for temperature. Rain and surface water from the Project site will be discharged via two “Hume” type pipes to the canal.

Sources of liquid effluent generation in the Plant will be as follows: • Oily effluents from: o Steam turbine building; o Gas turbine building; o Transformer yard of GTG and STG; o BFP, compressor and CCW pump house; o Emergency DG set area; • HRSG blow down; • Sampling rack waste; • GTG auxiliary CTBD; • GTG washing;

(2) 1 As per the World Bank/ IFC General EHS Guidelines: Occupational Health and Safety

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 75

• HRSG washing; • Filters (service water filtration plant) back wash; and • CW side stream filter backwash.

The liquid effluents will be collected and treated/ recycled as per the following design philosophy: • Reverse Osmosis (RO) plant reject, RO chemical cleaning waste, mixed bed (MB) regeneration waste after neutralisation will be led to CW mixing chamber; • Filter/ ultra filtration (UF) backwash water will be led to CW mixing chamber; • Oily wastewater from fuel oil area, power house area, transformer yard will be collected and treated in oil water separator and then disposed to CW mixing chamber; • Boiler blow down after quenching will be led to the CW mixing chamber.

All the wastewater generated at various area of the Project will be segregated at the source of generation according to their type. Similar wastewater types will be collected at one point before treatment and then treated to meet the requirements for disposal or reuse.

Plant drains (storm water drains) from the power house area, transformer area and fuel oil handling storage area will be collected in different sump and led to a common oily waste sump. This will include the base plants for all oil filled motors and pumps. These oily effluents will be further treated in an oil water separator for remove of oil traces. The clear water will be led to CW mixing chamber and the dirty oil will be disposed off in drums separately. Boiler blow down will be collected in a common blow down sump and released to the canal. The RO module and MB cleaning waste will be led to CW mixing chamber after neutralisation.

The ion exchange units of the water treatment plant will be regenerated with sulphuric acid and caustic soda. The effluent from regeneration will be mixed, neutralised and diluted before discharge.

Table 3.18 Wastewater Generation from the Plant

S. No. Source of Generation Quantity (m3/hr) 1. Condenser Cooling 25,300 2. Heat Exchanger for STG Auxiliaries 1,250 3. Heat Exchanger for GTG Auxiliaries 625 4. HRSG Blow down 8.5 5. DM Neutralisation Pit Discharge 1.6 6. Clarifier, Sludge Treatment, Oily Effluent Treatment 2.8 Total 27,187.9

Plant wastewater and all effluents will be treated to comply with the effluent discharge limit criteria as outlined in Table 3.19 and discharged to the canal according to GOB Environment Conservation Rule (1997) Schedule 10

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 76

(Standards for Waste from Industrial Units or Project Waste) and the applicable World Bank Group environmental requirements (which ever more stringent). The effluent discharge criteria, which will be adopted in the Project is presented in Table 3.19.

Table 3.19 Effluent Discharge Criteria

Parameter Unit IFC EHS Guidelines Bangladesh Standards for Maximum Allowable Value Waste from Industrial Units or for Discharge in Surface Water Project Waste (Schedule 10) pH - 6.0 – 9.0 6.0 – 9.0 Total Suspended mg/l 50 150 Solids (TSS) Oil and Grease mg/l 10 10 Total Residual mg/l 0.2 Chlorine Chromium (total) mg/l 0.5 0.5 Copper mg/l 0.5 0.5 Iron mg/l 1.0 2 Zinc mg/l 1.0 5.0 Lead mg/l 0.5 0.1 Cadmium mg/l 0.1 0.50 Mercury mg/l 0.005 0.1 Arsenic mg/l 0.5 0.2 Temperature Site specific requirement to be Summer -40 oC increase by established by the EA, Winter -45 oC thermal discharge depending on the sensitive from cooling aquatic ecosystem around the system discharge point. Ammonical mg/l - 50 Nitrogen Ammonia (as free mg/l - 5.0 ammonia) BOD 5 at 20oC mg/l - 50 Boron mg/l - 2.0

Chloride mg/l - 600 COD mg/l - 200 Dissolved oxygen - 4.5-8 Electrical Micro - 1200 Conductivity mho/cm Total Dissolved mg/l - 2100 Solids Fluoride (as F) mg/l - 2.0 Sulfide (as S) mg/l - 1.0 Total Kjeldahl mg/l - 100 Nitrogen (as N) Manganese (as mg/l - 5.0 Mn) Nickel (as Ni) mg/l - 1.0 Nitrate (as mg/l - 10 elementary N) Phenolic mg/l - 1.0 Compounds (as C6H5OH) Dissolved mg/l - 8 Phosphorus (as P)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 77

Parameter Unit IFC EHS Guidelines Bangladesh Standards for Maximum Allowable Value Waste from Industrial Units or for Discharge in Surface Water Project Waste (Schedule 10) Selenium (as Se) mg/l - 0.05 mg/l Cyanide (as Cn) mg/l - 0.1

The sewage will be discharged to a sewage treatment plant, and treated effluent (complying with the effluent discharge limit criteria according to the GOB Environment Conservation Rules (1997) Schedule 9 (Standards for Sewage Discharge) will be discharged into the canal.

Instrumentation will be used to monitor the Plant’s compliance with discharge limitations. In the event that the effluent discharge is detected above the effluent discharge limit criteria, isolation valves will be automatically closed to prevent accidental discharge of untreated effluent.

3.7.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation

During the construction phase of the Project, solid waste generation will be mainly concrete waste and bitumen, which will be approximately 100 – 150 m3. These wastes will be stored in the lay down area near the batching plant and will be reused under floors or under road to increase CBR value.

During the operation phase of the Project, the main sources of wastes generation with the quantity, storage and disposal options are presented in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20 Solid and Hazardous Wastes during Operation Phase

S. Waste Type Source Quantity Collection & Disposal Method No. Storage 1. Chemical Waste Regeneration waste 36 ETP After treatment discharge to m3/year discharge to wastewater Dehular Canal 2. Chemical GT Compressor 300 Concrete Pit Offsite treatment Cleaning l/year 3. Waste Oil Oily water from power 2 Oil separator To be sold to house, workshop area m3/year in ETP. licensed contractor Oil stored for treatment and either in recycling for separator or permitted use or steel barrels disposal 4. Oil-dust Lube oil system 600 Stored in steel Offsite disposal contaminated kg/year containers on- cloth/cotton site rags 5. Solid waste Dewatered sludge from 300 Dried sludge To be disposed WTP/ETP (primarily kg/year to be stored at through a composed of silts and site contractor for land inorganic salts filling precipitated in WTP/ETP)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 78

S. Waste Type Source Quantity Collection & Disposal Method No. Storage 6 Office and Food Waste paper, kitchen 5,000 Waste paper Recyclable waste to waste wastes, household kg/year box, waste be sold to local waste bins vendors. Other wastes to be disposed through waste disposal contractor.

7 Air filters Gas Turbine 300 Bags Dispose to an kg/year authorized recycle company or disposal contractor

3.8 SAFETY PROVISIONS

3.8.1 Fire Fighting System

The scope of the fire protection system is divided into two parts, namely: • CO2 gas extinguishing system for Gas Turbine and its auxiliary equipment; and • Fire protection and detection system for the rest of the plant including buildings, equipment, etc.

As per the NFPA guidelines, the electric generating stations (other than hydro) come under the “Ordinary Hazard” category.

A water and inert gas based fire fighting system will be installed as follows: • Fire hydrant system (indoor/outdoor) including fire water pumps covering the entire power plant area including all BOP buildings and switchyard buildings and the site fire hydrant ring system; • Automatic High Velocity Water spray for transformers located in transformer yard and other transformers with a rating of 10 MVA and above; • Automatic Medium Velocity Water spray for cable galleries, cable spreader rooms, cable vaults, cable riser/shafts in control rooms of main plant and the switchyard; • Automatic inert gas fire extinguishing system above false ceiling and below false flooring in main plant CCR, control equipment rooms including computer rooms, programmers room, UPS and inverter rooms, adjoining office spaces near the CCR/ Central equipment rooms (if they are not provided with perfect fire partitions with barriers); • Fire detection, alarm and control system for the power house building, switchyard control building, all auxiliary buildings, equipment, cable trays of cable spreader rooms etc. The system will mainly consist of the main fire alarm panel, interface station, various types of fire detectors, local fire alarm panels, etc.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 79

In addition to the various types of fire protection systems described above, portable fire extinguishers of different types will be provided at various locations inside the offsite buildings as per the NFPA requirements.

Table 3.21 Portable Fire Extinguishers with Requisite Quantities

S. No. Type of Fire Extinguisher Capacity 1 Pressurised water type (operated by CO2 cartridge 9 l type) 2 CO2 type 4.5 kg 3 Mobile type CO2 22.5 kg 4 Dry chemical powder type 5 kg 5 Dry chemical powder type 2 kg 6 Mobile type dry chemical powder type 50 kg

3.8.2 Grounding

A grounding system designed for a fault level of 50 kA will be provided and designed in accordance with the IS/IEEE-80 standards to meet the requirements of safety and protective relaying. The earthing system will consist of MS rods for buries applications and GI flats for exposed earthing connections.

3.8.3 Lightning Protection

A lightning protection system for the Plant designed to satisfy the requirements of IS/BS-6651-1991 and IEEE 142-1991 standards will be provided in the Plant.

3.8.4 Health and Safety

Construction Phase

The Plant will be constructed, installed and commissioned and be operable and maintainable in full compliance with relevant health and safety requirements, all related acts, regulations, codes and statutory requirements of the Laws of Bangladesh and of the World Bank.

The Construction Contractor will submit a Health and Safety Plan for all relative preliminary health and safety documentation prior to commencing work on the Site.

The Health and Safety Plan will have method statements, which will include, but not be limited to, working methods, plant utilisation, construction sequence and safety arrangements. The Contractor’s key duties will be to: • develop and implement the Health and Safety Plan, including rules for management of the construction work; • ensure that Sub-Contractors and workers comply with the health and safety plan;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 80

• monitor health and safety performance of Sub-Contractors and given directions as appropriate; • arrange for competent and adequately resourced Sub-Contractors to carry out the work where it is subcontracted; • ensure the co-ordination and co-operation of Sub-Contractors; • obtain from Sub-Contractors the main findings of their risk assessments, the steps to be taken to control and manage the risks, including method statements for all aspects of the work; • ensure that Sub-Contractors and workers have information about risks on Site and that there are co-ordinated arrangements for workers to discuss health and safety and offer advice to the Contractor; • ensure that all workers are properly informed, consulted and trained on health and safety issues; • make sure only authorised people are allowed onto the Site; and • pass information to the Employer for the health and safety file.

Operation Phase

The Project Developer will implement an international standard HSE program in the Plant, which will be in full compliance with relevant health and safety requirements, all related acts, regulations, codes and statutory requirements of the Laws of Bangladesh and of the World Bank. In addition, the Plant aims to be certified to OHSAS and ISO 14001 within 2 years of operation.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 81

4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE CONDITION

4.1 INTRODUCTION

To establish an understanding of the environmental and socio-economic baseline of the Project area, baseline monitoring was carried out over two months from April 2012 to June 2012. Baseline data has been compiled for:

• Landuse Patterns; • Topography; • Geology; • Soil and Sediment Quality; • Hydrology and Drainage; • Surface Water Quality; • Ground Water Quality; • Natural Hazards; • Climatic Conditions and Meteorology; • Air Quality; • Noise Levels; • Traffic Conditions; • Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology; and • Socio-Economic Environment.

The objective, methodology, study area and sampling results are presented in the sections that follow.

4.2 OBJECTIVE AND METHODOLOGY

The primary objective of the environmental and social baseline condition study is to provide an environmental and social baseline against which potential impacts from the construction and operational phases of the Project can be compared.

The methodology adopted for collecting the baseline data was as follows:

• Study area of 10 km radial zone from the centre of the proposed Project location was selected for the baseline studies.

• The environmental and social field monitoring and survey was carried out during the period of April 2012 to June 2012.

• Primary data collection was through environmental monitoring and field survey for water, air, soil, sediment, noise, traffic and ecology.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 82

• Social baseline of the study area was captured through social surveys involving field consultations, interviews, meeting with stakeholders, discussions with government departments and secondary data review etc.

• Secondary data was collected from government reports, academic institutes, websites, published literature, interactions with government department and stakeholders etc.

4.3 PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA

The project area and the potential impact area have been considered for this ESIA study as the Project’s area of influence. For the "Core area", the physical location of the proposed power plant, the gas pipeline alignment, and the approach road has been taken into consideration. The transmission line for distribution of electricity generated from the proposed plant is subject of a separate assessment of environmental and social impacts as per the regulatory requirement in Bangladesh1. The PGCB has already conducted an EIA study for the same in 2011 and accorded environmental clearance from the DOE.2

For the "Buffer area", the geographic extent of the environmental and socioeconomic impacts resulting from implementation of the proposed power plant during pre-construction, construction and operational phases has been taken into consideration. Thus a buffer study area of 10 km radius was surveyed for the overall baseline data mapping for environmental parameters. For the ecological baseline a buffer study area of 5 km was taken and for the social baseline a buffer study area of 7 km was studied considered. The buffer study areas were selected with a view to capture the baseline in detail and also it was felt that the impacts from the power plant would be largely confined to these buffer areas. The 10 km study area map is shown in Figure 4.1.

The proposed power plant is located at Kutba Union of Borhanuddin in the Bhola District. The site is located on agricultural land adjacent to the Dehular Canal which flows in close proximity to the western boundary of the site. The physical setting around the proposed power plant is described as follows:

• North – Agricultural Fields • East – Agricultural Fields and proposed approach road • South – Agricultural Fields • West - Dehular Canal flowing in close proximity to the western boundary. The Dehular Canal originates from the Tetulia River and passes across the entire width of the island and then merges into the Meghna River

(3) 1 As per Schedule 1 of the ECR, 1997, power distribution line laying/ relaying/ extension falls in “RED” category and requires EIA report preparation and environmental clearance from the DOE.

(4) 2 The PGCB has already accorded environmental clearance from the DOE vides Memo No.: DOE/Dhabi/5045/2010/832 dated 10/10/2011.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 83

Figure 4.2 provides a Google image of the Project footprint area. The site coordinates of the proposed power plant are as follows:

• NW corner -22° 28’ 39.08” N, 90° 42’ 34.24” E • SW corner - 22° 28’ 36.98” N, 90° 42’ 35.28” E • SE corner - 22° 28’ 40.03” N, 90° 42’ 46.61” E • NE corner - 22° 28’ 47.72” N, 90° 42’ 41.50” E

The site will be connected to the village road (8 ft wide) through an approach road which was, at the time of the baseline studies’ site visit, covered with betel nut and coconut trees. The Valve Station at Borhanuddin on Shahbazpur – Bhola Gas Pipeline of Sunderban Gas Company Limited is about 2.0 km away (road distance) from the Project Site.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 84

Figure 4.1 10 km Study Area Map

Source: Compiled from LGED Upazilla Base Maps, Landsat imagery and Google images.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 85

Figure 4.2 Google Image Showing the Proposed Project Footprint Area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 86

4.4 LANDUSE

Land use/cover inventories are an essential component in land resource evaluation and environmental studies due to the changing nature of land use patterns. The land use study for the proposed power plant and its 10 km buffer was undertaken with the following objectives:

• To study the land use/cover in the 1 km, 5 km, and 10 km radius areas of the proposed Bhola thermal power plant site and provide inputs for environmental planning of the proposed plant by analysing the existing land use/land cover scenario; • To establish the existing base line scenario using a GIS database for incorporation of thematic information on the different physical features including drainage and water bodies, settlements, transport networks and administrative boundaries etc. • To identify and map the drainage and the stream order map showing 1st to 5th order streams in the study area.

4.4.1 Methodology

In the present study for delineation and analysis of land use/land cover, multi-temporal Quickbird data has been used for rabi (November to March) seasons of 2007. The LANDSAT-ETM satellite data (geo-referenced) is used for geo-referencing of the other reference maps. The images of year 2007 were used because of cloud free imagery of more recent years was not available. The details of the scenes, multi-spectral bands, spectral and spatial resolutions and date of pass are given in Table 4.1. The date of over pass is optimum for classifying the rabi crop/vegetation as it is in the peak of the season. In addition to this multi-spectral data set, reference maps provided by the Local Government Engineering Unit were used for detailed mapping of roads, railway lines, canal networks etc.

However, land use classification was analysed using the individual multi- spectral scenes only. Land use/land cover analysis was carried out using hybrid approach i.e. major land use classes were identified using a maximum likelihood classification algorithm. The classification is performed in 4 steps viz. • acquisition of ground truth data; • calculation of statistics of training sets for class separability; • choice of classification algorithm; and • checking of classification accuracy both in overall terms and class wise.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 87

Table 4.1 Satellite Data used in the Study

Satellite & Scene Identifier Date of Pass Spatial No. of bands & Sensor Resolution Band width (meters) (Microns) QUICKBIRD 101001000588820 20-Mar-2007 2.62 meter MSS B: 0.430-0.545 Sensor: QB02 C G: 0.466-0.620 R: 0.590-0.710 NIR: 0.715-0.918 QUICKBIRD 101001000588820 20-Mar-2007 2.62 meter MSS B: 0.430-0.545 Sensor: QB02 B G: 0.466-0.620 R: 0.590-0.710 NIR: 0.715-0.918 QUICKBIRD 101001000583010 2.62 meter MSS B: 0.430-0.545 Sensor: QB02 B 03-Mar-2007 G: 0.466-0.620 R: 0.590-0.710 NIR: 0.715-0.918 QUICKBIRD 101001000583010 03-Mar-2007 2.62 meter MSS B: 0.430-0.545 Sensor: QB02 C G: 0.466-0.620 R: 0.590-0.710 NIR: 0.715-0.918 Landsat 4/5 TM LT5137044200931 16-Mar- 2011 30 meter B-G : 0.45 - 0.52 (Path/ Row- 137 5KHC00 G: 0.52 - 0.60 / 044) R: 0.63 - 0.69 IR: 0.76 - 0.90 MR : 1.55 - 1.75 Thermal IR : 10.40 - 12.50 Mid IR : 2.08 - 2.35

4.4.2 Landuse Interpretation of the Study Area

The evaluation of the existing environmental status of the study area was divided into 3 zones of 0-1km, 0-5 km and 0-10 km. This revealed that the land use/land cover consists mainly of built-up, agricultural land, wasteland, wetlands and water bodies on Level-I classification. A further detailed classification into Level II and Level-III was also carried out and the statistics for all the 3 zones and level classifications are presented in Table 4.2. Figure 4.3 gives the Land use/Land cover map for 10km study area and Figure 4.4 shows the land use statistics within 1 km, 2 km, 5 km, 7 km and 10 km of the study area.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 88

Table 4.2 Land Use / Land Cover Area Statistics for 1 km, 5 km and 10 km study radius

Level-1 Level-2 Level-3 1 km 5 km 10 km Area (Sq km) % of Area Area (Sq % of Area Area (Sq % of Area km) km) Built-up Rural Rural Settlement 0.0199 0.59 0.5626 0.67 1.5953 0.48 Mixed Built Up Mixed Built Up 0.0058 0.17 0.2797 0.33 0.2945 0.09 Commercial Commercial ….. ….. ….. ….. 0.0798 0.02 Transportation Transportation 0.0039 0.12 0.0095 0.01 0.0124 0.00 Industrial Industrial ….. ….. 0.0692 0.08 0.1516 0.05 Sub Total 0.0296 0.88 0.9210 1.10 2.1335 0.64 Agriculture Cropland Rabi Crop 0.7708 23.02 16.6740 19.91 46.8358 13.98 Riverbed Plantation ….. ….. 0.0762 0.09 1.0963 0.33 Fallow Land Fallow Land 1.4444 43.14 33.8149 40.37 138.4343 41.32 Plantation Plantation 0.0272 0.81 0.1663 0.20 0.2602 0.08 Sub Total 2.2424 66.97 50.7312 60.57 186.6267 55.70 Waste land Scrub Land Land With Scrub ….. ….. 0.1194 0.14 0.9757 0.29 Raverine/ Sand Raverine/ Sand ….. ….. 0.8502 1.02 7.2102 2.15 Gullied Gullied ….. ….. ….. ….. 0.0622 0.02 Sandbars Sandbars ….. ….. 0.1790 0.21 0.1790 0.05 Vegetated Bars Vegetated Bars ….. ….. 0.6735 0.80 2.7145 0.81 Sub Total 0.0000 0.00 1.8220 2.18 11.1417 3.33 Water bodies River/ Stream River/ Stream 0.1477 4.41 6.0847 7.26 59.9735 17.90 Water bodies Water bodies 0.0484 1.44 1.6256 1.94 5.0301 1.50 Sub Total 0.1961 5.86 7.7102 9.21 65.0035 19.40 Wetlands Marshy / Swampy Marshy / Swampy ….. ….. 0.0003 0.00 0.7630 0.23 Sub Total ….. ….. 0.0003 0.00 0.7630 0.23 Others Homestead Homestead 0.8803 26.29 22.5700 26.95 69.3728 20.71 Plantation Plantation Sub Total 0.8803 26.29 22.5700 26.95 69.3728 20.71 Total 3.3484 100.00 83.7548 100.00 335.0412 100.00

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 89

Figure 4.3 Land use/Land cover Map for 10km study area.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 90

Figure 4.4 Graphical representation of land use statistics

Built‐up Waste land Waterbodies

Wetlands Others Agriculture

30 80

70 25 60 20 50 %

(%) 15 40 Area Area 30 10 20 5 10

0 0 10km buffer 7 km buffer 5 km buffer 2 km buffer 1 km buffer

Brief descriptions of the land uses/land covers assessed in the study area are given below:

Built-up Land

Built-up land is defined as an area of human habitation development due to intensive non-agricultural use. They appear in dark bluish green in core built- up areas and bluish in the periphery irregular and discontinuous in appearance in satellite imageries. Due to the plenty of homestead plantations the settlements are not properly visible in the satellite imageries. The major categories discernible on the satellite data within the study area include several rural residential areas and some mixed built-up areas of Borhanuddin Town. Rural settlements acquired land covers around 0.476% of the 10 km buffer area around the proposed site.

Agricultural Land

Agricultural land use is, by and large, dependent on the agro-climatic conditions prevalent in the area. Cropped areas appear in bright red in colour with varying shape and size in a contiguous to non-contiguous pattern. Agricultural land is the major land use class in the study area. The total agriculture area is 186.62 sq km (55.70). This comprised of rabi crop land of 46.83 sq km (13.97%) and fallow land of 138.43 sq km (41.31%). The fallow land was lying vacant during this cropping season. Long fallow and some of the uncultivable wasteland which could not be separated based on spectral signature are also part of this category. Interestingly several riverbed cultivations are also observed within the buffer extent. The consideration of

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 91

only Rabi season data is one probable reason of more fallow land. Small patches of agro-plantations are observed but those are not very prominent.

Wasteland

Wasteland is described as ‘degraded land’ which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable effort and which is currently under-utilized for the lack of appropriate water and soil management or on account of natural causes. In the study area existent wasteland classes are land with scrub, Raverine/ sandy areas along the river, Sandbars, some gullied land and some patches of vegetated bars or islands. Land with scrub appears on satellite imagery as light yellow to brown to greenish blue patches of varying sizes with irregular shapes. Several river islands are observed within the study extent. Some are vegetated and some are sandy only. Total area under wasteland was 11.14 sq km. This covers 3.32 % of total geographical area of 10 km buffer zone. Wasteland within the 1km core area is very negligible.

Water bodies

Canals, river/streams and water tanks/ponds are the important water bodies seen in the study area. The area has good number of water tanks/ponds for household purposes. These water bodies can be clearly seen on the satellite image in blue to dark blue or cyan color depending on the depth of water according to the season. The major rivers in the study area are Tentulia and Shahabazpur River bounding the area from eastern and western side. Some small drains are also running through the area. The whole study area is covered with small ponds.

Wetlands

A wetland is a land area that is saturated with water, either permanently or seasonally. Single patch of marsh area is seen within the river island. But it’s geographical area in comparison to the total study buffer is very negligible. It covers only 0.762 sq km (0.22%) of the study buffer.

Others – Vegetation Vigour

Homestead plantation is one of the most important classes of the study area. Like other rural areas this also covered with lots of homestead plantations with high NDVI variability (high diversity/ vegetation vigour).

The class is generated by combination of spectral bands of satellite predominantly the red and infrared band to identify the vegetation strength of an area. Similar to land use, vegetation density has also been analysed for 2007 rabi imagery and parcel wise i.e.10 km radius, 5 km radius and 1km radius. Table 4.3 shows the minimum, maximum, mean and median values of NDVI within the buffer and core zone.

In the present study Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) ascribed by Rouse et al (1973) was used due to its versatility. The iso-vegetation lines

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 92

converge at origin; soil line slope is 1 and passes through the origin. The index value varies between -1 and +1 and is given by,

Where - RNIR = spectral reflectance in near infrared band, RRED = spectral reflectance in red band.

There is maximum vegetation vigour /density recorded in the 10 km buffer of rabi season with NDVI value (0.61), whereas the 1km radius reveals least NDVI value (0.59).

Standard deviation values show the dispersion from mean NDVI value is uniform in 10 km and 5 km buffer area compared to 1 km buffer area. It reveals that the vegetation coverage of the 1 km buffer area is less, but the vegetation vigour is also poor compared to the 5 km and the 10 km buffer zone. As a whole the area has high vegetation density and vegetation vigour.

Table 4.3 Vegetation Density in study area of Proposed Power Plant

Study Area Minimum Maximum Mean Standard Deviation In 10 km radius - 0.45 0.61 0.08 0.31 In 5 km radius - 0.42 0.60 0.09 0.30 In 1 km radius - 0.21 0.59 0.19 0.23 (Data period: Rabi, 2007)

As interpreted from Table 4.2 and discussions, the following can be concluded about the landuse/land cover of the study area: • The maximum percentage of land use/land cover of the core 1 km (66.97%) and 10 km study area (55.50%) falls under agricultural land followed by homestead plantations (26.29% in 1 km and 20.71% in 10 km) and water bodies (5.86% in 1 km and 19.40 % in 10 km. But, fallow land covers the maximum percentage of land within this category in all the cases. These are areas having no standing crop during the date of pass of satellite. • The economic activity in the area is prominently agricultural-based. Therefore the dominance of agricultural fallow land is mainly because rabi season data was only considered. • Several riverbed cultivations were observed within the buffer extent (1.0963 sq km in the 10 km buffer area). • Navigation through inland waterways is also commonly visible within the study extent. • Waste lands cover 11.14 sq km (3.32 %) of total geographical area of 10 km buffer zone. Wasteland within the 1km and 2km buffer areas is negligible. • The major rivers in the study area are Tentulia and Shahbazpur river bounding the area from Eastern and the western side. • A single patch of marsh area is seen within the river island. But its geographical area in comparison to the total study buffer is negligible. • There maximum value of for vegetation vigour/density is recorded in the 10 km buffer zone. The 10 km buffer zone reveals the maximum value for NDVI (0.61).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 93

• Homestead Plantation is one of the most important classes of the study area. NDVI variability (high diversity/ vegetation vigour) is due to these homestead plantations. • It should be mentioned that due to the extent of homestead plantations the settlements are not visible properly in the satellite imageries. • The only urban built up or mixed built up activities are confined to Borhanuddin Town. All other settlements are predominantly rural. • No major industrial activities are there within the buffer extent except some brick kilns and agro-based small industries.

4.5 TOPOGRAPHY

A digital elevation model (DEM) or 3-D representation of the terrain surface of 10 km study radius is shown in Figure 4.5. The proposed plant location, its 10 km buffer area as well as the other linear features are shown in the Relief maps with the height range.

Contour of the study area are generated from the Advanced Spaceborne Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER) relief maps. Toposheets were not available for the study area and therefore all the relevant information are extracted from the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) DEM only. All the processing was done in the ARC GIS 9.3 software.

Contour map derived from DEM shows that the topography of the 10 km study area is predominantly a flat terrain with maximum elevation in the northern part on the bank of Tentulia River. The elevation levels of both the rivers Tentualia and Shabazpur are at the lowest elevation in the range of 0-3 m.

A slope map of the 10 km study radius is represented in Figure 4.6. The area has no considerable slope (0-10% predominantly) except in some locations (20- 40 % slope covering a very negligible area) comprising of river valley passing through the eastern and western part of the proposed area.

A detailed topographical survey of the project site carried out by the BPDB reveals that the site has a plain terrain and the variation is in the range of 0.944 m only. The site has a gentle slope towards west with highest elevation of 2.77 m above MSL.

Table 4.4 below shows the locations and elevations of temporary benchmarks within the site and Figure 4.6 represents the topography survey plan of the site.

Table 4.4 Elevation Level of the Project Site

S. No. Description Northing Easting Elevation 1. South-East corner 22o28”40.1’ 90o42”44.2’ 2.341 m 2. 50 m West of North-East 22o28”49.9’ 90o42”39.5’ 2.196 m corner

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 94

S. No. Description Northing Easting Elevation 3. North-West corner 22o28”47.3’ 90o42”30’ 2.126 m 4. South-West corner 22o28”36.7’ 90o42”45.1’ 2.135 m 5. Western Periphery 22o28”39.7’ 90o42”33.4’ 1.99 m Source: BPDB’s Feasibility Report of Bhola Power Plant: June 2010.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 95

Figure 4.5 Digital Elevation Map of the 10km Study Area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 96

Figure 4.6 Slope Map of the 10km Study Area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 97

Figure 4.7 Topography Survey Plan of Project Site

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 98

4.6 GEOLOGY

The geological evolution of Bangladesh is related to the uplift of the Himalayan mountains and outbuilding of deltaic landmass by major river systems having their origin in the uplifted Himalayas. This geology is mostly characterised by the rapid subsidence and filling of a basin in which a huge thickness of deltaic sediments were deposited as a mega delta built out and progressed towards the south. The delta building is still continuing into the present Bay of Bengal and a broad fluvial front of the Ganges-Brahmaputra- Meghna river system gradually follows it from behind.

The geology of Bangladesh mainly falls under the following: • Stable Precambian Platform in the North West- characterised by limited to moderate thickness of sedimentary rocks above a precambian igneous and metamorphic basement. • Geo-Synclinal Basin in the southeast- characterised by the huge thickness of clastic sedimentary rocks, mostly sandstone and shale of tertiary age. The basin is further subdivided into two parts, ie fold belt in east and a foredeep to the west. As the intensity of the folding decreases towards the west, the fold belts unit merges with the foredeep unit, which is characterised by only mild or no folding. So the sedimentary layers are mostly horizontal to sub-horizontal and free from major tectonic deformation in the foredeep area covering the central part of the basin and this is expressed as river to delta plain topography of the land. The Bhola Island falls under this geological unit. • Hing Zone-is a 25 km wide northeast-southwest zone that separates the Precambrian platform in the northwest from the geosynclinals basin to the south east. It is also known as the Ecocene hinge zone.

4.6.1 Geology of Bhola

Bhola Island is part of the Ganges tidal floodplain (towards north) and the young Meghna estuarine floodplain (towards south) and is an active delta (Figure 4.8).

In the Ganges tidal flood plain area, the sediments are mainly non-calcareous clays, but they are silty and slightly calcareous on riverbanks and in a transitional zone in the east adjoining the lower Meghna.

In the young Meghna estuarine floodplain area, new deposition and erosion are constantly taking place on the margins, continuously altering the shape of the land areas. The sediments are deep silts, which are finally stratified and are slightly calcareous. In many, but not all parts, the soil surface becomes saline to varying degrees in the dry season. Figure 4.9 shows the physiographic units of Bangladesh.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 99

Figure 4.8 Bhola Island: Part of an Active Delta

Source: Banglapedia

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 100

Figure 4.9 Physiographic units of Bangladesh

4.6.2 Geology and Subsoil Conditions of the Project Site

The proposed power plant site is situated in a flat, low relief area on the left bank of the Dehular Canal.

Geotechnical investigations carried out for the feasibility report reveal that: • In the upper 6.5 m depth clayey silt or silty clay is present; • 6.5 m depth to 15m depth is silty fine sand; and • Below 15 m fine to medium sand is present.

The details of the Geo-technical Field investigations of the borehole logs sourced from the Feasibility Report indicate the soil stratification at the site is

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 101

erratic at shallow depths. The locations of the boreholes are shown in Figure 4.10 and investigation results are discussed below:

• Borehole No. 1 o Coordinates: 22°28’42.7”N, 90°42’35.4” E o Depth =24.32 m o The sandy layers are characterised as grey, loose to medium dense, fine grained sand. It comprises some clay/silt contents at the upper levels which reduce to only traces of silt towards the end depth. Ground water table was zero inches because water was just at the surface.

• Borehole No.2 o Coordinates: 22°28”40.7’N, 90°42”34.4’ E o Depth = 25 m o The sandy layers are characterised as grey, loose to medium dense, fine grained sand. It comprises some clay/silt contents at the upper levels which reduce to only traces of silt towards the end depth. Ground water table was 2 inches above as water was standing in the fields.

• Borehole No.3 o Coordinates: 22°28”40.7’N, 90°42”32.5’ E o Depth = 18.5 m o The sandy layers are characterised as grey, loose to medium dense, fine grained sand. It comprises some silt contents at the upper levels which reduce to little silt towards the end depth. Ground water table was 2 inches above as water was standing in the fields.

• Borehole No.7 o Coordinates: 22°38”41.5’N, 90°42”42.2’ E o Depth = 22 m o The sandy layers are characterised as grey, loose to medium dense, fine grained sand. It comprises some silt contents at the upper levels which reduce to little silt towards the end depth. Ground water table was 2 inches above as water was standing in the fields.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 102

Figure 4.10 Location of boreholes

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 103

4.7 SOIL AND SEDIMENT QUALITY

4.7.1 Sampling Methodology and Locations

The soil and sediment sampling strategy was designed to assess the existing soil quality over the study area. Samples were collected from a total four (4) locations within the study area. The detail of the sampling locations is presented in Table 4.5 and Figure 4.11. A composite sampling technique1 was used for soil and sediment sampling from each location.

Table 4.5 Location of Soil and Sediment Samples

S. Sample Sample Sampling Location Geographical Landuse No. type Code Location 1 Soil SQ1 Top soil from the Site 22° 28’ 39.87”N Agricultural 90° 42’ 43.21”E field 2 Soil SQ2 Top Soil from South Kutba 22° 28’ 43.62”N Agricultural Agricultural land 90° 42’ 57.80”E field 3 Sediment SE1 Beside the Mosque (water 22° 29’ 1.55”N Water body - intake point for the 90° 42’ 30.25”E Canal proposed thermal plant) 4 Sediment SE2 Downstream of the outfall 22° 28’ 8.62”N Water body - point of the proposed 90° 42’ 43.24”E Canal thermal plant

Soil samples were collected using tools from a depth of 45 cm from the top soil surface. At each location, soil samples were collected from three spots and homogenized. The homogenized samples were collecting following quartering technique and then packed in polythene plastic jars and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to the laboratory for analysis.

Sediment samples were collected using a sediment sampler from the Dehular Canal. At each location, sediment samples were collected from three spots and homogenised. Care was taken to minimize the surface disturbance to the sediments. The homogenised samples were then packed in polythene plastic bags, sealed and sent to the laboratory for analysis.

The soil and sediment samples were analysed for physical and chemical characteristics including minerals, heavy metals and trace elements.

(1) 1 In this technique at any location 2-3 soil samples are collected from different point and then mixed homogeneously to prepare a sample for analysis. Similarly for sediment, 2-3 sediment samples are collected from different points and mixed homogeneously to prepare a sample for analysis.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 104

Figure 4.11 Sampling Location Map for Soil, Sediment, Surface Water and Ground Water

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 105

4.7.2 Analysis Results and Discussions

The analysis results of physico-chemical parameters of soil and sediment samples are presented in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6 Soil and Sediment Quality

Parameters SQ1 SQ2 SE1 SE2 Particle Size distribution Sand-25% Sand-20% Sand-28% Sand-27% Silt-55% Silt- 52% Silt-52% Silt-52% Clay-20% Clay-28% Clay-20% Clay-21% Texture Silty loam Silty loam Silty loam Silty loam Permeability cm/hr 10-2- 10-4 10-1- 10-4 unsaturated unsaturated soil - - soil in dry in dry season season EC (dS/m) 0.65 0.62 0.47 0.45 Bulk Density g/cm3 1.38 1.32 1.38 1.37 Cation Exchange Cpacity 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.06 pH 6.1 6.9 7.3 7.2 Organic Content (%) 1.67 1.43 0.28 0.22 Calcium mg/l 6.8 6.6 7.9 7.6 Magnesium mg/l 4.9 5.1 7.2 7.1 Potassium mg/l 0.38 0.26 1.4 1.2 Sodium meq/100g 1.7 1.62 1.8 1.78 Ammonium-Nitrogen mg/kg 23 21 - - Phosphorus mg/kg 6.7 3.9 - - Sulphur mg/kg 54 63 - - Boron mg/kg 0.15 0.36 - - Copper mg/kg 6.4 11.9 12.3 11.8 Iron mg/kg 83 112 - - Manganese mg/kg 28.7 32.3 126 152 Zinc mg/kg 4.2 4 25.5 30.9 Lead mg/kg 18.2 19.5 21.7 22.5 Cadmium mg/kg 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 Arsenic mg/kg 0.393 0.45 0.582 0.637 Mercury mg/kg 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1

Physical characteristics of Soil and Sediments

The particle size distribution of the soil and sediment samples shows major percentage of silt, followed by sand and clay in most of the samples. The texture shows soil samples of the study area are of silty loam to silty clay loam type and sediments of the silty loam type.

pH of Soil and Sediments

The pH of the soil sample from the site was found to be slightly acidic as per the standard soil classification given in Table 4.7. The soil sample from the Kutba agricultural land and sediments from the Dehular Canal were found to be neutral.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 106

Table 4.7 Standard Soil Classification

pH Classification <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51-5 Very strong acidic 5.01-5.5 Strongly acidic 5.51-6 Moderately acidic 6.1-6.5 Slightly acidic 6.51-7.3 Neutral 7.31-7.8 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.5 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9 Very strongly alkaline

Organic Content in Soil

The organic content of soil greatly influences the plant, animal and microorganism populations in that soil. The soil of the Project site and Kutba agricultural land was found to have an organic content of 1.67% and 1.43 % respectively. This indicates a moderately high agricultural value of the soils.

Soil Minerals and Nutrients

Nitrogen, phosphorus and Potassium (NPK) are the main nutrients, which defines the soil fertility. Phosphorous was observed to be 6.7 and 3.9 ug/ml for the project site and Kutba agricultural land respectively. The potassium content was 0.38 and 0.26 mg/l for the project site and Kutba agricultural land respectively.

Metals in Soil and Sediment

Iron, Manganese, Zinc, Lead, Cadmium, Arsenic and Mercury was analyzed in the soil and the sediment samples. All metals were detected in the soil and the sediment samples. Comparatively mercury was observed to be slightly higher (0.2 mg/kg) at the project site as compared to the soil sample of Kutba agricultural land and the sediment samples.

4.7.3 Dutch Criteria for Assessment of Soil

There is no Bangladesh soil or groundwater regulation/standard. In the absence of local country standards, it is ERM’s practice to use ‘Dutch Ministry of Public Housing, Land-use and Environmental Guidelines - Soil and Groundwater Standards’ to assess soil and groundwater quality and to determine the need, if any, for remedial action.

Dutch Ministry of Public Housing, Land-use and Environmental Guidelines Soil and Groundwater Standards

The most recent issue of the Dutch Standards is published in the ‘Soil Remediation Circular in 2009. These standards are used in the Netherlands to

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 107

evaluate and provide targeted ‘clean-up’ levels for a range of possible pollutants in soils and groundwater (Table 4.8).

The contaminants are subdivided into two categories (‘T’) and (‘I’), depending upon the concentrations, and classified as follows: • ‘T’ (Target) Values characteristic of clean, uncontaminated soils and waters; and • ‘I’ (Intervention) Values define sites where some form of intervention would be required.

Table 4.8 Target values and soil remediation intervention values and background concentrations soil/sediment and groundwater for metals

Metals EARTH/SEDIMENT (mg/kg dry matter) Dutch National Target Value Intervention Value background concentration (BC) (incl. BC) Antimony 3 3 15 Arsenic 29 29 55 Barium 160 160 625 Cadmium 0.8 0.8 12 Cobalt 100 100 380 Copper 9 9 240 Mercury 0.3 0.3 10 Lead 85 85 530 Molybdenum 0.5 3 200 Nickel 35 35 210 Zinc 140 140 720 Source: Dutch Ministry of Public Housing, Land-use and Environmental Guidelines Soil and Groundwater Standards Values for soil/sediment have been expressed as the concentration in a standard soil (10% organic matter and 25% clay).

Conclusions

Baseline quality of both soil and sediment was observed to be well below the threshold limits for Intervention and Target value as per the Dutch Standards.

4.8 HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE PATTERN

Bhola Island falls under the Ganges tidal flood plain and young Meghna estuarine floodplain and has a network of large number of tidal rivers and their distributaries. The lower Meghna River is highly influenced by the tidal interactions and consequential backwater effects. North and West of Bhola falls under the micro tidal region (0-2m) under the global tidal classification (Hydro-morphological dynamics of the Meghna Estuary by DHV et al, June 2001). Riverine processes dominate the lower Meghna River, Tentulia River and Shabazpur channel surrounding the Bhola Island. All the rivers are connected with streams and tidal channels and flow down to the Bay of Bengal.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 108

Meghna (Lower Meghna), one of the largest rivers of Bangladesh along with its distributary, Shahbazpur channel separates the Bhola district from the Lakshmipur district in the east. The Shahbazpur channel, 5-8 km wide, flows between Bhola and Ramgati-Hatiya islands. The Tentulia River, a channel of Meghna further separates the Bhola Island from the rest of the Barisal Division in the west.

As can be observed from the land use of the 10 km study area, about 65 sq km of the study area is covered by rivers and other water bodies. The two main rivers, Tentulia and Shabazpur Canal give the area an island status. Many small ponds, streams and canals exist in the study area. The Kutba Union of the Project area has about 800 ponds. Drainage map of 10 km study radius and 1 km buffer around the proposed site is shown in Figure 4.12 and Figure 4.13.

A perennial channel branching out from the Tentulia River, “Dehular Canal” is flowing adjacent to the Project site on the west. This canal will be used as the source of water for the Project as well as a means to transport machinery and other equipment for construction of the proposed power plant. Another small seasonal canal also exists crossing the proposed approach road to the site. This seasonal canal is very small and not navigable.

The feasibility report by BPDB mentions a bathymetric survey carried out for the Dehular Canal to obtain cross section, bank line, discharge and water level data. It is reported that the minimum cross section area with low tide water level on 03.02.2010 was found to be 135 m2 considering an average flow of 0.6 m to 1.0 m per second. The maximum daily discharge of Dehular canal nearest to the Project site against water levels and velocity is about 162 cumecs, whereas minimum flow varies from 62 to 124 cumecs. The average discharge was calculated as 108 cumecs.

The yearly maximum and minimum water level for the project site reported in the feasibility report is represented below in Table 4.9:

Table 4.9 Yearly minimum and maximum water surface level for the project site

Year Minimum Water Surface Level (m) Maximum Water Surface Level (m) (recorded in month of January) (recorded in the month of August) 1988 - 0.82 2.95 1989 -0.82 2.74 1990 -0.80 3.18 1991 -0.47 3.10 1992 -0.90 2.80 1993 -1.00 3.15 1994 -1.03 3.23 1995 -1.37 2.87 1996 -1.27 3.44 1997 -1.27 3.31 1998 -1.45 3.21 1999 -0.97 3.08 2000 -1.18 3.18 2001 -1.22 3.03 2002 - 2.62

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 109

Year Minimum Water Surface Level (m) Maximum Water Surface Level (m) (recorded in month of January) (recorded in the month of August) 2003 -1.00 2.39 2004 - 2005 1.32 2006 - 2007 -1.68 - 2008 -1.58 - Source: BPDB’s Feasibility Report of Bhola Power Plant: June 2010

The 100 years and 50 years flood level of the Dehular canal have been found as 3.44 m and 2.94 m respectively. The depth of water in submerged areas on the Project site against 100 years and 50 years flood is about 1.5 m and 1.0 m, respectively.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 110

Figure 4.12 Drainage Map of 10km Study Area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 111

Figure 4.13 Drainage Map of 1km Buffer

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 112

4.9 WATER QUALITY

Water sampling and analysis was undertaken to understand the overall baseline water quality characteristics of the surface and groundwater in the study area. Samples were taken from representative selected water bodies and groundwater sources representing different parts of the study area. The surface water sampling was based on the identification of major surface water bodies such as the canal adjacent to the site and pond. Groundwater sampling locations were selected to obtain a representative water sample from various zones within the study area. The samples were collected from existing tube wells (hand-pumps being used by the villagers).

A total of 12 samples, eight (8) surface water and four (4) ground water samples were collected. Detail of the sampling location is provided in Table 4.10 and depicted in Figure 4.11.

Table 4.10 Details of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations

S. No. Sampling Location Code Geographical Type of Source Location 1 Dehular Canal near bridge SW1 22°29'21.06"N Canal 90°42'23.85"E 2 Dehular Canal SW2 22°29'2.00"N Canal 90°42'30.06"E 3 Dehular Canal SW3 22°28'47.06"N Canal 90°42'28.12"E 4 Dehular Canal SW4 22°28'38.19"N Canal 90°42'31.52"E 5 Dehular Canal SW5 22°28'33.32"N Canal 90°42'37.35"E 6 Dehular Canal SW6 22°28'27.07"N Canal 90°42'40.93"E 7 Dehular Canal SW7 22°28'5.07"N Canal 90°42'44.03"E 8 Pond water (front of Radha SW8 22°28.478' N Pond Krishna Temple) 090°43.083' E 9 South Kutba Primary School GW1 22·28.800 N Tubewell Eَ 42.926·90 Ferdous Mosque GW2 22°29.019 َN Tubewell 10 Eَ 90°42.543 11 West Gazipur, BRAC School GW3 22°28’24.67” N Tubewell E”22.51َ 90°42 Borhanuddin Upazila Office GW4 22°29.577 َN Tubewell 12 Eَ 90°42.588

The samples were analysed for parameters covering physical, chemical and bacteriological characteristics as mentioned in the scope of work which includes certain heavy metals, trace elements and toxic constituents.

Water samples were collected as grab water sample in a pre-washed 5-litre plastic jerry can and 250 ml sterilized clean PET bottle for complete physio- chemical and bacteriological tests respectively.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 113

The samples were analysed as per standard procedure/method given in Standard Method for Examination of Water and Wastewater Edition 20, published by APHA. Details of the analysis method and protocol are presented in Table 4.11.

Table 4.11 Method for Water Analysis

S.N Parameter Method Protocol 1. Temperature Digital Thermometer 2. Turbidity Turbidity meter APHA., 2130 B 3. pH pH meter APHA., 4500 H+ B 4. Salinity Digital Salinity Meter APHA., 2520 B 5. Dissolved Oxygen Digital DO Meter 6. Conductivity at 25 0 C Conductivity meter APHA., 2510 B 7. Total Dissolved Solids Digital TDS meter 8. Oil and Grease Partition Gravimetric APHA., 5220 B method 9. COD Open reflux method APHA., 5210 B 10. BOD BOD 5 day APHA., 5210 B

11. Nitrate as NO3 Ion chromatography APHA.,4110 B 12. Nitrite Ion chromatography APHA.,4110 B 13. Manganese Atomic Absorption APHA 3113 B Spectrophotometer (AAS) 14. Phosphate Colorometric APHA 4500-P.C 15. Iron as Fe AAS APHA 3113 B

The quality of surface water was compared with the standards for Inland Surface Water, Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997-Schedule 3 whereas the groundwater was compared with the Drinking Water Standard E.C.R .-Schedule-3, 1997. The standards have been presented along with the monitoring results of surface and groundwater for comparison.

4.9.1 Surface Water Quality

The surface water Quality was compared with the Bangladesh ECR standard for best practice based classification criteria. Table 4.12 shows the analysis results.

As per the best practice based classification standards of the Bangladesh ECR, the quality of most of the surface water samples from the Dehular Canal is of a level that can be utilized for fisheries, industrial process and cooling purpose and for irrigation with the exception of sample number SW6. The quality of samples number SW1 and SW7, collected from the Dehular Canal, met the standard required to be used as a source of drinking water after conventional treatment.

The water sample (SW8) collected from the pond in front of the Radhakrishna temple however does not fit any classification criteria having a high BOD content of 19 mg/l. Some of the water analysis parameters are discussed below in detail:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 114

pH

All results for pH in surface water fell within the permissible limits of 6.5 to 8.5.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO)

The DO of all the samples of the Dehular Canal range in between 5.4 to 7.35 mg/l and thus meets the surface water classification for different usages.

BOD

The BOD levels range between 4.2 to 6.7 mg/l for the Dehular Canal and thus is well below the permissible limits. However, it is 19 mg/l for the water sample collected from the pond in front of the Radha Krishna temple and does not fit any classification for best practice based usage.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 115

Table 4.12 Surface Water Quality Analysis

S.N Parameter Unit Sample Location Bangladesh standards (Best practice based classification)* SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 Source of Water Source of Water Water Water drinking usable for drinking usable usable by usable water for recreational water for by various for supply only activity supply after fisheries process irrigation after conventional and disinfecting treatment cooling industries 1. Temperature °C 33 31.6 31.6 31.95 31.1 31.2 31.1 33.35 ------2. TDS mg/L 490 520 670 700 845 860 840 200 ------3. EC - - - - - 2250 (at µS/cm 980 1050 1350 1420 1700 1740 1670 390 temp of 25 °C) 4. DO 6 or above 5 or above 6 or above 5 or 5 or above 5 or mg/L 5.85 6.25 5.8 5.4 6.3 7.35 6.85 4.65 above above 5. pH - 7.32 7.47 7.33 7.58 7.33 7.76 7.42 7.11 6.5-8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6. Salinity mg/L 250 300 400 400 500 500 500 100 ------

7. BOD 5 mg/L 4.5 5.5 5.8 4.8 5.2 6.7 4.2 19.0 2 or less 3 or less 6 or less 6 or less 10 or less 10 or less 8. COD mg/L 14.0 11.7 13.5 12.8 18.5 15.0 12.2 29.2 ------9. Nitrate mg/L 0.87 0.75 0.80 0.97 0.56 1.34 0.76 4.32 ------10. Nitrite mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.1 ------11. Manganese mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.05 ------12. Phosphate mg/L 0.51 0.39 0.71 0.67 0.76 0.43 1.21 2.15 ------13. Iron mg/L 0.80 0.67 0.95 0.45 0.67 0.76 0.56 6.05 ------14. Turbidity NTU 193 25 17 28 24 21 15 275 ------15. Oil and mg/L 0.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ------Grease * Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules, 1997- Schedule 3 (Standards for inland surface water)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 116

4.9.2 Groundwater Quality

The results of four groundwater samples collected from the borewells in South Kutba Primary School, near Ferdous Mosque, West Gazipur School and Borhanuddin Upazila Office are shown in Table 4.13.

Table 4.13 Groundwater quality analysis

Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 Bangladesh Standards* Depth m 183 229 214 229 Temperature OC 29.3 29.6 29.6 31.6 20-30°C TDS mg/l 390 450 310 300 1000 EC μS/cm 830 920 630 590 - DO mg/l 2.1 1.9 1.4 2.2 - pH 7.45 7.29 7.09 7.26 6.5-8.5 Salinity mg/l 300 300 200 200 - Alkalinity mg/l 278 284 239 354 -

(HCO3-) Total Hardness mg/l 17.4 14.5 16.8 16.9 200 – 500

(as CaCO3) Chloride (Cl-) mg/l 1.09 0.98 1.02 1.43 150-600 Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.057 0.1873 0.050 0.058 0.05 Calcium (Ca) mg/l 7.43 7.54 7.63 8.9 75.0 Chromium (Cr) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 Cadmium (Cd) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005 Iron (Fe) mg/l 1.74 0.95 1.38 1.05 0.3-1.0 Lead (Pb) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.001 Potassium (K) mg/l 1.39 1.56 1.45 1.25 12.0 Sodium (Na) mg/l 102 43.4 108 106 200 Boron (B) mg/l 0.41 0.30 0.19 0.36 1.0 Fecal Coliform mg/l 0 0 0 0 0 Total Coliform mg/l 0 0 0 0 0 * Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules, 1997- Schedule 3 (Standards for drinking water)

The key parameters in groundwater are discussed below, compared with the Bangladesh ECR Standards for drinking water.

pH

The pH of the samples varies in the range of 7.09 to 7.45 which is well within the standard range of 6.5 to 8.5.

Total Hardness

Total Hardness varied in the range of 14.5 to 17.4 mg/l and is well within the standard limit of 200-500 mg/l.

Chloride

The chloride content in the samples varied in the range of 0.98 to 1.43 and is well within the permissible standards of 150-600 mg/l.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 117

Iron and Arsenic

The iron content of the groundwater samples varied in the range of 0.95 to 1.74 mg/l. The iron content at three of the borewells exceeds standard range of 0.3 to 1 mg/l indicating high iron content in the ground waters of the study area.

Arsenic content varied in the range of 0.050 to 0.1873 mg/l for the groundwater samples analyzed. The level of arsenic exceeds the standard limit of 0.05 mg/l for all the samples indicating high arsenic content in the ground water of the study area.

Conclusion

In the study area, high levels of arsenic and iron was found in the groundwater. Arsenic contamination of geological origin is reported in many districts of Bangladesh. Occurrence of arsenic is reported in isolated pockets of Bhola District (less than 50 µg/l)1. In fact, few works report arsenic beyond the permissible level in some of the deep tube wells sunk in Gazaria, Daulatkhan and Char Fession upazilas in Bhola district2. Also iron is found to be high in ground waters of Bangladesh because of predominance of reducing conditions in the aquifers3.

4.10 METEOROLOGY

4.10.1 Climate

Bangladesh is located in the tropical monsoon region and its climate is characterised by high temperature, heavy rainfall, often excessive humidity, and fairly marked seasonal variations. From the climatic point of view, three distinct seasons can be recognised in Bangladesh - the cool dry season from November through February, the pre-monsoon hot season from March through May, and the rainy monsoon season which lasts from June through September. January is the coolest month with temperatures averaging near 26°C and April the warmest with temperatures from 33 to 36°C. Most places receive more than 1,525 mm of rain a year, and areas near the hills receive 5,080 mm. Most rains occur during the monsoon (June-September) and little in winter (November-February). Moderate rains also reported in the months of March, April and October.

Climatic sub-regions of Bangladesh are presented in Figure 4.14 and as per that, the Bhola District falls in the South-Eastern Zone. The nearest Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD) 4 meteorological station is at Bhola Town,

(1) Groundwater studies of Arsenic contamination in Bangladesh, DPHE/BGS/DFID, 2000 and (2) www.sos-arsenic.net (3) Groundwater studies of Arsenic contamination in Bangladesh, DPHE/BGS/DFID, 2000 (1)

(1) 4 Bangladesh Meteorological Department is the authorised Government organisation for all meteorological activities in Bangladesh. It maintains a network of surface and upper air observatories, radar and satellite ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 118

which is about 25 km north of the Project site. The climatic conditions as recorded at Bhola therefore can be considered applicable for the Project. To assess the climatic conditions of the area, climatology data has been obtained from Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD) for the period 1966 – 2011.

Figure 4.14 Climatic Sub-regions of Bangladesh

stations, agro-meteorological observatories, geomagnetic and seismological observatories and meteorological telecommunication system.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 119

Temperature

Temperature records from observatory at Bhola are available for last 45 years. The period from March to May is marked by continuous increase in the temperatures. April is the hottest months of the year with a mean daily maximum and minimum temperature (in April) of 32.8°C and 23.8°C, respectively. The extreme maximum and minimum temperatures recorded in last 45 years are 37.9°C (1966) and 13.4°C (1998), respectively. With the onset of monsoon by mid-May, the temperatures descend slightly. The mean daily maximum temperature during the monsoon season (mid-May to September- end) varies from 32.8°C to 30.5°C. From November onwards, both the day and night temperatures decrease and January is the coldest month, with daily maximum and minimum temperatures of 25.7°C and 12.5°C. The monthly variation of normal maximum and minimum temperatures in Bhola has been presented in Figure 4.15:

Figure 4.15 Normal Maximum and Minimum Temperature Profile in Bhola

35

30

25

20

Max 15 Min

Mean Daily Temperature (Deg C) Daily Temperature Mean 10

5

0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Month

Source: BMD

Humidity

Due to heavy rainfall and proximity to Bay of Bengal, the humidity levels in the area remains high. Relative humidity in Bhola is generally above 80% throughout the year except in the months of February and March. Minimum average daily relative humidity is 61% during the month of December. The annual average humidity is about 83.9%. The monthly variation of daily average maximum, minimum and mean relative humidity in Bhola has been presented in Figure 4.16:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 120

Figure 4.16 Normals of Relative Humidity in Bhola

100

90

80

70

60

50

40 Relative Humidity (%) Humidity Relative

30

20

10

0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Max Min Mean

Source: BMD

Rainfall

Average annual rainfall based on rainfall data recorded at Bhola for last 45 years is 2297.4 mm. Of the annual rainfall, about 80% fall during five monsoon months (May to September) with June and July getting the maximum rains. Minimum precipitations are reported during the months of November to February, whereas average showering does occur in March, April and October. Annual rainfall varies from 1609 mm (1992) to 3148 mm (1983).

The monthly rainfall variation based on the climatology data and number of rainy days in each month in Bhola has been presented in Figure 4.17:

Figure 4.17 Normals of Rainfall in Bhola

500 30

450

25 400

350 20

300

250 15 Rainy Days Rainfall (mm) Rainfall 200

10 150

100 5

50

0 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Rainfall No. of Rainy Days

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 121

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Wind direction and speed keeps changing due to seasonal variations. Prevalent wind direction is south/north and vice versa. Winds are generally moderate during non-monsoon season, whereas during the monsoon season, these are moderate to strong. The wind speed varies from 2.0 knots to 15.0 knots, with average wind speed of about 7.0 knots. Monthly windroses based on the meteorological data collected from BMD for Bhola observatory are presented in Figure 4.18 and Seasonal and Annual windroses are shown in Figure 4.19.

Cloud Cover

The cloud cover has two opposing seasonal patterns, coinciding with winter and monsoon season. As a result of the flow of cold-dry winds from the north- western part of India during the winter season, the cloud cover is at a minimum. On average, the cloud cover in this season is about 10% almost all over the country. With the progression of the season, the cloud cover increases, reaching 50-60% by the end of the pre-monsoon hot season. During the monsoon season, the cloud cover is very widespread. In the months of July and August, which is the middle of the monsoon season, the cloud cover varies from 75 to 90% all over the country. However, it is more extensive in the southern and eastern parts (90%) than in the north-western part (75%). After the withdrawal of the monsoon, the cloud cover decreases rapidly, dropping to 25% in the northern and western parts, and 40-50% in the southern and eastern parts.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 122

Figure 4.18 Monthly Windrose Diagrams of Bhola Observatory

NORTH NORTH NORTH NORTH

25% 20% 20% 25%

20% 16% 16% 20%

15% 12% 12% 15%

10% 8% 8% 10%

5% 4% 4% 5% WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST

WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) (m/s)

>= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 Calms: 9.68% Calms: 5.21% Calms: 6.59% Calms: 4.17%

January 2011 February 2011 March 2011 April 2011

NORTH NORTH NORTH NORTH

30% 30% 25% 25%

24% 24% 20% 20%

18% 18% 15% 15%

12% 12% 10% 10%

6% 6% 5% 5% WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST

WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) (m/s)

>= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 Calms: 2.69% Calms: 4.58% Calms: 2.69% Calms: 2.15%

May 2011 June 2011 July 2011 August 2011

NORTH NORTH NORTH NORTH

25% 20% 40% 45%

20% 16% 32% 36%

15% 12% 24% 27%

10% 8% 16% 18%

5% 4% 8% 9% WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST WEST EA ST

WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED WIND SPEED (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) (m/s)

>= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 >= 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 Calms: 1.39% Calms: 6.85% Calms: 4.31% Calms: 5.78%

September 2011 October 2011 November 2011 December 2011

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 123

Figure 4.19 Seasonal and Annual Windrose

NORTH NORTH

20% 25%

16% 20%

12% 15%

8% 10%

4% 5% WEST EA ST WEST EA ST

WIND SPEED WIND SPEED (m/s) (m/s)

>= 7.5 >= 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 SOUTH SOUTH 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 Calms: 4.48% Calms: 2.70%

Pre-Monsoon Summer (March to May) Monsoon (June to September)

NORTH NORTH

30% 15%

24% 12%

18% 9%

12% 6%

6% 3% WEST EA ST WEST EA ST

WIND SPEED WIND SPEED (m/s) (m/s)

>= 7.5 >= 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5 5.5 - 6.5 5.5 - 6.5 4.5 - 5.5 4.5 - 5.5 SOUTH SOUTH 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 4.5 2.5 - 3.5 2.5 - 3.5 1.5 - 2.5 1.5 - 2.5 0.5 - 1.5 0.5 - 1.5 Calms: 6.40% Calms: 4.68%

Cool Dry Winter (October to February) Annual (January to December)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 124

4.11 NATURAL HAZARDS

4.11.1 Earthquakes

As per the Seismic Zoning Map of Bangladesh, the country is divided into three seismic zones (Figure 4.20). The northern part of the country that includes the greater districts of Rangpur, Mymensingh, and Sylhet are in the Zone-I where earthquake shock of maximum intensity of IX of the Modified Mercalli Scale is possible. The Zone-II includes the greater districts of Dinajpur, Bogra, Dhaka and Chittagong and the shocks of intensity of VIII are possible. The southern part of the country, the least active region, where the maximum intensity is not likely to exceed VII, is in the Zone-III. The Project site along with the entire Bhola Island falls in the Zone-III area.

Figure 4.20 Earthquake Zone Map of Bangladesh

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 125

4.11.2 Cyclone and storm surges

Devastating cyclones hit the coastal areas of Bangladesh almost every year usually accompanied by high-speed winds, sometimes reaching 250 km/hr or more and 3-10m high waves, causing extensive damage to life, property and livestock. Because of the funnel shaped coast, Bangladesh repeatedly becomes the landing ground of cyclones formed in the Bay of Bengal. The offshore islands of Bhola are among the islands most prone to the cyclones. These cyclones occur in two seasons, April-May and October-November – i.e. before and after the monsoon.

Cyclones in Bangladesh are presently classified according to their intensity and the following nomenclature is in use: • depression (winds upto 62 km/hr); • cyclonic storm (winds from 63 to 87 km/hr); • severe cyclonic storm (winds from 88 to 118 km/hr); and • very severe cyclonic storm of hurricane intensity (winds above 118 km/hr).

Some of the most devastating natural disasters in recorded history with high casualties were tropical cyclones that hit the region. Among them, the 1970 Bhola cyclone alone claimed more than 500,000 lives. A chronology of major cyclonic storms, which had hit Bhola is presented in Table 4.14 and key cyclonic storm tracks in Bangladesh has been shown in Figure 4.21.

Table 4.14 Cyclonic Storms in Bhola

S. Date/ Year Nomenclature Relevant Information No. 1. 12-13 November, Very severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 222 km/hr 1970 (hurricane) Maximum storm surge – 10.6 m 2. 9-12 May, 1975 Severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 112.6 km/hr

3. 29 April, 1991 Very severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 178 km/hr (hurricane) 4. 16-19 May, 1997 Very severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 225 km/hr (hurricane) Maximum storm surge – 3.05 m 5. 25-27 September, Very severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 150 km/hr 1997 (hurricane) Maximum storm surge – 3.05 m 6. 11-16, November, Severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 126 km/hr 2007 7. 27 May, 2009 Severe cyclonic storm Maximum wind speed – 120 km/hr Source: Banglapedia and India Meteorology Department

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 126

Figure 4.21 Cyclonic Storm Tracks in Bangladesh

Source: Banglapedia

Figure 4.22 shows cyclone affected areas of Bangladesh. From the figure it is very clear that many areas of Bhola Island are in the high risk zone of cyclone facing storm surges of above 1 m height. However the Project area situated centrally in the Bhola Island falls in the high wind zone and is not affected by storm surges.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 127

Figure 4.22 Cyclone map of Bangladesh

4.11.3 Floods

Every year near about one-fifth of Bangladesh undergoes flood during the monsoon season. A flood season in Bangladesh may start as early as May and can continue until November.

Floods of Bangladesh can be divided into three categories: (i) monsoon flood - seasonal, increases slowly and decreases slowly, inundate vast areas and causes huge loss to the life and property; (ii) flash flood-from sudden torrential flows, following a brief intense rainstorm or the bursting of a natural or man made dam or levee; and (iii) tidal flood - short duration, height is generally 3-6m, prevents inland flood drainage.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 128

Figure 4.23 shows the flood affected areas of Bangladesh. The Bhola Island near the northern boundaries is prone to flooding. The Project site is also affected by flood waters in the monsoon season because of the Dehular Canal adjacent to the site. It is reported that the site comes under 0.60 - 1.2 m of water for a few days during the peak monsoon season.

Figure 4.23 Flood Map of Bangladesh

4.12 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The objective of the ambient air quality monitoring program was to establish the baseline ambient air quality in the study area. The profile of the study area is mainly rural, which has mix of scattered settlements and agriculture areas with one town (Borhanuddin). The major sources of air pollution noted within the study area include normal vehicular pollution in roads as well as vessels on nearby canal/waterways, agricultural activities, and domestic emissions.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 129

No major industrial activity is reported in the study area; however a few brick kilns were sighted in the study area. Energy supplies are not good in the area, and therefore, diesel-fired small power generating sets are common in the semi-urban areas of the study area.

The air quality monitoring locations were selected based on the locations of settlements and receptors within the study area. Logistical factors such as consent of villagers, mainly the house owners, power connection, accessibility, security, etc. were also taken into account in finalising the monitoring stations.

4.12.1 Methodology of Air Quality Monitoring

The existing ambient air quality of the study area was monitored at three (3) locations during the monitoring period (April – May 2011). The monitoring

parameters included Particulate Matter (SPM, PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Carbon Monoxide (CO). All the parameters were monitored on 24-hourly basis twice a week during the duration of the study.

Selection of sampling locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The ambient air quality monitoring locations (Table 4.16) were based on the following aspects covered in field survey plan developed prior to the field work: • Meteorological conditions of the area based on information of BMD observatory at Bhola; • Topography of the study area; and • Location of sensitive receptors such as major settlements;

The particulate and gaseous samples collected during the monitoring have been analysed as per the procedures specified in Table 4.15. The geographical locations and setting of the ambient air quality monitoring locations has been presented in Table 4.16 and are depicted in Figure 4.24.

Table 4.15 Methodology for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality

S. Parameter Analysis Procedure No. 1. SPM Gravimetric method 1. PM10 Gravimetric method 2. PM2.5 Gravimetric method

3. SO2 Colorimetric method at 560nm using spectrophotometer (West-Gaeke method)

4. NOx Colorimetric method at 540 nm using spectrophotometer (Jacob and Hochheiser method) 6. CO Indicator tube method

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 130

Table 4.16 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations

S.N. Sampling Station Geographical Location Location Setting Station Code 1 Project Site AQ1 22° 28’ 43.42”N Village and Rural Setting (South Kutba) 90° 42’ 52.19”E 2 Kheyaghat AQ2 22° 29’ 23.84”N Commercial area, adjacent to Sub- More 90° 42’ 31.93”E District Road and Launch Terminal (Borhanuddin) of Borhanuddin 3 AQ3 22° 28’ 23.94”N Village & Rural Setting West Gazipur 90° 42’ 22.61”E

4.12.2 Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

The monitored ambient air quality is summarized in Table 4.17 and results are annexed in Annex D.

Table 4.17 Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area Concentration in (µg/m3) Location Observed SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO* AQ1 Maximum 193.2 67.4 43.1 13.3 17.2 10.0 Minimum 143.1 37.1 23.3 6.1 9.2 4.0 Average 168.2 49.3 33.0 10.0 13.0 6.4 98 Percentile 190.2 65.8 42.0 13.1 16.8 9.6 AQ2 Maximum 510.2 187.2 87.3 56.1 51.1 90.0 Minimum 317.2 107.4 49.1 26.4 30.4 40.0 Average 418.3 139.0 69.5 38.4 39.0 62.2 98 Percentile 509.7 184.2 86.5 54.5 50.8 89.6 AQ3 Maximum 277.2 90.3 48.2 17.2 20.1 18.0 Minimum 161.4 39.6 32.4 11.2 14.2 8.0 Average 206.1 67.9 38.0 13.5 16.9 12.0 98 Percentile 274.8 89.9 45.4 16.8 19.9 17.3 Standards Bangladesh** 24 hourly 200 150 65 365 - 10,000 Annual - 50 15 80 100 - WHO*** 24 hourly - 50 25 20 - 10,000 Annual - 20 10 - 40 - Note: * CO concentrations and standards are 8-hourly only. ** The Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been taken from the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 which was amended on 19th July 2005 vide S.R.O. No. 220-Law/2005. *** WHO Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (2005 and 2000), which are also being referred in the World Bank and IFC’s General EHS Guidelines (2007)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 131

Figure 4.24 Air, Noise and Traffic Monitoring Locations

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 132

4.12.3 Analysis and Discussion of Results

SPM

The 24-hourly average SPM concentration in ambient air in the study area was recorded in the range of 143.1 – 510.2 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 190.2 – 509.7 µg/m3. Average concentration of SPM was reported in the range of 168.2 – 418.3 µg/m3. During the monitoring period, the maximum SPM concentration was reported from Kheyaghat More as 510.2 µg/m3. Higher SPM concentrations at this location are primarily due to (a) unpaved road stretches, traffic movement and commercial activities. SPM level near to Project Site (South Kutba) were reported below the below the National Ambient Air Quality Standards of Bangladesh, whereas, there is no specific standard prescribed by WHO for SPM. The SPM pattern in the study area has been presented in Figure 4.25.

Figure 4.25 SPM Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

600

500

400 ) 3 g/m μ

300 Concentration ( Concentration 200

100

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration Bangladesh Standard

PM10

The 24-hourly average PM10 concentration in ambient air in the study area was recorded in the range of 37.1 – 187.2 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 65.8 – 184.2 µg/m3. Average concentration of PM10 was reported in the range of 49.3 – 139.0 µg/m3. During the monitoring period, the maximum PM10 concentration was reported from Kheyaghat more as 187.2 µg/m3. PM10 level (98th percentile) only at Kheyaghat more was reported above 150 µg/m3, which is a 24-hourly National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for PM10 in Bangladesh, whereas PM10 level (average) at all the three monitoring locations was reported below the NAAQS. The PM10 pattern in the study area has been presented in Figure 4.26. When the results are compared with the WHO guideline values for PM10, it was noted that

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 133

only the average PM10 concentration at the Project site (AQ1) was within the stipulated guideline value, whereas average concentrations at AQ3 is within the interim target-3 (75 µg/m3) and at AQ2 within the interim target-1 (150 µg/m3).

Figure 4.26 PM10 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

200

180

160

140 ) 3 120 g/m μ

100

80 Concentration ( Concentration

60

40

20

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration Bangladesh Standard

PM2.5

The 24-hourly average PM2.5 concentration in ambient air in the study area was recorded in the range of 23.3 – 87.3 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 42.0 – 86.5 µg/m3. Average concentration of PM2.5 was reported in the range of 33.0 – 69.5 µg/m3. During the monitoring period, the maximum PM2.5 concentration was reported from Kheyaghat More as 87.3 µg/m3. PM2.5 level (98th percentile as well as average) only at Kheyaghat More (AQ2) was reported above 65 µg/m3, which is a 24-hourly National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for PM2.5 in Bangladesh. The PM2.5 pattern in the study area has been presented in Figure 4.27. The results have also been compared with the WHO guideline values for PM2.5 and it is noted that the average PM2.5 concentrations at all the locations is more than the stipulated guideline value (25 µg/m3), whereas average concentrations at Project Site (AQ1) is within the interim target-3 (37.5 µg/m3), at AQ2 within the interim target-1 (75 µg/m3) and at AQ3 within the interim target-2 (50 µg/m3).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 134

Figure 4.27 PM2.5 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

100

90

80

70 ) 3 60 g/m μ

50

40 Concentration ( Concentration

30

20

10

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration Bangladesh Standard

SO2

The 24-hourly average SO2 concentration was recorded in the range of 6.1 – 56.1 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 13.1 – 54.5 µg/m3.

Average concentration of SO2 are reported low at AQ1 and AQ3 due to their rural setting, whereas at AQ2, the levels are slightly higher due to the traffic movement and commercial activities. During the monitoring period, the 3 maximum SO2 concentration is reported at Kheyaghat More as 56.1 µg/m . th SO2 concentrations (both average & 98 percentile) at all the monitoring locations were reported well below 365 µg/m3, which is a 24-hourly National

Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for SO2 in Bangladesh (Figure 4.28). The results were also compared with the WHO guideline values for SO2 and it is noted that the average SO2 concentrations at AQ1 and AQ3 are less than the stipulated guideline value (20 µg/m3), whereas average concentrations at AQ2 is within the interim target-2 (50 µg/m3).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 135

Figure 4.28 SO2 Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

400

350

300 ) 3 250 g/m μ

200

150 Concentration ( Concentration

100

50

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration Bangladesh Standard

NOx

The 24-hourly average NOx concentration was recorded in the range of 9.2 – 51.1 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 16.8 – 50.8 µg/m3. Average concentrations of NOx were reported low at AQ1 and AQ3 due to their rural setting, whereas at AQ2, the levels are slightly higher due to the traffic movement and commercial activities. During the monitoring period,

the maximum NOx concentration is reported at Kheyaghat More as 51.1 µg/m3. The NOx pattern in the study area has been presented in Figure 4.29. There are no stipulated standards for 24-hourly NOx concentration in Bangladesh and also there is no WHO guideline value for the same. The annual Bangladesh standard and WHO guideline value for NOx are 100 µg/m3 and 40 µg/m3 and present average concentrations at all the locations are well below these values.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 136

Figure 4.29 NOx Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

60

50

40 ) 3 g/m μ

30 Concentration ( Concentration 20

10

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration

CO

The 8-hourly average CO concentration was recorded in the range of 10.0 – 900.0 µg/m3. The 98th percentile was recorded in the range of 80.0 – 896.4 µg/m3. Average concentrations of CO are reported low at all the monitoring locations while comparing with the Bangladesh Standards as well as WHO guideline value (10 mg/m3). The CO pattern in the study area is presented in Figure 4.30.

Figure 4.30 CO Concentration Pattern in the Study Area

10000

8000 ) 3 g/m μ 6000

Concentration ( Concentration 4000

2000

0 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Maximum Minimum Average 98 Percentile Percentile Percentile AQ1 AQ2 AQ3

Monitored Concentration Bangladesh Standard

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 137

Conclusion

Based on the above monitoring results, it is evident that the particulate and gaseous pollutants concentration at Project site as well as at West Gazipur is well within the stipulated standards of ambient air quality in Bangladesh. Also, the gaseous pollutant concentrations are well within the WHO standards. However, particulate concentration at Kheyaghat More were observed higher than the Bangladesh Standards, which is likely to be due to poor road conditions, vehicular movements and emissions and/or wind blown dust.

4.13 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS

Noise levels were recorded at six locations in the study area during the monitoring period. Noise levels were recorded in the form of sound pressure levels with the help of a digital sound level meter. The details of noise monitoring locations are given in Table 4.18 and depicted in Figure 4.24.

The purpose of ambient noise level measurement was to determine sound intensity at the monitoring locations. These locations are chosen in such a way that a representative data could be recorded all over the block. The sound level is recorded in form of A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values with the use of A-weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument.

Table 4.18 Details of Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations

S.N. Location Stations Geographical Location Setting Code Location 1 NQ1 Firdous Mosque, South 22°29'0.99"N Village & Rural Setting Kutba 90°42'32.32"E 2 NQ2 Joyardhon 22°29'25.79"N Mixed Area (mainly residential 90°42'34.13"E with commercial activities) 3 NQ3 Radha Krishna Temple, 22°28'34.58"N Village & Rural Setting South Kutba 90°43'1.81"E 4 NQ4 South Kutba Primary 22°28'47.69"N Village & Rural Setting School 90°42'55.57"E 5 NQ5 Project Site 22°28'41.55"N Rural Setting 90°42'46.38"E 6 NQ6 West Gazipur 22°28'41.64"N Village & Rural Setting 90°42'12.69"E

Noise level monitoring was carried out for 24 hours (twice) during monitoring period with 1-min equivalent sound pressure levels. At all the locations, measurement was taken at 1-min intervals over a 24 hour period. Further to that the equivalent noise levels have been converted to hourly equivalent noise levels. Finally, the measurements were done by dividing the 24 hours into two parts, i.e. daytime, which is considered from 0600 to 2200 hours and night from 2200 to 0600 hours. At each location, day time Leq has been computed from the hourly sound pressure level values measured between

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 138

0600 to 2200 hours and night time Leq has been computed from the hourly sound pressure level values measured between 2200 to 0600 hours.

4.13.1 Observations

The recorded noise levels in the study area are detailed in Table 4.19 and summarised in Table 4.20. The equivalent sound pressure level (Leq) during day and night time measured during the monitoring period is presented in Figure 4.31.

Table 4.19 Hourly Equivalent Noise Levels in the Monitoring Locations

Hourly Equivalent Noise Level (dB(A)) Hour NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 NQ6 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 51.1 46.6 46.0 46.1 45.7 45.3 46.5 47.2 47.1 46.7 47.8 48.9 2 45.9 48.4 46.0 45.9 46.0 46.1 47.0 47.4 46.8 46.6 48.2 48.2 3 48.9 52.1 46.2 46.7 46.3 46.4 47.2 46.9 47.0 46.6 47.1 48.0 4 47.1 46.3 47.4 46.9 44.4 44.6 47.5 47.4 47.4 45.9 45.0 44.4 5 65.2 48.7 47.4 47.9 46.3 45.9 47.6 48.0 46.5 45.9 47.8 47.8 6 53.9 47.6 54.8 53.5 50.7 51.7 47.2 47.3 46.0 47.4 48.0 48.1 7 55.5 51.9 60.1 59.7 50.8 49.9 53.0 52.4 54.0 54.1 53.4 53.8 8 56.2 54.5 68.6 68.0 54.1 54.9 56.4 55.6 57.3 58.1 55.8 55.7 9 54.4 56.4 69.5 68.7 57.6 57.1 57.9 57.4 59.0 58.1 55.6 55.6 10 56.2 55.4 68.2 68.3 54.4 53.7 57.1 56.9 58.8 58.0 56.3 56.4 11 55.4 55.3 68.9 68.6 53.2 54.2 56.6 57.6 56.9 57.8 57.2 57.2 12 58.2 56.6 68.7 69.2 55.4 56.2 56.9 57.1 56.5 56.8 56.5 57.1 13 55.6 56.5 70.0 69.9 54.0 54.1 58.4 59.5 57.1 56.9 57.4 57.9 14 65.2 56.1 70.1 69.4 55.7 57.2 58.8 59.1 56.4 59.6 57.1 57.0 15 54.3 54.5 68.0 67.8 53.8 53.8 57.6 57.5 57.5 58.2 56.8 57.0 16 55.3 54.9 69.2 68.9 53.8 53.6 57.6 57.9 58.2 57.6 55.8 56.3 17 64.7 52.6 69.1 69.6 53.2 54.5 58.4 58.5 58.5 57.0 56.8 56.5 18 56.2 53.7 68.3 68.2 54.3 53.5 57.3 57.3 58.0 56.8 56.6 56.6 19 52.4 54.0 67.9 67.9 56.1 52.5 54.3 54.3 48.8 49.2 52.7 53.4 20 53.7 48.2 61.0 62.2 47.8 47.1 47.4 47.2 49.0 48.1 48.1 48.3 21 64.3 51.4 62.0 62.6 48.7 46.4 46.2 46.7 48.6 48.0 48.9 49.2 22 46.3 46.7 60.8 61.2 47.5 47.5 46.0 46.4 48.2 47.3 49.1 49.0 23 51.7 48.1 53.0 52.9 47.0 47.0 46.4 46.2 47.2 46.9 48.1 47.2 24 51.0 51.9 48.6 48.6 46.9 46.7 46.5 46.5 46.8 46.5 48.6 48.5

Table 4.20 Noise Levels in the Study Area

Locations Noise level (dB(A)) Applicable Standard (dB(A))*

Leqday Leqnight Leqdn Lmax Lmin Day Night NQ1 59.4 56.7 58.6 65.2 46.3 50 40 54.6 49.0 53.2 56.6 46.7 50 40 NQ2 68.1 53.5 66.2 70.1 60.8 60 50 68.0 53.6 66.0 69.9 61.2 60 50 NQ3 54.2 47.1 52.6 57.6 47.5 50 40 54.1 47.3 52.6 57.2 46.4 50 40 NQ4 56.6 46.9 54.9 58.8 46.0 50 40 56.8 47.1 55.0 59.5 46.4 50 40 NQ5 56.7 47.1 54.9 59.0 48.2 50 40 56.7 46.7 55.0 59.6 47.3 50 40 NQ6 55.7 47.9 54.0 57.4 48.1 50 40

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 139

55.8 48.0 54.2 57.9 48.3 50 40 Note: The time from 0600 hrs to 2100 hrs is counted as daytime and from 2100 hrs to 0600 hrs is counted as night time. Source: Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 (Schedule 4)

Ambient daytime noise level (Leq day) was recorded in the range of 54.1 to 68.1

dB (A). Whereas, ambient night time noise level (Leqnight) in the study area

were 46.9 to 56.7 dB (A). Maximum noise levels (Lmaximum ) at the monitoring locations were recorded in the range of 56.6 to 70.1 dB(A) and the minimum

noise levels (Leqminimum ) at the monitoring locations were recorded in the range of 46.0 to 61.2 dB(A).

Figure 4.31 Noise Levels Recorded in the Study Area

70

60

50

40

30 Noise Level (dB(A)) Level Noise

20

10

0 121212121212 NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 NQ6

Leq (day) Leq (night) Ldn

The above recorded noise level was reported due to normal village activities such as noise from the agricultural activities, sound of engines – diesel generators, small water pumps, school activities, etc. in and around the monitoring locations. Some small and heavy vehicle movement has also contributed to the above recorded baseline noise level.

Conclusion

From the above it can be concluded that ambient noise levels in the study area are higher than the prescribed limits with respect to the standards defined for different landuse, which is 50 dB (A) for day time and 40 dB(A) for night time in residential areas and 60 dB(A) for day time and 50 dB(A) for night time in mixed areas.

4.14 TRAFFIC

The traffic count survey was conducted at one waterway and two roads in the study area, which are connected to the Project Site. The location of the traffic survey is provided in Table 4.21. The traffic survey locations were selected

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 140

based on the assessment of the available transportation network available in the study area. These roads and canal will provide connectivity to the Project for transportation of manpower and materials.

The traffic volume was monitored continuously for 24 hours, one time, during the study period at three locations. The traffic survey was done for both way movements of vehicles (motorized and non motorized vehicles) at all the locations.

Table 4.21 Locations of Traffic Survey

S N Location Code Geographical Location Location 1 TD1 22°29'10.78"N Dehular Canal (Waterway) 90°42'33.57"E 2 TD2 22°28'44.03"N LGED Road (South Kutba) 90°42'56.32"E 3 TD3 22°29'24.89"N Upazilla Road (Borhanuddin – 90°42'32.74"E Sachra)

Traffic count in Dehular Canal was categorized into Launch, Barge, Trawler and Boat, whereas traffic count in connecting roads was categorised in to Motorised Vehicle (MV) and Non Motorised Vehicle (NMV). MV was further distributed in to Heavy Vehicle (HV), Medium Vehicle (MV), and Light Vehicle (LV). Heavy vehicles include big trucks, Lorries, buses, trailer etc. Medium vehicles include small trucks, pick ups type vehicle, small buses, tractor, vans, etc. Light vehicles include cars, jeep, motorised three wheelers, motor bikes, etc. Non motorised vehicles comprise of cycle, tri cycle (rickshaw), bullock cart, hand cart, etc. The summarised detail of the traffic survey in waterway is given in Table 4.22 and hourly distribution of vehicles has been presented in Figure 4.32. The summarised details of the traffic survey are given in Table 4.23 and hourly distribution of vehicles has been presented in Figure 4.33.

Table 4.22 Existing Traffic Density in Dehular Canal

S No. Description Barge Engine Boat Trawler 1 Total Traffic/24 Hours 6 28 45 2 Average Traffic Flow/Hr 0.25 1.17 1.88 3 Max Traffic Flow(Nos)/Hr 4 4 7 4 Min Traffic Flow(Nos)/Hr 0 0 0 5 Max Traffic Flow (Time) 15:00 – 16:00 08:00 – 09:00 14:00 – 15:00

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 141

Figure 4.32 Hourly Traffic Volume in Dehular Canal

8

7

6

5

4 No.

3

2

1

0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Time

Barge Engine Trawler Boat

Table 4.23 Existing Traffic Volumes in the Connecting Roads

S No. Description TD2 TD3 1 Total Traffic/24 Hours 306 3746 a) Motorised 134 2217 b) Non Motorised 172 1529 2 Average Traffic Flow/Hr 12.75 156.1 3 Max Traffic Flow(Nos)/Hr 37 325 4 Min Traffic Flow(Nos)/Hr 0 5 5 Max Traffic Flow (Time) 10:00 – 11:00 09:00 – 10:00 6 Min Traffic Flow (Time) 12:00 – 04:00 01:00 – 02:00

Figure 4.33 Hourly Traffic Volume in Connecting Roads

180

160

140

120

100 No. 80

60

40

20

0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :0 0 :0 0 :0 :00 :00 0:0 5:0 0:0 0 1:0 2:00 3:00 4:00 5 6:0 7:00 8:00 9:00 1 11 12: 13:00 14:00 1 16 17: 18:00 19:00 2 21 22:00 23:00 Time

HV TD2 HV TD3 MV TD2 MV TD3 LV TD2 LV TD3 NMV TD2 NMV TD3

LV (Light Vehicles) -Two/Three Wheeler, Car, Jeep etc.; MV (Medium Vehicles) - Small Commercial vehicles, mini bus, Tractor & mini trucks; HV (Heavy Vehicles) – Bus, Trucks etc.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 142

The road width of the Upazila road is about 3 m. The road is in paved condition with earthen shoulders. From the above it can be observed that the daily traffic load is relatively high on the Upazila Road (Borhanuddin – Sachra) recording 3746 traffic movements over the 24 hour period. The major volume of the traffic comprises of motorised vehicles with about 2217 vehicles recorded in the 24 hour period followed by 1529 non-motorised vehicles over the same 24 hour period.

The width of the LGED road connecting the approach road of the site to the Upazilla Road connecting to Borhanuddin is about 2 m in width. The road conditions are not good having sharp curves and bends. The major traffic volume is comprised of non-motorised vehicles (172 per 24 hours) as cycle, tri cycle (rickshaw), bullock cart, hand cart, etc.

It was also observed that the Dehular Canal is a navigation canal with an average of 3.29 vessels passing per hour. The major traffic was boats (45 in the 24 hour period) followed by trawlers (28 per 24 hours) and barges (6 per 24 hours).

4.15 TERRESTRIAL AND AQUATIC ECOLOGY

4.15.1 Introduction

Bangladesh is situated in the “Oriental region”, between the Indo-Himalayas and Indo-Chinese sub regions. The country has a total area of 147,570 sq km , of which about 80% comprises one of the largest deltaic plains in the world, formed in the confluence of the Ganges, the Brahmaputra (Jamuna), and the Meghna rivers. The remaining 20% of the land area is comprised of the undulating, forested hill tracts. Distinct physiographic characteristics, variations in hydrological and climatological conditions, and difference in the soil properties in Bangladesh contribute in developing diverse forms of ecosystems enriched with great diversity of flora and fauna.

Study Area

The Study Area forms the part of “Offshore Islands-Zone 8b” bio-ecological zone of Bangladesh (Figure 4.34). It also forms the part of “Young Meghna Estuarine Floodplains” agro-ecologic zones of Bangladesh. Physiographically, the study area is at transition of “Ganga Tidal Floodplain” and “Young Meghna Estuarine Floodplains”.

Zone 8b Offshore Islands: The Ganges channel is constantly shifting within its active floodplain, eroding and depositing large areas of new char lands in each flooding season. Both plants and animals adapt with the pattern of flooding. The Offshore Islands zone covers the islands that are formed by shoals and vast amounts of sediment from the delta.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 143

Shapes of most of the islands in this zone are continuously changing as a result of erosion and tidal insurgence. Moreover, there are extensive inter-tidal mudflats composing parts of the islands. Most of these mudflats occur along the island creeks. There are also large shoals in this area; these may consolidate into large islands by the end of this century. The vast amount of sediment brought down by the Meghna made the estuary shallow for a considerable distance.

The rich vegetation in the interiors of the islands is similar to that of the mainland. In addition, a number of common reptile and mammal species occur within this zone (IUCN, 2002)(1)

Figure 4.34 Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh

Source: National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan for Bangladesh, Ministry of Environment and Forest, 2004,

(1) IUCN Bangladesh. ed. 2002. . Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh Dhaka: IUCN-The World Conservation Union. ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 144

4.15.2 Adopted Methodology

This section deals with the methodology for biodiversity assessment of Flora (tree, shrubs, herbs) and Fauna (birds, reptiles, amphibians, mammals) as well as the surrounding ecosystems. Most of the field work within the Project study area addressed these groups although each group was dealt with different approaches and requirements. A four person multidisciplinary team was organized to deal with these various aspects. A 5 km radial zone around the Project site has been taken into consideration to establish the representative baseline in the study area (Figure 4.35).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 145

Figure 4.35 Map showing Ecological Monitoring locations in Study Area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 146

Biodiversity Indices

A diversity index is a mathematical measure of species diversity in a community. Diversity indices provide more information about community composition than simply species richness (i.e., the number of species present); they also take the relative abundances of different species into account. By taking relative abundances into account, a diversity index depends not only on species richness but also on the evenness, or equitability, with which individuals are distributed among the different species. In the present study, biodiversity assessment in the study area has been assessed based on two indices, namely, Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) and Simpson Diversity Index (D). In addition to that, species richness, total abundance and evenness have also been established for sample study plots.

4.15.3 Floral Component

Reconnaissance field surveys were made to assess the various vegetation types/ecosystems present within the project impact zone. Once established, the target areas were extensively surveyed and a species assessment was made. Standardized transects were laid in order to assess species composition and vegetation structure. To facilitate the identification of the maximum number of species, several visits were made. The study area (both directly and indirectly impacted area) occupies both terrestrial as well as aquatic ecosystems.

Terrestrial Ecosystems:

In the proposed Project site and its adjoining areas (5 km study radius) the major terrestrial ecosystems are: 1. Agricultural Land 2. Homestead Plantation 3. Crop fields

Agricultural Land

Agricultural land in the study area is mostly used for Aman rice monoculture in the monsoon season, while in winter irrigation water is too saline to use for rice (Boro) production. High value crops such as vegetables, watermelon and chili are only found in plots, above the inundation level of tide water in the dry season. In general, land remains fallow in the winter season and is used for grazing. Given the dominance of crops in these areas, cultivated land is relatively low in species diversity with few if any native flora species occurring. Some of the most common weed species (other than planted crops) within the study area are presented in Table 4.24.

Table 4.24 Common Weed Species recorded* in Agricultural Lands** within Study Area

Scientific Name Family Local Name Ageratum conyzoides Compositae Fulkuri Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Sachishak

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 147

Scientific Name Family Local Name Clerodendrum inerme Verbenaceae Bhant Cotula hemispherica Compositae Kancha ghash Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae Banjhal Cynodon dactylon Gramineae Durba Cyperus cephalotes Cyperaceae Niratraba Dentella repens Rubiaceae Hachuti Eupatorium odoratum Compositae Assamlata Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae - Heliotropium indicum Boraginaceae Hatisur Nicotiana plumbaginifolia Solanaceae Bantamak Rorippa indica Cruciferae Bansarisha Rumex dentata Polygonaceae Bonpalang Vernonia petula Compositae Shilmuta Note: * Recorded i.e., observed during primary study and presence confirmed with discussions with locals etc. Reported i.e., Information based on published literature ** Excludes crop species

Figure 4.36 Agricultural Land in the Study Area

Homestead Plantation

Homestead vegetation is in good condition and bearing important plant communities in terms of diversity. Most of the houses are vegetated by local cultivated plants and a big portion of the coverage occupied by wild shrubs and herbs. Common planted tree species are Aam (Mangifera indica), Supari (Areca catechu), Mehogani (Swietenia mahagoni), Kola (Musa sp) etc. Gogon Siris (Albizia richrdiana), Narikel (Cocos nucifera) and Supari (Areca catechu) occupied the top canopy. Homesteads are commonly founds near the wetland which favour good growth of wetland trees like Pitali (Trewia nudiflora), Baroon (Crataeva nurvala), Hizal (Barringtonia acutangula) etc. Dumur (Ficus hispida) is the most common of all species. This type of vegetation have a major contribution for meeting food, fodder, medicine, fuel and other household requirements to the local people. A detail species list along with their usage is given in Annex E. Homesteads vegetation also provides good shelter for many wildlife species.

Plant Species Diversity: A total of 89 homestead species of 43 Families were listed. Of which 23 are fruit producing, 19 timbers, 24 are fuel wood and 11 are medicinal, 7 are ornamental, and 4 are vegetable and other uses. However, it is noted that some of the species are used for multiple purposes. It is found that Leguminosae, Moraceae, Palmae and Rutaceae families rank top of the list and are represented by 11, 7, 7 and 5 species, respectively.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 148

Homestead flora consists of both native and exotic species and some of them are naturalized. Albizia richrdiana, Psidium guajava, Swietenia mahagoni, Dalbergia sissoo are these type of plant. Out of 89 species, 52 are tree, 28 are shrub and 9 species are herb.

Survey of sample plots of four homestead areas in the study area was done to determine the biodiversity indices.

Figure 4.37 Biodiversity Indices Survey

Vegetation cover was measured by estimating visually the proportion of the quadrant occupied by each species (i.e. the vertical projection of each plant; as above). Percentage classes (as per Domain & Braun–Blanquet scales) were used to divide the vegetation into layers, e.g., a herb layer and a shrub layer, and cover estimates were made separately for each layer as shown in Table 4.25.

Table 4.25 Domin or Braun-Blanquet scales for visual estimates of cover

Value Bran –Blanquet Domain + < 1% Cover 1 Individual, with no measurable cover 1 1%-5% Cover < 4% Cover with few Individuals 2 6%-25% Cover < 4% Cover with several Individuals 3 26%-50% Cover < 4% Cover with many Individuals 4 51% -75% Cover 4%-10% Cover 5 76%-100% Cover 11%-25% Cover 6 26%-33% Cover 7 34%-50% Cover 8 51%- 75% Cover 9 76%-90% Cover 10 91%-100% Cover

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 149

An indicative map showing the plot area is given in Figure 4.35. The Biodiversity indices in the studied plots are given in Table 1.26.

Table 4.26 Biodiversity Indices

Parameters Plot:1 Plot:2 Plot:3 Plot:4 Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 1.7 1.8 2.5 1.5 Simpson Diversity D: 0.3 D: 0.3 D: 0.1 D: 0.3 1-D: 0.7 1-D: 0.7 1-D: 0.9 1-D: 0.7 1/D: 3.3 1/D: 3.3 1/D: 10.0 1/D: 3.3 Species Richness 15.0 19.0 19.0 6.0 Total Abundance 247 600 156 58 Evenness 0.7 0.7 1.0 0.6

The above table shows that the plot surveyed in the north part (Plot 2 & Plot 3) of study area represents highest diversity followed by south part (Plot 4).

Shannon Weiner Diversity: On the diversity scale, biologically realistic H’ values range from 0 (only one species present with no uncertainty as to what species each individual will be) to about 4.5 (high uncertainty as species are relatively evenly distributed). In theory, the H’ value can be much higher than 4.5, although most real world estimates of H’ range from 1.5 to 3.5. (1) The highest H’ value was recorded in Plot 3 (2.5), which possesses moderate diversity on the H’ scale.

Simpson’s Index (D): Simpson’s Index (D) value of ranges between 0 and 1. With this index, 0 represents infinite diversity and 1, no diversity. That is, the bigger the value of D, the lower the diversity.(2) The highest Simpson’s diversity (0.1) was recorded at Plot 3.

Simpson’s Index of Diversity (1-D): The value of this index also ranges between 0 and 1, but now, the greater the value, the greater the sample diversity. In this case, the index represents the probability that two individuals randomly selected from a sample will belong to different species. The highest diversity (0.9) among the sampled plots was recorded at Plot 3.

Simpson's Reciprocal Index (1/D): The value of this index starts with 1 as the lowest possible figure. This figure would represent a community containing only one species. Higher value than 1 shall represent higher diversity on the similar scale. Accordingly, Plot 3 recorded maximum diversity represented by 10.

Species Richness: Plot 2 & 3 recorded the highest number of species, i.e., 19, and thus showed higher species richness with respect to other sampled plots. Plot 4 shows lower diversity represented by presence of only 6 species.

(1)Sagar, R. and Singh, J.S. 1999. Species diversity and its measurement. The Botanica 49: 9-16. (2) http://www.countrysideinfo.co.uk/simpsons.htm ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 150

Total Abundance: Total abundance represents the highest number of individuals recorded per sample which was recorded highest in Plot 2 (600) in the south eastern part of study area.

Evenness (J’): Evenness is constrained between 0 and 1. The higher value of J' represents less variation in communities between the species. (1) Accordingly, J’ is recorded highest in Plot 3 and indicated the dominance of similar species with less variation.

Cropfield

Cropfield vegetation is major type of the study area. A big portion of cropfields get inundated in the rainy season. The area is mostly used for paddy cultivation. Lower part of the cropfields is used for Aman cultivation and comparatively higher portion are used for Boro and Aus crops. Local inhabitants plant Dhaincha (Sesbania rostrata) at the end of Boro harvesting and this species is commonly found in all area. Among the weeds, Alternanthera sessilis, Amaranthus spinosus, Cynodon dactylon etc. are common species.

The common crop field’s weeds are listed in Annex E. The cropfield vegetation is less diverse but is important because it is the source of food and shelter for wildlife.

Plant Species diversity: During the study 16 families were recorded, which are comprised of 26 species. Amaranthaceae, Gramineae, Cyperaceae, Euphorbiaceae family are most dominant among the 16. Herbs dominate shrubs in crop field vegetation. Figure 4.38 shows the floral diversity of different ecosystems.

(1) C. P. H. Mulder, E. Bazeley-White, P. G. Dimitrakopoulos, A. Hector, M. Scherer-Lorenzen and B. Schmid: Species evenness and productivity in experimental plant communities. Oikos, 2004, no. 107. pp. 50–63 ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 151

Figure 4.38 Floral Diversity of different Ecosystems

Homestead Vegetation from riverside Phragmites karka is a dominant species

Ficus heterophylla; bears wetland characteristics Dhaincha is planted in most of the cropfield after aush harvesting

Box 4.1 Floral Diversity at the Project Footprint Area

The Project site for proposed power plant is about 12 acres of cropfield and stood fallow at the time of the baseline survey site visit. The Project site gets inundated to 0.6 -1.5 ft of water in the rainy season and is mostly used for paddy cultivation. The Project site does not have any trees. Cynodon dactylon is the most common floral species recorded at the Project site during the ecological survey. However the 1.84 acres land on which the approach road is to be built is covered with vegetation. The trees present in the approach road are mostly Areca catechu, Albizia procera, Mangifera indica, Cocos nucifera, etc. These species are common to the entire study area. No critical/ endangered species or species of conservation significance was observed at the main project site.

Cropping Pattern

Traditionally farmers develop their cropping pattern by experience, which is largely governed by some factors. Land type, topography and rainfall are the most dominant factors determining the selection of a pattern. However the factors responsible for the development of cropping pattern are: climate, soil, biological and socio economic factors.

On both banks of the Dehular Canal, predominantly two crops are grown, one is high yielding variety Boro and the other is Mustard. In the villages in the study area, three crops are grown; two time paddy and one time rabi crops.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 152

Doincha is another crop grown commonly in the study area. This crop is mainly used to meet up the demand for fuel, fodder and as manure for the agricultural lands. This crop in turn enriches the fertility of the soils.

The major cropping patterns practiced by the farmers of the study area on different land types are presented in Table 4.27. Table 4.28 shows the gross agricultural production in the Borhanuddin Upazila.

Table 4.27 Present Cropping Pattern of the Study Area

Land Type Kharif-I Kharif II Rabi (March-June) (July-October) (November- Feb) Medium low land Jute Fallow Onion Jute Fallow Coriander Jute Fallow Garlic Mix Aus & Aman Mix Aus & Aman Cumin seeds Mix Aus & Aman Mix Aus & Aman Wheat Mix Aus & Aman Mix Aus & Aman Coriander Jute Fallow Wheat Fallow Fallow Mustard-Boro (HYV) Fallow Fallow Boro (HYV) Low land Fallow Fallow Boro (HYV) Source: Department of Agricultural Extension, Bhola District

Table 4.28 Gross Agricultural Production in Borhanuddin Upazila

Sn Crops Name Variety Land area ( hectare) Production 1 Aush Ufshi 23275 55052 Local 47005 64589 Total 70280 119641 2 Aman Ufshi 67080 177760 Local 102101 151986 Total 169181 329746 3 Boro Hybrid 3100 14570 Ufshi 50504 181814 Local 5710 9136 Total 59314 205520 4 Wheat 2787 5853 5 Maize 244 1269 Total Food Grain 662029 6 Oil Seed (ground nut, mustered. Soya 15103 23660 bean, sunflower, others) 7 Pulses ( Khesari, dow pee, Lentil, Mung 42067 40245 bean 8 Root crop ( potato, sweet potato) 7695 151835 9 Spices crop ( Onion, garlic, Turmeric, 30014 51546 Spice, Zinger & Corium 10 Vegetable ( Winter & Summer) 6620 80884 Source: Department of Agriculture Extension, Bhola, 19/2/2012

Aquatic Ecosystem

Wetland is one of the features in the study area (Figure 4.39). There are two types of wetland in the study area. • Permanent wetland and • Seasonal wetlands.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 153

Rivers, canals, perennial water bodies and fishponds are the permanent wetland. Seasonal wetland is mainly floodplains which are inundated in the monsoon. Most of the study area supports permanent wetland. Wetland contains different types of aquatic flora such as free floating, rooted floating, submerged, sedges and meadows and marginal plants.

Free floating plants are commonly observed throughout the study area. Eichhornia crassipes, Pistia strateotes, Salvina cucullata, Azolla and Lemna are common of this type. The most dominant rooted floating plants are Nymphaea nouchali, Nymphoides indicum, Ludwigia abscendens, Myriophyllum sp, Hygroryza aristata etc. Among the submerged species, Aponogeton natans, Hydrocharis dubia, Ceratophyllum desmersum, Vallisneria spiralis etc are found. Sedges and meadows are amphibian plants and are available in most of the perennial wetlands. Marsilea and Scirpus sp are common species.

Figure 4.39 Major aquatic habitat found within the Study area

[

The study area consists of some evergreen wetland trees forming a closed canopy in wooded areas or freshwater swamp. These are 10 to 12 m high at maturity. Pitali (Trewia nudiflora), Hizal (Barringronia acutangula), Biash (Salix tetrasperma) and Barun (Crataeva nurvala) are the common tree species. A detail species list of wetlands is provided in Annex E. 41 aquatic species of 22 families were recorded from the wetlands of the study area. Of them Gramineae, Hydrocharitaceae, Cyperaceae are the dominant families.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 154

4.15.4 Plankton Study

The Dehular Canal and nearby Tentulia River water provide a habitat for fish. All the parameters monitored were under the standard for suitable fish habitats except for SW6 which exceeded the standard for BOD for fisheries as is reported in the water quality Section 4.9.1.

The Phytoplankton and zooplankton abundance in Dehular canal was also sampled using planktonic net and analyzed. The results of the analysis are given in Table 4.29.

Table 4.29 Phytoplankton and Zooplankton abundance in Dehular canal

Group Genera Number (individuals/L) Intake Location Outfall Location Phytoplankton Bacillariophyceae Cheatoceros 180 X 103 171 X 103 Thalassionema 77 X 103 79 X 103 Ditylum 12 X 103 7 X 103 Navicula 44 X 103 34 X 103 Synedra 214 X 103 215 X 103 Cyclotella 111 X 103 114 X 103 Coscinodiscus 205 X 103 176 X 103 Trachelomonas 503 45 Cyanophyceae Anabaena 21 X 103 19 X 103 Nostoc 8 X 103 8 X 103 Oscillatoria 15 X 103 15 X 103 Chlorophyceae Chlorella 4 X 103 5 X 103 Spirogyra 16 X 103 11 X 103 Closterium 7 X 103 7 X 103 Micrococcus 1.1 X 103 1.4 X 103 Scenedesmus 112 X 103 105 X 103 Microspora 1.4 X 103 0.3 X 103 Closterium 0.2 X 103 0.2 X 103 Zygnema 1.8 X 103 1.7 X 103 Oocystis 71 15 Hydrodictyon 42 33 Dinophyceae Ceratium 1.2 X 103 0.7 X 103 Gymnodinium 0.7 X 103 0.6 X 103 Euglenophyceae Trachelmona 167 201 Phacus 27 X 103 21 X 103 Zooplankton Rotifers Brachionus 24 X 103 26 X 103 Keratella 0.8 X 103 0.7 X 103 Filinia 4 X 103 4.1 X 103 Monostyla 82 103 Asplancha 0.4 X 103 0.6 X 103 Philodina 67 21 Hexartha 4 X 103 4.6 X 103 Copepods Nauplius larvae 2.9 X 103 3.1 X 103 Copepodid stage 1.2 X 103 1.3 X 103 Cyclops 5 X 103 3 X 103 Mesocyclops 1.9 X 103 1.2 X 103 Diaptomus 4 X 103 4 X 103 Cladocerans Bosmina 1.8 X 103 1.2 X 103 Moina 17 X 103 15.2 X 103 Daphnia 3.1 X 103 4 X 103

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 155

Group Genera Number (individuals/L) Intake Location Outfall Location Ostracods Cypris 0.4 X 103 0.5 X 103

The planktons recorded from the analysis are common in occurrence with respect to the aquatic ecosystems in Bangladesh and forms the primary producers and primary consumers in the aquatic ecosystem food chain.

4.15.5 Faunal Component

Terrestrial Invertebrates

Bangladesh possesses a wide range of invertebrates both in its aquatic and terrestrial habitats. Though the invertebrate fauna of the country has not yet been fully recorded, the warm and humid climate of the country is favourable to lower organisms, especially the insect fauna. The survey also revealed diversified insect fauna in the study area.

Among the different orders of insects that exist in Bangladesh, the aphids (hemipteran) group is of major economic importance both for the direct damage they cause to crops and for the viral diseases they transmit within the study area. Many other hemipteran and homopteran insects have been observed during the study.

Bees are hymenopteran insects, 18 species have so far been reported in Bangladesh, of which 4 are honeybees. The study area also supports different types of bees, of them Apis mellifera was the common species among hymenopterans. Many wasps and ants from hymenopterans were also observed during ecological survey of the study area.

Beetles are the insects belong to the order Coleoptera. In terms of number of species, Coleoptera is the largest order in the animal and plant kingdoms. The scarabaeid dung beetle and Leaf-eating scarabaeid frequently seen during study was mostly of genus Onthophagous. The beneficial ladybirds and phytophagous ladybirds were also observed commonly in the study area. Some common genera around the crop fields of the study area are: Micraspis, Coccinella, Harmonia, Menochilus, Cheilomenes, Propylea etc.

Firefly is a small, nocturnal, luminescent, carnivorous beetle of the family Lampyridae, order Coleoptera. In Bangladesh (1) about 20 species have been reported including Lamprophorus tenebrous, Lampyris marginella, Luciola chinensis, and L. ovalis. Different types of firefly were observed during the survey.

In Bangladesh, the common indoor fly species are the house fly (Musca domestica), the lesser house fly (Fannia canicularis), the biting housefly or stable fly (Stomoxys sp.), the blue bottles or blow flies (Calliphora sp.), the green

(1) http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/B_0518.HTM ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 156

bottles (Lucilia sp.), and the flesh flies (Sarcophaga sp.). Outdoor flies include the black flies, the deer flies, the horse flies, the hover flies, the daddy long legs or crane flies and many muscoids. The sand flies (Phlebotomus sp.) are common both indoors and outdoors. The study area is no exception of this common scenario. Few fruit flies were also observed during the study.

Mosquito is the commonest blood-sucking insect belonging to the order Diptera, under the family-Culicidae. The common genera in Bangladesh are Anopheles, Culex, and Aedes. The study area was no exception and all the common genera were observed.

Crustaceans are predominantly aquatic; a few live in moist places on land, and a few are parasitic. The class Crustacea includes the crabs, shrimps, lobsters, barnacles, water fleas, fish lice, hermit crabs, sow bugs, and pill-bugs. The study area supports many important freshwater crabs. Of them Paratelphusa lamelliforns is commonly used as food.

Terrestrial Vertebrates

The geographical location of Bangladesh is such that there is a high possibility of occurrence of animals and plants. It supports a wide range of floral and faunal community throughout the country. The study area supports many important aquatic and terrestrial wildlife species. During field investigation, a total species of 87 fish, 12 amphibians, 21 reptiles, 43 birds and 19 mammals were recorded.

Fish

Initial desk analysis was carried out to assess the fisheries resources status of the surrounding area of the project site. Surveys were then designed to fill up the knowledge gaps of the identified major fisheries resources.

Catch Assessment Survey

A fish catch assessment survey is considered as a successful method which reflects the divergence of all the important fisheries components. Catch assessment survey were carried out through field sampling from the Kutba canal, beside the study area. Ideal number of fish catch samples was collected from some pre-selected sites during field visit (Figure 4.40).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 157

Figure 4.40 Fish Catch Survey Study

Market Survey: Local market surveys were carried out to collect fish catch composition data. These data were used to validate the field sampling catch composition and species diversity estimation through catch assessment survey.

Key Informants Interview (KII) and Focused Group Discussions (FGD): Selected key persons of the study area were interviewed to get real scenario of changes in fisheries and to collect information on the fisheries resources and fishermen status. Key results were used to validate the field sampling data. In addition, several FGDs were conducted at different fishing villages on both side of the canal using a checklist.

Status and Biodiversity of Fish: The study area falls under Bio-ecological zone 8b which is “offshore Island”. There is a canal “Dehular Khal” passing beside the proposed project site. Fisheries resources of the study area are less diversified than the other part of Bangladesh.

Fish Habitat Description: Fish habitat of the area is classified into main river channels, canal and ponds. The buffered fish habitat area around the proposed site is given the Table 4.30. Of which, 7.26% is occupied by river channels. River, ponds and canals are playing major role in sustaining the fish production in Borhanuddin Upazila.

Table 4.30 Fish Habitat Area of the Study Area (5 km radial zone)

SL# Fisheries type Habitat type Area(ha) 1 Capture River/ Canal 608 2 Culture Pond 162

Catch Per Unit Effort (CPUE): The river Tentulia is characterized by large floodplain and interaction with the estuarine zone. The largest single component of the inland fisheries in general is Hilsa, which migrates up river from the estuary and the Bay of Bengal to spawn. However, result of the fish catch assessment survey showed significant variation in fish catch effort among different fishing gears. Gulti jal showed highest CPUE 3.9 kg/hr followed by Ber jal, Chandi jal, Sutar jal, Bana basail and Doair chai.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 158

Individual CPUE of different gears and the associated fish species are given

below in Table 4.31.

Table 4.31 CPUE of the Study Area

Fisheries Category Name of Fishing Target Fish Species Fish catch per unit Gears/ Habitat effort (CPUE) Capture Gulti jal Hilsa and Large Cat fish (Boal, Pangus, Rita, Aire, 3.9 Bagair) Ber jal (Kazli jal) Kazli and other SIS*(Baila, 1.3 Chingri, Poa, Bata, Pabda) Candi jal Hilsa 3.0 Sutar jal Kazli and other SIS 0.4 Bana basail Mixed SIS 2,5 Doair chai Mixed SIS 0.6 Culture Pond Major carps, Pangus *SIS (Small Indigenous Fish)

Fishing Effort: More than 26,542 fishermen are found in the Borhanuddin Upazila. (DoF, 2009, Bhola). The overall catch per fisherman is reportedly declining, in part, due to the growth in the population of fishermen. Table 4.32 shows the number of fishermen in Borhanuddin Upazila.

Table 4.32 Number of Fishermen in Borhanuddin Upazila

SL# Category Number 1 Fishermen ( culture based fisheries) a) Male 10,782 b) Female 830 c) Total 11,612 2 Fishermen a) Male 14,800 b) Female 130 c) Total 14,930 3 Fish fingerlings businessman 55 4 Fish Landing Centre 12 5 Shrimp Wholesale 4 6 Fish Wholesaler 12 Source: Department of Fisheries, Bhola

Fishing Pattern: The pattern of fishing in the study area is found similar to the other parts of Bangladesh. Tentulia River observes a major peak in the pre- monsoon season (April-July) and a second peak in the post-monsoon season (October-December). This largely coincides with the migratory movements of many fish species, particularly the Hilsa, catfish and cyprinids. Catfish and major carps are much less prominent here. In the Dehular canal fishing activities were generally less.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 159

Figure 4.41 Fishing Net and Gear in Dehular Canal

Fishing Gears and Crafts: An attempt has been taken to investigate the fishing gears available in the study area during the catch assessment survey. Detail information on the gear specification was also collected in this respect. Figure 4.41 gives pictorial view of the fishing crafts and gears. A total of 20 fishing craft were found during the catch assessment survey.

In the study area fishermen use traditional country boats in the river channel, canal, and other water bodies. Four types of nets are used for fishing: (a) Gill nets, locally known as Fas jal, which are used to catch Hilsa and large sized fish; (b) Scene nets, locally known as Jogot ber jal, which are used to catch all riverine fish; (c) Current jal, which are used to catch all types of fish; (e) Khora jal (Lift net) which are used to catch canal and river resident fish.

Fishing Season: Hilsa and small indigenous fish fishing is the major fishery of Bhola district. First fishing of Hilsa starts in June (15th) and continue up to August (15th). Second Hilsa fishing starts in September (15th) and continue up to October (15th). Rest of the time fishermen are mainly engaged in other fishing. The seasonality of major fishing types in different habitats are furnished in the Table 4.33.

Table 4.33 Fishing seasonality of different habitats

Habitat Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec River √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Canal √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Pond √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Fish Diversity: The common habitats surveyed in the area are river, canals and wetlands. Total 87 species were recorded in the study area (Annex J). Details of their local and common/English name are also provided along with their breeding season.

Table 4.34 provides the list of fish found in the study area gathered from the catch assessment survey and market survey.

Table 4.34 Fish Species list prepared from the Catch Assessment Survey

SL# Local name Scientific name Status

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 160

SL# Local name Scientific name Status 1 Puti Puntius ticto Canal 2 Mola Amblypharyngodon mola Canal 3 Chanda Chanda baculis Canal 4 Chapila Gudusia chapra Canal 5 Baila Glosoglobius guris Canal 6 Kachki Corica soborna Canal 7 Puti P. conconius Canal 8 Chela Salmostoma acinaces Canal 9 Tangra Batasio batasio Canal 10 Batashi Pseudeutropius atherinoides Canal

Figure 4.42 Different Fish Species in Market (Culture and Capture)

Amphibians

Amphibians (specifically, frogs and toads) were monitored at the breeding sites during time of mating that usually takes place in the months of April through August. A variety of methods were employed to sample the amphibians and reptilians. The total study sites were divided into few categories according to the habitat that was inhabited by these species. These were line transect method, opportunistic search method, pitfall traps,

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 161

sampling at breeding sites, nocturnal searches etc. Amphibians & Reptiles were observed commonly in the study area; such as cleared homestead forested areas, around human habitation, edges of village grooves, roadsides, drainage systems, under logs, human debris or refuse, holes on the ground, tree holes, burrows, leaf litters, under low lying vegetation, rain water puddles, temporary stagnant water etc.

Frogs and toads are ecologically diverse, inhabiting aquatic and terrestrial niches with great success. They are sensitive to the environmental factors that even influence their behaviour. A total of 12 amphibian species under 5 families were identified from the study area during the field visit.

Species of Dicroglossidae (Ranidae) family was found highest in number in the study area. The members of this family usually prefer paddy field, grasslands, gardens, arable lands, homestead forests, roadsides, drainage, ditches etc. Two species of cricket frog were found commonly from the study area. The niche preferences by these frogs were dump areas such as under refuse, thrash or vegetation, rocks, logs, burrows, leaf litter etc.

The Asian Brown Tree Frog (Polypedates leucomystax), a tree dwelling frog belongs to the family Rhacophoridae, usually found homestead forests, roadsides, around human habitation etc. It is arboreal whose niche preferences were branches of the trees, tree holes, from lower to mid canopy, bushy areas, nearby stagnant water bodies etc. This frog is relatively common and was found in higher numbers than other tree frogs in the study area.

Green Frog (Euphlyctis hexadactylus), Two-striped Grass Frog (Hylarana taipehensis),and Indian Tree Frog (Polypedates maculatus) were also observed at the Project site. These species can be found in bamboo grooves, charland or cropfields. Common Toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus) was the only toad found within the Project site.

None of the amphibian species of conservation significance i.e., listed in IUCN as threatened or endangered, was observed in the study area. Detailed list of Amphibians are given in Annex F.

Reptiles

During the ecological study, it has been found that the reptilian population (number of the individuals) was lower than the amphibians but higher in species diversity. The turtle and tortoise populations were found in relatively low numbers. Their main habitat and habitat niche has been impacted by local people through rapid urbanization and drastic changes in type of land use. There were 21 species of reptile population recorded in the study area

In this study, two (02) turtle species namely, Indian roofed turtle (Pangshura tectum) and Median Roofed Turtle (Pangshura tentoria) were recorded in the study area which are common and do not fall under the IUCN category of threatened or endangered. Key threats causing the decline of their population

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 162

are collection of eggs, hunting of adults, pollution due to anthropogenic activities that impact nesting areas. Also, most of the turtle population are susceptible to accidental capture in different fishing gear.

Many lizards and skinks were seen during the survey in the study area. They include 4 different families. Among the lizards Brook’s House Gecko (Hemidactylus brookii), Common House Gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus) and Common garden lizard (Calotes versicolor) were found most frequently. These reptiles prefer the places around or within human habitation, homestead forest edges etc. Keeled grass skinks were found in almost all the terrestrial habitats including the Project site. These lizards and skinks are terrestrial and prefer their niche habitat as low-lying vegetation, leaf litter, grassy areas, bushes, river banks, under logs, burrows etc.

Ten (10) species of snakes were recorded from the study area. Checkered Keelback (Xenochropis piscator), Common Wolf Snake (Lycodon aulicus), Striped Keelback (Amphiesma stolatum), Indian Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) and Olive Keelback (Atretium schistosum) are commonly observed in the study area. Checkered Keelback snake (Xenochrophis piscator) was the commonest snake among all the snakes recorded in the survey. They are aquatic to semi terrestrial usually found within the water or next to water bodies such as stagnant, temporary or permanent ponds, rivers, large puddles. They are rarely found among dense grasses and low vegetation nearby water bodies. As they adapted to various types of habitats their population is relatively high when compared to other snake populations.

None of the reptile species of conservation significance i.e., listed in IUCN as threatened or endangered were recorded in the study area. Detailed list of reptiles from the study area are given in Annex G.

Birds

Birds were assessed during walk-over surveys. Identification of birds was made by both visual and vocal characteristics. The bird inventory was linked to the vegetation/ecosystem types identified during the floristic survey. During the counting of birds, sometimes the larger sites were subdivided into smaller count units to facilitate the coverage by an individual or small group both in terrestrial and aquatic parts. Large sites usually require a team of counters to ensure that counts are conducted over a relatively short period, thus minimizing duplicate counting of bird species, particularly those that move extensively. Also, Focus Group Discussion (FGD) with local people helped to get information of the local birds available in the area.

Habitat Condition of the Study Area: The study area was found to have a low value with respect to bird diversity except in the homestead plantation areas. The study area is ecologically in good condition for resident birds. The occurrence of migratory birds in the study area was not recorded during the study period. However, there are records of occurrence of migratory birds

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 163

from the Monpura Island located south of the Bhola Island which is more than 35 km away from the Project site. A large number of stagnant water bodies and channels, rivers and tributaries support a habitat of rich resident avi- faunal biodiversity. Homestead, aquatic vegetation and reeds land support wild birds feeding and roosting. Most of the bird species observed in the study area belong to the Oriental group.

Species Richness: A total of about 43 bird species were observed within the study area. Details on the terrestrial and aquatic bird species are available in Annex H.

Terrestrial Birds: Terrestrial birds can be divided into two major groups; birds observed in floodplains and wetland, and birds observed in dry land habitat such as homestead, open woodland, scrub grass and reed land. Birds of prey survive well in the study area. A total of about 37 terrestrial bird species were observed within the study area.

Common bird of prey species found in the study area are Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Black-winged Kite (Elanus caeruleus) and Crested Serpent Eagle.

Other common bird’s species observed in the study area are: Rock pigeon, House crow, House Sparrow, Common Myna, Large-billed crow, Indian Pond Heron, Spotted Dove etc.

An endemic bird, Black Breasted Weaver1, was observed within the study area. In addition to that, the Grey-headed Fish Eagle (Ichthyophaga ichthyaetus), listed in IUCN Red Data Book as Near Threatened, is commonly found in Sundarbans Mangrooves and occasional visits the study area(2) .

Aquatic Birds: A total of 6 aquatic bird species were observed in the study area. The common species are Indian Pond Heron, Water Cock and Pied Kingfisher.

Important Bird Areas (IBAs) in Bangladesh: According to the Bird Life International, the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh are listed in Table 4.35 and Figure 4.43 . However, none of the IBAs are located in Bhola Island.

(1) 1 Black-breasted Weaver (Ploceus benghalensis) is an endemic (South Asia-Bangladesh, India, Pakistan and Nepal) and resident bird in the northern river plains of the Indian subcontinent. Like the other weavers, the males build an enclosed nest from reeds and mud, and visiting females select a mate at least partially based on the quality of the nest. It breeds in June to September. The bird is considered a Data Deficient species in Bangladesh. It is an uncommon resident bird of Bangladesh. It occurs near haors and large rivers of Dhaka and Sylhet Division. There is a mid 20th centaury record from Khulna Division. BirdLife International (2004). Ploceus benghalensis. 2006. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. IUCN 2006. www.iucnredlist.org. Retrieved on 2007-04-21. Evaluations in 1988 / 1994 / 2000 / 2004, all LC. Species is described as 'common' in at least parts of its range (Grimmett et al. 1998)

(2) Sohrab Uddin Sarker & Noor Jahan Sarker ; Birds of prey and their conservation in the Sundarbans Mangrove Forests, Khulna, Bangladesh , ICBP Technical Publication no. 5, 1985 pg205-209 ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 164

Table 4.35 List of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh

Country/Territory International name IBA Code Criteria Bangladesh Aila Beel BD003 A1,A4i,A4iii Bangladesh Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna delta BD011 A1,A4i,A4iii Bangladesh Hail Haor BD006 A1,A4i,A4iii Bangladesh Hakaluki Haor BD004 A1,A4i,A4iii Bangladesh Hazarikhil Wildlife Sanctuary BD013 A3 Bangladesh Himchari National Park BD018 A3 Bangladesh Jamuna-Brahmaputra river BD009 A1, A4i Bangladesh Lawachara/West Bhanugach Reserved Forest BD005 A1, A3 Bangladesh Madhupur National Park BD001 A3 Bangladesh Muhuri Dam BD012 A4i Bangladesh Pablakhali Wildlife Sanctuary BD014 A1,A3 Bangladesh Patenga Beach BD016 A1,A4i Bangladesh Rajkandi Reserved Forest BD007 A3 Bangladesh Rampahar-Sitapahar Wildlife Sanctuary BD015 A3 Bangladesh Rema-Kalenga Wildlife Sanctuary BD008 A3 Bangladesh Sangu Matamuhari BD017 A3 Bangladesh Sunderbans (East-South-West Wildlife BD010 A1,A4iii Sanctuaries) Bangladesh Tanguar Haor and Panabeel BD002 A1,A4i,A4iii Bangladesh Teknaf Game Reserve BD019 A1,A3 Source- Bird Life International

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 165

Figure 4.43 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh

Source- Bird Life International

Mammals

Mammals were assessed on an opportunistic basis by the team. The area does not support large wild mammals due to its vegetation condition and lack of forested areas. The small mammals (like Short-nosed fruit bat, local dog, cat etc) were seen during walk over surveys. Interviews were held with known “hunters” in the area to assess the presence of game species.

Among the mammals, 19 species were recorded under 9 families. Almost all large mammals are facing habitat predicament due to human pressure. Common mammals that were found within the area are Mole Rat (Bandicota bengalensis), Bandicot Rat (Bandicota indica), House Shrew (Suncus murinus), Field Mouse (Mus booduga), House Mouse (Mus musculus), House Rat (Rattus

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 166

rattus), Indian Grey Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Indian Jackal (Canis aureus) etc. Asian Indian Pipistrelle (Pipistrellus coromandra) and Pigmy Pipistrelle P. minus are flying mammals which were occasionally seen by the local population in the study area.

None of the mammalian species of conservation significance i.e., listed in IUCN as threatened or endangered were recorded in the study area. Detailed list is enclosed as Annex I.

Box 4.2 Faunal Diversity at the Project Footprint Area

The Project footprint area (Project site and approach road area) is not as diverse as the study area in faunal diversity. A total of 4 species of Amphibians, 3 species of Reptiles, 6 species of Avi-fauna and 2 species of Mammals were observed at the Project site and its immediate vicinity. None of these species recorded during the ecological survey is of conservational significance, i.e., listed in IUCN red list.

4.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE

The socio-economic baseline environment of the project area was captured to have a picture of the current situation to allow comparison with that of any potential impact associated with the proposed power plant. The study included an assessment of the baseline condition of the local stakeholders including the local community, governmental organizations, and community development agencies such as NGO/Self Help Groups etc amongst other as well as taking into account their perceptions on the impacts and benefits from this upcoming project.

4.16.1 Approach and Methodology

The approach and methodology adopted for the socio-economic baseline assessment relied on readily available secondary information and primary information collected through consultations with a range of stakeholders for the project as well as sample socio-economic survey of households within the project area of influence . The key activities that were carried out for primary and secondary data collection are summarized as follows:

• Desk-Based Review of available project documentation and profile of the project site; • Reconnaissance to the Project Site to visually observe the social setting in and around 2 km of the area; • Consultations with the Various Stakeholders ranging from governmental institutions, local administration (municipality & village administration) , local community, land losers, project proponent and NGOs amongst others • Socio-Economic Survey of the key settlements within 7km radius of the project area. The survey was conducted for 150 households and data was

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 167

collected based on a pre-developed questionnaire1 to ascertain general socio-economic indicators of the area;

4.16.2 Demarcation of the Project Area for Socio-economic Study

From the social perspective, considering that the 10km radius might entail a very large socio-economic landscape, which may not be entirely relevant from the point of studying the social impact for this project, the administrative boundaries of the unions, villages and settlements that lie in the immediate vicinity of the project site and within a radial distance of 7km have been taken as the limit of the project area. This 7 km radius covers the following unions of Kutuba (location of Project Site), Bara Manika, Gangapur, Pakshia, Sachra, Deula, Kachia, and Tabgi.

The Figure 4.44 indicates the socio-economic and cultural infrastructure locations in the project study area and the unions/settlements from where the socio-economic data has been collected.

(1) 1 Refer to Annexure G for sample questionnaires used for household and village survey respectively

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 168

Figure 4.44 Project Study Area Map for Socio-economic Baseline

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 169

4.16.3 Site Visit and Reconnaissance

The site visit was conducted by a team comprising of two social specialists from ERM and a local consultant engaged by ERM to assit in the study. The entire site visit was conducted from 29th May, 2012 to 8th June, 2102. The socio- economic survey as well as the stakeholder consultations was concluded during this period.

4.16.4 Stakeholder Consultations

The team consulted with a diverse range of stakeholders associated with the project. These included governmental agencies and departments, local administration, NGO, as well as the community, land owners and sharecroppers.

Furthermore, in order to assess the community and household level impacts, a socio-economic survey for a sample household size of 150 within 7 km radius of the project site was undertaken. This survey helped establish the baseline conditions of the community living in the vicinity of the project footprint and their opinions, expectation and apprehensions about the proposed project. The analyses of this data and the inferences drawn have been provided in the following sections.

4.16.5 Documentation Collection and Review

During the field assessment and stakeholder meetings, documents of relevance to this study were collected and data from the same was utilized in developing this social baseline. The following is a list of documents that were collected and reviewed during this site assessment.

• Bangladesh population Census for 2001 for Bhola District • Agricultural Census Data 2011, Bhola District • Fisheries Census data • Implementation manual of Rural Social Program, Bhola • Land Regulation Policy, Bangladesh • Land Acquisition and Compensation data for the project site • OPD data from local Healthcare Department

4.16.6 Socio-economic Baseline Profile

Administrative Profile of Bhola

The island of Bhola is the largest island of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh. It is an administrative district or “Zila” in south-western Bangladesh and is located in the Barisal Administrative Division. With adjacent minor islands, it is also the largest offshore island region in Bangladesh, with a total area of 3,737.21 km².

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 170

The proposed 217.9 MW Gas-fired Combined Cycle Power Plant site is located at Kutuba Union1 of Borhanuddin sub-district or “Upazila” in Bhola. Specifically, the land has been procured from the Dakhsin Choto Manika, Char Gazhipur and Kutuba mouzas2 from the union; west of Borhanuddin Town and 28 km from the Bhola District headquarters.

Demography

In accordance to the Census of Bangladesh (2001), the total population of the project study area was 213, 936. The population density of the same is approximately 919 persons per sq km and almost 88.24% of the total population is classified as rural. In Kutuba specifically (where the project site is located), the population is 22,792 and the population density is 957 persons per sq km. In comparison, the density of population of complete Borhanuddin Upazila is approximately 858 persons per sq km wherein 85.4% of the population is classified as rural. Borhanuddin is the smallest Upazila of Bhola and consists of 1 Paurashava (municipality), 9 wards, 13 Mahallahs (Streets), 9 Unions, 52 Mauzas and 58 villages. Table 4.36 provides a snapshot of the key demographic indicators of the key unions within the project study area as well as Borhanuddin and Bhola as an upazila and district, respectively.

Table 4.36 Demographic Profile of the Project Area*

Union Total Total Average Sex Ratio Literacy Population Households Household Size (%) Kutuba ** 22792 4562 5.02 973 43.24 Bara Manika 34213 6683 5.15 967 39.43 Gangapur 24517 4678 5.25 757 30.01 Pakshia 31301 6034 5.21 917 36.83 Sachra 21134 4058 5.21 999 23.14 Deula 21943 4075 5.4 1062 26.42 Kachia 31151 5897 5.3 983 40 Tabgi 26885 5337 5.16 970 37.13 Project Study Area 213936 41324 5.2 953 34.52 Borhanuddin (Sub- 244137 47252 5.2 940 37.19 District) Bhola (District) 1703117 328670 5.2 926 36.89 *Source: Census 2001 **Project site is located in this Union.

Gender Ratio

The average household size in the project study area is similar to Borhanuddin which ranges from 4.9 in urban to 5.2 in rural. The Gender ratio3 in the project study area is 953 as against 940 for Borhanuddin and 926 for Bhola district.

(2) 1 Union is the smallest administrative rural geographic unit comprising of mauzas and villages and having its own union parishad institution

(3) 2 In Bangladesh, a mouza or mauza is a type of administrative district, corresponding to a specific land area within which there may be one or more settlements.

(4) 3Gender Ratio is defined as No. of Women per 1000 males

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 171

The lowest Gender ratio recorded within the study area is in Gangapur union at 757 whereas the highest is in Deula at 1062.

Social Classification

As per the 2001 census, the population of the project study area primarily consists of Muslims constituting almost 95% of the total population. The remaining 6% is primarily constituted by Hindus with Christians, Buddhists and others comprising an insignificant percentage. In the project area, the population primarily consists of Muslims with majority of the same from the Sunni sect. However, based on ground consultations with the local community, it was reported that there is a large faction of Hindu settlements around the site. The Hindus are primarily from the “Kayasth” (Writers and Banker Caste) community with title groups including Dey, Ghosh, Dutta and Basu amongst others whereas the Muslims as mentioned above are primarily Sunni Muslims. The following Table 4.37 indicates the various religious profile of the project study area.

Table 4.37 Religion Profile of the Project Area

S. Union Muslim Hindu No. HH % Pop. % HH % Pop. % 1 Kutuba 4004 87.76 20322 89.16 557 12.23 2460 10.83 2 Bara Manika 6452 96.54 33076 96.67 231 3.45 1123 3.32 Gangapur 4634 99.05 99.28 44 0.94 0.71 3 Pakshia 5702 94.49 29778 95.13 329 5.50 1518 4.86 4 Sachra 3998 98.52 20843 98.62 58 1.47 276 1.37 5 Deula 4005 98.28 21594 98.40 70 1.71 345 1.59 6 Kachia 5211 88.36 27940 89.69 686 11.63 3211 10.3 7 Tabgi 4860 91.06 24721 91.95 477 8.93 2163 8.04 Project Study 38866 94.25 124876 94.11 2452 5.73 7513 5.88 Area 8 Borhanuddin 44364 93.88 230900 94.57 2878 6.11 13174 5.42 (Sub-District) 9 Bhola 313069 95.25 1630460 95.73 15514 4.74 72275 4.26 (District) Source: Census 2001

Education & Literacy

According to the Census of Bangladesh (2001), the literacy rate in the project study area is only 34.52%. In comparison, literacy rates in Borhanuddin and Bhola are also poor with only 37.19%and 36.89% of the population classified as literate respectively. The respective male and female literacy rates for the study area were judged at 40.32% and 29.72% respectively. Also, the literacy rate was found to be lower in the rural areas as compared to the urban settlements where it was observed to be comparatively greater. The low literacy can be attributed to low availability of educational infrastructure in the district, lack of accessibility, as well as use of traditional and archaic means of education practices. The following table indicates the literacy profile of the various unions in and around the project vicinity.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 172

Figure 4.45 Literacy Profile

Literacy Profile in the Project Area

Literacy (%)

Bhola (District) 36.89

t Burhanuddin (Sub-District) 37.19 Project Study Area 34.52 Tabgi 37.13 Kachia 40 Deula 26.42 Sachra 23.14

District/Union/Sub-Distric Pakshia 36.83 Gangapur 30.01 Bara Manika 39.43 Kutuba 43.24

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Percentage

*Source: Census 2001

Vulnerability Classification

Vulnerability in the project study area has been defined in the context of socio- economic status of both individual groups as well as household groups. These include women; old, physically handicapped and destitute people at the individual level and houses headed by women, the physically handicapped, and those below the poverty line. Amongst various categories of vulnerable identified for the project, physically challenged, women and old aged are at the highest risk.

Another group that will fall into vulnerable category is the family that becomes landless due the land acquisition. There is limited information available at this stage of the study; however, discussion with District Commissioner made known that none of the family had been rendered land less due to the acquisition. The District Commissioner noted that there is a national regulatory framework for leasing of government agricultural land for land less families. As per the regulation any family became land less due to acquisition is entitled to receive 1.5 acres of government land on lease for cultivation and in this case the regulation has not been triggered since none fall under this category. However, more details will be captured as part of the RP preparation.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 173

Box 4.3 Status of Women in the Study Area

Women comprise approximately 48.69% of the total population within the project study area. The status of women, in Bangladeshi society as a whole has remained secondary to that of men in almost all aspects of their lives. Greater autonomy is mostly the privilege of the rich or the necessity of the very poor. The primary social participation or expectation levels from women are largely limited to household level activities and family planning and their exposure to education, jobs and productive services, recognition is extremely low. Adding to that, prevalence of social practices including child marriage, polygamy and orthodox practices have further marginalized their position in society. This has contributed to illiteracy, poverty and backwardness amongst this section.

Based on consultation with the women at the project area, a majority of the above mentioned, problems came to the notice. The primary concerns that were observed were child marriage, extremely poor overall literacy rate and inter-conflict within the group due to orthodox practices such as polygamy.

However, the situation is improving towards improvement with a lot of social welfare groups with inclination towards female emancipation working in the area and spreading awareness with respect to literacy, healthcare and family planning. These are also being supported by the Government’s social welfare schemes such as the Rural Social Service Programme1. Source: Stakeholder Consultation

4.16.7 Land Holding Profile

The total area of the project study area (7 km radius) is approximately 232.61sq km. which is approximately 81.7% of total area of Borhanuddin2 and approximately 6.2% of the total area of Bhola3. Subsequently, the total area of Kutuba Union where the project is located covers an area of 23.94 sq. km or roughly 8.4 % of the upazila. The land usage pattern within the study area is dominantly agricultural and cultivable land with the remaining utilized for urban settlement. Industrialization is comparatively very low and the only major industrial units are gas based power plants and rigs due to the available natural gas reserves in the district. Most of the dwellings households have agricultural land holding. In the study area over 61% of the households have land ownership.

(1) 1 Discussed in the future sections

(2) 2 Total Area of Borhanuddin Upazilla is 284.67 sq km as per 2001 census

(3) 3 Total Area of Bhola district is at 3737.21 sq. km as per 2001 census

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 174

Figure 4.46 Landscape of Project Site

Left: Cattle Grazing at Project Site Right: Community close to the Project site

The following Table 4.38 indicates the total households holding agricultural land in the project area and in the vicinity.

Table 4.38 Distribution of Land Ownership in the Study Area

SNo Union/ Total HH No of HH with Percentage (%) Agricultural Land Holding 1 Kutuba 4562 2756 60.41 2 Bara Manika 6683 4474 66.94 3 Gangapur 4678 2023 4 Pakshia 6034 2952 48.92 5 Sachra 4058 2668 65.74 6 Deula 4075 2746 67.38 7 Kachia 5897 4242 71.93 8 Tabgi 5337 3527 66.08 Project Study 41324 25388 61.43 Area Borhanuddin 47252 28113 59.49 (Sub-District) Bhola (District) 328670 166382 50.62 Source: 2001 Census

The land holding pattern in the district indicates that 39.6% fall in the land holding size of 2.5-7.49 acres. It is followed by land sizes of above 1.5-2.49 acres that constitute roughly 24.3% of the net holdings. Collectively, both indicate a net percentage of over 60% holdings signifying that major land holdings in the district are relatively small with cultivable assets in most cases varying from 1.50-7.49 acres.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 175

Figure 4.47 Land Holding Pattern in Bhola

Total Land Holdings with respect to area of Land cultivated (%)

13.2 0.5 10.2

12.2 From 0.05-0.5 acres 0.5-0.99 acres 1.0-1.49 acres 1.50-2.49 acres 2.50-7.49 acres 39.6 24.3 7.50 and above

Source: Census 2001

4.16.8 Livelihoods and Economic Profile

Occupational & Employment Profile

In accordance to the Census of Bangladesh (2001), agriculture is the dominant source of employment and household income both in rural and urban area of Bhola. The situation is similar at Borhanuddin and the project study area with a majority of the population involved in agricultural practices including direct farming, sharecropping, agricultural labourers etc. In Borhanuddin, agriculture (including livestock, forestry, fishery and agricultural labour) is the primary source for income for 66.37% of the total dwelling households. Percentages of other significant sources of occupation and household income include non-agricultural labour at 4.09%, business at 11.29%, regular service (including governmental and private services) at 6.14% and construction at 2.05%.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 176

Table 4.39 Major HH Income Sources in the Project Area

S. Union Kutuba Union Bara Gangapur Pakshia Sachra Deula Kachia Tabgi Project Borhanuddin Bhola No. Manika Study (Sub-District) (District) Income Source Area Total working 4540 6646 4670 6012 4055 4063 5879 5211 41076 46940 325073 Households 1 Agro/Forestry/ 1226 2587 1283 1964 1270 1887 2714 2056 14987 15906 93812 Livestock 2 Fishery 36 121 1027 473 342 16 33 42 2090 2506 27641 3 Agro Labour 1535 1848 961 1602 1109 1128 2012 1559 11754 12740 85431 4 Non-Agro Labour 255 228 156 309 146 174 169 216 1653 1921 16103 5 Business 599 656 564 599 282 247 350 425 3722 5301 40302 6 Transport 162 210 112 181 116 93 73 122 1069 1244 8031 7 Construction 53 99 80 68 276 159 46 45 826 964 5034 8 Service 292 366 210 353 129 119 283 342 2094 2884 18657 9 Other Sources 276 410 218 342 344 210 127 232 2159 2518 24978 Source: Census 2001

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 177

With respect to employment and occupation profile specifically for the project study area, the following chart provides a snapshot on the key occupation practices.

Figure 4.48 Occupation& Employment Profile in the Project Study area

Occupation Profile of the Project Study Area

4.4 Agro/Forestry/Livestock 1.7 4.6 2.2 Fishery 7.9 36.48 Agro Labour Non-Agro Labour Business 3.5 Transport Construction Service 25 4.45 Other Sources

*Source: Census 2001

It can be observed from the above chart that a similar trend to that of Borhanuddin is followed in the study area with majority of households in the project area are agricultural workers, labourers and sharecroppers (36.48%) followed by people from other agriculture based practices and activities (25%). It can also be noted that fishing, which is a prominent occupation in other parts of Bhola is not a very significant source of income in the project area as it accounts for approximately only 4.4% of participants. This is primarily due to the fact that the project area is located in the interiors of Bhola and at comparatively greater distance from the prominent fishing sources of the Tetuliya and Meghna Rivers. Another significant source of income in the area is small businesses which mostly include civil contractors, retail stores, utility (electrical and plumbing) shops, small restaurants etc. amongst others. However, these are mostly confined toward the urban settlements of the union.

The participation of women in the work force of the project area is very low and restricted. This can be primarily attributed to the orthodox Muslim practices of the community which does not proactively allow women participation in jobs and occupations after a certain age. Female participation is primarily at the household level including domestic household activities and in minor agricultural practices such as livestock breeding, post harvest work like thrashing of grains etc. Women are not proactively allowed to work in gainful employment or service roles or allowed to travel far for employment.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 178

4.16.9 Local Economy

Agriculture

Bhola’s economy is primarily agrarian economy with significant revenue to its GDP coming from agriculture and agro based industries. It is closely followed by fishing which is another significant contributor. The following table provides a snapshot of agricultural produce of some of the key crops in Bhola District.

Table 4.40 Production of Key Crops in Bhola as per 2011-12 statistics

S. No. Crop Name Production (Met. Ton) 1 Rice 199249 2 Wheat 8550 3 Maize 8290 4 Sugarcane 94824 5 Mung Bean 23402.7 6 Peanuts 18712 7 Soya 3348 8 Chilly 43902 9 Potato 57488 10 Mustard 1320 Source: Agricultural Department, Bhola

It can be observed from the above table that Rice, Potatoes, Lentil (Mung, Chana etc) and chilly contribute to the majority of the total crop output. Rice especially is cultivated both for self-consumption as well as export to other places in Bangladesh as well as to India.

Agricultural Practices & Cultivation Patterns

The primary employment practice and economic setup in Bhola revolves around agriculture (including agriculture labour, fisheries, and foraging). It is the primary and most vital source of household income with almost 25.73% of the total population1 involved in it. Both Borhanuddin upazila and the project study area are no different, with the upazila, participation rate in agriculture seen as high as 58.96% in urban areas and 60.06% in the rural areas. The following table identifies some of the key parameters that provide an overview of the agricultural landscape of Bhola.

Table 4.41 Key Agricultural Parameters of Bhola District

S. Parameter Details Remark No. 1 Net cropped area (acres) 808092 2 Area under fallow (acres) 124354 3 Area under Forest (acres) 102588 4 Total No. of Land Holdings 347515 It can be observed that the farm based 4.1 Farm based holdings 222431

(4) 1 Population includes children and all persons under the age of 18 as well

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 179

S. Parameter Details Remark No. 4.2 Non-farm holdings 125084 holdings constitute around 64% compared to non-farm based holdings at around 36%. 5 Total population involved in 419536 Approximately 26% of the total population agricultural work of Bhola are participants in agricultural practices. 5.1 Total population working in 336827 Out of the total working population in the agriculture in farm based holdings agro sector, roughly 20% are based in non- 5.2 Total population working in 82709 farm holdings whereas the majority 80% are agriculture in non-farm holdings based in farm based holdings. 5.3 Total male population 293113 Out of the total working population in the 5.4 Total female population 126423 agro sector, 70% is male population whereas 30% is female population 6 Agricultural Labour Households 121414 The percentage of agricultural labours of the total land holdings is approximately 35%. Source: Agricultural Census 2011

Based on stakeholder consultations, it was observed that the agricultural practices in the project study area are similar to Bhola as a whole and have not changed significantly over the years. The practitioners or local farmers mostly rely on primitive agricultural tools and methods for cropping including reliance on domestic animals for cultivation (making it one of the most valued household asset), organic and more manure based cropping as against the use of synthetic fertilizers and pesticides amongst others. Also in terms of workmanship and labour engaged, there is direct involvement of the land owners along with agricultural labourers and sharecropping practices.

Fisheries & Aquaculture

Although fishing is not a very common livelihood practice around the project study area, fisheries play a key role in Bhola’s economy and are the second most important sector after agriculture. In Bhola, the primary mode of fishing is capture fishing with a significant working population engaged in catching Hilsa. Because of this reason, Hilsa production in Bhola accounts for almost 27% of the total Hilsa production in Bangladesh and for the past year contributed to almost 1.2 Lakh metric tonnes. The fish catch is primarily exported to other parts of Bangladesh and neighbouring countries of India and Myanmar. In the project study area, most of the fishing that is actively carried out in small pond and water-bodies is primarily for household consumption.

Box 4.4 Fishing practices at Dehular Canal adjacent to the project site

As reported from the local community, there is very little fishing in Dehular canal next adjacent to the project site. This is primarily due to a low fish yield from the canal. The most prominent fish in the canal are Rohu and Tilapia and most of the catch is utilized for self-consumption. During summers, the water level in the canal reduces considerably, further reducing the fish catch.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 180

Livestock & Poultry

Rearing of livestock and poultry is also a major occupation in Bhola. It is mostly a sub-practice carried out in conjunction with farming activities and one of the key sectors that includes participation from women and children. The types of livestock reared include cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep, fowl, and ducks amongst others. The livestock is reared primarily for milk and meat for self-consumption as well as retail and export. The following table provides an overview on the production of the key livestock breeds in Bhola.

Table 4.42 Livestock Production in Bhola as per 2011-12 statistics

S.No. Type of Total HH Production Percentage of Average holding Livestock (Number) Total Production per HH 1 Cattle 104206 277735 6.38 3 2 Buffaloes 4380 24323 0.56 6 3 Goat 65282 183417 4.21 3 4 Sheep 1618 9860 0.23 7 5 Fowl 243014 2291757 52.58 10 6 Duck 194891 1456237 33.42 8 7 Pigeon 12574 115347 2.65 10 8 Total 625965 4358676 100 Source: Agricultural Department, Bhola

Horticulture & Floriculture

Horticulture & floriculture practices are relatively small in Bhola in comparison to crop cultivation. The total area under tree bearing fruits was estimated at 41846 acres or roughly 15% of the total cropped area. Furthermore, the area under nursery cultivation is approximately 192 acres as per the 2011-12 agricultural statistics. The primary fruits grown in the area are Mangos, Bananas, Jackfruit, Papayas, Pineapples, Guavas and Coconuts.

4.16.10 Access to Infrastructure

Electricity

Electricity is a key issue within the project study area and also an overall concern in Bhola with only about 40% of the district electrified. In major towns like Bhola Sadar and Borhanuddin, household electricity is mostly available in the urban clusters where connectivity is as much as 53.61% and 23.34% respectively, according to the 2001 census. The condition is significantly worse in rural areas with access to power limited to only about 11% of the total household in Bhola Sadar and 5.99% in Borhanuddin respectively. Although, during the consultation it was reported that the over the years, some amount of improvement has been seem with the incoming of private electricity board Palli Vidyut Samity, still, the electricity coverage has increased to only about 25% coverage in the study area, with a significant proportion (75%) yet to be electrified.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 181

Box 4.5 Challenges to Electrification

The primary challenges for electrification in the study area that could be assessed during consultation with the local union members and the community respectively are inadequate electricity production and irregular supply by the local gas fired power plant operated by the Bangladesh government, large scale devastation of electrical infrastructure in the area due to regular storms and cyclones that hit Bhola every year during the . It was reported that for installing a single electrical meter, a charge as high as Tk 14,000 was levied on the household. Source: Stakeholder Consultation1

4.16.11 Health

In order to get an indication of the prevailing health status in the project area, the baseline assessment included a visit to the public healthcare department in Bhola which involved a discussion with the chief civil surgeon for the area who was also responsible for the overall healthcare services for Bhola district. The following provides an insight on the key health related aspects discussed during consultation.

Healthcare Infrastructure

The total healthcare infrastructure in Bhola includes a total of 242 community clinics (one clinic for every 6000 people or at every 2km), 7 upazila healthcare centres and one general hospital. Apart from this is also one speciality clinic for Tuberculosis.

The primary centres for immediate medical assistance are the community clinics and the upazila healthcare centre. However, at present status, they are not equipped to handle any invasive or surgical procedures which can only be conducted in the general hospital located in Bhola Sadar. The closest medical facility to the project site is the upazila healthcare centre located in Borhanuddin at a distance of approximately 4km.

4.16.12 Key Diseases & Healthcare Issues

Based on an assessment of the medical OPD data collected from the local health centre in Borhanuddin, the following are some of the key diseases and ailments in the study area.

Air & Water Related Diseases & Issues

The following Table 4.43 provides an insight into some if the major diseases that are prevalent in the Borhanuddin area.

(5) 1, Refer Annex L for Stakeholder consultation details

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 182

Table 4.43 Diseases & Ailments in Borhanuddin*

S. No. Name of Disease No. of Recorded cases for April 2012 1 Bacillary Dysentery 118 2 Diarrhoea 494 3 Typhoid 37 4 Peptic Ulcers 166 5 Pneumonia 46 6 Bronchial Asthma 10 As per OPD data for April 2012 Source: Bhola Health Department

It can be observed from the above data that the three most significant ailments in the study area are food and water borne diseases caused by contamination of the same. The primary reasons for these ailments are contamination of food and water by faecal elements (human and animal) insects, pests and vectors and due to lack of proper sanitation facilities and practices.

The spread of HIV and AIDS is comparatively limited in the project area with no cases been reported in the past three months from Borhanuddin.

4.16.13 Water & Sanitation

The primary source of drinking water throughout the district and Borhanuddin is deep tube well. As per the 2001 census, in Borhanuddin, more than 70 percent of the population were dependant on this mode for meeting their water requirements. This is followed by tube well and ponds. As per the census, it was estimated that almost 95.70% of the population in study area and Borhanuddin have access to safe drinking water while the remaining are exposed to contaminated water.

Box 4.6 Drinking Water in Bhola

With two rivers and a shallow water table, the primarily reason for Bhola’s population being dependant on deep-tube well for their water requirements is due to the fact that the river water (Meghna and Tentulia) is saline in nature and non potable. Because of this fact, even the ground water at shallow depths is found to be saline and potable water can only found at the greater depth of 100 feet or more.

Although the faecal content in ground water is less as well as the chances of contamination, the primary health risk associated with ground water is the high content of arsenic which can cause cancer and skin problems1 when consumed over very long durations.

With respect to the sanitation facilities in the project study area, only about 27.75% of the total dwellings have sanitary latrines. Almost 63.24 percent have non sanitary latrines or Kuchcha toilets and remaining 9.01% is dependant on open defecation. The more significant users of sanitary latrines in the area are at the urban level. The key factors impeding better sanitation practices are

(6) 1 http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/diseases/arsenicosis/en/.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 183

primarily poverty, lack of drainage systems and traditional practices used for generations.

Box 4.7 Improving Sanitation Scenario

The sanitation scenario in Bhola is steadily improving with more people adopting better sanitation practices. This is primarily due to the fact that the World Sanitation Program or WSP is highly proactive in its engagement in Bhola and Barisal. Due to their participation, the awareness level amongst the common citizen especially the poor have increased. This has also been supported by innovative techniques to construct proper toilets at cheaper costs which can easily be constructed by the lower sections of the society and utilized. WSP in this effort is also being supported by Local Governmental Engineering Department (LGED) for constructing drainage systems, septic tanks etc. in various villages and unions of Bhola. Source: Stakeholder consultation

4.16.14 Community Development & Welfare

A no. of community development and welfare organizations are active in Borhanuddin and Bhola. The key amongst these agencies are: • Department of Social Welfare, Government of Bangladesh: This is the primary social welfare agency under whose authority most of the governmental schemes and programmes are implemented at the ground level. Some of the key schemes implemented by this agency are: o Micro Credit Schemes for the poorest sections of the society; o Old age and Widow Pension schemes o Freedom Fighter Allowance o Schemes for highly marginalized sections of the society including Beggars, Handicapped and Destitute o Conducting awareness programs on Education, Healthcare, Family planning, etc.

• Microfinance Agencies: These agencies are very evident in the socio- economic landscape of Bangladesh, with a large number of institutions working in Borhanuddin and Bhola. Some of the primary and most prominent microfinance agencies in the area are ASHA, Coast and Grameen Bank. The primarily agenda of these institutions is to provide finance at a low and affordable rate of interest primarily at the rural level in order to assist in agricultural practices, small businesses etc.

• Aid Organizations: Bhola and Borhanuddin have also see active participation from major aid organizations including USAID, UNICEF, World Food Program (WFP), World Sanitation Program (WSP) etc. and implementation of a variety of their schemes and programmes on poverty alleviation, sanitation, literacy etc. Although the ground level work is carried in and around Bhola, the administrative headquarters of most of these agencies are located in Barisal division.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 184

Box 4.8 Rural Social Service (RSS) Programme - An Initiative by the Government of Bangladesh

The RSS project was launched as a pilot project in 1974 in 19 selected Thanas of 19 Districts in Bangladesh. In 1984, Upazila Social Service Offices were established in all Upazilas. Under these offices, the RSS Programme was introduced all over the country.

The RSS Programme is particularly designed for the vast majority of by-passed groups to organise them and to build their capacity to fight against poverty, illiteracy, ill health, unemployment and population explosion. The direct target groups of the RSS are children, youth, women, landless families and other disadvantaged groups who do not directly get benefit from other development activities in the rural areas.

Some of the key salient features of this programme are as below: • To identify the target people (the disadvantaged and by-passed community groups) through socio-economic survey with a view to bring them within the orbit of development activities of the Programme, • Creating self-employment and increase income by giving interest free micro-credit at the rate of TK 2000 to 50001, for income generating economically profitable activities • Providing informal education on health, nutrition, mother and child care, sanitation, use of safe drinking water, motivation on family planning, social a-forestation, literacy etc. for the improvement of the basic living standard of the people • Establishing democratically functioning Village Based Institutions (VBI) of different target population and form Project Village Committee (PVC) and Village Executive Committees to identify key problems, needs and resources of the village and plan and implement development activities to improve their socio-economic conditions • Providing skill training for increasing the income capabilities and productivity of unemployed and underemployed persons • Awareness on family planning practices Source: www.dss.gov.bd

4.16.15 Cultural Heritage

The project area as such, does not encompass any key cultural heritage or resource of national or regional value. The only cultural resources in the area are local mosques and graveyards which are located mostly in every union and with the nearest one being located at South Kutba at a distance of 0.7 km north from the Project site. The locations of the mosques as well as temples within the study area have also been presented in Figure 4.44.

4.17 ANALYSIS OF THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

The baseline assessment also comprised a socio-economic survey which was conducted within the study area and data collected from randomly selected 150 HH in order to gain firsthand information about the key household level socio-economic indicators. A copy of the recording checklist has been provided as part of Annex K.

(7) 1 Figure subjected to change

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 185

The data was collected primarily from the following unions located within the project study area. • Kutuba Union • Pakshia Union • Deula Union • Burhanuddin Municipality • Bara Manika Union and • Tabgi Union

The household distribution from each union is presented in the following table. It also indicates the total respondents from these unions to whom the survey was subjected.

Table 4.44 Sample Distribution Statistics

S. Union Total HH Total Male Total Women No. Respondents Respondents 1 Kutuba Union 66 48 18 2 Pakshia Union 18 10 8 3 Deula Union 9 6 3 4 Burhanuddin Municipality 14 11 3 5 Bara Manika Union and 25 14 11 6 Tabgi Union 18 17 1 7 Total Households 150 106 44

The socio-economic data was collected on the following main indicators: • Demographic Trends • Access to Public Amenities and Infrastructure • Access to Utilities and Resources • Asset ownership • HH Expenditure & Loan and Debt • Participation of Women • Overall awareness and opinion about the project

The following sections provide results from the analysis of the data collected as per the above indicators.

4.17.1 Demographic Trends

Household Size & Religion

According to the survey data, the majority of the households in the project area have more than 5 members. A significant percentage (67%) has 5-7 members followed by 19% households having greater then 7 members. Only about 14% of the total sample constituted of households having 2-4 members.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 186

Figure 4.49 Average Household Size in the study area

Household Size as per Survey

2 17.3 14

From 2 to 4 members 5 to 7 members 8 to 10 members Greater then 10 members

66.7

Source: Socio-economic Survey by ERM

The majority of the families in the 7 km study area follow Islam and only 20 families of the 150 surveyed in the area were observed to be followers of Hinduism. Sunni is observed to be the dominant caste in Islam with all the 130 households reportedly belonging to this caste. In Hinduism, most of the households belonged to the Kayasth and Shudra castes.

Occupation Profile

As per the survey data it can be observed that almost 40% of the respondents are involved in agricultural work followed by business (25%) and service (7.34%). It can also be observed that majority of the women respondents (39 out of a total of 44) are housewives or involved in household activities.

Figure 4.50 Occupation Profile

Occupation Profile of HH as per Survey

7% 7% 3% Agricultural Work 40% Busine ss Housewife Labour Service 26% Student 17%

Source: Socio-economic Survey by ERM

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 187

Education & Literacy

In terms of education and literacy amongst the sample, majority of the respondents were found to be literate and a significant proportion has education up to senior secondary levels. Also, 15% of the total sample where also observed to have a graduate degree or more.

Figure 4.51 Education and Literacy

Education Level in the study area

3% 7% 15%

Primary Education Upto SSC Upto HSC Graduate 26% 49% Illiterate

Source: Socio-economic Survey by ERM

4.17.2 Access to Public Amenities and Infrastructure

Public amenities and infrastructure included schools, hospitals, postal services, banks, water ways and bus stops. It was observed that almost 95% of the households had access to school within 2kms. With respect to nearby hospitals, 48% where within 1 km distance, 46% within 5 km and 6% at greater than 5 km distance.

With respect to post office, 76% of the HH were within 3 km from any post office and only about 24% were at distances greater than 3 km.

More than 90% had access to bus stops or depots within 5kms of their location

4.17.3 Access to Utilities & Resources

Access to Electricity

Electricity is one of the key utilities which was observed to be in short supply or out of access in the project study area. Of the total 150HH surveyed, only about 72 HH or approximately 48% had access to electricity.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 188

Access to Telecommunication

Due to the advent of major telecommunication players such as Grameen phone, Airtel and Bangla Link in the region, it was observed most of the HH within the project area had access to telecommunication services. Almost, 125 households out of the total 150 surveyed had access to mobile. However, mobile telecommunication is more prevalent in the area than fixed line services due to the fact that most of the island is cyclone prone and no significant cable infrastructure is present

Sanitation Facilities

It can be observed from the below figure that most of the households or approximately 68% in the project study area comprise of makeshift or open toilet and sanitation facilities. In most of the cases these facilities are connected to household ponds for drainage. Moreover, proper sanitation facilities are mostly observed in the middle and upper middle class sections of the society and more common in practice in municipalities and ward than in villages.

Figure 4.52 Sanitation facilities

Type of Sanitation facilities as HH survey

18

38 Ope n Kuchcha- Makeshift Latrin w/o Drain 14 Latrin w/th Drain

30

Source: Socio-economic Survey by ERM

Access to Water Source, Grazing Land, Ports and Markets

Among the surveyed HH within the project study area, certain questions were asked with respect to access to key resources such as water sources, grazing land, ports and markets. Following are the responses in relation to the same.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 189

Access to Water Sources

Among the surveyed households, only 8 houses reported no immediate access to water, but had a water source within a kilometre. All other respondents reported that tube wells were the most common source of water with 102 households reporting the tube well within home premises as the source of water. As observed from the data the remaining households accessed water from the neighbour’s tube well or the community tube wells in the village.

Access to forest and grazing land

It was reported that the area within the project study area did not encompass any declared forest land and therefore no requisite for any access. Also, most of the households were observed to have access to grazing land with 133 surveyed households reporting free access to same.

Access to Ports and Waterways

All surveyed households reported to have immediate access to port or water way within a distance of 5km as reported in the survey.

Access to Local Market

All surveyed households reported to have access to local markets at least within 5km distance.

4.17.4 Asset Ownership

House Type

Majority of the houses in the sample area surveyed are Kuchcha and made of locally resourced materials such as mud, straws, clay and burnt bricks. This is primarily due to the fact that cement and mortar which are imported to Bhola from other parts of Bangladesh are expensive and non-affordable for majority of the population.

Domestic Animals

The percentage of households possessing domestic animals is observed to be quite low in the study area with more than 55% not owning any form of domestic animals. However within the remaining 45% most of the HH owned or reared cows, goats, hens and ducks.

Vehicle and Domestic Appliances

Only 22 of the surveyed households reported owning any type of vehicle of which, the most commonly owned were motorcycles.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 190

With respect to the domestic appliances, the most prominently owned appliances were television sets, and LPG stoves. In comparison, ownership of other appliances such as refrigerants, computers, etc. was relatively very low.

4.17.5 HH Expenditure, Loan & Debt

Based on the survey, the average household expenditure observed for key social needs and requirements have been indicated in the following figure. It can be observed from the figure that the majority of the expenditure is attributed to food and consumable resources with almost half of the monthly income being allocated for the same. Other significant expenditures include clothing, education and healthcare.

Figure 4.53 Monthly HH expenditure

HH Expenditure in Study Area (%)

3% 3% 16% Food Cloth 49% Health care Education Social Activity 15% Domestic Animal

14%

In terms of loan and debt, only about a third of the respondents reported having taken a loan from any given source. The distribution of the source of loan and the average loan size is given in the table below:

Table 4.45 Source of Loan & Average loan size

Source Number of Households Average Loan Size (in taka) Bank & Microfinance Agencies 20 16,650 Money Lenders 2 16,000 Relatives 16 19,375 Other 15 22,373

The most common reasons for loan are observed to be expenses for health and social occasion followed by agriculture and business initiatives.

4.17.6 Participation of Women

The survey covered the status and participation level of women in society. These questions were primarily directed towards understanding their primary

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 191

role in society, education & literacy and their participation in financial decision making process. It was observed that almost 100% of the sample agreed that the primary role of the woman is that of the homemaker. Secondly, a significant number agreed that the literacy levels in women are improving with a greater number attaining higher education and college degrees after school.

Finally, roughly 70% of the respondents agreed that women are allowed to participate in financial decision making. However, the final say in financial matters is that of the male household head.

4.17.7 Overall awareness about the project

About 77% of the respondents surveyed reported that they were aware of the gas fired power project. Most of the respondents claimed to know of the project from local people by word of mouth. Also, almost 100% of the respondents have a positive perception about the project. The people surveyed reported that the positive expectations are primarily with respect to overall development in the area, improved road facilities, regular electricity supply and employment opportunity for the local people.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 192

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

This section analyses the potential environmental and social impacts due to the Project. The Project activities will occur in two distinct stages of the Project life cycle: (a) construction of the Plant (Construction Phase) and (b) operation and maintenance of the Plant (Operation Phase). However, some of the social impacts are linked to the pre-construction phase of the project.

The Project does not envisage any major environmental impact in the pre- construction phase. However, there are social impacts associated with the planning and pre construction phase due to land acquisition (with no physical displacement involved). The same have been discussed in Section 5.1.10 along with other social impacts.

Note: Environmental and social impacts during decommissioning of the Plant have not been considered in the impact assessment, as these will depend on the options available at the time of expiry of the power purchase agreement between Lanco and BPDB. The design life of the power plant is estimated to be 30 years, which is almost 8 years longer than the Power Purchase Agreement term. If the Power Purchase Agreement, Land Lease Agreement, Gas Supply Agreement and the other relevant agreements are not extended or renewed and an alternative economical fuel is available, the power plant may be retrofitted to support alternative power generation. This option would be possible, provided that the required retrofits and new emission rates meet the applicable standards and guidelines. If retrofitting is not a feasible option, and the operational life of the Power Plant expires, the power plant will be decommissioned according to the requirements of the authorities at that time.

The methodology used to identify and assess the potential impacts of the Project is presented in Annex P:

5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction of the power plant will be carried out by the construction contractor appointed by Lanco. An outline of the activities that will be undertaken during the construction phase is provided in Section 3.6.1 and 3.6.2. A summary of the activities with the potential to cause impacts to the surrounding environment and human receptors is presented below.

• Site preparation, including raising the EGL by 3.7 m using sand dredged from a nearby river. The sand will also be used for construction of the access road to the Project site from LGED road. • Transportation of construction materials, construction machinery and equipment for the power plant by barge along the Dehular Canal; • Construction of a temporary jetty to receive construction equipment, materials and power plant components at the site;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 193

• Construction of the access road, approximately 300 m in length from the LGED road to the east of the Project site. This includes a short section in the form of a bridge or culvert as the road crosses a small seasonal canal; • Excavation of equipment foundations and installation of power plant components. The excavated soil will mainly be used to backfill the foundations, with some going towards raising the ground level; • Construction of a 2 km long gas pipeline; • Storage and handling of hazardous materials, waste and wastewater; • Accommodation and transportation for the construction workforce and Lanco personnel. All personnel will travel to the site by road using local vehicles (cars, autos); and • Use of diesel generator sets to provide electricity for construction activities. •

An activity – impact interaction matrix for the construction phase of the Project is presented in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1 Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of the Project

Potential Impacts/ Risks

Activity Land Resources Resources Land Resources Water Air Quality Noise Transportation Safety Health & Occupational Safety Community Health and Resources Cultural Physical Terrestrial Ecology Aquatic Ecology Socio-economic

Detailed Topographical Survey Land Acquisition Site Clearing Site Preparation/Change in topography Earth moving Building of structures including temporary structures Heavy equipment operations Storage, handling and disposal of waste Generation of sewage Influx of construction workers Transportation of equipment and materials over water Transportation of personnel by road

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 194

Potential Impacts/ Risks

Activity Land Resources Resources Land Resources Water Air Quality Noise Transportation Safety Health & Occupational Safety Community Health and Resources Cultural Physical Terrestrial Ecology Aquatic Ecology Socio-economic

Storage and handling of chemicals (unplanned release) Washing of vehicles and equipment Concreting works

5.1.1 Land Resources

Sources of Impact

Potential sources of impacts to land/soil from the construction phase activities include:

• Removal of topsoil as part of the site preparation phase; • Raising the EGL of the site using sand. The fill material will be sourced from approved dredging contractors from nearby areas; • Storage and handling of hazardous materials; and • Storage, handling and disposal of wastes generated from site clearance, site excavation and formation, civil works and activities of construction workers (general waste and sewage).

Criteria

The assessment of potential impacts to soil has considered the Dutch guidelines as Bangladesh does not have any local standards for soil quality. The Dutch guidelines are included in Annex Q.

Receptors

The results of soil and sediment sampling in the Project area indicate that the soils are mainly silty loam to silty clay loam and sediments from the Dehular Canal were of the silty loamy type. Soil samples were found to be slightly acidic in nature (ie pH between 6.1 and 6.5) while the pH of sediment samples from Dehular Canal was found to be neutral. Iron, manganese, zinc, lead, cadmium, arsenic and mercury were detected in the soil and sediment samples; however, the concentration of metals was found to be well below the Dutch Target and Intervention levels.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 195

Impact Assessment

Loss of Topsoil It is understood that about 300 mm of topsoil will be stripped off from Project site during site preparation, which will generate approximately 15,000 m3 of spoil. The spoil will mainly be used to backfill the foundations, with some going towards raising the ground level.

The land within this activity area is classified as agricultural land. There will be a direct negative impact to topsoil within the boundaries of the Project site. However, as the loss of topsoil will be limited to the 12.3 acres of Project site and will not have off-site impacts, the significance of the impact is evaluated to be negligible.

Impact Type Loss of topsoil Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/Global Impact Magnitude Limited to activity area Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Low-Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Soil Compaction As discussed above, the existing ground level of the Project site will be increased by 3.7 m, which is one metre above the 200 year flood level. Soil will be compacted during the establishment of laydown areas, construction camps, the access road, gas pipeline and installation of equipment to ensure soil stability. Movement of heavy vehicles and heavy construction machinery in the Project area will also result in soil compaction and possible damage to the soil structure. The extent of soil compaction will be limited by designating routes for movement of heavy vehicles. As soil compaction is primarily restricted to the Project site and its extent is expected to be limited, the impact is assessed to be negligible.

Impact Type Soil Compaction Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Soil at the Project site Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Low Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Soil Contamination – Spills and Leaks

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 196

Soil contamination during the construction phase may result from leaks and spills of oil, lubricants, or fuel from heavy equipment, improper handling of sanitary effluent or chemical/fuel storage. Such spills could have a long-term impact on soil quality, but are expected to be localised in nature. Spill control measures such as the storage and handling of chemicals and fuel in concreted areas will be implemented to minimize impacts in the event of a spill. Liquid effluents arising from construction activities will be treated to the standards specified in Schedule 9 and 10 of ECR, 1997 of the GOB; and the applicable World Bank/IFC guidelines prior to discharge. Therefore, the likelihood of unplanned events (ie spills and leaks) leading to soil contamination is low.

Soil sampling indicated that the soil in the Project area is not contaminated. No assessment or testing of the imported fill material has been carried out as the source of the fill material has not been finalised at the time of writing. Therefore the assessment of potential soil contamination from site preparation will need to be finalised once details of the imported fill material is available. Once the nature of the soil is known, sufficient controls will be implemented to ensure that any impacts to existing soil quality will be minor.

Impact Type Soil contamination from spills and leaks Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Soil in the Project Area Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Likelihood Low Likelihood Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Soil Contamination from Waste Handling Contamination of the soil may occur from improper handling of waste. The majority of the generated wastes will be non-hazardous. General construction waste will comprise of surplus or off-specification materials such as concrete, wooden pallets, steel cuttings/filings, packaging paper or plastic, wood, plastic pipes, metals etc. Site clearance for the approach road and gas pipeline will involve the felling of trees. Approximately 100 to 150 m3 of concrete and bitumen will be generated and will be reused where possible. Domestic-type wastes consisting of food waste, plastic, glass, aluminium cans and waste paper will also be generated by the construction workforce.

A small proportion of the waste generated during construction will be hazardous and may include:

• Spent batteries or spent acid/alkali from the maintenance of machinery on site; • Used paint, engine oils, hydraulic fluids and waste fuel; • Spent mineral oils and cleaning fluids from mechanical machinery; and

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 197

• Spent solvents from equipment cleaning activities.

If improperly managed, hazardous waste could create impacts not only to land but also to local air quality, water quality, and human health.

The construction contractor will have control over the amount and types of hazardous waste produced at the site. With reference to similar construction projects, it is anticipated that the quantity of hazardous waste (mainly waste lubricant oil and waste paints/solvents) will be in the order of less than 100 litres per month. The construction contractor will handle, store and dispose of all waste in accordance with applicable GOB guidelines. Concrete and bitumen waste will be stored in a laydown area near the concrete batching plant and will be reused under floors or roads. There is a potential for direct, long-term negative impacts to soil quality from improper waste handling; however, with the implementation of the mitigation measures discussed above the impacts to soil quality are assessed to be negligible.

Impact Type Soil Contamination from Waste Handling Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Soil at the Project site Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Low medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Potential impacts to soil and groundwater during the construction phase are attributed to loss of topsoil, soil compaction and soil /groundwater contamination. These impacts are expected to be minor with the implementation of the following mitigation measures.

Potential loss of top soil impacts will be further minimised by implementation of the following measures:

• All topsoil will be retained and reused; • Scheduling activities (as far as possible) to avoid extreme weather event such as heavy rainfall and high winds; • Minimizing the amount of soil handled; • Stabilising exposed areas; and • Covering or spraying water on stockpiles of excavated material.

The following measures will be implemented to mitigate potential soil compaction:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 198

• Demarcating routes for movement of heavy vehicles; • Stripping and placing soils when dry, and not when wet; and • Restricting the height of topsoil stockpiles to minimize compaction.

The following measures will be implemented for the storage and handling of chemicals and to minimise impacts to soil:

• Fuel tanks and chemical storage areas will be provided with locks and be sited on sealed areas; • Use of spill or drip trays to contain spills and leaks; • Use of spill control kits to contain and clean small spills and leaks. • The storage areas of oil, fuel and chemicals will be surrounded by bunds or other containment device to prevent spilled oil, fuel and chemicals from reaching the receiving waters; • The Contractor will prepare guidelines and procedures for immediate clean-up actions following any spillages of oil, fuel or chemicals; • Surface run-off from bunded areas will pass through oil/water separators prior to discharge to the stormwater system; • A site specific Emergency Response Plan will be prepared by the Contractor for soil clean-up and decontamination; and • The construction contractor will implement a training program to familiarise staff with emergency procedures and practices related to contamination events.

The measures in place to properly manage waste and thereby minimize any impacts to ground resources are:

• Design processes to prevent/minimise quantities of wastes generated and hazards associated with the waste generated; • Properly store the construction materials to minimise the potential damage or contamination of the materials; and • Implement a construction materials inventory management system to minimise over-supply of the construction materials, which may lead to disposal of the surplus materials at the end of the construction period (such as ready mixed concrete). • Segregate hazardous and non-hazardous waste and provide appropriate containers for the waste types generated (eg enclosed bins for putrescible materials to avoid attracting pests and vermin and to minimise odour nuisance); • Store wastes in closed containers away from direct sunlight, wind and rain; • Store waste to allow inspection between containers to monitor leaks or spills; • Ensure storage area has an impermeable floor and containment, of capacity to accommodate 110% of the volume of the largest waste container; and • Disposal of waste by licensed contractors.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 199

5.1.2 Water Resources

Sources of Impact

The potential sources of impact to surface water and groundwater resources within the Project area are listed below.

• Earthworks in the Project area may increase the erosion, especially during rainfall events, which may increase the suspended sediment concentrations and pollute water sources. Similar impacts are possible from construction of the floating jetty at Dehular Canal for receiving construction materials and equipment; • Sewage will arise from the construction workforce (toilets and washing facilities) and from drainage from cooking activities. Liquid effluents will also arise from washing of construction equipment and vehicles; and • Inappropriate storage of waste leading to water quality impacts from runoff entering the Dehular canal. • Construction of small bridge/culvert on approach road alignment at about 150 m from Project site boundary.

Criteria

The assessment of potential impacts to surface and ground water has considered Schedule 9 and 10 of ECR, 1997 of the GOB and the World Bank/IFC General EHS Guidelines (refer to Annex Q).

Receptors

The only major surface water body within a 5 km radius of the Project site is Dehular Canal, which flows along the western boundary of the Project Site. This canal will be used as the source of water for the Project as well as a means to transport machinery and other equipment during the construction phase. Another small seasonal canal also exists crossing the approach road to the site. This seasonal canal is very small and not navigable. Details of the hydrology and drainage pattern in the Project area are discussed in Section 4.8.

The results of water quality sampling indicated that water in the Dehular Canal was found to be of a quality acceptable for use as industrial water. As discussed in Section 4.15, the canal is used for fishing for most of the year (from March to November) and most of the catch is consumed locally.

Results of groundwater sampling from the Project area show that the groundwater in the area contains higher levels of iron and arsenic, when compared with drinking water standards as specified in the ECR, 1997. It is noted that there are several tube wells in the Project area through which groundwater is used by the residents of surrounding settlements.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 200

Impact Assessment

Wastewater Discharge Sanitary facilities including toilets and showers will be provided for the use of the construction workforce both on-site and at the workers’ accommodation. Such liquid effluent streams are likely to be high in organic matter, suspended solids, bacterium and other pollutants. Septic tanks will be provided to treat sanitary wastewater. A small volume of wastewater from washing of equipment and machinery may also be generated. This wastewater may contain concentrations of suspended solids and traces of hydrocarbon. The contractor will be responsible for ensuring that any wastewater discharges meet the standards stipulated in Schedule 9 and 10 of ECR, 1997 and the applicable World Bank/ IFC General EHS Guidelines prior to discharge. Potential impacts are expected to be short-term and localised in nature. Therefore, the impact to surface water from wastewater discharges during construction is therefore assessed to be minor.

Impact Type Wastewater Discharge Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Magnitude Dehular Canal Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Increased Sediment Content of Surface Water Storm water runoff passing the construction site may increase sediment content in Dehular canal. Disposal of back-fill materials, flooding and rainfall could cause run-off of unconsolidated sediments, which may be transferred to the canal.

Potential sources of water pollution from surface water runoff from the construction site include:

• Runoff and erosion of exposed bare soil, slopes and earth, and stockpiles; • Release of cement materials with rain wash; and • Washing water from dust suppression sprays and vehicle wheel washing facilities.

The above could in turn impact aquatic communities in the canal adjacent to and downstream of the works areas. Similarly, construction of the floating jetty during the construction phase is likely to cause an increase in suspended solids in the Dehular Canal, although it is noted that dredging is not expected to be necessary for this activity or for construction of the cooling water intake or outfall. There is a potential for short-term direct negative impacts to the Dehular Canal, which is assessed to be of medium sensitivity. Taking into ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 201

consideration the earthwork control measures that will be in place, the potential impact from construction activities on sediment content of the canal is assessed to be minor.

Impact Type Increased sediment loading Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Dehular Canal (adjacent to and downstream of the site) Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Groundwater Contamination Groundwater contamination during the construction phase may result from unplanned events such as leaks and spills of oil, lubricants, or fuel from heavy equipment, improper handling of sanitary effluent or chemical/fuel storage. Mitigation measures such as storage of chemicals at concreted laydown areas will be implemented to minimize contamination in the event of a spill. Septic tanks will be provided to treat sanitary wastewater. As stated above, all wastewater discharges will meet the standards stipulated in Schedule 9 and 10 of ECR, 1997 and the applicable World Bank/ IFC General EHS Guidelines prior to discharge. While there is a potential for long-term direct impacts to groundwater quality from construction, with the implementation of mitigation measures for proper handling of chemicals, waste and liquid effluents, the impact to groundwater from spills and leaks is assessed to be minor.

Impact Type Groundwater contamination from spills and leaks Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Groundwater in the Project site Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Likelihood Low Likelihood Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The following measures will be implemented to reduce impacts to surface water and groundwater:

• Vehicle servicing areas, vehicle wash bays and lubrication bays will, as far as practical, be located within roofed and cemented areas. The drainage in

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 202

these covered areas will be connected to sewers via an oil/water interceptor; • Oil leakage or spillage will be contained and cleaned up immediately. Waste oil will be collected and stored for recycling or disposal; • Any surplus wastewater from the concrete batching will be treated to comply with discharge standards before it is discharged to the Dehular Canal; • Adequate sanitary facilities, ie toilets and showers, will be provided for the construction workforce; • Septic tanks will be provided to treat sanitary discharge; and • All liquids effluent will be treated to meet the standards specified in Schedules 9 and 10 of the ECR, 1997 and IFC EHS Guidelines prior to discharge to Dehular Canal.

Surface run-off and erosion will be minimised by adopting good site practices and also to retain and reduce any suspended solids prior to discharge. These practices will include the following:

• Channels, earth bunds or sand bag barriers will be provided on site to direct storm water to silt removal facilities; • The surface runoff or extracted ground water contaminated by silt and suspended solids will be collected by the on-site drainage system and discharged into storm drains after the removal of silt in silt removal facilities; • Stockpiles will be protected by plastic sheets and suitably secured against the wind, at the end of each working day if rain is forecasted; • Earthworks to form the final surfaces will be followed up with surface protection and drainage works to prevent erosion caused by rainstorms; • While under construction the temporary trafficked areas and access road will be protected by coarse stone ballast or equivalent. These measures shall prevent soil erosion caused by rainstorms. Temporary or permanent roadside drains shall be provided for the access road; • Drainage systems, erosion control and silt removal facilities will be regularly inspected and maintained to ensure proper and efficient operation at all times and particularly following rainstorms. Deposited silt and grit will be removed regularly; • Measures will be taken to reduce the ingress of site drainage into excavations. If trenches have to be excavated during the wet season, they will be excavated and backfilled in short sections wherever practicable. Water pumped out from trenches or foundation excavations will be discharged into storm drains via silt removal facilities; • Open stockpiles of construction materials (eg, aggregates, sand and fill material) of more than 50 m3 will have measures in place to prevent the washing away of construction materials, soil, silt or debris into any drainage system;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 203

• The precautions to be taken at any time of year when rainstorms are likely together with the actions to be taken when a rainstorm is imminent or forecasted; • Oil interceptors will be provided in the drainage system where necessary and regularly emptied to prevent the release of oil and grease into the storm water drainage system after accidental spillages; • Temporary and permanent drainage pipes and culverts provided to facilitate runoff discharge will be adequately designed for the controlled release of storm flows; and • The temporary diverted drainage will be reinstated to the original condition when the construction work has finished or when the temporary diversion is no longer required.

5.1.3 Air Quality

Sources of Impact

Dust The activities which have the potential to generate fugitive dust emissions during the pre-construction and construction phases are outlined below.

• Site preparation and levelling; • Clearing of vegetation from approach road alignment; • Construction of approach road; • Construction of gas pipeline; • Excavation of soil to create building and equipment foundations; • Movement of construction equipment and vehicles by barge; • Loading and unloading of materials, including excavated soil; • Concreting works, including operation of concrete batching plant; • Dust generated from stockpiles of waste and topsoil, handling and moving excavated material and transporting wastes on vehicles.

Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust During both site preparation and construction works, exhaust emissions from the operation of diesel powered equipment, barges and land-based vehicle movements to and from the site have the potential to impact local air quality. The power required for construction activities will also be supplied by diesel generator sets.

Vehicle and equipment exhaust emissions can lead to increases in levels of

nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO2), particulate matter (PM10 and

PM2.5), volatile petroleum hydrocarbon constituents and carbon monoxide (CO), which are key pollutants of concern with respect to human health.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 204

Criteria

The air quality impacts associated with the construction activities have been assessed qualitatively, using professional judgement and based on experience from similar past projects.

Air Sensitive Receptors (ASRs)

A review of the landuse around the Project site indicates that most land surrounding the Project site is used for agriculture and homestead plantations. Scattered settlements are located at a distance of approximately 150 to 200 m from the site boundary and some are located near the LGED road.

A primary school located around 500 m from the Project site and residential hut located within 50 m of the site boundary are also considered to be ASRs.

Impact Assessment

Dust from Construction Activities All construction activities have the potential to generate dust. As identified above the main dust generating activities are site preparation, land excavation, concreting works, installation of drainage system and equipment and construction of the approach road.

The actual dust impacts will depend on the exact location of these activities and to a degree on the weather conditions; stronger winds and dry conditions will enhance the transfer of dust, while damp or wet conditions will reduce this impact. Construction dust dispersion is expected to be localised due to the relatively high mass of the dust particles which will tend to confine the most significant dust impacts to the area within 100 m of the source.

Stockpiles and on site storage of materials also have the potential to generate fugitive dust emissions. The potential for dust emissions during the wet season will be small, due to the moistening of any dust by rainfall. During the dry season, dust suppression techniques will be used and stockpiles will be covered to minimise fugitive dust emissions from spoil storage.

The ASRs that are most likely to be affected by construction dust are therefore the occupants of the hut located within 50 m of the site boundary, as well as the people living near the site of the approach road and pipeline alignment. All of these residential settlements are however surrounded by thick homestead plantation, which will act as a barrier, reducing the magnitude of any dust impacts.

On the basis of the above factors, the magnitude of the impact associated with the emission of dust during construction activities is predicted to be low. However, the significance of the impacts is assessed to be moderate given the proximity of the nearest residence to the site.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 205

Impact Type Dust from construction activities Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Settlements within 100 m of the Project boundaries Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity High Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Dust from Loading/Unloading Activities Dust may also be generated in the process of uploading and transferring materials to, and within, the facility. These dust emissions will be generated predominantly in the laydown areas. These emissions will be temporary in nature and appropriate mitigation measures such as dust suppression will be in place to minimise impacts.

Hoardings will also be installed around the Project site boundary and the height at which fill materials are unloaded will be controlled as far as possible, to be below the height of the hoardings.

On this basis, the significance of the impact associated with the emission of dust during loading and unloading activities has been assessed to be minor.

Impact Type Dust from unloading activities Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Settlements within 100 m of the Project boundaries Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity High Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Exhaust Emissions Heavy equipment such as bulldozers, excavators, dump trucks, and compactors will be used onsite. Emissions from this equipment and from diesel generator sets used to generate power will cause impacts to ambient air quality.

It is noted that heavy equipment will be transported by barge, and the contribution of the Project to vehicles travelling along the roads will be limited to those used for transporting construction workers.

Impacts from vehicle emissions decrease rapidly with increasing distance from the source and are not likely to be significant at distances of more than 200 m from the source; they are usually minor at a distance of more than 50 m.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 206

The distance between the Project site boundary and the closest residential dwelling is approximately 50 m.

The implementation of the good site practices, such as the regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment, using cleaner fuels and switching of vehicles when not in use will be used to reduce exhaust emissions from the operation of the diesel-powered construction equipment and therefore minimise adverse air quality impacts. However, the air quality impacts associated with the vehicular and equipment emissions during construction activities are assessed to be of moderate potential significance, given the proximity of the nearest residence to the site.

Impact Type Exhaust emissions Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Settlements near the Project site and existing road Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity High Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The mitigation measures listed below will be implemented to ensure that air quality impacts during the construction phase are as low as reasonably practicable.

To reduce dust impacts, the following measures will be in place:

• As far as possible, the concrete batching plant will be located away from sensitive receptor/s; • Implementation of a regular watering and sprinkling dust suppression regime, in particular during the dry season; • Provision of a wheel washing facilities at the exit of the Project site to reduce the likelihood of dusty materials being deposited beyond the Project site boundary. • The maximum possible distance between the stockpiles and receptors will be maintained; • Covering and/or watering of all stockpiles of dusty materials such as excavated spoils, dredged materials, filling materials to avoid fugitive dust emissions; • Controlling the height at which fill materials are unloaded as far as possible. Where possible, this should be below the height of the hoarding around the Project site boundary;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 207

• During construction, the approach road will be kept clean, free from mud and slurry and properly shaped and compacted by rolling to an even and uniform surface to receive pavement. • Any skips for material transport will be totally enclosed with impervious sheeting; and • Waste from construction will not be burned.

Exhaust emissions will be minimized as follows:

• The movement of construction vehicles will be minimised and a speed limit will be enforced around the construction site; • All diesel-powered equipment will be regularly maintained and idling time reduced to minimise emissions; • Low sulphur diesel will be used in diesel powered equipment in collaboration with best management practices; • Vehicle / equipment air emissions will be controlled by simple good practice procedures (such as turning off equipment when not in use); and • Vehicle / equipment exhausts observed to be emitting significant black smoke in their exhausts will be serviced/ replaced.

5.1.4 Noise

Sources of Impact

Potential impacts to Noise Sensitive Receptors (NSRs) during the construction phase of the Project will mainly arise from the use of powered mechanical equipment for construction activities. The major construction activities associated with the Project will be site preparation and excavation, construction of the access road, installation of drainages and utilities, civil works and installation of equipment. The heavy equipment used for these activities will be the major sources of noise.

Construction works are expected to last for 24 months. As per the Master Specifications, the Contractor is required to seek permission from the authorities to carry out construction works at night (2100 to 0600) on weekdays.

The detailed breakdown of activities is not available at this stage, and as the Contractor has not yet been appointed, no construction plant inventory is available at the time of assessment. Therefore, an assumed plant inventory is provided in Table 5.2. Assumptions have made regarding the type, number and Sound Power Levels (SPLs) of construction plant, based on similar projects and publically available data. It has been assumed that only one of each type of plant will be on-site during any day or night period. Re- assessment of noise levels may be required if the actual plant inventory and SPL vary from the assumed list.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 208

Table 5.2 Assumed Construction Equipment Sound Pressure Level Inventory

Construction Equipment SPL, dB(A)

Bulldozer 115 Backhoe 96 Loaders 108 Vibratory roller 102 Barge 112 Fuel truck 104 Welding machine 101 Cranes 106 Dump truck 105 Grader 114 Fork lifts 112 Compressors 104 Generators 93 Source: The SPLs of the construction equipment have been taken from DEFRA Construction Noise database and ERM’s internal database

Although construction equipment and materials will be delivered to the site by water, there is expected to be an increase in traffic and thereby in traffic noise impacts to receptors near the existing road from the transportation of workers. To minimise these impacts, only those vehicles meeting the standards stipulated in Schedule 5 of the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 will be used.

Criteria

The noise impact assessment was conducted with reference to Bangladesh Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 and the IFC EHS Guidelines. Details of the standards are presented in Annex Q.

Noise Sensitive Receptors (NSRs)

Baseline noise monitoring was carried out at six locations, including one within the Project site. The results of baseline monitoring indicated that ambient noise levels at all locations are above the limits stipulated in Schedule 4 of the ECR, 1997 (Section 4.13). The nearest receptor is located at 50 m from the Project boundary, which will be exposed to noise from construction activities.

Impact Assessment

Methodology The environmental noise prediction model Dhwani was used for modelling noise emissions from the construction equipment. The operating of construction equipment with 50% usage scenario was modelled to cover the construction phase.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 209

It was assumed that the noise generated from the plant would propagate to NSRs in the form of hemispherical waves. As a conservative approach to the assessment, atmospheric absorption during sound transmission was not included in the assessment. In addition, to represent a worst-case scenario for the assessment, all construction equipment was assumed to be operating simultaneously.

Predicted Noise Levels at Receptors The predicted noise levels within 500 m from the Project site are presented in Figure 5.1 and predicted noise levels at two NSRs have been presented in Table 5.3. It is evident from the predicted results that in the worst case scenario, the nearest sensitive receptor (50 m from the eastern boundary of the Project site) will have a noise level of 65.8 dB(A) during the construction phase.

Figure 5.1 Predicted Construction Noise Levels

Table 5.3 Predicted Noise Levels at Nearest Receptors during Construction Phase

Receptor Approximate Sound Pressure Levels at Receptors, Total Sound Pressure Distance to Leq (dBA) Level (Baseline + Project Site Predicted), Leq (dBA)

Boundary Leq day* Leqnight* Predicted** Daytime Night time (m)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 210

Receptor Approximate Sound Pressure Levels at Receptors, Total Sound Pressure Distance to Leq (dBA) Level (Baseline + Project Site Predicted), Leq (dBA)

Boundary Leq day* Leqnight* Predicted** Daytime Night time (m) Nearest 50 56.7 47.1 64.8 65.8 64.8 Receptor (Hut) South Kutba 500 56.8 47.1 56.0 59.0 57.0 Primary School * Ambient noise levels as monitored during the baseline survey ** Predicted noise levels have been computed without taking into consideration any attenuation factor.

At the nearest NSR predicted noise levels are well above the day time and night time noise limits. Although noise impacts will be short-term and localised in nature, additional mitigation measures including barriers will be necessary to reduce noise levels. The Contractor will ensure that construction noise is adequately controlled to avoid nuisance and will not normally exceed the GOB Guidelines for Mixed Use Areas at the NSRs (refer Annex Q). In addition to the above, construction of approach road and gas pipeline will also generate noise. However, the duration of these activities will be limited to 4-6 months.

Work will not be carried out at night without the approval of the local authorities. With the implementation of these measures, the noise impact from construction is expected to range from minor to moderate.

Impact Type Noise from construction activities Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude NSR in the within 500 m of Project site and 100 m along the gas pipeline Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity High Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimise potential noise impacts during the construction phase in all periods:

• Normal working hours of the contractor will be between 06:00 and 21:00 hours from Monday to Sunday. If work needs to be undertaken outside these hours, it should be limited to activities that do not exceed the noise criteria at nearby NSRs; • Only well-maintained equipment will be operated on-site; • Regular maintenance of equipment such as lubricating moving parts, tightening loose parts and replacing worn out components should be conducted;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 211

• Machines and construction plant items (e.g. trucks) that may be in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down between work periods; • Low noise equipment should be used as far as practicable; • The number of equipment operating simultaneously should be reduced as far as practicable; • Equipment known to emit noise strongly in one direction should be orientated so that the noise is directed away from nearby NSRs as far as practicable; • Noise enclosures should be erected around stationary equipment; • Noise barriers should be installed such that the nearest receptors are shielded from the line of sight; • Noisy plant (such as breakers and rollers) should be located as far away from NSRs as practicable; • Transportation of materials on and off site through existing community areas should be avoided as far as practicable; and • Material stockpiles and other structures should be utilised, where practicable, to screen noise from on-site construction activities.

5.1.5 Transportation

Sources of Impact

The construction phase will involve the transportation of the following over water:

• Excavated soil/sand; • Construction equipment and materials; and • Power plant components including turbines, generators etc.

The construction workforce will travel to site over road, and will therefore have an impact on local transportation.

Receptors

The receptors exposed to impacts from construction phase movements and personnel are the existing users of the road and waterways, as well as nearby residents. Fishing boats and other craft in the Dehular Canal, users of the LGED road and residents of settlements near the Dehular Canal and LGED road are therefore the main receptors considered in this assessment. Impacts from air emissions and noise are discussed in Section 5.1.3 and Section 5.1.4.

Impact Assessment

Impacts to Road Traffic Baseline surveys established that traffic along the LGED road is comprised of mainly non-motorised vehicles such as bicycles, rickshaws, bullock carts and hand carts. The bulk of the construction workforce will be housed in

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 212

accommodation close to the site. The daily transportation of around 50 Lanco construction personnel by motorized vehicles (and use of car pool) will cause moderate congestion on the LGED road, particularly as the road is narrow and not in good condition. It is noted that the LGED has plans to strengthening of this road, which is expected to have a positive effect on easing congestion during the operation phase but may cause a short-term increase in congestion during strengthening. Existing traffic on the Upazila road connecting the LGED road to Borhanuddin is relatively high, and the additional traffic contributed by Lanco personnel is therefore not expected to be significant.

Therefore, the impact to traffic on the LGED road is assessed to be moderate.

Impact Type Increase in traffic on LGED Road Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude LGED Road Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Impacts to Waterway Traffic Construction materials, equipment and power plant components will be delivered to the site by barge over a period of nearly two years. Estimates of the number of barges that will be involved in transportation during construction are not available at the time of writing. With appropriate planning, the impact to traffic along the Dehular Canal is expected to be moderate. However, this assessment should be revisited once the details on the number of vessels to be used are known.

Impact Type Increase in traffic along Dehular Canal Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Dehular Canal Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will be in place to reduce transportation impacts to As Low as Reasonably Practicable:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 213

• Construction materials and equipment will be transported over water to avoid impacts from heavy vehicles to traffic on the LGED road; • The construction workforce and Lanco personnel involved in construction will be provided accommodation in the vicinity of the Project site to minimise the distance travelled; • The LGED road will be strengthened in advance of any significant construction phase traffic; and • Road safety initiatives will be implemented to minimise risks to other users, including: o Emphasizing safety aspects among drivers, particularly with regard to safe driving speeds; o Ensuring that only licensed drivers are employed by the Project; o Avoiding peak hours where possible; o Regular maintenance of vehicles and use of manufacturer approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; o Collaboration with local communities and responsible authorities to improve signage, visibility and awareness of traffic and pedestrian safety; and o Coordination with emergency responders to ensure that appropriate first aid is provided in the event of accidents.

5.1.6 Occupational Health and Safety

Sources of Impact

The sources of impact to the health and safety of the Project’s construction workforce are listed below.

• Accidents and injuries associated with the operation of heavy machinery and other construction activities; and • Health impacts associated with environmental conditions and changes in environmental quality, arising from emissions to air, water, land and noise emissions from construction activities as well as from storage and handling of waste, particularly hazardous waste.

Criteria

The occupation health and safety impact assessment has been carried out with reference to the relevant national and international criteria and legislation, as outlined in Section 2 and in the WB/IFC General EHS guidelines.

Receptors

The construction workforce of 75 skilled and 500 unskilled workers as well as up to 50 Lanco personnel will be exposed to occupational health and safety impacts arising from construction activities.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 214

Impact Assessment

Accidents and Injuries from General Construction Activities Over-exertion, ergonomic injuries and illnesses, such as repetitive motion, over-exertion, and manual handling, are among the most common causes of injuries on construction sites. Loose construction materials, liquid spills, and uncontrolled use of electrical cords and ropes on the ground, are also among the most frequent causes of lost time accidents at construction sites. Falls from elevation associated with working with ladders, scaffolding, and partially built structures are also among the most common causes of fatal or permanent disabling injury at construction sites.

Construction activities may pose significant hazards related to the potential for dropping materials or tools, as well as ejection of solid particles from abrasive or other types of power tools which can result in injury to the head, eyes, and extremities.

Vehicle traffic, use of lifting equipment and the movement of machinery and materials on a construction site may pose temporary hazards, such as physical contact, spills, dust, emissions, and noise. Heavy equipment operators have limited fields of view close to their equipment and may not see pedestrians close to the vehicle. Center-articulated vehicles create a significant impact or crush hazard zone on the outboard side of a turn while moving.

Construction sites may pose a risk of exposure to dust, chemicals, hazardous or flammable materials, and wastes in a combination of liquid, solid, or gaseous forms. Access to construction areas, including the pipeline corridor and the access road, will be restricted to reduce risks to public health and safety. These risks could create long-terms impacts to the health and safety of the construction workforce and therefore the impact severity is assessed to be medium. Measures will be implemented to ensure that these risks are considered prior to the commencement of construction, and that all risks are communicated to the workforce. Appropriate PPE will be provided and equipment maintained and inspected regularly. Taking this into account, the impact to the health and safety of workers is assessed to be moderate.

Impact Type Occupational Health and Safety (construction phase) Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude 575 construction workers and up to 50 Lanco personnel Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 215

Health Impact associated with Environmental Conditions Changes in the environmental quality of air, surface water, groundwater and soil quality may occur as a result of construction activities. High noise levels are also expected from the operation of heavy machinery.

An increase in dust and noise during the construction period has the potential to lead to health impacts associated with eye irritation and general disturbance to daily activities. The dust and noise impacts during the construction phase are assessed and discussed in Section 5.1.3 and Section 5.1.4.

Waste will be generated during the construction including excavated material, construction waste, hazardous waste, sewage sludge and general refuse. The impacts from waste are presented in detail in Section 5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2.

Further, it is noted that potable water will be provided to the construction workers through bore wells. As discussed in Section 4.9, groundwater in the Project area shows a high concentration of iron and arsenic; the consumption of contaminated water has long-term health implications. Therefore, appropriate treatment measures will be implemented to ensure that clean drinking water in accordance the ECR 1997 is provided to the workforce (refer Annex Q).

The discharge of domestic waste effluent from construction workers may have the potential to cause contamination of surface water and groundwater in this area. A detailed assessment of this is presented in Section 5.1.2.

There is a potential for long term impacts to worker’s health from changes in environmental quality, as workers will be exposed to higher levels of emissions than off-site receptors. The health and safety impact associated with changes in environmental quality is considered to have moderate significance.

Impact Type Health Impact associated with Environmental Conditions Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude 575 construction workers and up to 50 Lanco personnel Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The measures will be in place to minimise the health and safety impacts to personnel from general construction activities include:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 216

• The Contractor will prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan prior to commencing work. This plan will include method statements for working methods, plant utilisation, construction sequence and safety arrangements; • Measures will be implemented to reduce the likelihood and consequence of the following hazards: o falling from height; o falling into water; o entanglement with machinery; o tripping over permanent obstacles or temporary obstructions; o slipping on greasy or icy walkways; o falling objects; o asphyxiation; o explosion; o contact with dangerous substances; o electric shock; o mistakes in operation; o variable weather conditions; o lifting excessive weights; and o traffic operations. • A Permit to Enter system will be established to ensure that only authorised persons gain entry to the site; • Competent and adequately resources sub-contractors will be used where construction activities are to be sub-contracted; • All persons working on site will be provided information about risks on Site and arrangements will be made for workers to discuss health and safety with the Contractor; • All workers will be properly informed, consulted and trained on health and safety issues; • Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be worn at all times on the Site. This shall include appropriate safety shoes, safety eyewear, and hard hats. Non-slip or studded boots will be worn to minimize the risk of slips; • Before starting work all the appropriate safety equipment and the first-aid kit will be assembled and checked as being in working order. Breathing apparatus will be tested at regular intervals in the manner specified by the makers; • All lifting equipment and cranes will be tested and inspected regularly. All hoistways will be guarded; • All scaffolds will be erected and inspected in conformity with the Factories Act and the appropriate records maintained by the Contractor; • Safety hoops or cages will be provided for ladders with a height in excess of two metres; • When there is a risk of drowning the lifebelts shall be provided and it shall be ensured that personnel wear adequate buoyancy equipment or harness and safety lines, and that rescue personnel are present when work is proceeding;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 217

• All breathing apparatus, safety harnesses, life-lines, reviving apparatus and any other equipment provided for use in, or in connection with, entry into Confined Spaces, and for use in emergencies, will be properly maintained and thoroughly examined at least once a month, and after every occasion on which it has been used; • Where sound levels cannot be reduced at the source, suitable hearing protection will be provided when noise levels indicate an Leq of more than 90 dB(A). When hearing protection is used, arrangements will be made to ensure the wearers can be warned of other hazards; and • The Contractor shall provide appropriate safety barriers with hazard warning signs attached around all exposed openings and excavations when the work is in progress.

5.1.7 Community Health and Safety

Sources of Impact

Possible impacts to community health may arise during construction from the following sources: • Changes in environmental quality due to construction activities; • Water usage, with a consequent effect on availability of clean water for the community; • Increased prevalence of disease arising from the influx of construction workers; and • Traffic safety.

The impacts to human health from changes in environmental quality are discussed in Section 5.1.6.

Criteria

The public health impact assessment has been carried out with reference to the relevant national and international criteria and legislation, as outlined in Section 2 and in the WB/IFC General EHS guidelines.

Receptors

Communities and residents of settlements in the close proximity of the Project site (within 500 m) and along the gas pipeline alignment (with 100 m) are the receptors, who will be exposed to health impacts from construction activities. Their sensitivity is considered to be moderate.

Impact Assessment

Stress on Existing Water Resources As seen in Section 4.16.13, more than 70% of the population depends on deep tube wells, drawing water from depths of 30 m or more. This water is noted to have a high content of arsenic, which has long-term health implications for

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 218

the population. During the construction phase of the Project the construction workforce will be using groundwater for potable water consumption, while construction water will be drawn from the Dehular Canal for other construction uses (as seen in Table 3.9). The peak water consumption during construction is estimated to be 100 m3 per day. This usage could place a strain on the water resources and therefore water conservation measures will be implemented.

Water will be reused where possible. The impact to water resources is expected to be short-term, but considering the high sensitivity of receptors, the impact during the construction phase is evaluated to be of moderate significance.

Impact Type Stress on Water Resources Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Communities close to the Project footprint area Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Moderate Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Increased Prevalence of Disease As mentioned above, a total of 575 workers will be employed for the construction phase. This influx of workers to the community may cause impacts to public health, especially an increase in prevalence of diseases.

Baseline surveys revealed that the most common diseases in the Project area are bacillary dysentery, diarrhoea, typhoid, peptic ulcers, pneumonia and bronchial asthma. The greatest incidence is of food and water borne diseases, arising from contamination by faecal elements, pests and vectors and due to lack of sanitation facilities. Such diseases will be of special concern during the monsoon season.

There is also the possibility of increase in sexually transmitted diseases such as HIV/AIDS as a result of the expected influx of workers to the area.

Mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce the likelihood of contamination of surface and groundwater from sanitary effluents generated during construction. Taking these measures into account, the impact to public health and safety is evaluated to be of moderate significance.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 219

Impact Type Increased Prevalence of Diseases Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Communities close to the Project footprint area Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Traffic Safety An increase in local traffic is expected as a result of the construction activities which may create public safety issues for local residents, especially along the access road. As discussed earlier, the LGED road is used mainly for local transportation using non-motorized vehicles. Potential impacts include blocking access, congestion and traffic accidents along the roadway, which is known to be narrow and have sharp bends. Therefore the impact to communities is of moderate significance during the construction phase.

Impact Type Traffic Safety (Construction Phase) Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Communities close to the Project footprint area Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts to the community from construction activities include those that will be implemented to reduce impacts to air quality, noise and water quality. In addition, the following measures will be implemented:

• The effect of groundwater or surface water abstraction for project activities will be assessed in detail using field testing and modelling techniques, and accounting for seasonal variability and projected changes in demand in the Project area; • Barriers will be provided to prevent ingress of persons into the construction site and also to protect public exposure to hazards associated with construction activities; • Screening, surveillance and treatment of workers, through the provision of medical facilities and, where required, immunization programmes; • Undertaking health awareness and education initiatives among workers;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 220

• Prevention of larval and adult propagation through sanitary improvements and elimination of breeding habitats close to human settlements in the close vicinity of Project site; • Implementation of a vector control programme; • Avoiding collection of stagnant water; • Educating project personnel and area residents on risks, prevention, and available treatment for vector-borne diseases; • Promoting use of repellents, clothing, netting, and other barriers to prevent insect bites; • Following safety guidelines for the storage, transport, and distribution of pesticides to minimize the potential for misuse, spills, and accidental human exposure; and • Road safety measures detailed in Section 5.1.5.

5.1.8 Physical Cultural Resources

Sources of Impact

As a result of construction activities, impacts to structures of cultural importance may arise from air emissions ie dust, vibration and changes in soil quality. Sources of emissions to air and soil and their impacts are discussed in Sections 5.1.3 and Section 5.1.1. Vibration impacts during construction may occur from the use of vibratory rollers.

Receptors

As discussed in Section 4.16.15, the Project area does not contain cultural or heritage resources of national or regional importance. The mosques and graveyards in the area are of local cultural importance. The nearest of these resources is the South Kutba Radha Krishna temple, which is located approximately 500 m from the Project Site.

Impact Assessment

As discussed in Section 5.1.3, impacts from emissions to air during the construction phase are not likely to be significant beyond a distance of 100 m. Therefore, the impact to cultural resources from air emissions is negligible.

Similarly, any soil contamination from spills, leaks or improper handling of waste is expected to be localised in nature and therefore is not expected to affect the cultural resources identified within the Project area.

Vibration from the use of construction equipment is not expected to generate significant off-site impacts and therefore is not likely to cause impacts to cultural and heritage resources.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 221

Impact Type Physical Cultural Resources Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Physical cultural resources in close vicinity Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Very unlikely Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The impact to cultural heritage from construction activities is expected to be negligible, as there are no cultural and heritage resources located in close proximity to the site. A chance find procedure will be developed and implemented for managing any cultural heritage that is discovered during construction.

5.1.9 Ecology

Sources of Impact

The potential sources of impact on ecological resources during the construction phase of the Project will be mostly from the following activities:

• Project site clearance; • Clearance of vegetation from associated infrastructure (ie approach road and gas pipeline alignment); • Filling of sand and earth on site; • Construction activities at site; • Influx of labour force; and • Transportation of man and material by road and canal.

Receptors

Terrestrial The project site is at present fallow land which was previously used for agricultural activities. There are no trees on the project site. The approach road to be built to provide access to the Project site will require some tree cutting. Construction activities will also disturb amphibians, reptiles, avi- fauna and mammals (such as rats and mongoose) observed in and around the Project site.

Aquatic The Dehular canal is in immediate vicinity of the Project site. As discussed earlier, it will be the source of water for the construction activities as well as a means of transport to and from the site. Also construction of the floating jetty

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 222

on the water body, surface run-offs etc may have an impact on the aquatic ecology as fish, planktons etc of the Dehular canal.

Impact Assessment on Terrestrial Flora

Clearance of Vegetation: Construction activity will require clearing of vegetation, i.e. weeds, from the Project site and homestead plantations, shrubs and herbs from the associated infrastructure area.

The Project site is not having any tree species, whereas part of the associated infrastructure is having tree species, such as, Aponomyxis polystachya, Areca catechu, Albizia procera, Anthocephalus chinensis, Artocarpus heterophyllus, Borassus flabelifer, Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Diospyros perigrina, Phoneix sylvestris, Polyalthia longifolia, Swietenia mahagoni, Syzygium cumini and Erythrina indica along with some shrubs and herbs. These species are mainly used for their fruits, timber and fuel-wood and are commonly occurring in the study area. A comparison of the floral species richness recorded in the study area and Project site is given in Table 5.4 below.

Table 5.4 Comparison of floral species richness at Project Site and Study Area

Biota Project Site* and Associated Study Area infrastructures Trees 14 51 Shrubs 12 30 Herbs 5 71 Total 31 152 Note: No tree, shrub and herb species were observed at the Project site during the ecological survey.

Table 5.4 shows that the tree species observed at the approach road represents only 27.5% of the total species richness observed in the study area. Shrubs at approach road represents 39% of the total species richness observed in the study area while herbs at the project site represents only 7% of the species richness of the total species richness observed in the study area.

Filling and Raising of the Project Site: Raising of the Project site is required to prevent the water logging at site during the monsoon season. This will result in physical destruction of the vegetation present at the site.

Influx of Labour Force: The construction workers will be primarily residing in the nearby habitation or near to the Project site in construction camp. There is a likelihood of impact of the construction camps on nearby vegetation due to requirement of fuel and timber from the vegetation.

Based on the above discussion, the overall impact on terrestrial flora due to the construction phase of the Project and associated infrastructure will be minor.

Impact Type Terrestrial Flora (construction phase) Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 223

Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Extent Local Regional Global Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Magnitude Project Site and Approach Road alignment Likelihood Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Impact Assessment on Terrestrial Fauna

Construction Activities: Construction activities will result in noise generation which will ward-off the avifauna from the nearby habitats of homestead plantation and water bodies.

Movement of People and Equipment: Movement of people, equipment and removal of vegetation cover is likely to disturb local faunal populations, especially birds and bats as well as reducing the quality of habitat for faunal species. Impacts due to noise, dust and other disturbance associated with project activities will be temporary and thus are unlikely to constitute any significant impact on local faunal species in the long term.

Table 5.5 refers to the species of different faunal group with respect to their occurrence at project site and study area. A total of 4 species of Amphibians, 3 species of Reptiles, 6 species of Avi-fauna and 2 species of Mammals have been reported on the Project Site and associated infrastructure however, they are commonly occurring in the study area and are not of conservation significance. Thus, it can be concluded that the Project site faunal species richness is very low in comparison to study area.

Table 5.5 Comparison of faunal species richness at Project Site and Study Area

Biota Project Site & associated infrastructures Study Area Fish 0 87 Amphibians 4 12 Reptiles 3 21 Birds 6 43 Mammals 2 19

Table 5.6 refers to the status of conservation of the fauna occurring in the study area based on local status (1) (2) and their IUCN Status (3).

(1) Local Status: CR-Common Resident, C – Common, UR-Uncommon Resident, CWV- Common Winter Visitor , V – Vagrant, RR – Rare Resident, WV – Winter Visitor, UWV- Uncommon Winter Visitor (2) CR- Frequently seen in the transit walk by the ecologist and local people see it frequently (those species not seen during transit walk) UR–Very rarely seen in the transit walk but local people see it uncommonly (which species not seen during transit CR- Frequently seen in the transit walk by the ecologist and local people see it frequently (those species not seen during transit walk) UR–Very rarely seen in the transit walk but local people see it uncommonly (those species not seen during transit walk) RR - Don’t see in the transit walk and also local people see it rarely CWV– seen in the transit walk rarely and local people see these species frequently in the winter season UWV – Don’t see in the transit walk and local people see these species not frequently in the winter season (3) http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/redlist_cats_crit_en.pdf (CE-Critically Endangered, EN-Endangered, VU-Vulnerable, NT-Near Threatened) ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 224

Table 5.6 Status of conservation for fauna based on Local criteria

Biota Local Status IUCN Status CR C UR CWV V RR WV UWV CE EN VU NT LC NL Amphibians 3 4 5 ------10 2 Reptiles 12 5 2 - - 2 ------10 11 Birds 31 - 9 2 1 - - - - - 1 42 - Mammals 16 - 2 - - 1 ------19 -

It shows that as per local status of the study area sixty two (62) species of fauna are common resident while 18 species of fauna have been listed as uncommonly resident. As per the IUCN status of the species in the study area, only 1 species was found near threatened while 81 species were recorded of least concern.

Therefore, the species richness at the Project site and associated infrastructure area with respect to the study area is low. The species occurring at proposed project site and associated infrastructure are present commonly through out the study area. Further, when the construction activity will start, impacted faunal species will move to nearby areas of similar nature. Based on the above observations the impact for the construction phase on fauna has been assessed to be minor.

Impact Type Terrestrial Fauna (construction phase) Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Extent Local Regional Global Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Magnitude Project Site and associated infrastructure Likelihood Low Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts to the terrestrial ecology from construction activities will be as follows:

• Land clearing will be kept minimum to the extent practicable for the approach road and gas pipeline; • Wherever feasible, changes in the alignment of gas pipeline will be made to avoid felling of larger trees and village ponds. • Compensatory afforestation/ Green Belt development along the road side and other available areas within the Plant site will be carried out; • Local fruit bearing trees and local vegetation will be selected for greenbelt development; • Minimal disturbance to local flora and fauna; • Topsoil and waste construction debris will be cleared and stored for later reinstatement purposes by piling it along a boundary of the site.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 225

• Preference to the local workers will be given in construction activities to avoid pressure on the natural resources; • Strict instruction should be given to the construction workers not to cut trees from the nearby areas for their fuel and timber use; • Use of LPG/ Kerosene for cooking need to be provided/ encouraged in order to reduce the impacts on vegetation from the vicinity of the Project site; • Every care will be taken to prevent soil erosion. • Compaction and stabilization will be resorted to during filling to ensure that no top soil is washed away; and • Construction workers will be given conservation and awareness training to promote sustainable resource use.

Impact Assessment on Aquatic Flora & Fauna

Dehular Canal is the main source of transportation for equipment, machineries, construction materials and fuels. These materials are transported from their source to construction sites by barge/trawlers. There is a likelihood of accidental spillage of oil and other chemicals, which will be used during the construction phase, while unloading and also during storage at site which might found its way to Dehular Canal by runoff and may disturb the aquatic flora and fauna due to change in their normal behavioural patterns. Dehular canal does not have any species of conservation significance and resident species are mostly of common occurrence. As the canal is a lotic ecosystem, any spillage will get diluted in due course of time and therefore the impact is assessed as minor.

Impact Type Aquatic Flora and Fauna Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Extent Local Regional Global Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Magnitude Dehular canal and loading-unloading area Likelihood Low Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts to the aquatic ecology from construction activities will be as follows:

• Avoidance of any leakage of fuels and other contamination from Barge/trawlers to Dehular Canal; • Standard codes and practices to be followed during unloading of fuels and construction material; • Providing proper toilets and sanitary arrangements for construction camps; and

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 226

• Provision of barriers/control walls at construction material storage areas to avoid contamination by surface runoff; and • Restriction on construction workers for fishing in Dehular canal.

5.1.10 Social

The establishment of a gas based power plant in a predominantly rural area, with minimum basic infrastructural facilities, limited exposure to industrial activities and urbanization, along with the socio-economic constraints (as discussed in the Section 4.16 and 4.17), is likely to generate a range of impacts, which will be new to the Project area. These will be both positive and negative in nature. The positive impacts may include employment and business and employment opportunities for the local people, increase availability of electricity supply, new infrastructure development etc. On the other hand, the Project area is expected to experience changes in land-use, environment, livelihood and community health. The entire range of impacts can be broadly categorised as:

• Direct impacts on the prevailing natural and social systems; • Indirect/Induced impacts that may be secondary impacts, derived from the existing natural and social systems; and

This identification and discussion of the social impacts of the Project covers the above categories of impacts in tandem with the different phases of the Project lifecycle, i.e. the pre-construction phase, construction phase and operation phase.

These impacts have been identified through consultation with the Project proponent, project affected persons, with government officials, elected representatives at village and sub-district level and opinion leaders in the area/region. The impacts are documented from the examination of available documents, socio-economic survey and feedback received from the stakeholder consultations.

The pre-construction and construction phase impacts on socio-economic conditions of the Project area are discussed in the following sub-sections.

Pre Construction Phase Impacts

The impacts in the pre-construction phase of the project are envisaged as;

A. Land Related Impacts

Impact of Land Loss The land for the current project was acquired by BPDB in the year 2003. Lanco would be requiring 14.16 acres of land for its plant and access road. The exact estimation (numbers) of land owners impacted specifically for the land parcel

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 227

allocated to Lanco has yet to be confirmed. However, rough estimates based on review of land documents and community consultation suggest that approximately 72 land owners were affected due to the land acquired for the plant site and access road. The acquisition process is underway for the additional 3.2 acres of land for the water front development. Discussion with revenue authority reveals that an additional 46 households would be affected due to acquisition of these 3.2 acres of land.

The alignment for the gas pipeline (which will connect the nearest functional Valve Station to the Project site) is yet to be finalised. It is envisaged that the gas alignment once finalized will require a Right of Way (RoW) of approximately 20 feet along a 2km stretch. It is estimated that the gas pipeline would need about 3 acres of land for RoW. Keeping in consideration the linear nature of acquisition, the estimated number of families to be affected is around 55.

The above process of land acquisition is likely to impact the following groups;

• Landowners; • Sharecroppers: Sharecropping is a common practice in Bangladesh and this region is no different from rest of the country. However, given the small land holding size in Bhola and agriculture being the primary occupation for majority of families, the number of sharecroppers engaged on project land and potential livelihood impacts is low. The same was confirmed during consultations; • Agricultural labourers: Cultivation on the impacted land was carried out either directly by the land owners or through hired agricultural labourers. There are no estimates available for agricultural labourers who could have had a livelihood impact due to the land take for the project. Proposed resettlement plan will investigate this issue further; and • Resource Users: Villagers living around the site use the plant site for cattle grazing in lean season. However, the project area is a small patch of land and it would not affect the availability of fodder in major way. There are also alternate grazing lands available as emerged during consultation.

Extent of Land Loss The plant and access road would require 14.16 acres of land. The estimated number of families affected due to the acquisition is 72, thus, on an average each family is losing about 0.20 acres of land. Similarly, for additional 3.2 acres of land each family is losing about .07 acres of land. Therefore, the extent of land loss is not significant. Primary consultations indicate that the total area for cultivation available has been impacted due to land loss for the projects. However, this impact was not assessed to be major or significant (causing substantial impact on income/livelihoods or change in employment patterns).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 228

Change in Land Use The establishment of the project will result in permanently change in land use of the project site and planned sub components areas (like access road, gas pipeline etc) from agricultural to industrial. At a broader level, the project development is likely to also result in land use change of some areas in the near vicinity (for commercial usage or residential purposes).

The direct resultant impact (adverse) of land use change in the project area (and the other planned components) is the reduction in land area available for cultivation and resultant livelihood impacts on land owners and share croppers. However, on the other hand, industrialization of this land will have a positive impact in terms of increase in employment and allied opportunities, better infrastructure and amenities etc. whose benefits are not only restricted at the local site level but also at the regional level.

It is envisaged that the laying of the pipeline will not significantly impact in the change of land use along the corridor. It was reported that once the construction is complete, SGCL might return the land back to the land losers for redevelopment including growing crops, grazing etc. However, no structural development would be permitted on the same. Hence, it will be possible to restore land use (like agriculture and grazing) once construction is complete. Community consultations came across apprehensions like lowering of land value due to the gas pipeline (of the impacts land, refer section below for details)

Fragmentation of Land holdings Parcels of land along the proposed RoW for gas pipeline and access road may get fragmented due to the linear acquisition associated with the route of the gas pipeline. This may either lead to partial loss of cultivable land or even creation of orphan lands which may be rendered too small or unviable for cultivation. Alternatively, associated facilities would require access routes for maintenance purposes and these may impact adjacent parcels of land or crops.

Impact Type Fragmentation of Land, Change in Land-Use and Impact on Land Value Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Impact confined to gas pipeline corridor Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity N/A Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Potential impacts due to loss of land are attributed to loss of earning for land owners, loss of livelihood for the sharecroppers, loss of employment for agriculture labourers, loss of grazing land for the community, change in land use and fragmentation of land holdings. These impacts are expected to be moderate with the implementation of the following mitigation measures.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 229

• Payment of replacement cost for lost asset as per the year of compensation disbursement, not per the year of acquisition notification; • Payment of compensation prior to taking possession of land; • Payment of transitional assistance to support economic loss; • Payment of severity allowance for fragmentation of land. Where the remaining land becomes unviable in case of fragmentation, the Project to compensate for the full land parcel; • Livelihood restoratation measures; • Reimbursement of registration cost for purchase of land (up to the land lost to the project) within a specified period to encourage usage of compensation amount for building productive asset; • Dissemination of information about the acquisition and compensation calculation process; • Elimination of intermediaries between affected person and acquisition authority; • Establishing a grievance redress mechanism; • Option for work during project construction period; • Prior information to harvest the crops or compensation for loss of crop.

The following measures will be implemented to mitigate impact on sharecroppers:

• Prior information to harvest the crops or compensation for loss of crop; • Payment of transitional allowance to support economic loss; • Dissemination of information about the acquisition; • Elimination of intermediaries between affected person and acquisition authority; • Establishing a grievance redress mechanism; • Option for work during project construction period or skill improvement training.

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the agricultural labour will be as follows:

• Payment of transitional allowance to support loss of income; • Dissemination of information about the acquisition; • Elimination of intermediaries between affected person and payment authority; • Establishing a grievance redress mechanism; • Option for work during project construction period or skill improvement training.

The impact on resource users from project activity is expected to be minor to negligible, as the land parcel acquired for the project is small and the practice of grazing in lean season can continue in surrounding areas.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 230

The extent of land loss per family due to the project is not very large. Land for plant site and access road has been acquired long back; hence there is little scope in minimising. However, the scope of minimising is still possible in gas pipeline alignment. Further, to minimise impact on families that has become land less due to the acquisition the following mitigation measures have been suggested: • All possible option should be analysed to avoid homestead and orchard land for gas pipeline alignment; • Families that become landless after acquisition should be supported with additional mechanism such as training for alternate occupation, employment opportunity in the project as per capability, soft loan or seed amount to start small business etc.; 5.1.11 Provide support for Government leases cultivable agricultural land under the provision of “Framework for Leasing of Government (Khas) Agricultural Land” to families who have lost all their land due to land acquisition under the eminent domain laws.

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts due to change in land use will be as follows:

• Allow land owners to cultivate the gas pipeline RoW with adequate information disclosure on their duties, responsibilities and safety precaution; • Maintaining green belt around the project aligning with the local environment.

Fragmentation of land holding is limited to access road and RoW for gas pipeline and transmission line. Out of these three project components, land for access road has been acquire long back and alignment for transmission line is out site the scope of this report. Hence, the mitigation measures proposed for gas pipeline is as follows: • Avoid alignment that bifurcates the land parcel; • Use revenue map to fix the alignment to minimise bifurcation of land parcel; • Avoid marginal and small land owners while fixing alignment; • Avoid valuable land such as homestead and orchard land.

A detailed resettlement plan is proposed to be undertaken and will assess the economic and livelihood impacts and development an entitlement matrix to mitigate the impacts.

B. Impact on Livelihoods

The section below discusses the impact on livelihoods for the different groups of affected families.

Impact on Livelihoods of Land owners

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 231

Long term livelihoods have been, or will be, impacted for thosefamilies impacted by past, ongoing or proposed land take for the project. As Bhola os an agrarian economy, a good percentage of the population is dependent on agriculture as an income resource with families taking paddy crops from their fields on an annual basis.

Consultations with select landowners (that were identified during the course of the social survey) suggest that most direct impact of land loss has been in terms of loss of earning. Stakeholder consultations also suggest that loss of income or livelihoods was not expected to be significant for the land being acquired currently (for the water front area). This is due to the fact that the land is put to limited use by the affected people (it is flooded for a significant part of the year and cannot be used for agricultural purposes). Similarly significant adverse impact from loss of land for the ROW for the gas pipeline is not envisaged because of the temporary nature of the acquisition. However, there would be short term losses primarily arising from the disruption or severance of access to farm land during the construction phase of the pipeline.

Community consultations also revealed that most of the families who received compensation used it for buying other land parcels in the nearby or other areas. However, empirical evidence of such livelihood restoration aspects (primarily led by individual land owners who lost land and received compensation in lieu of it) was available only for some families. Meetings with such families reported utilising the compensation value to purchase other land parcels.

Impact Type Loss of Land Ownership, Low Compensation and Impact on Livelihood Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Long- Permanent Temporary Short-term term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact 14.2 acres of land designated for the Project Magnitude Impact Severity Very Slight Low Medium High High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Potential impacts due to loss of land will lead to loss of livelihood for land owners. This impact is expected to be moderate and with the implementation of the following mitigation measures the potential impact of loss of livelihood will be further minimised.

• Payment of compensation on time; • Payment of transitional assistance to support economic loss; • Encouragement and facilitation in identifying agriculture land for purchase in compensation money ;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 232

• Option for work during project construction period; • Providing training for skill improvement for alternate occupation.

Impact on other Land Dependant Groups Agricultural labourers, cattle grazers and to a limited extent sharecroppers are the land dependant groups that are impacted by the land acquisition for the project and its different components. It was assessed from local consultation that there are few sharecroppers involved in cultivation and farming in and around the project site. Although the exact no. of sharecroppers practicing in the project site is not known, it was reported from the community that this figure could be negligible in number.

The key impacts envisaged on the land dependent groups due to the project and its activities are:

• Impact on income: due to the establishment of the project, families practising agriculture within the project area would have to discontinue their practice in the project area once the construction activities start. Restriction on use of land in the project area may lead to impacts on livelihoods and incomes. This impact may be temporary, i.e. loss of income during the transition phase, and could be mitigated once the sharecropper finds a new site for cultivation and renews his sharecropping practice.

• Change in Sharecropping Arrangements: it is possible that in search for land, the sharecroppers may have to set off for locations outside the project area. This will result in developing associations and financial arrangements with new landlords. This may be associated with positive or negative implication on the financial arrangements between the two, depending on the local prevailing sharecropping rates in that area which may be higher or lower than the previous practice rates.

Impact Type Displacement and Livelihood Impact on Sharecroppers Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Long- Temporary Short-term Permanent term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Magnitude of impact confined to sharecroppers displaced from the project site. Magnitude Impact Severity Very Slight Low Medium High High Receptor N/A Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures are recommended to minimize impacts on the sharecropper’s income and sources of subsistence as well as change in sharecropping arrangement due to loss of land by the land owners.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 233

• Providing transitional allowance to support economic loss; • Prior dissemination of information about the acquisition; • Establishing a grievance redress mechanism; • Option to work during project construction period; • Provision of skill improvement training for alternate occupation.

C. Impact on Common Resources- Grazing

As indicated in the baseline, the project area is actively utilized for open grazing of cattle during non-agricultural season. Reportedly, households in the area keep a minimum of 2 to 3 heads of non-descript breeds of cattle that are taken to this area for grazing. Fencing and restrictions in use of the land area would imply that families would no longer be able to use the land for grazing purposes. Consultations however suggest that the land around the project area would be available for continued grazing for the local community. Hence, the impact is envisaged to be minor or insignificant.

Impact Type Access to Grazing Land Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Long- Temporary Short-term Permanent term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Small as the project area is confined only to 12.3 acres. Magnitude Impact Severity Very Slight Low Medium High High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

The impact on common resource such as grazing land is expected to be minor to negligible, as the land parcel acquired for the project is small and the practice of grazing in lean season can continue in surrounding areas.

D. Impact on the Land Market

Field consultations and discussions with revenue officials suggest that the land market in the Project area has not seen active buying and selling of agricultural/non-agricultural land and hence the government rate of registry was low. Land and registry rates have seen an upswing post land acquisition and news about setting up of the power plant in the area. Further discussions with land owners (impacted due to land take for 3.2 acres of land for water front area) suggest that they intend to use the compensation money for purchase of other land in the area. All this is likely to further have an upward impact on the land rates in the area.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 234

Land along the gas pipeline right of way will be subject to restricted land-use as per the regulatory requirements. Additionally this land as well as adjacent access areas will be regularly accessed by the project proponents for supervision or maintenance. Any such land which is along the corridor is likely to experience a negative impact on demand and subsequently its market value.

Mitigation Measures

To keep the land speculators at bay and minimize negative impact due to land acquisition for the proposed gas pipe alignment, the mitigation measures to minimize impacts are as follows: • Create awareness among the locals about land speculators; • Minimisation of land acquisition for RoW.

Construction Phase Impacts

The construction phase of the Project involves a number of sequential activities, collectively named as “spread”. The area affected by the Pproject and during construction and laying of pipeline (the ROW), area occupied for the construction equipment, the pipeline trenches, area for storage facilities, pumping station, labour camps areas etc.

Based on the assessment of above activities and in consultation with the different stakeholders, the following impacts are being envisaged for the construction phase of the project.

A. Impacts from the Influx of Migrants

The construction phase for the Project is scheduled to be undertaken under two phases. The first phase will include civil construction work, whereas the second phase which accounts for mechanical and electrical work. The approximate working population for both civil and mechanical work is expected to be around 500. The entire construction phase is expected to continue for about 2 years. This will require labour of unskilled, semi-skilled, skilled and highly skilled nature. However, it is envisaged that outsourced personnel will comprise mostly of skilled labourers and workers.

The Construction Contractor will be responsible for the construction of temporary labour camps and provide the workers with water supply, electricity, sanitary facilities, medical aid and other basic amenities. It is assumed that the camps would be constructed in-situ. Following impacts are envisaged due to influx of migrant workers.

Social Impacts of Migrant Workers Consultations with the community in the Project affected villages suggest that there are some apprehensions about the influx of workers and impact from the temporary in-migrations. However, some of the concerns raised include:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 235

• Increased community conflicts due to increased interface between migrants and locals; • Frequent movement of vehicles may increase accidents; • Sharp increase in daily wage rates for labour, impacting the availability of agriculture labour for cultivation activities; and • On the contrary, there could be an enhancement of local skills and skill sets through interaction of local unskilled or semi-skilled labourers with the skilled migrant workers.

Community Health Impacts from Migrant Workers While it is understood that provisions are being made to ensure that all the contract labour are accommodated in construction camp close to the Plant site, there could be sub-contractors or casual labourers who are typically “camp followers” who would find their own accommodation in rental accommodation in villages. Consultations with medical practitioners at the primary health centre brought out the following health risks to migrants as well as the community:

• Spread of communicable diseases, especially sexually transmitted diseases, which accompany many major constructions; • Poor health infrastructure in the Project area may worsen the spread of any disease; and • Lack of hygiene and adequate sanitation facilities would create health ailments related to food poisoning or diseases like malaria, viral fever, gastroenteritis which could spread within the community.

Impact Type Influx of Workers & Labourers Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long- Permanent term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Local project site to Borhanuddin impact to be high during construction phase. Magnitude Negative impacts would be related to health and hygiene, whereas positive impacts would be economic. Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 236

Mitigation Measures

Potential impacts during construction period include impact due to the influx of migrants and associated health related risk to the community. These impacts are expected to be moderate and with the implementation of the following mitigation measures the potential impact of loss of livelihood will be further minimised.

• Engage as many locally available unskilled, semi skilled and skilled human resource as practically possible to avoid large scale in migration of labour force; • Provision of infrastructure and amenities for migrant labour in construction camp to avoid dependence on limited local resources; • Adequate sanitation facility at labour camps to maintain hygiene and minimise spread of diseases; • Creating awareness about local tradition and culture among outside migrant and encouraging respect for same; • Providing awareness training regarding sexually transmitted diseases among the migrant population; • Proper disposal of wastes generated from the camp and construction activity to maintain general hygiene in the area; • Avoid unnecessary movement of vehicles through settlement areas to avoid disturbance and traffic safety related issues.

B. Environmental and Infrastructure Pressure on Prevailing Resources

The influx of migrant workers would lead to a transitory increase of population in the immediate vicinity of the Project area. Most of the unskilled and semi-skilled manpower for the Project will come from the neighbouring areas. However, the construction contractor will provide a labour camp close to the site. The project authority expects to have about 500 workers during construction phase for a period of two years. It will be the contractors’ responsibility to construct temporary labour camp and provide the workers with water supply, electricity, sanitary facilities, medical aid and other basic amenities. In addition, migrant workers may access facilities like rental accommodation, health centres, water supply, schools etc. In the absence of well-developed infrastructure there may be additional pressure on the existing facilities felt by the local populace due to the migrant workforce.

C. Community Health and Safety Impacts

It is envisaged that during the construction phase activities, a lot of the material and heavy equipments is scheduled to be brought to the site in vehicles and ferries via the inner access roads and the water ways respectively. Some of these impacts associated specifically with roadways are:

• Traffic congestions on roads and possible disruption to the community usage during peak movement hours; • Increased risks with respect to safety associated with traffic movement; ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 237

• Inconvenience to community in terms of air and noise pollution caused by the movement of vehicles; and • Structural and surface damage to road due to movement of heavy vehicles and equipments.

The risks associated with access to waterways are comparatively lesser and the only identified impact is with respect to spillage and seepage in the canal due to increased material movement, handling and unloading.

Impact Type Access to Roads & Waterways – Construction Phase Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Category Impact Temporary Short- Long- Permanent Duration term term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Short-term negative implication during construction phase Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Apart from the traffic other community health and safety impacts resulting from the construction phase of activities would typically include (but not be limited to):

• Generation of dust, noise and odour from the construction site which may have health related impacts on the local community; • Fire Safety from the ongoing construction activities which may include handling and storage of flammable chemicals and materials; • Improper disposal and migration of sewage into the surroundings; • Improper disposal of sewage and waste may lead to contamination of ground water, as the water table in the project area is very high. • Any waste disposal in canal from the project would affect the population in down stream of water flow

Mitigation Measures

Potential impacts during the construction period on existing infrastructure and community health and safety is expected to be moderate. With the implementation of the following mitigation measures the potential impacts will be further reduced.

• Provision of infrastructure for migrant labour such as water supply, electricity, sanitary facilities, medical aid and other basic amenities to avoid dependence on limited local resources; • Proper disposal of wastes generated from the camp and construction activity to maintain general hygiene in the area;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 238

• Creating awareness among the drivers about speed, traffic safety, use of horns etc while driving through settlement areas; • Covering of trucks while carrying soil, sand, cement, aggregates etc to minimise spread of dust and spill over; • Avoiding unnecessary movement of vehicle through settlement area to minimise disturbance and traffic safety related issues; • Creating awareness among children, women, and old age people in particular and the community in general on traffic safety by using existing mediums such as school, women self help groups, village union and religious occasions; • Strengthening and regular maintenance of village road to minimise surface and structural damage of road; • Sprinkling of water to suppress dust generation in the construction zone; • Provide training and create awareness about fire and safety among workers at site; • Disposal of wastes at pre identified waste dumping site to avoid unauthorised dumping; • Avoid disposing of wastes in the canal and providing silt traps to arrest silt flowing into the canal during the rainy season.

D. Impacts on the Local Economy

Creation of Employment and Income Generating Opportunities The project is likely to create a range of avenues for direct and indirect employment opportunities.

• The requirement for around 500 labourers in the construction phase can spur local labour contracting activities as well as avenues of unskilled labour; • Self-employment options for individuals possessing vocational or technical training skills like electricians, welders, fitters etc, which are likely to be sourced locally; • Contracting opportunities for locals possessing tractors, trucks, barges/ trawlers or other vehicles which would be needed during construction phase for material and personnel transportation;

A multiplier effect will be felt on the creation of indirect employment through the local community establishing small shops like tea stalls, supply of intermediate raw materials, repair outlets, hardware stores etc. Locals may develop accommodation in expectation of rental income from the migrant workers or from the company, which will increase income generating opportunities. Some of these opportunities may become sustainable enterprises in the long run if they are able to satisfy the local procurement needs of the company, thus altering the local economy. Also, it is envisaged that inflow of migrant workers and labourers will lead to increase in demand for locally produced agricultural (including dairy, fish, poultry etc) goods that will benefit the local economy.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 239

Positive Impacts on Local Enterprises The immediate vicinity of the project area has/will see a spurt of entrepreneurial activity in the form of locals opening up food joist, tea stalls, spare-parts and repair outlets and general provisions. Consultations with select/relevant stakeholders indicated the following economic spin-offs:

• Sudden increase in the demand for goods and services, which will lead to a short-term rise in prices till the shortage of supplies can be met; • Increase in employment and wages in these shops and establishments to serve the additional demand; • Establishment of new shops and stores to make good of the sudden economic boom; and • Development of the local market to supply goods and commodities

Boom and Bust Effect on the Local Economy The construction phase is likely to last for a period of 26 months. In the interim period, some of the short-term economic impacts which would influence the local economy of the immediate project vicinity include:

• Increase in disposable incomes due to increased wages and employment opportunities; • Influx of more liquidity into the system due to new sources of income like rent, increased expenditure on essential commodities and inflation due to supply side shortages; • Backward linkages in the supply chain which include increased demand for hardware, tools, and other equipment; and • Increased short term demand for goods and services of all kinds.

These effects would create a temporary boom in the local economy, and after the construction phase, there may be short-term recession due to several avenues of demand becoming redundant or drying up. However, it is envisaged that this bust effect will not last and the operations phase will see a sustained growth of demand when local contractual opportunities increase, though not at the same pace as during construction.

Impact Type Local Employment and procurement Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Borhanuddin and extending to Bhola Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 240

5.2 OPERATION PHASE

An activity – impact interaction matrix for the operation phase of the Project is presented in Table 5.7.

Table 5.7 Impact Identification Matrix for Operation Phase of the Project

Potential Impacts/ Risks

Activity Air Quality Traffic Volume Noise Resources Water Water Quality Land/ Soil Quality Terrestrial Ecology Aquatic Ecology Socio-economic Contamination Risks Risks and Offsite On-site Air emissions from stacks of the plant GHG emissions Noise generation due to operation of plant and auxiliaries Water demand for plant operations Wastewater discharge/ disposal Wastes – domestic waste and other non-hazardous wastes handling, storage Hazardous material and waste storages Natural gas transportation by pipeline Storage of flammables Transportation of personnel, raw material/s and disposal of wastes Employment

5.2.1 Air Quality

The Project includes one CCGT, consisting of 1 gas turbine (GT) in simple cycle, 1 HRSG and 1 ST. As indicated in the Project Schedule, a SCGT will be ready for operation by 20th month from the start of construction, whereas the CCGT will be operational by 26th month from the start of construction.

The gas turbine will be equipped with a set of dampers which will allow the turbine to operate in simple-cycle or combined-cycle mode. The bypass damper will control the flow through the bypass or simple-cycle stack, and the isolation damper will control flow through the HRSG. During start-up operations as well as during simple cycle operation, the isolation damper will be closed; preventing flue gas flow through the HRSG, and the bypass damper will be open, allowing flue gas to exit through the bypass stack. Once the turbine has completed start-up procedures the isolation damper will be

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 241

opened and the bypass damper will be closed redirecting flue gas flow through the HRSG. The hot flue gas will heat boiler feed water to produce steam, which will be used to drive a steam turbine to produce more electricity in combined cycle operation. In the combined cycle operations, the flue gas will be allowed to exit through the main stack.

Taking the above operational conditions into consideration, two scenarios were modelled as part of the impact assessment on air quality due to the Project (Table 5.8).

Table 5.8 Modelling Scenarios for Air Quality Impact Assessment

Scenario Description 1 Plant running in simple cycle (During initial 6-months of Plant Operation and during start-up) 2 Plant running in combined cycle (During normal operations after commission of combined cycle system)

The operation of the plant in simple/ combined cycle will generate flue gas emissions containing NOx and CO.

Emissions of SO2 are likely to be negligible, as natural gas typically has a low sulphur level (as per the gas specification of Shahbazpur Gas Field). Particulate emissions are likely to be negligible; as natural gas is a gaseous fuel (there is no supplementary fuel to be used in the GT). It is noted however that particulate emissions (<1 µm diameter) in the form of unburnt hydrocarbons and Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs) such as benzene and formaldehyde, can be released if poor air/fuel mixing and the incomplete combustion of the fuel source occurs.

Summary of Emission Sources and Emission Rates

The emission source during the operation of the Plant will be either the bypass stack (simple cycle operation) or main stack (combined cycle operation). The emissions from each stack based on the simple/ combined cycle operation along with stack parameters are presented in Table 5.9.

Table 5.9 Emission Parameters for the Power Plant

Stack UTM Co-ordinates* Emission Emission (m) Concentration Rate NOx CO NOx CO

Easting Northing Stack Height (m) Stack Height (m) Diameter (m) Stack Internal Flue Gas Exit Velocity (m/s) (°C) Flue Gas Temperature ppm mg/Nm3 ppm mg/Nm3 (g/s) (g/s) Bypass Stack 264427 2487535 45 5 40 560 25 51 9.5 11.7 40.04 9.18 (S1)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 242

Stack UTM Co-ordinates* Emission Emission (m) Concentration Rate NOx CO NOx CO

Easting Northing Stack Height (m) Stack Height (m) Diameter (m) Stack Internal Flue Gas Exit Velocity (m/s) (°C) Flue Gas Temperature ppm mg/Nm3 ppm mg/Nm3 (g/s) (g/s) Main Stack 264381 2487517 60 6 25 100 25 51 9.5 11.7 36.03 8.27 (S2) * UTM Zone - 46 Note: During the plant operation, only one of the two stacks will be functional based on the simple/ combined cycle operation. Stack parameters are as provided by Lanco.

Prediction of Impacts

Impacts due to the operation of plant were assessed by modelling projected emission rate (Table 5.9) of the plant operation by modelling in the AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD). AERMOD is a modelling system consisting of three separate modules: AERMET, AERMAP and AERMOD. AERMET is a meteorological pre-processor and uses hourly surface observations, cloud cover, and upper air parameters from twice-daily vertical sampling of the atmosphere to create two output files consisting of surface and vertical profile data, respectively. The terrain pre-processor AERMAP uses Digital Elevation Model (DEM) maps as well as user generated receptor grids. AERMAP’s output file consists of the x, y locations of each receptors, mean sea level (MSL) elevation and hill profile parameters. The hill profile parameter is used in determining plume flow around elevated terrain.

Model Options: The following regulatory default options were run in AERMOD in this assessment: • Stack-tip downwash; • Elevated terrain effects; • Use of calms processing routine; • Use of missing data processing routine; and • No exponential decay

The area surrounding the Project site does not house any major industrial activities and there are scattered rural settlements in the surroundings with a semi-urban area around 2.5 km away from the site. Based on this, the Project site and its surroundings have been considered as rural area, and therefore, the rural dispersion coefficient was used in the Model.

Meteorological Data: The input meteorological data for the AERMOD was generated using the MM5 model, which was downscaled to fine grid data suitable for modelling. The data used in the study was site specific and was collected over a one year period (2011). In all there were 8760 hours of

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 243

meteorological data used in the model. This quantity of data allows an adequate assessment of hourly, 8-hourly, daily and annual average pollutant concentrations around the Project site.

Terrain Data: Terrain data for the AERMAP model were taken from the 90 m SRTM database, while land cover data was sourced from satellite imagery of the Project site and its surroundings.

Receptors: The receptor grid or network, defines the locations of predicted air concentrations used to assess compliance with the relevant standards or guidelines. The following comprehensive fine and coarse receptor network was used for this analysis: • 50 m spaced receptors along the project boundary up to 2.5 km; and • Cartesian receptors located within the study area, where baseline monitoring was carried out during the study period.

This network used Cartesian (X, Y) receptors with UTM coordinates. Base elevation of all the receptors were found using terrain elevations interpolated from SRTM (~90 m) Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. The discrete Cartesian receptor locations are shown in Figure 5.2 and details have been presented in Table 5.10:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 244

Figure 5.2 Receptor Network and Emission Sources

Table 5.10 Receptor Locations with respect to the Project

S. Receptor Name UTM Co-ordinates* (m) Distance from Direction No. Easting Northing Elevation Project from Project Boundary (km) Area 1 South Kutba 264844 2487610 7.83 0.26 E 2 Kheyaghat More 264289 2488856 7.55 1.28 N 3 West Gazipur 263989 2487024 7.6 0.52 SW * UTM Zone - 46

Analysis Results

Predicted maximum criteria pollutant concentrations due to the Project in the study area have been presented in Table 5.11.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 245

Table 5.11 Summary of Air Quality Dispersion Modelling Results

Scenari Polluta Averagin Max. Max. Total Banglades WHO o nt g Period Predicted Background Concentratio h Standar Concentratio Concentratio n (Predicted Standard d n (µg/m3) n (µg/m3)* + (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Background) (µg/m3) Scenari NOx 1-hourly 11.29 - 11.29 - 200 o 1 – NOx 24-hourly 2.91 51.1 54.01 - - SCGT NOx Annual 0.53 - 0.53 100 40 CO 1-hourly 2.59 - 2.59 40000 - CO 8-hourly 1.74 90.0 91.74 10000 10000 Scenari NOx 1-hourly 19.84 - 19.84 - 200 o 2 – NOx 24-hourly 5.97 51.1 57.07 - - CCGT NOx Annual 1.21 - 1.21 100 40 CO 1-hourly 4.55 - 4.55 40000 - CO 8-hourly 3.51 90.0 93.51 10000 10000 * Refer Table 4.17

It is evident from the above table that the maximum ground level concentration in the study area will be well within the applicable national as well as international standards (WHO) for air quality in both the scenarios. The concentration isopleths of NOx and CO for different averaging periods without baseline concentrations have been presented from Figure 5.3 to Figure 5.12.

As stated in the General EHS Guidelines of the World Bank/ IFC, emissions from a single project should not contribute more than 25% of the applicable ambient air quality standards to allow additional, future sustainable development in the same airshed. In addition, the United State Environment Protection Agency (US EPA) Prevention of Significant Deterioration Increments Limits, which are applicable to non-degraded airsheds, provide 20 µg/m3 for annual average increments of NOx. Considering both the guidelines, the predicted incremental ground level concentrations due to the Project will be well within these guidelines.

On this basis, the potential air quality impacts due to the operation of the Plant are predicted to be minor.

Impact Type Ambient Air Quality Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short- Long- Permanent term term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Maximum impact zone would be confined to 2.5 km from Project Site Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium-High Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 246

Figure 5.3 Isopleths of 1 Hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 247

Figure 5.4 Isopleths of 24-hourly Average Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 248

Figure 5.5 Isopleths of Annual Average NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 249

Figure 5.6 Isopleths of 1-hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 250

Figure 5.7 Isopleths of 24-hourly Maximum NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 251

Figure 5.8 Isopleths of Annual Average NOx Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 252

Figure 5.9 Isopleths of 1 Hourly Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 253

Figure 5.10 Isopleths of 8-hourly Average Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 1 – SCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 254

Figure 5.11 Isopleths of 1-hourly Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 255

Figure 5.12 Isopleths of 8-hourly Average Maximum CO Ground Level Concentrations (Scenario 2 – CCGT)

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 256

Mitigation Measures

To ensure compliance with the air emission criteria for flue gas stacks the following measures will be implemented during operations: • The use of continuous emission monitoring (CEM) equipment for the measurement of air emission levels in the exhaust stack of HRSG. The

primary focus of CEM should be the key identified pollutant NOx and

CO, but it is also recommended that PM2.5 and VOCs are monitored periodically, to ensure that these emissions are not occurring as a result of the incomplete burning of the natural gas fuel. • The stack will be provided with safe access to sampling points for CEM.

5.2.2 Green House Gases Emission

The Kyoto Protocol – United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change nominates the following GHGs: • Carbon dioxide (CO2); • Methane (CH4); • Nitrous Oxide (N2O); • Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs); and • Perfluorocarbons (PFCs).

From the point of view of the Project only CO2 has been considered as relevant. The calculation does not include emissions of other gases such as methane from leaks, but the contribution of these other gases is smaller than the uncertainty in other parameters used in the estimate.

Inventories of GHG emissions can be calculated using published emission factors. Different gases have different greenhouse warming effects (referred to as warming potentials) and emission factors take into account the global warming potentials of the gases created during combustion.

Typically, greenhouse gas emissions are reported in units of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e). Gases are converted to CO2e by multiplying by the gas' global warming potential (GWP). The GWP of gases are as follows1: • GWP for CO2 = 1 • GWP for CH4 = 21 • GWP for N2O = 310

When the global warming potentials are applied to the estimated emissions

then the resulting estimate is referred in terms of CO2-equivalent (CO2e) emissions.

(1) 1 Source: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (1995), Second Assessment Report

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 257

GHG Estimation

The combustion of natural gas produces the GHG. The amount of GHGs emitted by a power plant is a measure of its contribution to global warming and can be estimated based on fuel consumption.

Table 5.12 Estimated GHG Emissions from the Plant

Natural Gas Heating Value* Emission Factor** GHG Emissions per Consumption (MJ/sm3) (tons CO2e/TJ) Year (tons CO2e) (sm3/yr) 78.84 x 106 33.5329 56.1 1.48 x 105 * Based on natural gas specification of Shahbazpur Gas Field. ** IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, 2006 (Table 1.4)

It is evident from the above table that the estimated GHG emissions from the Plant will be exceeding the threshold of ADB SPS (100,000 tons CO2e per year) and of IFC PS3 (25,000 tons CO2e per year). Therefore, the Project is required to report annual GHG emissions.

5.2.3 Noise

Sources of Impact

The operation of a gas based thermal power plant is generally not a significant problem. However, the plant will have a variety of operational activities that generate significant noise levels, including operation of turbines, pumps, cooling fans, water pumps, etc., and most of these will operate 24 hours. Noise levels will be mitigated through engineering control and wherever possible high noise equipment will be enclosed in noise-proofed buildings that effectively contain the noise. The engineering noise control measures in the Project are specified in Section 3.7.2.

Receptors

The nearest noise receptor is located at 50 m from the Project boundary in the eastern side, whereas other settlements are located about 150 m away from the Project boundary. In addition, the nearest noise sensitive receptor (South Kutba Primary School) is located about 500 m away from the Project site.

Prediction of Impacts

The details of noise generating equipment with their maximum sound power levels after engineering controls were not available at the time of writing. The prediction of impacts due to the Project will be supplemented at a later date.

It is planned that the Project will meet the noise emission criteria specified in the GOB ECR, 1997 and the WB/IFC EHS Guidelines, as presented in Table 5.13.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 258

Table 5.13 Noise Emission Criteria

Location Noise Level Limit (dB(A) Daytime (0600 – 2100 hrs) Night-time (2100 – 0600 hrs) Equipment (1m from source) 85 85 Plant Boundary 70 70 Nearest Residential Area 50 40

It is noted that the nearest receptor is located at 50 m from the Project boundary and the noise emission criteria at the plant boundary is 70 dB(A). High walls to reflect noise and planters are proposed to be constructed around the power plant and the noise will also be attenuated with distance and some screening effects are expected from the dense homestead plantation around the nearest receptor. Therefore, the impact has been estimated as minor.

Impact Type Noise Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short- Long- Permanent term term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Nearest receptor at 50 m and NSR in the within 500 m of Project site Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

To mitigate operational noise impacts the detailed design specifications will have the following measures in place:

• Selection of equipment with lower sound power levels; • Installation of suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and compressor components; • Installation of acoustic enclosures for equipment casing radiating noise; • Buildings will be designed with improved acoustic performance and sound insulation will be provided; • Installation of acoustic barriers without gaps and with a continuous minimum surface density in order to minimize the transmission of sound through the barriers; • Barriers will be located as close to the source ,as far as practicable, to be effective; and • Installation of vibration isolation for mechanical equipment.

5.2.4 Water Quality

Sources of Impact

The potential sources of impact to surface and ground water resources during the operational phase will be from the following sources:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 259

• The abstraction of water from the Dehular Canal for operations would have an impact on the flow of the water, especially during the lean season; • The discharge of effluent and sewage from the operational plant would have an impact on the quality of surface water; and • The abstraction of ground water for drinking purposes for the employees of the power plant.

Criteria

The assessment of potential impacts to surface water has considered Schedule 3 (a), 9 and Schedule 10 of ECR, 1997 and IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plants and general guidelines. For groundwater, Schedule 3 (b) of ECR, 1997, standards for drinking water has been considered. (refer to Annex Q).

Receptors

Surface water: The Dehular canal flows immediately parallel to the western boundary of the Project site and will be the source of water for the Project. The discharge of effluents from the Plant would also be into this canal. Other surface water features within 10 km of the Project include two rivers, the Tentulia and Shahbazpur, and several ponds, canals and streams.

Groundwater: The geotechnical investigations (refer Section 4.6.2) at the site demonstrated that there is a shallow groundwater table just below the surface. This shallow groundwater is saline in quality. However, deep water abstraction wells in the study area are non-saline in quality and used by villagers for drinking purposes.

Impact Assessment

The impact assessment of the water quality from the sources identified is summarized as follows:

Water Abstraction from the Dehular Canal The plant will require a total maximum volume of approximately 28,000 m3/hr of water from the Dehular Canal for various activities during its operation, such as: condenser; cooling; make-up for steam in the heat recovery systems; DM plant and service water for the wastewater treatment plant (WTP); HVAC systems; plant washing; toilets etc.

The intake of water required would have a direct impact on the quantity of water available and subsequent flow of the Dehular canal, especially during the lean season. A bathymetric survey carried out on the Dehular canal to assess its potential for water supply to the Project area indicated the following:

• The yearly minimum water surface level in the Dehular canal at the Projects site varies between -1.68 to – 0.47m (20 years data for the month of

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 260

January) and the calculated minimum discharge quantities vary between 62 to 124 cumecs (or 223,200 to 446,400 m3/hr); • The minimum cross section area during low tide water level was found to be 135 m2 considering an average flow velocity of 0.6 to 1.0 m per second. The average discharge of the canal was calculated as 108 m3 per second (388,800 m3/hr). • As mentioned, the total quantity of water required for the plant is approximately 28,000 m3/hr. Based on the worst case scenario, assuming the minimum discharge quantity of water flowing in the canal during the lean season (223,200 m3/hr), the volume of water remaining in the canal would be 195,200 m3/hr.

Effluent Discharge The total quantity of effluent which will be discharged to the Dehular canal is 27,188 m3/hr. Sources of effluent generation from the plant will be as follows:

• Oily effluents from: Steam turbine building; Gas turbine building; Transformer yard of GTG and STG; BFP, compressor and CCW pump house; Emergency DG set area; • HRSG blow down, approximately 8.5 m3/hr; • Sampling rack waste; • GTG auxiliary CTBD; • GTG washing; • HRSG washing; • Filters (service water filtration plant) back wash; • CW side stream filter backwash; and • Services water (plant washing, Toilets etc), approximately 2 m3/day.

As outlined in Table 3.18, the largest volume of effluent generated requiring discharge will be 25,300 m3/hr from the condenser cooling. A combined smaller volume of 1,887 m3/hr will be generated from the remaining plant components (eg STG and GTG heat exchangers, blow down, DM neutralisation pit etc).

The discharge of the effluent from the power plant into the Dehular canal will have a direct impact on the water quality which in turn, would have ecological implications. As the maximum volume of effluent wastewater requiring discharge will come from the condenser cooling, the impact to water quality will be largely associated with temperature differences.

The Impact Assessment has focussed on the potential impact associated with the thermal discharge from the Bhola CCPP. Quantitative modelling has been undertaken to determine whether the discharge may have an impact on the surrounding environment (full details included in Annex S). The modelling scenarios show that the average excess water temperature at the end of the cooling water discharge cell ranges from 4.8 to 5.8°C above ambient water temperature for all three cases considered. Average excess temperatures up to 1°C could re circulate from the discharge cell to the intake cell.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 261

Probability plume plots of surface water for January and August are restricted to the water area near the end of the discharge outfall. Within the discharge outfall cell (34.5m by 16.5m) there is a more than 95% chance that the discharge outfall of the canal could have a rise of up to 3°C, whereas outside of this cell, the chances of having a rise greater than 3°C is negligible, as shown in Figure 5.13 and Table 5.14. Under the worst case conditions, excess temperature values are higher than the others and the area is larger, but the size of the 95% area impacted is similar to the winter and summer values.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 262

Figure 5.13 Probabilistic Plume Plots (Exceeding 3°C) at Surface Water for January, August and Worst Scenario

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 263

Table 5.14 Summary of Impact on Region Water Surface and Mixing Zone

10% to 100% 50%-100% 95%-100% Area of water surface Jan 0.17 0.06 0.06 (hectare) where ET > 3oC August 0.51 0.11 0.06 for the designated Worst 0.83 0.17 0.06 percentage of time

The predicted thermal plume discharge results for all three scenarios does not violate the Schedule 10 (The Environment Conservation Rules 1997) - Standards for Waste from Industrial Units or Projects Waste standard of 40°C in summer and 45°C in winter.

IFC/World Bank Guidelines on Environmental, Health, and Safety for Thermal Power Plants (2008) requires establishing site specific environmental sensitive receivers around the discharge point. Temperature of cooling water prior to discharge shall not result in an increase greater than 3°C of ambient temperature at the edge of a scientifically established mixing zone which takes into account ambient water quality, receiving water use and assimilative capacity among other considerations. It is important to note that the environmental baseline study during the site visit has demonstrated little fishing activity in the canal and that the water was mostly used for irrigation purposes for the neighbouring fields. There is very little evidence of presence of ecological or environmental sensitive receivers in the study area. Therefore, a mixing zone cannot be established based on the IFC guideline. Hence, the discharge of cooling water from the Bhola PP is considered to be comply with the IFC’s guidelines on temperature rise within the mixing zone.

In line with the significance criteria (outlined in Annex P) and the on the basis of the discussion above, the potential impacts from the cooling water discharge can be summarised as follows:

Impact Type Thermal Discharge from Power Plant Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National Global Impact Magnitude Localised Impact Severity No Change Slight Low Medium High Receptor Low Medium Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

As outlined in Chapter 3, all the wastewater generated at various areas of the Plant will be segregated at the source of generation and treated at a wastewater treatment according to the discharge standards of the following: GOB Environment Conservation Rule (1997) Schedule 10 (Standards for Waste from Industrial Units or Project Waste); GOB Environment Conservation Rules (1997) Schedule 9 (Standards for Sewage Discharge); and the applicable World Bank Group environmental requirements.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 264

In addition, instrumentation will be used to monitor the Plant’s compliance with the discharge limitations. In the event that effluent discharge is detected above the effluent discharge limit criteria, isolation valves will be automatically close and stop the discharge. The overall impact to the surface water quality (excluding temperature variations) is therefore assessed as minor.

Impact Type Wastewater Discharge Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short- Long- Permanent term term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Dehular canal in the downstream of treated effluent discharge point Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Sensitivity Medium Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Other Surface Water Bodies The closest surface water bodies (other than the Dehular Canal) to the site, ie the Tentulia and Shahbazpur Rivers, several ponds, canals and streams, are located over 300 m from the site boundary. No operational activities will be conducted in close proximity to these surface water features and so the impact from operations is assessed to be negligible.

Groundwater Abstraction Groundwater abstraction at the Plant will be undertaken for drinking water purposes only. The quantity of groundwater abstraction will be 4 m3/day.

As previously outlined, the groundwater table at the site and within the study area is shallow and typically saline at the upper levels and so is not suitable for drinking water purposes. Groundwater for the operational phase will therefore be sourced from a deep groundwater abstraction well which could result in depletion of the water in the deep aquifers over a long term.

A license for groundwater abstraction well installation will be sought from the Upazila Parishad prior to installation. The quantity of groundwater abstracted for drinking water purposes is likely to be small given the number of operational staff on the site. Furthermore, the quantity of groundwater abstracted and associated draw down will be monitored throughout the treatment process. This will enable early identification and control (eg stop abstraction) in the event that any adverse observation to the groundwater table is made. With the operational control measures in place and the small number of operational staff at the site, the severity of impact to groundwater depletion in the area as a result of abstraction is considered to be low. Any impact would be short term and localised in nature. The overall significance is therefore assessed as minor.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 265

Impact Type Ground Water Abstraction Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Category Impact Temporary Short- Long- Permanent Duration term term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Dehular Canal Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Medium Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Groundwater Contamination Given the shallow nature of the groundwater table in the Project area, there is a risk of impact to groundwater quality from the storage and handling of hazardous materials. The hazardous materials present at the site as outlined in Table 3.11 will include acids, ammonia, diesel fuel, maintenance oils and lubricants, hydrazine hydrate etc for the water treatment plant, process plant operation, and the laboratory. The maximum volume stored will be 2 tons of hydrochloric acid, caustic lye, and chlorine each. The hazardous materials will be stored in a dedicated room at the water treatment plant area. Diesel will be stored in oil tanks close to the Black Start DG and Emergency DG locations. The storage arrangements will include secondary containment measures and spill kits for spillage control. In addition, a chlorine adsorption system (scrubber type) will be provided as a control in the event of a chlorine leak. Given the control measures which will be implemented during operations, and adequate training of operational staff in spill response measures, the impact to groundwater from the plant operations is assessed as minor.

Impact Type Groundwater contamination Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude Dehular Canal Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Likelihood Low likelihood Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Other mitigation measures which will be adopted to reduce impacts to water quality to As Low as Reasonably Practicable are as follows:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 266

• Steps will be taken for minimising use of antifouling and corrosion inhibiting chemicals by ensuring appropriate depth of water intake and use of screens; • Minimum required quantities of chlorinated biocides or alternatively intermittent shot dosing of chlorine will be practised rather than continuous low level feed; • Waste storage areas will be equipped with secondary containment and spill kit measures (similar to the hazardous material storage areas) to limit impact to ground; • Liquid wastes such as waste oil etc will be collected and stored for recycling in proper cemented areas; and • All drainage/tanks etc will be positioned on concrete hard standing to prevent any seepage to ground.

As the predicted impact from the operational thermal discharge is of negligible significance there is no additional mitigation measures needed during the operational phase of the Plant. Water quality monitoring will be undertaken as part of the Environmental Monitoring System for the proposed Power Plant. This is considered sufficient as there is no significant water quality impacts expected to occur as a result of the thermal discharge from the Plant.

5.2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste

Sources of Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation

The operations of the proposed Project would result in generation of various types of non-hazardous and hazardous wastes from the following areas: • Office and Canteens; • WTP, ETP and STP; • Gas Turbines; • Laboratories; • GT Compressors; • Lube oil systems; • DG sets; and • Power house and workshop area.

Criteria

Presently the rules of solid waste management and hazardous waste management are under preparation in Bangladesh. Once they are drafted the Project will be governed by these rules. As Bangladesh is signatory to the Basel Convention on Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste, 1989 (assessed by the GOB in 1993) and Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, 2001 (assessed by GOB in 2007) these will also apply to the Project.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 267

Receptors

Land and water bodies in and around the Project site are mostly fallow or agricultural. Improper storage, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste can lead to contamination of the land and water bodies nearby. In addition, waste can generate odours and cause health hazards to employees and communities near by.

Impact Assessment

The impact assessment of the wastes generated from the sources identified is summarized below:

Generation of Non-Hazardous Solid Waste The type and approximate volume of non-hazardous solid waste anticipated from operational activities will be as follows: • Office and kitchen, 5,000 kg/year; • Dewatered sludge from the WTP, ETP and STP sludge, 300 kg/year; and • Air filters from the gas turbines, 300 kg/year.

The unplanned storage and disposal of these wastes would have a direct impact on the land and water resource. As mentioned in Table 3.20, the solid and non-hazardous wastes generated from the various areas during operations will be collected and segregated at the point of generation and stored in proper designated areas and disposed off through waste disposal contractors or authorized recyclers.

Generation of Hazardous Waste The type and approximate volume of hazardous waste anticipated from operational activities will be as follows: • Chemical waste generated from the regeneration waste discharge, 36 m3/year; • Chemical Cleaning waste from the GT compressor, 300 l/year; • Waste/used oil from the power house and workshop, 2 m3/year; and • Oil/dust contaminated cloths and rags from the lube oil system and spill kit waste, 600 kg/year.

These hazardous wastes, if haphazardly stored, may be incompatible in nature and can result in ignition, generation of toxic fumes etc. In addition, improper handling, storage and disposal can cause spillage or leachate generation, which in turn can contaminate the land and ground water.

It is planned that hazardous wastes generated from the proposed Project will be collected and stored in designated roofed-areas and/or barrels with concrete flooring and secondary containment and disposed off/ sold through contractors or treated prior to discharge as outlined in Table 3.20.

Given the controls in place, ie segregation measures, collection and disposal by licensed waste collectors, dedicated storage areas with secondary

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 268

containment, the impacts during operation as a result of solid and hazardous waste management is assessed as minor.

Impact Type Solid and Hazardous Waste Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short- Long- Permanent term term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Magnitude • Project site and near by communities • Public health during transportation Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Medium Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

In addition to the proper collection, storage and disposal options the following further steps will be taken to manage hazardous wastes:

• Waste will be stored in a manner that will prevent contact between incompatible wastes, • Proper labelling of the hazardous waste; • Special care will taken in the storage areas to prevent any spillage of hazardous waste and restrict access (except for trained staff) to such areas; • Periodic audits will be carried out for such areas and containers; also on the segregation and collection systems and the findings will be documented and appropriate action taken against irregularities; • A spill response plan and emergency plans will be prepared to address accidental spillages or release of hazardous wastes; and • A proper manifest record will be maintained of waste travelling removed from the site.

5.2.6 Traffic and Transportation

During the operation phase of the Project, the regular traffic and transportation will be limited to the movement of plant personnel and contracted workers during their working shifts. As the total manpower will be limited to 70 and therefore, this will not lead to any traffic and transportation impact.

5.2.7 Risk Analysis

A consequence analysis in the event of a loss of containment of hazardous materials from the storage facility and gas pipeline has been undertaken to assess the impact.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 269

Storage

All hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per the regulatory guidelines applicable to the Project. An indicative list of chemical storage quantities proposed in the Project has been presented in Table 5.15.

Table 5.15 Indicative List of Chemical Storages

Name of Chemical Unit Quantity Hydrochloric Acid (30%) tons 2 Caustic Lye tons 2 Sulphuric Acid tons 1 Chlorine kg 1000 CO2(Liquid) m3 1,000 Hydrazine Hydrate lts 200 Ammonia (25%):. lts 500 Tri Sodium Phosphate kg 500

Hazards Due to Operations

Hazards due to operations of the Plant can be divided into two categories: (a) emergency situations involving loss of containment and (b) without containment.

For the facility, the following containment loss scenarios are taken into consideration: • Loss of Natural Gas due to hole of various sizes in the pipeline transporting natural gas to the process area; • Loss of Natural Gas due to rupture of the pipeline transporting natural gas to the process area; • Loss of diesel due to catastrophic rupture of HSD storage tank – a low probability event; • Loss of Diesel due to leak of various sizes in the Diesel Storage Tank; • Loss of Chlorine due to leak of various sizes in the Chlorine storage tank; • Loss of Chlorine due to catastrophic rupture of Chlorine storage tank – a low probability event; and • Loss of Hydrochloric Acid and Sulphuric Acid due to leak of various sizes in the respective storages.

Overall hazards identified due to any loss of containment during operations are presented in Table 5.16.

Table 5.16 Overall Identified Hazards

SN Source Hazard Description A-1 Diesel Storage Fire and explosion Release of fuel (Diesel) from storage tank leading tanks possibly to - Pool Fire - Tank on fire - Vapour cloud explosion

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 270

SN Source Hazard Description A-2 Chlorine Toxic release Release of Chlorine from storage tank leading Storage Tank possibly to - Toxic Vapour Cloud

A-3 Hydrochloric Toxic Release Release of Hydrochloric Acid from storage tank Acid Storage leading possibly to Tank - Toxic Vapour Cloud

A-4 Sulphuric Acid Fire & Toxic Release Release of Sulphuric Acid from storage tank Storage tank leading possibly to - Toxic Vapour Cloud - Pool Fire

A-5 Natural Gas Fire and explosion Release of Natural Gas from pipeline leading Pipeline possibly to - Jet Fire - Flash Fire - Vapour cloud explosion

Emergency situations not involving loss of containment include the following:

Hazards: Physical Injuries ƒ Injury due to manual handling of materials. ƒ Injury due to fall. ƒ Hand injuries while working with equipment.

Hazards: Others ƒ Falls due to working at heights. ƒ Electric shock caused by contact with faulty electrical equipment, cables, etc. ƒ Chronic health issues related to inhalation or ingestion of dust or chemical vapour.

Scenarios Identified for Consequence Analysis

Based on the facility operations and layout, hazardous scenarios for consequence analysis were identified, as outlined in Table 5.17.

Table 5.17 Scenarios Identified

Leak Size Leak Source Scenario Inventory (mm) Diesel Tank 1 Small Leak 5 Medium Leak 25 Large Leak 7.5 m3 100 Catastrophic

Rupture Diesel Tank 2 Small Leak 5 Medium Leak 25 Large Leak 7.5 m3 100 Catastrophic

Rupture Chlorine Storage Tank Small Leak 2000 kg 5 Medium Leak 25

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 271

Large Leak 100 Catastrophic

Rupture Hydrochloric Acid Storage Small Leak 5 Medium Leak 25 Large Leak 2000 kg 100 Catastrophic

Rupture Sulphuric Acid Storage Small Leak 5 Medium Leak 25 Large Leak 1000 kg 100 Catastrophic

Rupture Natural Gas Supply Pipeline Small Leak 5 Medium Leak 25 10,40.4 kg Large Leak 100 Full Bore Rupture 254 Natural Gas Pipeline (within plant Small Leak 5 boundary) Medium Leak 768 kg 25 Full Bore Rupture 101.2

Consequence Analysis

HOLD: The consequence analysis of the above scenarios was under progress at the time of writing and will be incorporated into the final draft ESIA.

Mitigation Measures

The provisions for fire fighting and safety during the operation phase of the Project have been presented in Section 3.8. Additional health and safety measures will be suggested based on the outcome of consequence analysis results. However, the general health and safety measures, which will be adopted during the operation phase of the Project and will be included in the assessment, have been presented below:

• The Project will adopt a total safety control system, which aims to prevent the probable accidents such as fire accidents or chemical spills; • Fire fighting systems, such as sprinklers, portable extinguishers (appropriate to the flammable hazard in the area) and automated fire extinguishers will be provided at strategic locations with clear labelling of the extinguisher type. A main hydrant will also be available around the buildings. An automated fire detection system will be in place on all floors; • The site operations manager will take steps to train all emergency team members and will draw up an action plan and identify members. The appointed emergency controller role will be in-charge at the site in the event of incident control; • The staff will be trained for first-aid and fire fighting procedures. The rescue team will support the first-aid and fire fighting team; • A first-aid centre with the trained personnel; • Training and rehearsal of the emergency response procedures by the emergency team members and personnel on site will be completed periodically;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 272

• A safe assembly area will be identified and evacuation of the premises will be practised regularly through mock drills; • A safety manual for storage and handling of Hazardous chemicals will be prepared and implemented; • All the personnel at the site will be made aware about the hazardous substance stored and risk associated with them. • Personnel engaged in the handling of hazardous chemicals will be trained to respond in the unlikely event of an emergency; • A written process safety information document will be compiled for general use; • MSDS will be made available and displayed at prominent places throughout the Plant, eg Process areas and hazardous material storage areas; • Safe work practices will be developed to provide for the control of hazards during operation and maintenance; • In the material storage area, hazardous materials will be stored based on their compatibility characteristics; • A near miss and accident reporting system will be followed and corrective measures shall be taken to avoid / minimize near miss incidents; • Safety measures in the form of DO and Don’t Do will be displayed at strategic locations; • Safety audits will be conducted periodically as per the regulatory requirements; • Fire fighting system will be tested periodically ; and • All hydrants, monitors and valves will be visually inspected every month.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): In certain circumstances, personal protection of the individual maybe required as a supplement to other preventive action. It would not be regarded as a substitute for other control measures and must only be used in conjunction with substitution and elimination measures. PPE will be appropriately selected, individually fitted, and workers trained in their correct use and maintenance. PPE will be regularly checked and maintained to ensure that the worker is being protected.

First Aid: First aid procedures and facilities relevant to the needs of the particular workforce will be laid down and provided in consultation with an occupational physician or other health professional.

5.2.8 Ecology

Sources of Impact

The potential sources of impact on ecological resources during the operation phase of the Project will be mostly from the following activities:

• Noise generation due to Operation of Power Plant;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 273

• Emissions from the power plant; • Accidental spillage of hazardous chemicals; • Disposal of solid waste to Dehular canal; and • Discharge of cooling water to Dehular Canal.

Receptors

Aquatic Flora and Fauna: The water requirement for operational phase will be met by the Dehular Canal. The cooling water will also be discharged to the Dehular Canal which can cause impact to the aquatic flora and fauna including phyto- and zoo-plankton and fish which inhabit the canal.

Terrestrial Flora and Fauna: The potential impact will be mainly on the terrestrial flora and fauna surrounding the plant site.

Impact Assessment of Aquatic Flora and Fauna

Discharge of Cooling Water in the Dehular Canal The condenser cooling water will have a temperature difference of about 6°C and cooling water will then be sent through an open channel of about 150 m for final discharge into the Dehular canal.

Elevated temperature typically decreases the level of dissolved oxygen (DO) in water. The decrease in levels of DO can harm aquatic animals such as fish, amphibians and plankton. Temperature increase may also increase the metabolic rate of aquatic animals, as enzyme activity, resulting in these organisms consuming more food in a shorter time. An increased metabolic rate may result in food source shortages, causing a sharp decrease in a population. Changes in the environment may also result in a migration of organisms to another, more suitable environment and to migration of fish to the Canal that normally only live in warmer waters elsewhere. Furthermore, elevated temperature due to discharge cooling water is also reported to be lethal to the larval stages. (1)

The results of thermal plume modelling as presented in Section 5.2.4 revealed that the temperature rise in the mixing zone would not be more than 3°C. This temperature rise would not have any impact on the oxygen solubility and will not reduce the DO level significantly, resulting in insignificant impact on the aquatic ecology. Further the environmental baseline study has demonstrated little fishing activity in the canal and that the water was mostly used for irrigation purposes for the neighbouring fields. There is very little evidence of presence of ecological or environmental sensitive receivers in the downstream. Hence, the discharge of cooling water from the plant would have negligible impact on the aquatic ecology.

Impact Assessment of Terrestrial Flora and Fauna

(1) http://drs.nio.org/drs/bitstream/2264/3339/2/Indian_J_Environ_Prot_11_525.pdf ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 274

Incremental Noise Levels Noise levels due to operation of power plant will be about 70 dB(A) at the plant boundary. This will result in slight increase in the noise levels in the nearby habitation area, which is about 100 – 150 m from the Project site. This incremental noise due to the Plant operations may affect the avifauna and other faunal species within 200 m around the Project site and force them to migrate from this area. However, the study area (5 km radial zone around the Project site) has dense homestead plantations, to which avifauna and other faunal species can move to. The impact of noise on terrestrial fauna is therefore assessed as minor.

Impact Type Impact on Terrestrial Fauna due to Noise Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive

Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Extent Local Regional Global

Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent

Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Magnitude Plant Site and 200 m radius surroundings Likelihood Low Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Air Emissions There is a likelihood of impact on the terrestrial flora and fauna due to air emissions from the power plant. Detailed air dispersion modelling results reveal that incremental concentrations of CO and NOx emissions will be well within the applicable standards. Also, there would not be any particulate and SO2 emission from the Plant during normal operations. The impact is therefore assessed as negligible.

Impact Type Impact on Terrestrial Flora due to air emissions Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Extent Local Regional Global Impact Duration Temporary Short- Long- Permanent term term Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Impact Magnitude 2.5 km radius surroundings Receptor Low Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation measures

To further reduce impact to ALARP, the following recommended mitigation measures will be implemented:

• Noise levels must be attenuated to the extent possible by proper lubrication of machinery and equipment and installation of noise barriers/acoustic enclosures at appropriate locations;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 275

• Air pollution control equipment to be installed at appropriate emission sources; and • Efforts to be made to control the fugitive emissions from the machinery and vehicular movements.

5.2.9 Social

The section below discussed some of the impacts associated with the operation and maintenance phase of the project:

Impacts on Livelihood Opportunities

A. Creation of Job Opportunities

The proposed project will employ about 70 persons for operation and maintenance. Most of the skilled employees will be accommodated in the rented accommodations in Borhanuddin/ Bhola. This along with other project related requirements like security, housekeeping, gardening etc. will create a constant requirement for labour, though very limited in numbers. In addition, raw material and necessities for the functioning of the plant could be sourced from the local areas, thus creating several opportunities for local suppliers and contractors for a variety of resources and commodities.

B. Redundancy in Manpower Requirement

There will be a reduction in the number of manpower required between the construction and operations phase and this would lead to temporary loss of opportunities for the unskilled and semi-skilled labourers, until they find other employment opportunities. If not planned and managed well, their period of transition when people go out of jobs, could become a community conflict issue.

Impact Type Impact on Livelihoods- Operations phase Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Long- Temporary Short-term Permanent term Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact

Magnitude Impact Severity Very Slight Low Medium High High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation measures

The impact due to redundancy of manpower between construction and operation is identified to be moderate due to scale of construction activity. To further minimise the likely impact due to discontinuation of unskilled and

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 276

semiskilled labour, the project authority should provide counselling session with the labourers to ensure a gradual transition.

C. Community Health and Safety

The health and safety risks in the plant during operations include potential for respiratory diseases, burns, allergies and industrial accidents among the employees and immediate neighbouring communities if adequate mitigation measures to prevent the above are not implemented. The Risk Assessment (Section 5.2.7) for the Project looks at these community related risks too. In addition, local public health centres may report an increase in cases involving respiratory ailments like coughing, phlegm; eye irritation etc. due to the dust and particulate matter from operations.

Traffic: The impacts envisaged from the project activities on with respect to community usage of access roads and waterways are mostly confined to the construction phase when the resource movement in and out of the site is comparatively higher. It is expected that these impacts will normalize to a large extent once the Project goes into operation phase during which no major traffic movement is envisaged other thean periodic movement of material and resources. Also, the local people would be benefitted from the strengthening of LGED road connecting the access road to the Project site.

Influx: Apart from the construction phase, skilled technicians and plant operators are also likely to be sourced for operating the plant once it goes into operation. It is envisaged that during that phase these technicians would be housed in rented accommodation in and around Borhanuddin. This population however would be significantly smaller accounting to almost 50 families due to which the associated impacts accounted for the construction phase are less likely to recur during operation. Also, the positive implications observed during construction phase would continue in operation phase, albeit at a lower scale

Health and Safety: The key health & safety impacts on the local community during operation phase include:

• Emission & Noise generated form the operation of the plant. These emissions may include compounds of Nitrogen and Carbon which may be harmful to the surrounding community; • Fire & Explosion Hazards; • Improper sewage and waste disposal

Impact Type Community Health & Safety Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Impact Extent Local Regional National/ Global Impact Magnitude of impact confined to community around project boundary and vicinity Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 277

Receptor Low Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Possible impacts to the community’s health and safety during the operation phase of the project are health related, traffic issue and issues arising out of the influx of migrant populations. Mitigation measures recommended for community health and safety impacts during operation phase of the Project are as: • Adequate provision for suppression of dust and particulate matter originating at source; • Provision of first aid box and trained personnel to deal with minor cut, bruise and burn; • Provision of paramedic staff and ambulance in plant site for serious boildy injuries; • Developing a disaster management plan and community health and safety plan to deal with emergency situations; • Regular training of plant personnel on health and safety aspects; • Creating awareness among the general public around the plant about possible emergency situations and way to respond to them; • Use of water ways for movement of goods to minimise heavy traffic movement through settlement areas; • Develop an influx management plan to address the influx related issue; • Release of nitrogen and carbon compounds within permissible limit so that human health is not affected; • Disposal of wastes in pre identified and approved locations.

D. Benefits of Community Development Activities

Once the proposed power plant has established its social license to operate in the community, the continued sustenance of community relations will require the project proponents to engage in community development initiatives among the project affected villages as per needs and priorities identified by opinion leaders of the community. The district and state administration can also identify priority areas for social investment that the company would be requested to contribute to. The initiatives of the project proponents are likely to be focussed on livelihood restoration, income generation, education and provision of health facilities which can further improve the quality of life of the community in the vicinity.

Impact Type Community Development Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Category Impact Temporary Short- Long- Permanent Duration term term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact Magnitude of impact confined to community around project boundary and Magnitude vicinity

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 278

Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor Local Community Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

E. Increase in Local Skill Development

The growth of the industrial sector and parallel developments would create aspirations of increasing technical knowledge and educational prowess among the local community. The prevailing primary and secondary educational infrastructure would be strengthened. There would be an increase in the number of men and women option for higher education and skill trainings in the face of demand from the industrial sector.

Alternatively, mix of workers equipped with technical skills from other regions into the local area and limited training activities facilitated by the industries would ensure the development of skills and calibre among the local population in the working age-group thus enhancing their employment prospects.

F. Industrial Development & Growth

The key positive impact associated with the project is Industrial development and growth in the region due to the establishment of this project. It would enable development of power infrastructure which will support newer essential industries that are necessitated for Bhola’s economic development. Some of these required industries as indicated during consultations are fertilizer factories, cold storage units, manufacturing and processing plants, fish processing unit and other agricultural related industries which will strongly support Bhola’s agrarian economy. This in lieu will create a significant scope for large scale employment and bring about socio-economic benefits to the community.

Also, the project is in combination with the neighbouring BPDB plant is anticipated to generate over 400MW of electricity which is going to be the largest gas fired power complex in Bangladesh. This will also go a long way in significantly contributing to the power requirements of the country as a whole.

G. Development of Public Utilities & Resources

Apart from industrial development, another key impact that the project will bring about is the betterment of the local electrical infrastructure scenario of Borhanuddin and Bhola. Presently, the electricity penetration in the area is a dismal 25% with 75% of the households non-electrified. It will significantly benefit the local community in terms of access to power and continuous supply. Also, better power supply, will also significantly assist in supporting community resources such as schools, hospitals, banks etc. which are vital for overall social development.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 279

Impact Type Community Development, Industrial Development and Growth & Development of Public Utilities and Resources Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long- Permanent term Impact Extent Local Regional National Impact Benefit to be accrued both at the regional level as well as national level Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

H. Visual Aesthetics & Cultural Heritage

Due to the reason that the project is being developed on agricultural land, there is no culturally sensitive physical resource that is being impacted from the establishment of the project. Also, because the gas pipeline alignment is yet to be finalized, it is yet unknown if any cultural resource is likely to be impacted from the gas pipeline or transmission corridor The closest cultural resource in the site area is a local mosque which is located in Borhanuddin municipality and outside the range of any impact.

The visual landscape and aesthetics are going to change once the project is successfully established. However, no major inconvenience is envisaged this from this change on the immediate community.

Impact Type & Cultural Heritage & Visual Aesthetics Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Temporary Short- Long- Permanent Duration term term Impact Extent Local National Global Impact No impact associated specifically to project site. Impact with respect to gas Magnitude pipeline yet to be identified and assessed Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures and management plants for socio-economic impacts during operation phase of the Project will be presented in Chapter 9 of the ESIA Report.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 280

Other Social Impacts and Risks (Across the Project Life Cycle)

A. Risk of Community Expectations

The limited industrialization and urbanization in the predominantly rural area around the proposed power plant have created several expectations among the local communities which centre on employment opportunities and improvement of infrastructure facilities. Site visits and community consultations found that the community expects large investments in health and educational facilities, skill development institutes, improvement in roads, jobs 24 hour uninterrupted power supply etc.

Additionally, the community also expects to be given priority in any local contracts which the community, especially the land losers intend to invest in with the compensation received. The community also expects significant benefit from labour opportunities for menial tasks in the plant area, housing colony and during the construction and operations phase.

B. Impact on Vulnerable Groups

The vulnerable groups identified for the Project are those old and aged, physically handicapped and destitute individuals that are potentially affected by the project activities. Although women are also considered as a vulnerable and marginalized group, the impacts on the same have been identified and assessed separately. These groups of people are at a greater disadvantage or susceptible to more risk due sudden change in their socio-economic environment. The primary reasons for their vulnerability are:

• Limited control over family resources; • Limited say in utilization of compensation money; • Lack of capacity to adapt to changes in their socio-economic scenario; and • Limited skill base to support alternative occupations or earning mechanisms.

The Project should ensure that land acquisition and related aspects should not result in any additional vulnerability. In case such vulnerabilities arise appropriate measures should be taken to mitigate adverse impacts. Measures fro vulnerable groups are mostly in relevance to employment and livelihood opportunities created from the project activities. Livelihood restoration plans should have special emphasis on these vulnerable groups and communities such as the landless, aged and the disabled groups so as to have a positive impact in terms of income and livelihood, skill development, poverty alleviation, sustenance as well as overall participation levels. However, these same groups are also at increased risk of being marginalized and at the low end of receiving project benefits due to their physical condition, awareness levels, low skill base, age, disability, illiteracy etc. due to which other groups may be given preference.

Impact Type Impact of Vulnerable Groups Impact Nature Negative Neutral Positive

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 281

Impact Category Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long term Permanent Impact Extent Local National Global Impact

Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High

Receptor N/a Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

It is normal to have expectations of local people from the project with respect to preference in employment opportunities, improved power supply, extension of health and social development activities by the company. Experience shows that such expectations can create discontentment among the locals if not fulfilled or cared for. To minimise such situations and to meet the expectations of local people, the following mitigation measures are suggested:

• Preference to the locals in employment opportunity as per their skill level; • Organising skill development programmes for personnel to be accommodated within jobs at the plant; • Engaging vulnerable people in appropriate roles including house keeping, cleaning, gardening etc; • Organising and supporting social development activities targeting children, youth, and women.

Impact on Women The impacts on women associated with the project are primarily indicative to women groups including women land owners, women workers and labourers and women in general within local community. Similar to other vulnerable groups mentioned above, impacts are envisaged with respect to land acquisition, construction and operation phase activities. These include:

Lack of Say in Utilization of Compensation: The society in and around the project area is patriarchal and women have a limited say in the decision making process. Most of the decisions related to household, financial, social inclusion etc are taken by men. The women participation in this decision making process is comparatively very low. As a result of this, women may have a lesser say in the effective utilization of the compensation money. If the compensation amount is not put to use for purchase of productive assets, it may lead to deterioration of the household’s economic condition once the compensation amount is utilized putting additional burden on the women to support the family, especially the offspring.

Social Exclusion & Gender Inequality: As discussed in the baseline, due to the traditional nature of Bhola’s society, women are not actively allowed to pursue in active employment and service and are mostly relegated to household activities and chores. This is likely to follow suit during the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 282

construction and operation phases of project activities where there participation is expected to be low. As a result of this, the women may not be benefitted in terms of employment opportunities from the construction phase activities to a large extent. However, in case women centric activities or skill development programs are organized, it may result in increasing their participation levels and overall benefit.

The social structure and systems may be unequal in terms of treatment to women working in unorganised sector. It is typical of women to be treated unequally at construction sites especially with respect to payment of wages, social benefits, facilities at workplace etc. These and other aspects discussed above make them vulnerable and in need of additional safeguards to protect their rights and privileges that come with their gender status.

Health Risks & Impacts: The advent of the Project activities during construction phase will see an influx of workers and labourers to the project site. This may lead to increase in exploitation of women in the community with respect to unwarranted activities such as prostitution leading to severe health related implications including the spread of HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases.

Impact Type Impact of Women Impact Neutral Positive Nature Impact Direct Secondary Indirect Cumulative Category Impact Temporary Short- Long- Permanent Duration term term Impact Extent Local/Regional National Global Impact project vicinity and region at large Magnitude Impact Severity Slight Low Medium High Very High Receptor High Sensitivity Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major Critical

Mitigation Measures

Possible impact on women due to project is discussed above and it is expected to be moderate. To minimise further the impact on women the following mitigation measures are suggested: • Payment of compensation in joint name and depositing the same in a joint account; • Organising women in self help group to operate the canteen in the plant; • Giving preference in soft skilled jobs in the plant such as cleaning, office assistant, computer operator etc; • Creating awareness among the workers, staff and women about how to respond to potential exploitation and sexual harassment in the work place;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 283

• Raising awareness about sexually transmitted disease including HIV/AIDS.

5.3 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

As per the planning of the BPDB, a similar capacity public sector power plant was planned to be installed by BPDB adjacent to the Lanco Project. However, based on the recent discussion with the BPDB and BAPEX, the Project will be planned only if there is additional gas availability from the Shahbazpur Gas Field (ie installation of Well No. 3 and 4 for extraction).

If developed this plant will be located at the site earmarked by the BPDB and the impacts are expected to be of a similar nature. However, quantification of the same can only be done once the plant design details are available. It is noted that it will be mandatory for the Project to conduct an EIA study and obtain approval from the DOE prior to commissioning of such a project.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 284

Table 5.18 Summary Impact Assessment

S. No. Project Stage/ Affected Project Activity Potential Impacts Significance Aspect Impact Assessment: Site preparation and construction phase 1.1 Soil Quality Site clearing and preparation Loss of topsoil Negligible 1.2 Soil Quality • Site clearing and preparation Soil compaction Negligible • Fuelling and operation of heavy machinery and transport vehicles 1.3 Soil Quality • Fuelling and operation of heavy machinery and Soil contamination through Minor transport vehicles spills and leaks • Storage and handling of chemicals 1.4 Soil Quality • Storage, handling and disposal of construction Soil contamination Negligible waste • Generation of sanitary effluent 2.1 Surface Water Quality • Generation of sanitary effluent Waste water discharge resulting Minor • Fuelling and operation of heavy machinery and in surface water contamination transport vehicles Impact on Dehular canal water • Storage, handling and disposal of construction environment due to routine waste discharges of oily bilge and • Storage and handling of chemicals ballast water from barges; • Barge construction and transport dumping of non-biodegradable solid waste and accidental oil/ cargo spills or toxics 2.2 Surface Water Quality • Site run-off from loose soil during activities as Increased sediment content of Minor excavation etc surface water • Dredging sand for filling • Dust suppression run-off • Construction of jetty 2.3 Ground Water Quality • Fuelling and operation of heavy machinery and Contamination of groundwater Minor transport vehicles • Storage and handling of chemicals • Sanitary effluent Air Quality Construction activities Dust Moderate Air Quality Loading and unloading activities Dust Minor 3.3 Air Quality Operation of heavy machinery and transport Exhaust Emissions Moderate vehicles Noise • Heavy machinery operations for construction Increase in ambient noise levels Moderate

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 285

S. No. Project Stage/ Affected Project Activity Potential Impacts Significance Aspect works • Increased traffic Transportation Transportation of personnel by road Disturbance to existing road Moderate users through increase in road traffic 5.2 Transportation Barge Transportation Disturbance to existing users Moderate through increase in waterway traffic Occupational Health and General construction activities Health and safety of Moderate Safety construction workforce 6.2 Occupational Health and Changes to/existing environmental conditions Health of construction Moderate Safety workforce Community Health and • General construction activities Stress on existing water Moderate Safety • Construction camp resources 7.3 Community Health and Influx of construction workers Increased prevalence of disease Moderate Safety 7.4 Community Health and Road transportation Traffic safety Moderate Safety Physical Cultural Construction activities Damage to cultural resources Negligible Resources Terrestrial Ecosystem • Site preparation at Project site • Clearance of vegetation Minor (Flora) • Site preparation for approach road and gas • Use of nearby vegetation pipeline alignment for fuel and timber • Filling and raising of the Project site requirement by workers • Influx of labour force 10.2 Terrestrial Ecosystem • Site preparation for approach road and gas • Disturbance to fauna Minor (fauna) pipeline alignment • Noise generation • Influx of labour force • General construction activities 10.3 Aquatic Ecosystem • General construction, • Accidental spillage of oil Minor (Flora and Fauna) • transportation of material and other chemicals during unloading and transportation • Erosion and sedimentation, spills of oil, fuel and chemicals, wastes from

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 286

S. No. Project Stage/ Affected Project Activity Potential Impacts Significance Aspect workers from Project site 11.1 Social Land acquisition for the Project activity areas • Loss of Land Moderate • Change in Land Use • Loss of Livelihood • Fragmentation of Land Holdings

11.2 Social Land acquisition • Changes in livelihood of Moderate land owners • Loss of land ownership • Low compensation

11.3 Social Impact on Sharecroppers and other land dependant • Impact on income and Moderate groups from land acquisition for project sustenance source • Change in Sharecropping Arrangements 11.4 Social Land acquisition • Loss of grazing land Minor 11.3 Social Inflow of Migrant labourers & workers expected • Influx of Workers & Moderate during construction phase of the project Labourers 1.4 Social • Access to Roads & Minor Waterways – 1.5 Social • Bust and boom effect Moderate • Local Employment and (Positive) procurement

Impact Assessment: Operation Phase 1.1 Air Quality Stack emissions • Impact on ambient air Minor quality • GHG emissions 2.1 Noise Plant operations • Impact on community Minor • Impact on health of workers and staff 3.1 Surface Water Plant operations • Water abstraction from

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 287

S. No. Project Stage/ Affected Project Activity Potential Impacts Significance Aspect withdrawal Dehular Canal wrt to flow of the canal • Impact on downstream water users • Impact on canal flora and fauna • Obstruction to canal water flow 3.2 Surface water quality Effluent and sewage discharge • Waste water and Effluent Minor discharge 3.3 Surface water quality Cooling water discharge • Temperature increase Negligible 3.4 Ground water Potable water requirement • Depletion of ground water Minor abstraction resources 3.5 Ground water quality Plant operations and drainage • Ground water Minor contamination 4.1 Waste Storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste • Impact on soil and water Minor environment • Aesthetics and hygiene of area • Resource wastage if conservation efforts are not implemented 5.1 Transportation Plant operations • Impact on Traffic Negligible 6.1 Ecology (Fauna) Plant operations • Impact on Terrestrial Fauna Minor due to Noise 6.2 Ecology (Flora and Plant operations • Air emissions Negligible Fauna) 6.3 Aquatic Ecology Cooling water discharge • Impact on aquatic flora and Negligible fauna due to increase in water temperature 7.1 Social • Impact on Livelihood Moderate (Positive) 7.2 Social Project Operation Phase • Community Health and Minor

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 288

S. No. Project Stage/ Affected Project Activity Potential Impacts Significance Aspect Safety and other issues 7.3 Social Project Operation Phase • Community development Moderate (Positive) 7.4 Social Project Operation Phase • Community Development, Moderate Industrial Development (Positive) and Growth & Development of Public Utilities and Resources 7.5 Social Project Operation Phase • Cultural Heritage & Visual Negligible Aesthetics (neutral) 7.6 Social Project Operation Phase • Impact on Vulnerable Minor groups 7.7 Social Project Operation Phase • Impact on Women Moderate

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 289

6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

The Project has considered alternatives in terms of site location, design and technology options. An analysis of these alternatives has been undertaken for the proposed Project including a no-Project scenario.

6.1 NO-PROJECT SCENARIO

The generation and supply of electricity has a significant impact on the national economy of any country. Presently in Bangladesh, only 48.5% of the total population has access to electricity and per capita generation is only 236 kWh (inclusive of captive)1, which is very low when compared to other developing countries2. The total installed capacity of power plants in Bangladesh as of July 2012, is 7,551 MW3 (derated capacity). In addition, the entire Bhola District currently has only one power generation facility of 33 MW (derated capacity)4.

In the public sector a number of the generation units have become very old and have been operating at a much reduced capacity. As a result, their reliability and productivity has been poor. For the last few years actual demand has not been met due to a shortage of available generation capacity. In addition, due to a shortage of gas supply some power plants are unable to reach their full generation capability.

The current supply-demand in Bangladesh also has a knock on effect in all other key sectors including agriculture, industry, commercial and domestic sectors. There is therefore no alternative to adding more power generating units to the existing power system of Bangladesh, to help improve and meet the energy demand for both domestic and industrial requirements.

The ‘No Project Scenario’ is also likely to have a negative effect on opportunities for employment, both directly from the proposed power project as its dependant sectors such as agriculture, industries and manufacturing that require stable power supply in order to operate and be competitive.

6.2 WITH PROJECT SCENARIO

6.2.1 Site Location

In July 2011, the BPDB solicited a proposal through an international competitive tender for a150-225 MW gas fired combined cycle power plant in

1 Present Power Scenario and Future Plan, Jan 2011 by BPDB and Electricity scenario in Bangladesh, Nov 2011 by Mustafizur Rahman, Unnayan Onneshan, the Innovators, Centre for Research and Action on Development 2 The neighbouring country India was having per-capita energy consumption in 2007-08 as 704.2 kWh (www.cea.nic.in), which in January 2012 is reported as 776 kWh per annum (The Wall Street Journal, January 3, 2012). 3 www.bpdb.gov.bd ( website of Bangladesh Power Development Board) 4 http://www.bpdb.gov.bd/bpdb/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=151&Itemid=118 ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 290

Bholathe Project. The site for the Project was already selected by BPDB prior to the tendering process. Furthermore, the site had been acquired by the BPDB almost a decade ago (in 2003), for the development of power project/s to commercialise the 466 billion cubic feet (bcf) of proven yet standard indigenous gas reserves explored in the Shahbazpur Gas Field. No alternative site location has therefore been considered for the Project.

As per the terms of the tender, the site for the Project is being provided by BPDB on a leasehold Design, Finance, Build, Own and Operate (DFBOO) basis for a period of 22 years under the Private Sector Power Generation Policy of Bangladesh.

The proposed site for the Project offers following advantages:

Technical

• Adequate area available for 150-225 MW CCGT the Project and associated facilities; • Access to a reliable indigenous gas source; • Access to road and water transportation networks; • Available water supply source for process including cooling water; and • Small gas pipeline length required, (~ 2.0 km).

Geological

• Geologically stable, low earthquake risks; and • Reasonable site levelling and compaction costs.

Social and Environmental

• No major sensitive environmental receptors ( such as communities, hospitals, schools, etc.) in close proximity; • No physical cultural resources on site and in close proximity (~500 m); • Open flat land with no physical displacement of people involved; and • No resettlement.

It must also be noted that the land for the Project was already identified and acquired by BPDB, therefore no alternative site was available for analysis.

6.2.2 Design

Plant Site

The BPDB had proposed to develop two power plants of similar capacity at the acquired land in Borhanuddin, to optimize use of the natural gas available from the Shahbazpur Gas Field. The “two projects” concept has been considered by BPDB while allocating the site to Lanco as an Independent Power Producer (IPP).

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 291

Lanco has subsequently designed the plant layout in such a way to allow for common facilities to share with a future second BPDB project at the site, such as the RMS and Sub-station. In addition, both Lanco and the future BPDB will be able to share common access roads, gas pipeline and cooling water inlet and outfall locations. (refer to Figure 3.2).

Gas Pipeline Alignment

A straight line pipeline alignment between the Project site and the Valve Station would be approximately 1.4 km, pass through agricultural land and would require the relocation of settlements. This alignment was therefore not considered feasible for the Project.

The most preferred option taken into consideration after joint survey of alignment by SGCL, BPDB and Lanco, is generally parallel to the existing 8’ LGED road, which is presented in Figure 6.1. The approximate length of the road from the Valve Station to the Project site is 2.0 km. Where the LGED road has some sharp turns the pipeline alignment has been kept straight to avoid more number of the interconnections and flanges, which may increase the probability of leakage from the pipeline.

Figure 6.1 Gas Pipeline Alignment Option

Note: The white line is presenting the LGED road alignment, whereas the black line is presenting the most preferred gas pipeline alignment from Valve Station to the Project site.

Transportation of Material

As previously outlined, the existing 8’ wide LGED road which connects to the site has some sharp turns. It would therefore not be suitable for transportation of material and heavy machinery without widening and strengthening. As it currently travels through homestead plantations and settlements, any widening and strengthening works, and its use to transport heavy machinery and material during the construction phase, would have environmental and social impacts including safety risks for the nearby

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 292

residents. To minimise the effect to local communities, the Project therefore plans to transport all construction material and machinery to the site via the Dehular canal. This will include the major power plant components (eg, GTG, STG and HRSG) which will be manufactured outside of Bangladesh and shipped via ocean barges to the nearby port facility (Mongla Port in Khulana Division) and then via inland waterways to the Project site and the heavy machinery, construction equipment and construction material (aggregate, sand, cement, etc). A temporary floating jetty will be provided adjacent to the site for unloading purposes. Transportation via water as opposed to road will also reduce the travel distance and length of time taken.

6.2.3 Technology Options

The technology selected for the Project is based on the technology specified in the BPDB “Request for Proposal”. No alternative technology option has therefore been considered.

As per the Request for Proposal and the Project Agreement between Lanco and BPDB, the simple cycle gas turbine (SCGT) will be ready for operation within 20 months of start of construction, whereas combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) will be ready for operation within 26 months of start of construction (refer to Table 3.12). Advantages and disadvantages of both the options are presented below:

Simple Cycle Gas Turbine (SCGT)

The SCGT generates power by converting the heat and kinetic energies of hot, high pressure jets of gas into mechanical energy through the use of rotary blades, which in turn drives an electrical generator.

Advantages:

• Is a widely used technology for power generation; • Has standardized design and manufacturing process; • Has a wide range of capacity available: from 0.5 to 260 MW/unit; • Requires a small area for the plant footprint; • Has a short construction period (14 to 18 months) due to standardized designs; and • Has flexible operation mode: can start-up and shutdown rapidly (referred to as “minimum up"), and can deal with rapid load changes.

Disadvantages:

• It has a low thermal efficiency of about 32 - 38% at ISO standard conditions; • Requires high quality fuels; • Has high maintenance costs; and • Requires expensive fuel treatment equipment and inhibitors for reducing hot corrosion if low quality fuels, such as HFO or crude oil are used. The ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 293

capacity, efficiency and operating lifetime of the units will be considerably reduced.

Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT)

In the CCGT, a gas turbine (GT) and steam turbine (ST) are used in combination to achieve greater efficiency. The gas turbine drives an electrical generator and the turbine exhaust is used to produce steam in a heat recovery steam generator (HRSG). The HRSG is then used by the ST to drive an electrical generator, providing the means to generate more electricity per unit of fuel. The proposed Project CCGT configuration will include 1 GT, 1 HRSG and 1 ST.

Advantages:

• Has standardized design and manufacturing process; • Broad power capacity range: from 30 to 1,000 MW; • Its footprint is smaller than that required for conventional thermal power plants; • The construction period is short (~ 24 months) in comparison a conventional thermal power plant (~36 months); • Has flexible operation features, such as it starts up and shuts down rapidly, and can be adjusted to rapid load changes; • Is very efficient; can reach 57% at ISO standard conditions; and • It has the lowest environmental impact with respect to other thermal power generation options.

Disadvantages:

• Requires high quality clean and pure fuels; and • Economic lifetime of between 20-25 years.

Thus, the technology option proposed for the Project is the best suited option taken into consideration by BPDB.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 294

7 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULATTION AND PARTICIPATION

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Participation is a process, through which stakeholders influence and share control over development initiatives, the decisions and the resources, which affects them. The effectiveness of environment and social management plan is directly related to the degree of continuing involvement of stakeholders in the project development process. Participation of stakeholders in the projects is also a primary requirement in developing an appropriate ESMP that addresses project’s requirement and suited to the needs of the stakeholders. Stakeholder’s involvement is also vastly increases the probability of successful implementation of management plan. In order to make consultation and disclosure process effective and fruitful, comprehensive planning is required to assure that local government, NGOs, host population and project staff interacts regularly and purposefully, throughout all stages of the project and contribute toward a common goal.

7.2 REGULATORY CONTEXT OF INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND CONSULTATION

As per ADB’s & IFC’s safeguard requirements, public consultations and information disclosure is to be undertaken by project proponent to comply with the requirements of the legislation of Bangladesh and international practices. Specific ADB and IFC guidance used in the preparation of this SEP includes:

• ADB’s safeguard policy statement (2009) with respect to environmental safeguards, involuntary resettlement safeguards, and Indigenous Peoples safeguards. • ADB’s Safeguard Policy and Public Communications Policy (2011) set out disclosure requirements for various ADB activities, including safeguards. • IFC - Guidance Note 1. Social and Environmental Management Systems (July 2007). • IFC – Guidance Note 4. Community Health, Safety and Security (July 2007).

Also, some of the key principles suggested by international practices for effective stakeholder engagement include: • Conducting meaningful consultation with affected people and other concerned stakeholders, including civil society, and facilitate their informed participation. • Providing meaningful information in a format and language that is readily understandable and tailored to the needs of the target stakeholder group(s);

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 295

• Starting consultation early in the project preparation stage and is carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle; • Providing information in advance of consultation activities and decision- making; • Providing information in ways and locations that make it easy for stakeholders to access it and that are culturally appropriate; • Respect for local traditions, languages, timeframes, and decision-making processes; • Two-way dialogue that gives both sides the opportunity to exchange views and information, to listen, and to have their issues heard and addressed; • Conducting consultation in an atmosphere free of intimidation or coercion; • Developing clear mechanisms for responding to people’s concerns, suggestions, and grievances; • Being Gender inclusive and responsive, and tailored to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups; and • Incorporating, where appropriate and feasible, feedback into project or program design, and reporting back to stakeholders.

7.3 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR CONSULTATION

The approach undertaken for information disclosure and consultation involved the following key processes. • Mapping and Identification of key stakeholders such as primary (direct project influence) and secondary (indirect project influence) stakeholders; • Undertaking expert consultations, interviews and focussed group discussions (FGD) with the respective stakeholders; • Undertaking structured on field consultations, interviews and focussed group discussions (FGD) with the respective stakeholders; • Assessing the influence and impact of the project on these stakeholder groups; • Summarizing of key findings and observations from the consultations; and • Preparing a future stakeholder engagement strategyconsultation plan for a more detailed assessments at a microscopic level taking into account the various project lifecycle phases and their implications on the stakeholder .

7.4 STAKEHOLDER ASSESSMENT

A stakeholder is defined as “a person, group, or organization that has direct or indirect stake in a project/organization because it can affect or be affected by the Project or its Proponent’s actions, objectives, and policies”. Stakeholders vary in terms of degree of interest, influence and control they have over the Project or the proponent. In the present study, all the stakeholders have been primarily categorized into two categories that have been identified as:

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 296

• Primary Stakeholders: include people, groups, institutions that either have a direct influence on the project or are directly impacted (positively or adversely) by the project and its activities; and • Secondary stakeholders: are those that have a bearing on the project and its activities by the virtue of their being closely linked or associated with the primary stakeholders and due to the influence they have on the primary stakeholder groups.

Apart from categorization, the stakeholders have also been classified in accordance with the level of influence they have over the project as well as their priority to the project proponent in terms of importance.

The influence and priority have both been primarily rates as: • High Influence/Priority: Which implies a high degree of influence of the stakeholder on the project in terms of participation and decision making or high priority for project proponent to engage that stakeholder • Medium Influence/Priority: Which implies a moderate level of influence and participation of the stakeholder in the project as well as a priority level for project proponent to engage the stakeholder who are neither highly critical nor are insignificant in terms of influence. • Low Influence/Priority: Which implies a low degree of influence of the stakeholder on the project in terms of participation and decision making or low priority for project proponent to engage that stakeholder

Based on the above attributes, Table 7.1 delineate the stakeholders identified for the project and their analysis.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 297

Table 7.1 Stakeholder Mapping for the Project

Stakeholders Category of Brief Profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating Stakeholder Influence on the Project Project Management Lanco Power International Primary • Lanco Power International Pte., Singapore, a Highest • Are the primary project proponents Pte subsidiary of Lanco Infratech Limited India, is • Responsible for establishment and operation of this the primary project proponent own a controlling project stake of 100% in the project • Primary financial beneficiaries • Responsible for all the project related risks and impact liabilities Project Financiers Asian Primary • Financiers at corporate and project level of Lanco High • Engagement is limited at the corporate management level Development Bank (ADB), and S. Alam for the project. • Key participants in the decision making process which Deutsche Investitions- und • May include local and regional banks, national may have direct or indirect implications for the project Entwicklungsgesellschaft banks as well as international banks and • Compliance to funding agencies safeguard and other mbH (DEG), Nederlandse development institutions policies such as governance, transparency and Financierings-Maatschappij accounting standard voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. (FMO) and the Opec Fund for International Development (OFID)

External Stakeholders • • Bangladesh Power Primary • Bangladesh Power Development Board or BPDB Medium • Legal land owner for the project site Development Board is the primary authority for planning, • Is establishing the second adjacent power plant and both (BPDB) construction and operation of power generation plants to be developed into an integrated complex and transmission facilities throughout • Role and influence level apart from land lease is limited Bangladesh. during construction phase • Influence likely to increase during operation as both plants will share common resources including substation, canal water and gas monitoring station Sunderban Gas Supply Primary • Wholly owned subsidiary of state controlled High • Responsible for procuring gas from BAPEX (Bangladesh Limited (SGSL) Petrobangla, Sunderban Gas Supply Limited Petroleum Exploration & Production Company Limited) (SGSL) is responsible for the operation, and supply to the project site. maintenance, metering and billing of gas • Fuel supply agreement to be reached between SGSL and supplied to consumers in the southwest of the project proponent. Bangladesh.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 298

Stakeholders Category of Brief Profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating Stakeholder Influence on the Project • Responsible for gas pipeline construction and acquisition of RoW up to project site Power Grid Corporation of Primary • Power Grid Company of Bangladesh Ltd. or High • Responsible for constructing transmission line corridor for Bangladesh (PGCB) PGCB has the primary objective of managing, the project and connecting it to the regional power grid operating and expanding the national power system. grid of Bangladesh • Engagement level during construction phase for setup of transmission corridor Community Land Losers (Project Site); Primary • Land Owners impacted with respect to loss of Medium • Irregularities in compensation distribution land and potential livelihood impact from the • Lack of information during land acquisition process acquisition process for the project site back in • Support to land losers in terms to temporary sustenance 2003 and employment opportunities • Total number of land owners impacted in Lanco • preference for Employment opportunities parcel of land is estimated to be 72 Land Losers (Additional Primary • Land owners impacted with respect to loss of High • Fair and proper compensation 3.2 Acres) land from the recent acquisition of additional 3.2 • Preference in employment opportunities during acres for the project site construction phase Land Loser (Gas Pipeline) Primary • Land owners impacted in terms of loss of land High • Fair and proper compensation due to land procurement for ancillary units • Minimum acquisition and asset impact including gas pipeline • Preference in employment opportunities Sharecroppers Primary • Section of community that cultivates on Low • No major influence on the project or its related activities another’s land for livelihood • Are aware of the project and the possibility of losing source of • Sharecroppers have been reported to be engaged income in sharecropping practices in and around the • Reportedly, the sharecroppers are ready to migrate in project site pursuit of other land parcels once construction activities • The actual no. of sharecroppers impacted from are started the land acquisition for the project yet to be identified • Still continuing with the sharecropping practices in project area and giving annual payment to land owners Vulnerable Groups (poor, Primary • The marginal groups within the project area Low • Employment opportunity during construction. old aged, and destitute) primarily comprises of landless households as a • Job prospect for their children result of acquisition, households below poverty threshold, women headed households, old aged

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 299

Stakeholders Category of Brief Profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating Stakeholder Influence on the Project & destitute Women Primary • Include women land losers, family members of Low • Compensation paid to male member of family land losers, sharecroppers and other Project • Little control over compensation amount Affected Families (PAF) • Employment opportunities • Women in the adjoining community to the project site Fishermen Secondary • Fisherman in the area are primarily local farmers Low • Low scale fishing for self consumption engaging in small scale fishing in the adjoining canal mostly for household consumption • Project study area is not a major fishing hotspot Local Community Primary • Primarily includes adjacent community to the Medium • No major restrictions around the project site especially project site especially Dakhsin (South) Kutuba with respect to grazing land and uptake of water from • Also include community within 2km radial • Project will bring development to the area radius of the project site • increase in employment opportunities and preference in job • Improvement in electrical supply and infrastructure in the area • Minimise impact

Regulatory/Administrative Authorities & Agencies Dept. of Environment, Primary • The Department of Environment is the primary High • Government Regulatory agency to provide Environmental Bangladesh government regulatory authority for Clearance (EC) to the project based on evaluation and Environmental protection in Bangladesh. approval of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study • Responsible for monitoring project’s Environmental compliance throughout the project lifecycle District Commissioners Primary • The District commissioners office is the primary Medium • Government authority responsible for the additional land office, Bhola (DCO) agency responsible for land acquisition and acquisition for the project distribution of compensation • Responsible for valuation and distribution of compensation to land losers • Responsible for address of compensation related grievances of the land losers

Local Government Secondary • Local Government Engineering Department Low • Is responsible for upgrading an inner village road in the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 300

Stakeholders Category of Brief Profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating Stakeholder Influence on the Project Engineering Department (LGED) is one of the largest public sector area which will also act as a secondary access road to the (LGED) Bhola organizations in Bangladesh entrusted with site to cater the increased traffic and goods planning and implementation of local level infrastructure development programs. Dept. of Social Welfare Secondary • Local governmental agency responsible for Low • No major influence on project related activities (DSW) implementation of governmental social welfare • However participation level and influence may increase in schemes and activities in Bhola case community welfare activities proposed by the project proponent are implemented in coordination with this agency Dept. for Health and Secondary • Primary department responsible for managing Low • No major influence on project related activities Welfare (DHW) the overall healthcare facilities in the district • Key agency responsible for managing healthcare facilities • Local community healthcare centres and around the project area hospitals functioning under this department are • Controlling out break of any major disease and monitoring responsible for providing medication and the disease pattern healthcare facilities to the community Other Regulatory & Primary High • Agencies required for obtaining permits and licenses for Permitting Authorities establishment and operation of the project • Primary involvement during pre-construction and operation phases Contractor & Sub- Contractors Other Contractors (local Primary • Other Contractors include OEM(Original Medium • Construction phase will require almost 700 people (for and foreign) Equipment Manufacturers), part suppliers, both civil and mechanical work) including both local and mechanical installers and maintenance service migrant workers over a span of 2 years providers who would be engaged during the • Engagement levels would be mostly during construction, project lifecycle and decommissioning phases Migrant Workers and Primary • Labourers and workers arriving from outside of Medium • Responsible for undertaking mostly skill based work Labourers Bhola for participating in construction activities during construction phase • Engagement level during both civil and mechanical phases of work Political Administration Upa Zilla (sub District Secondary • Elected representative of people at sub-district Medium • Key linkage between the community and the project Level) Political level for a fixed tenure proponent Administration

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 301

Stakeholders Category of Brief Profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating Stakeholder Influence on the Project Union leaders & local • Elected representative at union level i.e. village • Plays important role in providing public opinion and representatives level for a fixed tenure sentiment on the project • Empowered to provide consent and authorization for establishment of project on behalf of the community

Other Institutional Stakeholders Groups Local NGOs and Secondary • Microfinance agencies, social welfare groups and Low • No major involvement in the project as per today Community & Social charitable organizations working in the area • Possible inclusion during future stages of the project with Welfare Groups (CSWG) respect to project related community welfare activities

Media; Secondary Medium • Public watchdog on the project related activities • No major influence on the project as of today

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 302

7.5 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND CONSULTATION

Number of consultation exercises was conducted during this phase of ESIA preparation. The stakeholders consulted include Project Affected People, sharecroppers, community in the vicinity of project area, local elected representatives and other external stakeholders such as relevant government officials and NGOs. The details of consultations held with issues raised or discussed and suggestions provided by the respective stakeholders are presented in Table 7.2 of this chapter and the photographs of consultation session are given in Annex O. Every consultation meeting has been recorded and the minutes from every meeting have compiled in the respective stakeholder consultation sheets. These sheets have been provided as part of this report in Annex R.The signature of elected representatives of union members participated in the meeting is appended to this report as Annex R and signature of members of affected families consulted is also provided as part of this report in Annex R.

A combination of mixed methods of information disclosure and consultation process was adopted at this stage of ESIA preparation. The method selected for consultation was basically designed keeping in mind the profile of the stakeholders, type of information desired and level of engagement required. In each consultation session the consultant introduced themselves, introduced the project and the purpose of engagement with the respective stakeholder. The primary methods followed in the consultation process are: • Individual level consultation/discussion • Socio-economic survey • Group discussion • Focus group discussion • Community meetings

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 303

Table 7.2 Details of consultations held for the Project

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details 30/5/2012 Local 1. Mr. Provas Kumar Biswas, • Understanding on the • Proposal to develop LEGD road • Coordination Government LGED, Executive Engineer road network in and connecting plant access to cater between LGED and and 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, NGO- around the project Site increased traffic and goods Sunderban Gas Engineering MA, Executive Director • Plan for widening and movement Company ltd. for Department 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM strengthening of LGED finalising of (LGED), Bhola 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, road connecting plant alignment for gas ERM access pipeline and land 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • Land acquisition related acquisition EQMS issue 6. Mr. Md. Alim Miah, EQMS 7. Mr. Rasel Miah, EQMS 30/5/2012 Department of 1. Pritish Kumar Mallik, • primary fishing • The primary fishing ports are • The details are Fisheries District Fisheries Officer, point/ports/sanctuary located in the Meghna and explained in impact Bhola District located in and around in Tetuliya rivers that flow around assessment section 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, NGO- Bhola Bhola on water. MA, Executive Director • Fish production in Bhola • The mainstay fish Hilsa is Appropriate 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM in quality & monetary captured from the Meghna and mitigation 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM value. Tetuliya rivers measures will be 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • Fish export status from • Fishing is the second most suggested based on EQMS Bhola to other areas contributors to the local GDP modelling analysis 6. Mr. Md. Alim Miah, EQMS • Understanding on the after agriculture. Almost 27% of outcome. 7. Mr. Rasel Miah, EQMS Fishermen community the total Hilsa in Bangladesh is • Fisheries resources in and captured and exported from around Dehular canal Bhola. Presently, there are 140 • Status of fishing at the centres or collection points canal catering to almost 2000 • Any envisaged impacts fishermen. The catch is on the aquatic population estimated at 1.2 lac ton of Hilsa in the canal from the in Bhola in a year. release of hot water into • Dehular canal is not a major the canal fishing location with respect to fish catch. The fishes caught from this canal are primarily for self consumption by locals

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 304

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details • Suggestion for temperature variation between hot water released form power plant to canal ideally be not more then 3degree centigrade of the surrounding water temperature. 30/5/2012 Department of 1. Dr. Md. Baki Hossaini, • Primary diseases pattern • Primary diseases and health • Community health Health, Bhola Deputy Civil Surgeon and healthcare problems concerns in Bhola and and safety 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, NGO- in Bhola Boranuddin include Acute management plan MA, Executive Director • Concerns with respect to Flaccid Paralysis (AFP), shall be developed 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM impacts envisaged from Tuberculosis, Pneumonia and for the project 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM the construction and Water borne diseases. • Suggestion for 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, operation of the project • Concerns with respect to the maximum use of EQMS • Health programmes migration of labour into the area available local 6. Mr. Md. Alim Miah, EQMS under implementation in leading to sexually transmitted unskilled, semi Mr. Rasel Miah, EQMS the Bhola diseases, communicable skilled and skilled diseases. However, the chief manpower to avoid medical officer was of opinion in migration of that it would not be a major outside labour issue if local Bangladeshis are force. migrant workers. • Continuous engagement and awareness creation amongst locals and labour population about HIV/AIDS

30/5/2012 Upazila 1. Md. Rafiqul Islam , Mayor • Understanding on • It was intimated that the local • Suggestion for Puroshabha 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM current project people are keenly looking maximum use of ( City 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM developments forward for this project available local Corporation) 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • Perception and viewpoint • There is a proposal to strengthen human resources Office EQMS of the local authorities existing road from the and provide and the people about the Boranuddin Upazilla to project information about project access road by LGED. the kind of skills • Key issues and problems • No major opposition is required during faced in the municipality envisaged for land acquisition operation phase, so • Expectations of the local for road project. that locals

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 305

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details community from this • People also looking forward to youngsters can project for a fertilizer factory in trained themselves Boranuddin in the required skill. • Project should engage local employees and contribute to development in education and healthcare facilities • Water supply is a key problem in the area 31/5/2012 Department of 1. Mr. Santi Ranjan Mondal, • Understanding and • Agriculture is the primary Agriculture Deputy Director Broad overview of the mainstay of the district with Extension 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, agricultural sector in almost 95% households involved NGO-MA, Executive Bhola in this Director • Information on the crops • Main crops include rice, maize, 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, grown in the area and soya bean, and vegetables. Rice ERM agricultural practices production is the highest 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, • Information the amongst crops. Vegetables are ERM agricultural schemes also grown in significant 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, under implementation quantity and used for export to EQMS from the local other parts of Bangladesh. 6. Mr. Md. Alim Miah, government • The agricultural practices in the EQMS • Sharecropping practices region is a mix of both 7. Mr. Rasel Miah, EQMS in the project area cultivating ones own land as well as sharecropping. • Impacts from the project related activities are envisaged to be low on the neighbouring area.

31/5/2012 Additional 1. Md. Rafiqul Islam, • Overview on the Land • The land acquisition for the • Resettlement & Deputy Additional Deputy Acquisition and project has been conducted by rehabilitation policy Commissioner Commissioner ( revenue), procurement process for the government on behalf of at project level Office Bhola the project BPDB 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, NGO- • Any key issues • Compensation has been MA, Executive Director emanating in the provided in monetary form and 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, community from the determined by the government ERM project based on mouza prices on 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, • Compensation previous years estimates

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 306

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details ERM disbursement process provided by the sub-registrar 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, office EQMS • Asset valuation carried out by Public Works Division and crops, trees etc. by Forest department • There is no government or state level Rehabilitation or Rehabilitation policy • No compensation provided to sharecroppers • No issues have come to notice with respect to compensation. However, are aware of a pending case with respect to legacy issues and entitlement of compensation • No major opposition to the land acquisition process. People are forthcoming about the project

31/5/2012 Department of 1. Ms. Ismat Ara Khanam, • Social Welfare schemes • The department is implementing Social Welfare Social Welfare Officer and programs that are various government sponsored 2. Mr. Motasin Billah, NGO- being implemented by schemes MA, Executive Director the department in Bhola • Any NGO or welfare 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM and Boranuddin Upazilla organization working in the area 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM • Primary areas of social are required to obtain permit or 5. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, concern in Bhola and clearance from the Social welfare EQMS Boranuddin department • Key issues and challenges • The department runs Women faced in Boranuddin from specific microcredit scheme and the prospective of social monthly pension scheme for welfare development other vulnerable groups such as • How is the project old aged, divorced women beneficial in that area and • The primary areas of concern in will it any way have any Bhola and Boranuddin are negative impact as such destruction due to natural

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 307

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details on the locals calamities which leads to loss of • Participation level of the life and property. international and • Education, healthcare, social domestic NGO’s and fads like child marriage are also welfare organizations some of the other issues in the area. • International humanitarian groups such as UNICEF, WFP are also actively involved in this region. • The project will bring uninterrupted electricity in the area; will create opportunities in the form of jobs and small business. 2/6/2012 Upazila 1. Md. Jashim Uddin, • Perception and viewpoint • People looking forward to the • Resolving of land Chairman’s Chairman, Upazila Parishad of the local authorities establishment of the power related litigation Resident 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, and the people about the project and disbursement ERM project • Quality of Work and contractors of compensation to 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, • Any issues, complaints mobilized should be good and rightful individuals ERM and grievances (if any) experienced. 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, with respect to the land • No key issues with respect to EQMS acquisition process for land or any form of opposition power plant to the project. • Scope for • Do have knowledge of litigation industrialization in Bhola between two factions of claimants for land compensation but the issue is not against the project proponent or the local administration. The same is expected to be resolved soon. • Expecting more development in Bhola in terms of industrialization. 2/6/2012 Project Site 1. Md. Salamat , Sharecropper • Understanding on the • Primarily paddy is grown in • Adequate advance 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM Sharecropping pattern in project land. Normally takes two notice to the 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM the area harvests in a year with one sharecroppers (if

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 308

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • Awareness about the harvest contributing to almost any) prior to EQMS project 600Kg of paddy. securing the land • Any issues, expectations • The land is also used for cattle by project authority and apprehensions in grazing in lean season. to avoid further regard to power plant • Is aware of the land being cultivation by • Issues in general in the acquired and soon, to be sharecroppers. village developed into a gas fired power • Compensation for plant. standing crops, • Compensation was provided to trees at the time of the land owners. clearing of land, if • any. • Transitional support to sharecroppers, if any. 2/6/2012 Project Site 1. Md. Kadir Pandit, Land • Amount of land lost the • The primary livelihood support • Speedy disposal of looser project and what sort of is agriculture followed by litigation and 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM compensation was paid animal husbandry (rearing of payment of 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM • Understanding the usage cows, goats, ducks and poultry). compensation to 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, of compensation received • No compensation has been rightful owner EQMS • Understanding of the received due to litigation • transfer of Household level pending in court with respect to compensation indicators land ownership. amount to owner’s • Understanding on the • Land rate for acquisition has bank account to Sharecropping pattern in been fixed at Tk 4000/4 decimal. avoid irregularities the area However, at present rate, it has • Preference in • Any issues, expectations inflated to 40,000/4 decimal. employment as per and apprehensions in • Irregularities in compensation appropriate skill regard to power plant distribution. level • Presently animal husbandry is primary occupation and livelihood by selling dairy, eggs and meat products. • Plan to start a small business from the compensation amount • Key expectations from the project are employment, better

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 309

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details infrastructure and access to electricity, which is currently absent in the area. 2/6 2012 Association for 1. Md. Nur A Alam, Branch • Background of Asha as • ASHA is one of the largest Collaboration for Social Manager, Borhanuddin an agency and the area of microfinance institutions in the delivery of corporate Advancement Upazila work it is involved in world. social responsibility Office , 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM • Key on-ground issues • Has been active in the Kutba and scheme and providing Boranuddin 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, and challenged by the Boranuddin area since 1997. microfinance to affected (NGO) ERM agency • Periodic survey is conducted to population. 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • key social challenges and understand the needs and EQMS issues in Boranuddin requirements of the community and channelizing the financing to meet these requirements. • Minimum loan disbursed is in the range of Tk 5000 and the maximum ranging at Tk 60,000. • In education, the scheme helps in admission to schools and colleges, book purchase, etc. For sanitation, loan is provided for construction of toilets. • Loan is financed in the name of the women. • Primary challenges faced by the local community are natural disasters, health problems and disease outbreaks, social fads such as child marriage, illiteracy etc. • Project is likely to improve the socio economic status of the area with improvement in literacy, awareness, accessibility to electricity etc. 2/6/2012 Costal 1. Mr. Md. Monsur Alam , • Background and area of • The COAST NGO started in Collaboration for Association for Branch Manager, work it is involved in 1998. delivery of corporate Transformation Borhanuddin Upazila • Key on-ground issues • The primary engagement is in social responsibility

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 310

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details Trust (COAST) 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM and challenged by the microfinance, governance, scheme and providing Office, 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM agency livestock, security and microfinance to affected Boranuddin 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • key social challenges and awareness on food, education population. (NGO) EQMS issues in Boranuddin and sanitation • Microfinance support for families below poverty line. For Small businessman loans can vary from Tk 30,000-2,00,000 • Primary members of the organization are fisherman (55% of total members) • COAST can provide micro finance to PAPs of the proposed power plant project • Primary challenges faced in Burhanuddin are electricity, water and sanitation • Project likely to bring economic benefit, jobs and associated skills, as well as overall development of Bhola 3/6/2012 BAPEX Office, 1. Mr. Md. Shakwat Hossain, • Role of BAPEX in the • BAPEX is responsible for only • Minimisation of Boranuddin Deputy General Manager project if any exploration of gas fields and land intake (Production) • Gas Availability, after exploration Sunderban Gas • Avoidance of 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM Exploration and Supply Company Limited (SGCL) does impact on 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM status the distribution of gas. structures 4. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, • Land Acquisition for the • The Gas pipeline from identified • Adequate EQMS Right of Way for the gas site to nearest valve station is compensation and pipeline to the project site responsibility of BAPEX while support to the • Primary Local from the valve station to the affected population sensitivities and issues in project site, it is the relation to right of way responsibility of the project proponent • The land for the pipeline from the valve station to the project site is yet to be acquired. The typical ROW required for a gas

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 311

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details pipeline is varies from 8-10 feet. • The forecasted availability of gas in Bhola is approximately 165(Billion cubic feet) with reserves lasting up to 40 years. • RoW acquisition would entail loss of land, loss of crop and may involve loss of some structures • Generally, local people are allowed to cultivate on the acquired land. However, any form of structural construction and planning of large trees is prohibited. • Because the ROW for the land acquired is small strip of land, issues are not of very significant. 3/6/2012 Union Elected members of union • Understanding and • Knowledge about the project is • Gender Parishad office, parishad1 awareness about the limited. The general opinion is consideration in Boranuddin 1. Makrul Islam, ward no. 5 project that the project is being put up resettlement plan 2. Mohammad Anwar, ward no. • Expectations from the by the government. • Provision of equal 8 project • The project will create control of women 3. Mohammad Yadun, ward no. • Key issues rising from the employment and contracting on compensation 1 land acquisition process opportunities for the local amount 4. Mohammad Jayabar, ward and is there are any major population. Also, a significant • Provision of no. 3 oppositions sighted with need from the project is better additional support 5. Ms. Bibi Khadija, ward no. respect to the project electricity supply. mechanism for 7,8,9 • General questions on the • No major opposition to land women headed 6. M.A. Jarik Midha, Secretary social structure of acquisition for the project. household, 7. Ms. Washda Begam,w ard no. Burhanuddin, role of Present market price of land abandoned women, 1,2,3 marginalized groups around the project area has destitute women 8. Ms. Arju Begam, Ward no. such as women, primary increased by manifold. 4,5,6 work profiles, availability • Participation level of women in

(1) 1 Signed Attendance sheet of members is attached separately as appendix 2

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 312

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details 9. Mohammad Humayun, of key utilities etc. the society is improving. ward no. 9 • Participation levels of the Presently, 3 out of 9 seats in 10. Nasrul Assan, Chairman project proponent till union administration and 11. Mohmmad Mamun, ward now and level of legislation are reserved for no. 4 community consultation women members. Women are 12. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM undertaken also moving towards higher 13. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM education and enrolling into government and private services. However, some of the key issue that are still persisting are with respect to polygamy, domestic violence and child marriage. • People are also expecting for other industries to come up from the advent of this project, particularly fertilizer factory, cold storage units which will help in supporting Bhola’s agrarian based economy. 4/6/2012 land loser, 1. Anil Chandra Dey and • Nature of impact and loss • Lost land, crop and orchard • Full and fair Kutba family, land loser1 • Adequacy of (consist of coconut, betel nut, compensation to 2. Narayan Chandra Dey and compensation and betel leaf, banana) for the land losers family, land loser disbursement project site and approach road • Support to land 3. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM • Household income and respectively losers in improving 4. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM expenditures • Total compensation estimated at skill for non land • Access to resources and about Tk 97,000. based occupation key facilities and utilities • Lack of awareness and no and employment in the area consultation during the opportunity in acquisition process, that lead to construction and irregularities. operation period • Presently, income from harvest on remaining land holding, betel leaf cultivation and dairy

(2) 1 signature of participants is attached as appendix 3

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 313

Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/Suggestions made Mitigation measures Details supply. Also, supported by sons working in government agency. • In terms of utility, most of the requirements are available in nearby location. However, the supply of electricity is highly irregular. • 4/6/2012 Kutba Village 1. Arjun Dey and family, • Understanding on the • Earn Tk 20,000-25,000 from a • Adequate advance sharecropper Sharecropping pattern in single harvest out of which gives notice for further 2. Mr. Pravash Mishra, ERM the area Tk 10,000-15,000 to the cultivation. 3. Mr. Aritra Mazumder, ERM • Knowledge about the landowners • Compensation for project • Another significant source of standing crops, • Any issues, expectations income is Betel leaf cultivation trees at the time of and apprehensions in which provides Tk 20,000 clearing of land, if regard to power plant annually and dairy products too any. • Issues in general in the contribute to the family income. • Transitional village • Primarily grows paddy in this support to land. Takes two harvests in a sharecroppers year. • Is aware of the proposed development into a gas fired plant. • Compensation only provided to the land owners. •

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 314

The main findings and observations from the consultations have been summarised here:

• Local Expectations from the project: it was conferred during consultation that most of the people saw the project as a positive impact and development for the island specifically in terms of employment and contracting opportunities, better infrastructure and electricity supply. Also this project will support additional industrial ventures such as fertilizer factories, cold storage units, and rice mills etc. which are also key requirements from the regional prospective. The project complex also proposed to be the largest in the country is also symbolic for the people and island of Bhola. • Land & Compensation related Issues: Although, Lanco as a project proponent was not directly involved in the land acquisition and compensation process for the main project site, there was one key land related issue that emerged during consultation with the land losers. This was primarily with respect to irregularities in disbursement of compensation. However, discussion with district administration revaledrevealed no such complained has come to their notice and the compensation amount was distributed through cheque, hence; possibilities of irregularities are non existent. Moreover, the district is maintaining a record of cheque disburshmentdisbursement and signature of receipientrecipient. • Legacy related Issue: There is a litigation pending in civil court between two groups with respect to ownership issue. Discussion with the district administration revaledrevealed that the process of land acquisition has been completed and the compensatoncompensation money is deposited with the government for disburshmentdisbursement. Since some people have approached the court, the compensation money will be disbursheddisbursed to the entitled persons once the court gives its verdict. The issue however has little bearing on BPDB or indirectly on Lanco as the land has been acquired and no stay order has been authorized by the court on the disputed site to prevent any construction activities from taking place, as reported during discussion with officials. • Impact on Sharecroppers: it was reported that sharecroppers were cropping the land for livelihood. Based on the visual observation of project site it can be stated that the project area is devoid of any active agricultural activity. Hence, it is difficult to assess the shareholders involvement due to the reason mentioned above and the fact that the land was acquired almost a decade back. However, more detailed on this will be covered as part of social audit for the acquired land. • Impact on the Dehular Cana form Water Discharge: the local canal flowing adjacent to the project site is not a major fishing hotspot in the area. However, the community in an around the canal use the same for low scale fishing activities primarily for self-consumption. It was also confirmed by the fisheries department that the canal is not a major source fishing point. It was conveyed during consultation with the Department of Fisheries, Bhola that the hot water discharged from the power plant is

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 315

required to be regulated within 3° C of the canal’s water temperature to prevent impact on fish life in the canal. • Health Impacts from Migrant Workers & Labourers: the concern reported by the Department of Health and Welfare was in regards to the incoming migrant working population that may lead to potential health implication on the local population and advent of new diseases including communicable diseases, sexually transmitted diseases and foreign pathogens and disease strains coming into the island. • Impact of Vulnerable Groups: issues identified for vulnerable groups from stakeholder consultation are. o The old aged persons may not take full advantages of employment opportunities arising from the project due to their inability to undertake labour intensive work; • Impact on Women: issues identified as part of the stakeholder consultation on women are: o No major say in financial decision making at the household level especially with respect to utilization of compensation money o Bhola being highly traditional in social structure, women participation in employment opportunities generated by the project is expected to be low and the impact could be more significant in case of women headed households that have been impacted by the project

7.6 WAY FORWARD FOR CONTINUATION OF CONSULTATION

The effectiveness of the ESIA is directly related to the degree of continuing involvement of those affected directly or indirectly by the project. During the preparatory stage, consultations were held at local, sub district and district level. Several additional rounds of consultations with stakeholders have been planned in ESIA finalisation, during resettlement plan preparation, resettlement plan implementation, and construction and operation phase of the project. The continued information disclosure and consultation process can either be done internally by the project proponent or through engaging some outside agency on behalf of them. Before embarking on conducting consultation internally by the project proponent, the project authority should do the capacity assessment of internal expertise. If the capacity is not available, the project proponent should engage external agency and gradually build up internal capacity by working along side of that agency. This will help them in developing internal capacity and maintaining continued consultation process through the project life cycle.

7.6.1 Consultation for Finalisation of ESIA:

Consultations will be held prior to finalisation of ESIA report with various stakeholders identified for the project. The purpose of consultation at this phase would focus on sharing the mitigation measures proposed in the study for identified impacts. Also, the process would involve revisiting the issues raised by stakeholders during first phase of consultation and necessary mitigations measured proposed in the report to address those. The consultant plans to organised number of meetings and disclosure session with stakeholders by giving them prior intimation about the date, time and venue

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 316

of consultation. The details of such meeting and consultation would be captured and made part of the ESIA document.

7.6.2 Consultation during Social Audit

As per para 12, appendix 4, ADB SPS 2009, a Social Audit is to be conducted for the land acquired previously by BPDB for gas power plant. Consultation with district revenue officials and affected land owners is an important source of information in understanding the entire process adopted in acquisition, compensation distribution and identifying gaps, if any. The consultant plans to conduct necessary consultation sessions with relevant stakeholders to comprehend the entire mechanism adopted for land acquisition. The ESAI document would be disclosed by ADB as part of their disclosure policy and the same will be submitted to the Department of Environment for approval and disclosure at local and national level.

7.6.3 Consultation during RP Preparation

The project is category ‘A’ from ADB’s involuntary resettlement classification point of view. Hence, a resettlement plan will be prepared in line with ADB’s SPS to address the issues arising out of land acquisition and associated impacts. As part of RP preparation process, consultation with project affected population and families is key in preparing the entitlement matrix, arriving at replacement cost for lost asset, restoration of livelihood and any other concerns that might affect their socio-economic condition due to project. Consultation in this phase would be continuous with the individual families by way of census and socio-economic survey and focus group discussion with the affected families, women and vulnerable group identified during the process. The RP prepared for the project would be disclosed by ADB as part of their disclosure policy and the key aspects of resettlement plan such as entitlement policy, grievance redress mechanism etc. would disclosed to affected people by the project proponent in local language.

Consultations in next phase of project preparation and execution are set out in Table 7.3 for each of related stakeholders. The table further provides information on consultation objectives, mechanism to be adopted and frequency/duration of consultation process. We assume that this section of the report is a living document and need updating from time to time as the project progresses and needs of the project changes.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 317

Table 7.3 Plan for Further Consultation and Disclosure during the Project

Stakeholder group Objective for Consultation Consultation mechanisms/forums Frequency/ duration Responsibility Land losers • Identification of Land Losers • Direct consultation by Project • Consultation process to • Project (Project Site) affected by the Project Proponent/External continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP Proponent or • Understanding land related Consultant preparation through impacts, issues and grievances • Socio-Economic survey for • Project authority to continue external • Preparation of Environmental & Impact Assessment with engagement process agency Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) • Socio-Economic survey for during RP implementation and and Environmental and Social preparing RP monitoring and evaluation Management Plan (ESMP) • Focus Group Discussion period • Sharing of management plan and • Written information in local getting feedback language • Structuring of entitlement matrix • Development of Resettlement Plan (RP) • Implementation of ESMP/RP Land Losers • Identification of Land Losers • Individual family Socio- • Consultation process to • Project (Additional 3.2 affected by the Project Economic survey for Impact continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP Proponent or Acres and gas • Understanding land related Assessment , Asset valuation preparation through pipeline) impacts, issues and grievances and choosing compensation • Project authority to continue external • Preparation of Environmental & option with engagement process agency Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) • Focus Group Discussion during RP implementation and • Local and Environmental and Social • Providing written information monitoring and evaluation Administratio Management Plan (ESMP) in local language period n • Sharing of management plan and • Putting information in public getting feedback places • Assessment of compensation disbursed as part of the land acquisition process • Estimation of additional compensation (if required as per lender requirement) • Structuring of entitlement matrix • Development of Resettlement Plan (RP) • Implementation of ESMP/RP Sharecroppers • Identification of sharecroppers • Socio-Economic survey for • Consultation process to Project proponent

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 318

Stakeholder group Objective for Consultation Consultation mechanisms/forums Frequency/ duration Responsibility affected by the project Impact Assessment & impact continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP or through • Understanding key issues and valuation for Resettlement Plan preparation external agency impacts from the project (RP) • Project authority to continue • Identifying mitigation measures as • Focus Group Discussion with engagement process part of the impact assessment • Public meeting during RP implementation and study ESIA/ESMP • Providing written information monitoring and evaluation • Sharing of management plan and in local language period getting feedback • Putting information in public • Evaluation of financial impact places • Structuring of assistance mechanism as part of the RP • Implementation of ESMP/RP Vulnerable • Identification of vulnerable • Socio-Economic survey for • Consultation process to Project proponent Groups population Impact Assessment & impact continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP or through • Understanding key issues and valuation for Resettlement Plan preparation external agency impacts from the project (RP) and vulnerable people • Project authority to continue • Structuring assistance and support development plan with engagement process mechanism as part of ESMP/RP • FGD with vulnerable group during RP implementation and • Developing vulnerable people monitoring and evaluation development plan period • Sharing of management plan and getting feedback

Women • Understanding key issues with • Through Socio-Economic • Consultation process to Project proponent respect to women in general and survey continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP or through project vicinity in particular • Focus Group Discussion preparation external agency • Structuring a gender development • Public meeting • Project authority to continue plan (GDP) • Providing written information with engagement process • Sharing the gender development in local language during RP/ GDP plan • Putting information in public implementation and places monitoring and evaluation period Regulatory/ • To obtain local clearances and • Direct consultation with • Consultation and engagement Project proponent Administrative permits for the project concerned officials to be completed and necessary or through Authorities & • To share the mitigations measures • Written material in the form of licences and permits obtained external agency Agencies proposed to address their concerns executive summery prior to construction activities • During project preparation and through project life, if any

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 319

Stakeholder group Objective for Consultation Consultation mechanisms/forums Frequency/ duration Responsibility condition is imposed by any department Workers and • Implementation of ESMP • Trainings and standard • Periodically during Project Proponent Labourers (Migrant parameters for construction phase operating procedures construction phase of the Contractors & Sub- & Local) with respect to environment, social • Through pep talk project Contractors and health & safety management • Focus Group Discussion • Training and orientation to • Information Posters systems and procedures of the project proponent • Grievance identification and redresses

Local Community • Providing information about skills • Public meeting • Consultation process to Project proponent required for employment • Leaflet continue for ESIA/ESMP & RP or through • Project work schedule to avoid • Written notice in union office preparation external agency conflict with local activity and prominent places • Periodic consultation • Continued harmonious relation • Through CSR activity throughout project life time and community support • Through engaging NGO Contractors and • Awareness about environmental • Group discussion • Prior to start of construction Project proponent Sub-Contractors and social safeguard principles • Presentation to project staff and periodically during or through (engaged in • Conditions under environmental • Written material for reference construction external agency construction and clearance • Meetings project activity) • Project proponent’s social and environment policy • Adherence to various in country legislation •

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 320

8 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

Experience from past projects shows that project implementation is a complex process involving numerous interested and aggrieved parties giving rise to likely instances of conflict, allegations, etc. Most of the conflicts and allegations appear not to be of a serious nature but may snowball into a bigger issue if not given adequate attention from the beginning itself.

Some of the potential points that could give rise to grievances could be related to compensation payment, improper estimation of affected assets, failure to fulfil commitments, poor management of construction activities, inappropriate planning of vehicle movement, and cultural conflicts between migrant workers and local communities etc.

Therefore, it is imperative to have an internal mechanism in place where the aggrieved party/s can lodge their complaints and get it amicably settled prior to approaching the formal mode of solution available to them i.e. access to legal system through courts. In order to provide a formal forum to the aggrieved parties to deal with issues arising out of project, it is proposed that a joint grievance redress mechanism be instituted for both environmental and social related issues.

The proposed Grievance Redress mechanism (GRM) will be developed for the Project in order to settle as many disputes as possible through consultations. Such a mechanism is important as it is expected that most cases, if not all, would be resolved amicably; and the process, as a whole, will promote dispute settlement through mediation to reduce litigation. However, the options of legal recourse will not be restricted in any way by the project proponent.

8.1 OBJECTIVES OF GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

The basic objective of the GRM shall be to provide an accessible mechanism to the affected people, community and any stakeholder(s) having stake in the project to raise their issues and grievances as well as concerns. The Grievance Redress Cell (GRC) shall be officially recognized “non-judicial” body that will seek to resolve non-judicial disputes arising out of various matters related to the implementation of the ESMP, as well as other aspects of the project, as may deemed fit to be raised before the GRC.

The fundamental objective of GRM is to resolve any resettlement and environmental related grievances locally in consultation with the aggrieved party to facilitate smooth implementation of the EMP. Another important objective is to democratize the development process at the local level and to establish accountability towards the stakeholders.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 321

8.2 COMPOSITION OF GRC AND ULC

It is suggested to have two levels of grievance redress mechanism for the project, viz. Grievance redress Cell (GRC) at the project level and another at Upazila (sub-district) level committee (ULC). The aim of having two levels of grievance redress mechanism is to provide a higher forum to the aggrieved party, if the same is not satisfied with the decision of GRC.

GRC will be driven internally by Lanco and shall have the following representation to ensure fair and timely solution to the grievances • Community officer serving as grievance officer; • Lanco Environment and social officer • Project management representative; • Lanco EHS representative;

The composition of ULC will have the following members: • Burhanuddin Upazila Adhikari or his representative • Lanco Project Manager • Lanco Environment and social officer • Local elected Union Chairman • Local elected Union Member • Representative of affected people and women

The normal route to be followed for any grievance shall be GRC, and in case not satisfied then to ULC; however, the grievances can be directly taken to ULC too. The ULC shall be empowered to take a decision which is binding on Lanco and considered final. However, the decision of ULC is not binding on aggrieved person; he or she can take the legal course if not satisfied with the out come of GRC decision.

8.3 FUNCTIONAL PREMISES OF GRC & ULC FOR GRIEVANCE REDRESS

The ULC shall meet depending on number cases referred to it by GRC; however, cases referred to it by GRC shall be heard within three weeks of referral. The GRC meetings will be held in Lanco project office at site and the same will be widely publicised in project area for the knowledge of general public.

• Review, consider and resolve grievances related to social/resettlement and environmental aspects received by the Lanco Field Office having the GRC; • Resolve grievances within a period of two weeks at the GRC level and at ULC within a period of three weeks of referral. Also entertain grievances of indirectly affected persons and/or persons affected during project implementation; • Not engage in any review of the legal standing of an “awardee”;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 322

• Arrive at decisions through consensus, failing which resolution will be based on majority vote. Any decision made by the GRC must be within the purview of EMP and RP; • In case the grievance relates to environmental monitoring results or engineering matters, the GRC will validate the information available to it, as provided by Lanco Project management team/ environmental monitoring team. However, GRC will not be in a position to question the validity of the data provided to it. In case the complainant is not satisfied with the same, the matter will be referred to ULC, and suitable action as suggested by ULC will be followed. ULC may seek support from the DOE to intervene and the decision will be taken accordingly; • Not deal with any matters pending in the court of law; • Require a minimum three (3) members at ULC to form the quorum for the meeting; • Meet at least twice a month for GRC and atleast once in two months at ULC level during preconstruction and construction period of project. The frequency of meeting may increase or decrease depending on the number grievances received. • If needed, may undertake field visits to verify and review the issues, dispute or other relevant matters.

8.4 DISCLOSURE OF THE GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

Some of the important points regarding disclosure of the grievance redress mechanism are: • The grievance redress process shall be disclosed and the procedures mentioned therein shall be properly disseminated to the identified stakeholders, especially those where most of the grievances are likely to come from like the land losers. • Lanco shall integrate it as a part of the training programme or community engagement especially for the project affected people and the workers. For the rest of the stakeholders, it can be displayed at important places on the site, at office and on the website. • The disclosure and the display shall clearly mention the name and designation of the grievance redress officials, office location and their respective contact numbers.

GRM procedures and operational rules will be publicized widely through community meetings and pamphlets in the local language (Bangla) so that people are aware of their rights and obligations, and procedure of grievance redress.

8.5 GRIEVANCE REPORTING PROCEDURE UNDER GRM

An aggrieved person, a group of persons or a community will be able to file grievances without any fear and intimidation. The grievances can be submitted in either in writing or may be submitted orally/ telephonically to

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 323

the GRC; the whole purpose is to make the GRM easily accessible to the affected population. Where required, the EMP and RP implementing staff of Lanco will assist the people in filling the grievance reporting form suggested below. Once the complaint is received, acknowledgement of the same will be made to the complainant, and tentative date of hearing may be communicated to him in advance. The complainant may be represented by him/her or appointed agent for hearing of grievance. The decision made by GRC will be communicated to the concerned person/group/community in writing. If dissatisfied, with the decision of the GRC, the person/group/community may request a further review of the same by the ULC.

8.6 GRIEVANCE REDRESS PROCESS OF GRC

The grievance redress procedure will include the stepwise procedure, to deal with any grievance that comes for redress before the GRC. A schematic representation of the grievance redress procedure to be followed by Lanco is being shown below in Figure 8.1.

Figure 8.1 Grievance Redress Process for the Project

The nature of grievances from the community including the project affected population is likely to include the following: • Land ownership and compensation related or other project benefit related claims; • Eligibility issues and payment of compensation; • Adverse impacts on community, common property resources (CPR); ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 324

• Risks to community, health & safety (e.g. traffic); • Damage to land, crops, infrastructure; • Accidents (e.g. involving livestock); • Noise/dust/air emissions or any other impact on environment caused by project or sub-contractors; • Unethical Behaviour by Lanco personnel or its sub-contractors; • Failure to comply with legislation, standards and guidelines; • Any attempts to conceal the above

Grievances primarily related to land, entitlement or compensation shall be directly forwarded to the ULC, unless it is just a basic problem. Certain grievances like those related to land acquisition, may be directly escalated to ULC, as these are critical issues, and also because land acquisition is being directly dealt by the government under the project, and the project has minimal say in the entitlement. The project may however, decide to have its own entitlement, based on the identified impact and may provide extra support; however in case it is related to legal entitlement, GRC shall primarily try to avoid contentious issue by referring it to ULC with proper documentation.

The process followed will follow the following steps:

• On receipt of complaint the GRC shall give an acknowledgement to the complainant with date, time and venue of hearing of his/her grievance. • The GRC shall prepare a brief note on the grievance for discussion on scheduled date. On the given date, the GRC shall hear the complainant and give its decision. A written copy of decision shall be provided to the complainant. If the complainant is satisfied with the decision, an acknowledgement of same shall be obtained from him on the decision copy and the case shall be closed. • If the complaint is not satisfied with the decision of the GRC, he/she will be given an option to forward his/her matter to ULC. Upon receiving approval from the complainant, the GRC shall forward the case to ULC with details of complaint, decision of GRC and any other document available related to the case. The complainant shall be provided with date, time and venue of ULC meeting and suggesting for presence in person or through representative on the given date and time. If date and time of ULC meeting cannot be provided at the onset, the same shall be conformed from Upa-Zilla office and it is the responsibility of GRC to intimate the complainant at least a week in advance of the schedule date of meeting at district level. • The ULC shall review the papers forwarded to it and if be needed may ask for additional information from project level committee. On the given date, the district level committee based on documents received from project level committee and after hearing the complainant shall give its decision. If the complainant is satisfied with the decision, an acknowledgement of same shall be obtained from him/her on the decision copy and the case shall be closed.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 325

• If the complainant is still not satisfied with the outcome of ULC’s decision, he or she can opt for the course of law available to him/her. However, every effort shall be made to resolve the case amicably without resorting to legal course of action.

While all this continues, a proper documentation of the records shall be maintained by Lanco, pertaining to each grievance.

8.7 ENTITLEMENTS OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS

ULC members (except for Lanco and Government representatives) will be entitled to some financial pay per day as honorarium from the project authority. The actual amount shall be fixed by project authority in consultation with the members. Light snacks/refreshments will be provided during the meetings by the project authority. In case of day-long meeting, ULC members may also be served lunch. Necessary stationery and other logistics will be made available by the project authority. All GRC documents will be maintained by Lanco for review and verification by lending agency. Project field office will act as the Secretariat to the GRC.

8.8 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

Like the other project components, GRM shall be monitored to ensure that the stakeholders are having no or limited issues with the project and in case there are concerns, they are being adequately addressed as per the mandate. In order to keep track on the effectiveness of GRM, it is the responsibility of Lanco Environment and Social team to compile and maintain database on grievances for periodic review. The mechanism shall be based on two components, internal monitoring and reporting and external monitoring and reporting which shall run simultaneously. Mostly this shall be aligned with simultaneous process monitoring rather than doing it separately all the time.

8.9 BUDGETING

The Lanco administration shall ensure adequate budgeting and resource allocation for implementing the grievance redress mechanism.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 326

Box 8.1 Sample Grievance Form

Reference No. Date

Full Name Address

Phone no.

Date, time & venue of GRC meeting Description of Incident or Grievance (What happened? Where did it happen? Who did it happen to? What is the result of the problem?)

Date if Incident or grievance (provide details such as One time incident/grievance (date ______) Happened more than once (how many times? _____) On-going (currently experiencing problem)______)

What would you like to see happen to resolve the problem?

Signature of person filling Signature of complainant /thump impression of the form complainant (Lanco Representative )

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 327

9 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Project specific Environment and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been developed with an aim to avoid, reduce, mitigate, or compensate for adverse environmental and social impacts/risks and to propose enhancement measures. This includes: • mitigation of potentially adverse impacts; • monitoring of impacts and mitigation measures during project implementation and operation; • institutional capacity building and training; • compliance to statutory requirements; and • integration of the ESMP with Project planning, design, construction and operation.

9.1 MITIGATION MEASURES

Key environmental and social impacts have been identified and reported in Chapter 5 along with mitigation measures. A summary of mitigation measures identified for the construction1 and operation phases of the Project is presented in Table 9.1. This also identifies lead responsibility for implementing the mitigation measures and sources of funds for such implementation. Many of the mitigation measures suggested during the construction phase of the Project are associated with good construction and housekeeping practices and are also included within the “Specification Manual for Construction Contractor” prepared by Lanco for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor. Most of the mitigation measures for the operation phase (such as those for air emissions and noise generation) of the Project are already incorporated into the Project design specifications, which have been submitted to the BPDB as a Guarantee from the Project.

The construction phase of the Project is anticipated to last two years, whereas the operation phase of the Project is 22 years, as per the Power Purchase Agreement (to be signed between Lanco and the BPDB). However, the design life of the Project is about 30 years and Lanco will be responsible for ensuring that the mitigation measures in the ESMP are implemented throughout the life span of the Project.

(1) 1 Social impacts associated with the pre-construction phase of the Project have also been covered under the construction phase.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 328

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The environmental monitoring programme has been devised with the following objectives: • To evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation measures and the protection of the ambient environment as per prescribed/ applicable standards for the Project; • To identify the need for improvements in the management plans; • To verify compliance with statutory and community obligations; and • To allow comparison against baseline conditions and assess the changes in environmental quality in the Project area.

9.2.1 Performance Indicators and Monitoring Schedule

Physical, biological and social environmental management components of particular significance have been identified as performance indicators. A comprehensive monitoring plan for each performance indicator has been prepared for all phases of the Project and is presented in Table 9.2. This includes parameters to be measured, methods to be used, sampling locations, frequency of measurements, detection limits, cost and responsibilities for implementation and supervision.

9.2.2 Reporting Mechanism for Environmental and Social Monitoring Program

A robust reporting system will provide the Project with the necessary feedback mechanisms to ensure quality and timely implementation of the works. The reporting system will ensure regular flows of information from the Project site to the Project headquarters and, as necessary, to regulatory authorities and funding agencies. The reporting system will provide a mechanism for ensuring that the measures proposed in the Project’s ESMP are implemented.

Before the civil works start, the EHS Division of Lanco will finalise the format for reporting on the status and progress of environmental monitoring. The format will be designed to meet all the compliance conditions associated with the environmental clearance from the Department of Environment and the Government of Bangladesh. The contractor will be required to submit the duly filled up reporting form on a monthly basis to the Project Developer (ie, Lanco). A further report, detailing the results of pollution monitoring for air, noise, soil, and water will be submitted quarterly as envisaged in the monitoring plan. A health and safety incident/accident report will be prepared and submitted in the event of an incident or accident. The Operations Manager and EHS Personnel will monitor the effectiveness of the ESMP implementation. The Project Administration and Human Resources (HR) Manager will have additional responsibility of monitoring the implementation of social components of the ESMP. He/ she will also responsible for implementation of corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities to be conducted by Lanco. Both Operations Manager and HR ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 329

Manager will further report to the Station Manager, who will be overall in- charge of the Plant operations and management.

The quarterly reports of the management measures will form an integral part of the Quarterly Progress Reports that can be submitted to the lenders. Additional compliance reports to the Regional Office and Head Office of the DOE required as a part of environmental clearance process shall also be prepared and submitted based on the necessary monitoring and reporting formats.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 330

Table 9.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan for Construction and Operation Phase of the Project

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation A Environmental Issues Associated with Site Preparation and Construction 1.1 Soil Quality Site clearing and Loss of topsoil • All topsoil will be retained and reused where Appointed EPC EPC preparation possible; Contractor Contractor • Scheduling activities (as far as possible) to avoid Cost extreme weather events, such as heavy rainfall and high winds; • Minimizing the amount of soil handled; • Stabilising exposed areas; and • Covering or spraying water on stockpiles of excavated material. 1.2 Soil Quality Site clearing and Soil compaction • Demarcation of routes for movement of heavy Appointed EPC EPC preparation vehicles; Contractor Contractor • Stripping and placing soils when dry, and not Cost when wet; and • Restricting the height of topsoil stockpiles to minimize compaction. 1.3 Soil Quality Fuelling and Soil compaction • See 1.2 Appointed EPC EPC operation of heavy Contractor Contractor machinery and Cost transport vehicles 1.4 Soil Quality Fuelling and Soil contamination • Preparation of guidelines and procedures for Appointed EPC EPC operation of heavy through spills and immediate clean-up actions following any Contractor Contractor machinery and leaks spillages of oil, fuel or chemicals; Cost transport vehicles • Development of a site specific Emergency Response Plan for soil clean-up and decontamination; • Implementation of a training program to familiarise staff with emergency procedures and practices related to contamination events; • Storage areas for oil, fuel and chemicals to be surrounded by bunds or other containment devices to prevent any spilled oil, fuel or chemicals from contaminating soils, water or groundwater; • Fuel tanks and chemical storage areas to be provided with locks to prevent unauthorised access;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 331

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Use of spill or drip trays to contain spills and leaks, and use of spill control kits to clean small spills and leaks; and • Installation of oil/water separators to treat surface run-off from bunded areas prior to discharge to the storm water system. 1.5 Soil Quality Storage and Soil contamination • See 1.4 Appointed EPC EPC handling of through spills and Contractor Contractor chemicals leaks Cost 1.6 Soil Quality Storage, handling Soil contamination • Design processes to prevent/minimise quantities Appointed EPC EPC and disposal of of wastes generated and hazards associated with Contractor Contractor construction waste the waste generated; Cost • Implement a construction materials inventory management system to minimise over-supply of the construction materials, which may lead to disposal of the surplus materials at the end of the construction period; • Properly store construction materials to minimise the potential for damage or contamination of the materials; • Segregate hazardous and non-hazardous waste and provide appropriate containers for the waste types generated (eg enclosed bins for putrescible materials to avoid attracting pests and vermin and to minimise odour nuisance); • Store wastes in closed containers away from direct sunlight, wind and rain; • Provide enough space to allow for inspection between waste containers so as to identify any leaks or spills; • Ensure storage area has an impermeable floor and containment, of capacity to accommodate 110% of the volume of the largest waste container; • Storage of concrete and bitumen waste in a laydown area near the concrete batching plant and reuse of these wastes under floors or roads; and • Dispose of waste by licensed contractors. 1.7 Soil Quality Generation of Soil contamination • Adequate sanitary facilities, i.e. toilets and Appointed EPC EPC sanitary effluent showers, will be provided for the construction Contractor Contractor workforce; Cost

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 332

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Liquid effluents arising from construction activities will be treated to the standards specified in GOB Environment Conservation Rule (1997) Schedule 9 and Schedule 10 and the applicable IFC guideline prior to discharge; and • Septic tanks will be provided to treat sanitary discharge. 2.1 Surface Water Erosion from Increased sediment • Provision of channels, earth bunds or sand bag Appointed EPC EPC Quality excavation, content of surface barriers on site to direct storm water to silt Contractor Contractor levelling, filling water removal facilities; Cost and other activities • Collection of surface runoff or extracted ground water contaminated by silt and suspended solids by the on-site drainage system and removal of silt in silt removal facilities prior to discharge into storm drains; • Protection of stockpiles by plastic sheeting to ensure that they are suitably secured against the wind at the end of each working day if rain is forecasted; • Provision of surface protection and drainage works. Earthworks to form the final surfaces will be followed up with surface protection and drainage works to prevent erosion caused by rainstorms; • Appropriate surface drainage will be designed and provided where necessary; • Temporary trafficked areas and the access road will be protected by coarse stone ballast or equivalent. These measures will be designed to prevent soil erosion caused by rainstorms. Temporary or permanent roadside drains shall be provided for the access road; • Drainage systems, erosion control and silt removal facilities will be regularly inspected and maintained to ensure proper and efficient operation at all times and particularly following rainstorms. Deposited silt and grit will be removed regularly; • Any temporarily diverted drainage will be reinstated to its original condition when the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 333

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation construction work has finished or when the temporary diversion is no longer required; • Measures will be taken to reduce the ingress of site drainage into excavations. If trenches have to be excavated during the wet season, they will be excavated and backfilled in short sections wherever practicable. Water pumped out from trenches or foundation excavations will be discharged into storm drains via silt removal facilities; • Open stockpiles of construction materials (for example, aggregates, sand and fill material) of more than 50 m3 will have measures in place to prevent the washing away of construction materials, soil, silt or debris into any drainage system; • Manholes (if any) will be adequately covered and temporarily sealed so as to prevent silt, construction materials or debris being washed into the drainage system; • The necessary precautions for seasonal wet periods and for when a rainstorm is imminent or forecasted will be clearly identified; • Oil interceptors will be provided in the drainage system where necessary and regularly emptied to prevent the release of oil and grease into the storm water drainage system after accidental spillages; and • Temporary and permanent drainage pipes and culverts will be provided to facilitate runoff discharge. These will be designed for the controlled release of storm flows. 2.2 Surface Water Site run-off Increased sediment • See 2.1 Appointed EPC EPC Quality content of surface Contractor Contractor water Cost 2.3 Surface Water Fuelling and Contamination of • Vehicle servicing areas, vehicle wash bays and Appointed EPC EPC Quality operation of heavy surface water lubrication bays will, as far as practical, be located Contractor Contractor machinery and within roofed and cemented areas. The drainage Cost transport vehicles in these covered areas will be connected to sewers via an oil/water interceptor;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 334

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Any oil leakage or spillage will be contained and cleaned up immediately. Waste oil will be collected and stored for recycling or disposal; • Any surplus wastewater from the concrete batching will plant be treated to comply with discharge standards before it is discharged to the Dehular Canal; and • See 1.4 2.4 Surface Water Storage and Contamination of • See 1.4 Appointed EPC EPC Quality handling of surface water Contractor Contractor chemicals Cost 2.5 Surface Water Storage, handling Contamination of • See 1.6 Appointed EPC EPC Quality and disposal of surface water by Contractor Contractor construction waste sanitary effluent Cost 2.6 Surface Water Generation of Contamination of • See 1.7 Appointed EPC EPC Quality sanitary effluent surface water Contractor Contractor Cost 2.7 Surface Water Barge transport Impact on Dehular • Barge transport operators who are compliant to Appointed EPC EPC Quality canal water the GOB regulations and are permitted to operate Contractor Contractor environment due to barges for transportation purpose by appropriate Cost routine discharges of authorities in Bangladesh will be engaged for oily bilge and ballast providing the transport services.; and water from barges; • Barges used for Project material transport will be dumping of non- periodically independently inspected and audited biodegradable solid by the Project EHS Management Team members waste and accidental periodically. Each barge will be inspected at least oil/ cargo spills or once in every 6 months or earlier. If any toxics continued non-compliance with respect to the GOB regulations is observed over two (2) audit inspections, the Project will terminate the services of the barge transporter. 2.8 Surface Water Dredging sand for Increased sediment • See 2.1 Appointed EPC EPC Quality fill content of surface Contractor Contractor water Cost 3.1 Ground Water Fuelling and Contamination of • See 1.4 and 2.3 Appointed EPC EPC Quality operation of heavy groundwater Contractor Contractor machinery and Cost transport vehicles 3.2 Ground Water Generation of Contamination of • See 2.4 Appointed EPC EPC

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 335

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation Quality sanitary effluent groundwater by Contractor Contractor sanitary effluent Cost 3.3 Ground Water Storage and Contamination of • See 1.4 Appointed EPC EPC Quality handling of groundwater Contractor Contractor chemicals Cost Air Quality Operation of heavy Exhaust Emissions • Minimise movement of construction vehicles and Appointed EPC EPC machinery and enforce a speed limit around the construction site; Contractor Contractor transport vehicles • Regularly maintain all diesel-powered equipment Cost and reduce idling time to avoid emissions of NOx, PM10 and SO2; • Where available use low sulphur diesel (LSD) in HGVs and diesel powered equipment in collaboration with best management practices; • Implement best practice procedures to control vehicle / equipment air emissions (such as turning off equipment when not in use); and • Vehicle / equipment exhausts observed to be emitting significant black smoke from their exhausts should be serviced/ replaced. 4.2 Air Quality Topsoil and spoil Dust • As far as possible, locate the concrete batching Appointed EPC EPC piles management plant away from sensitive receptors; Contractor Contractor • Implementation of a regular and rigorous Cost watering and sprinkling regime in particular during the dry season; • Provision of a wheel washing facility at the exit of the Project site to reduce the likelihood of dusty materials being deposited beyond the Project site boundary. • Maintain the maximum possible distance between stockpiles and receptors; • Cover and/or water all stockpiles of dusty materials such as excavated spoils, dredged materials, filling materials to avoid fugitive dust; • Minimise the height from which fill materials are unloaded during site backfilling as far as possible. Where possible, this should be below the height of the hoarding around the Project site boundary; • During construction, the approach road will be regularly maintained to keep it clean, free from mud and slurry. The approach road will be

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 336

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation properly shaped and compacted by rolling to an even and uniform surface to receive pavement. • Totally enclose any skips for material transport with impervious sheeting; and • No waste will be burnt on or around the Project site. Noise Heavy machinery Increase in ambient • Normal working hours of the contractor will be Appointed EPC EPC operations for noise levels between 06:00 and 21:00 hours from Monday to Contractor Contractor construction works Sunday. If work needs to be undertaken outside Cost these hours, it should be limited to activities that do not lead to exceedance of the noise criteria at nearby NSRs; • Only well-maintained equipment should be operated on-site; • Regular maintenance of equipment including lubricating moving parts, tightening loose parts and replacing worn out components should be conducted; • Machines and construction plant items (e.g. trucks) that may be in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down between work periods; • Low noise equipment should be used as far as practicable; • The number of equipment operating simultaneously should be reduced as far as practicable; • Equipment known to emit noise strongly in one direction should be orientated so that the noise is directed away from nearby NSRs as far as practicable; • Noise enclosures should be erected around stationary equipment; • Noise barriers should be installed such that the nearest receptors are shielded from the line of sight; • Noisy machinery (such as breakers and rollers) Appointed EPC EPC should be located as far away from NSRs as Contractor Contractor practicable; Cost • Material stockpiles and other structures should be

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 337

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation utilised, where practicable, to screen noise from on-site construction activities. 5.2 Noise Increased traffic Increase in ambient • Only those vehicles meeting the standards Appointed EPC EPC noise levels stipulated in Schedule 5 of the Environmental Contractor Contractor Conservation Rules, 1997 shall be used; Cost • Vehicles should be regularly maintained; and • Transportation of materials on and off site through existing community areas should be avoided at all times. Transportation Transportation of Disturbance to • Transport construction materials and equipment Lanco, Appointed EPC personnel by road existing road users over water to avoid impacts from heavy vehicles EPC Contractor Contractor through increase in to traffic on the LGED road Cost road traffic • Accommodation for the construction workforce and Lanco personnel shall be provided in the vicinity of the Project site to minimise the distance travelled; and • Strengthening the condition of the existing LGED Road in advance of any significant construction phase traffic. • Road safety initiatives will be implemented to minimise risks to other users, including: o Emphasizing safety aspects among drivers, particularly with regard to safe driving speeds; o Ensuring that only licensed drivers are Employed by the Project; o Avoiding peak hours where possible; o Regular maintenance of vehicles and use of manufacturer approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; o Collaboration with local communities and responsible authorities to improve signage, visibility and awareness of traffic and pedestrian safety; o Driving and road safety procedure will be developed; and o Coordination with emergency responders to ensure that appropriate first aid is provided in the event of accidents.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 338

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation 6.2 Transportation Barge Disturbance to • Ensure that vessels are equipped with the Appointed EPC EPC Transportation existing users required navigational warning devices including Contractor Contractor through increase in navigation lights, deck area lighting and Cost waterway traffic communications equipment as per local marine regulations; and • Effective planning and scheduling of transportation activities, including avoiding transportation during peak hours where possible. • See 2.7 Occupational General Health and safety of • The Contractor will prepare and implement a Appointed EPC EPC Health and construction construction Health and Safety Plan prior to commencing Contractor Contractor Safety activities workforce work. This plan will include method statements Cost for working methods, plant utilisation, construction sequence and safety arrangements; • Measures will be implemented to reduce the likelihood and consequence of the following hazards: • falling from height; • falling into water; • entanglement with machinery; • tripping over permanent obstacles or temporary obstructions; • slipping on greasy or icy walkways; • falling objects; • asphyxiation; • explosion; • contact with dangerous substances; • electric shock; • mistakes in operation; • variable weather conditions; • lifting excessive weights; and • traffic operations. • A Permit to Enter system will be established to ensure that only authorised persons gain entry to the site; • Competent and adequately resources sub- contractors will be used where construction activities are to be sub-contracted; • All persons working on site will be provided information about risks on Site and arrangements ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 339

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation will be made for workers to discuss health and safety with the Contractor; • The Contractor will prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan prior to commencing work. This plan will include method statements for working methods, plant utilisation, construction sequence and safety arrangements; • All workers will be properly informed, consulted and trained on health and safety issues; • Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be worn at all times on the Site. This shall include appropriate safety shoes, safety eyewear, and hard hats. Non-slip or studded boots will be worn to minimize the risk of slips; • Women in the region generally wear “sarees”, which is not appropriate while working in hazard prone construction areas. If women will be working in the hazard prone areas, then the contractor needs to ensure proper outfit and PPEs. • Before starting work all the appropriate safety equipment and the first-aid kit will be assembled and checked as being in working order. Breathing apparatus will be tested at regular intervals in the manner specified by the manufacturer; • All lifting equipment and cranes will be tested and inspected regularly. All hoistways will be guarded; • All scaffolding will be erected and inspected in conformity with the Factories Act and the appropriate records maintained by the Contractor; • Safety hoops or cages will be provided for ladders with a height in excess of two metres; • When there is a risk of drowning lifebelts shall be provided and it shall be ensured that personnel wear adequate buoyancy equipment or harness and safety lines, and that rescue personnel are present when work is proceeding; • All breathing apparatus, safety harnesses, life- lines, reviving apparatus and any other

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 340

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation equipment provided for use in, or in connection with, entry into Confined Spaces, and for use in emergencies, will be properly maintained and thoroughly examined at least once a month, and after every occasion on which it has been used; • Where sound levels cannot be reduced at the source, suitable hearing protection will be provided when noise levels indicate an Leq of more than 85 dB(A). When hearing protection is used, arrangements will be made to ensure the wearers can be warned of other hazards; and • The Contractor shall provide appropriate safety barriers with hazard warning signs attached around all exposed openings and excavations when the work is in progress. 7.2 Occupational Changes Health of • Provision of clean drinking water in accordance Appointed EPC EPC Health and to/existing construction with Schedule 3 (b) of ECR, 1997; and Contractor Contractor Safety environmental workforce • See 1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1 Cost conditions 7.3 Occupational Labour and • Working • The EPC contractor will comply with the IFC Appointed EPC EPC Health and working conditions conditions Performance Standard 2 for labour and working Contractor Contractor Safety • Terms of conditions. Cost employment • No child and/or forced labour will be employed • Child/ forced by the EPC contractor and its sub-contractors. labour • Working conditions and terms of employment will be fully compliant to the Bangladesh labour laws. Community General Stress on existing • Reuse water where possible; Appointed EPC EPC Health and construction water resources • Assess the potential effect of groundwater or Contractor Contractor Safety activities surface water abstraction for construction Cost activities using field testing and modelling techniques, and accounting for seasonal variability and project changes in demand in the Project area over the construction period; and • See 2.1, 2.3 8.2 Community Construction camp Stress on existing • See 7.1, 2.1, 2.3 Appointed EPC EPC Health and water resources Contractor Contractor Safety Cost 8.3 Community Influx of Increased prevalence • Barriers will be provided to prevent ingress of Appointed EPC EPC

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 341

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation Health and construction of disease persons into the construction site and also to Contractor Contractor Safety workers protect the public from exposure to hazards Cost associated with the construction activities; • Screening, surveillance and treatment of workers, through the provision of medical facilities and, where required, immunization programmes; • Undertaking health awareness and education initiatives among workers; • Prevention of larval and adult propagation through sanitary improvements and elimination of breeding habitats close to human settlements; • Implementation of a vector control programme; • Avoiding collection of stagnant water; • Educating project personnel and area residents on risks, prevention, and available treatment for vector-borne diseases; • Promoting use of repellents, clothing, netting, and other barriers to prevent insect bites; and • Following safety guidelines for the storage, transport, and distribution of pesticides to minimize the potential for misuse, spills, and accidental human exposure. 8.4 Community Road Traffic safety • See 5.1. Appointed EPC EPC Health and transportation • Road safety awareness building for villagers Contractor Contractor Safety living along the transportation route. Cost Physical Construction Damage to cultural • Develop a chance find procedure for managing Appointed EPC EPC Cultural activities resources cultural heritage, and implement this procedure if Contractor Contractor Resources any cultural heritage is discovered during Cost construction. Terrestrial Site preparation at • Clearance of • No further mitigations are required NA NA Ecosystem Project site weeds Terrestrial Site preparation for • Clearance of • Land clearing to be kept to a minimum to the EPC Contractor EPC Ecosystem approach road and plantation, extent practicable for the approach road and gas Contractor gas pipeline shrubs and pipeline; Cost alignment herbs • Wherever feasible, changes in the alignment of the gas pipeline will be made to avoid felling of larger trees and village ponds; • Compensatory afforestation/ Green Belt development along the road side and other

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 342

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation available areas within the Plant site will be carried out; and • Local fruit bearing trees and local vegetation will be selected for greenbelt development. 10.3 Terrestrial Filling and raising • Destruction of • Topsoil and waste construction debris to be EPC Contractor EPC Ecosystem of the Project site vegetation cleared and stored for later reinstatement Contractor present at site purposes by piling it along a boundary of the site; Cost • Every care to be taken to prevent soil erosion; and • Compaction and stabilization will be resorted to during filling to ensure that no top soil is washed away. 10.4 Terrestrial Influx of labour • Use of nearby • Preference will be given to hiring from the local EPC Contractor EPC Ecosystem force vegetation for community will be given in construction activities Contractor fuel and timber to avoid pressure on natural resources; Cost requirement by • Strict instruction should be given to the workers construction workers not to cut trees from the nearby areas for their fuel and timber use; • Use of LPG/ Kerosene for cooking need to be provided/ encouraged in order to reduce the impacts on vegetation from the vicinity of the Project site; and • Construction workers will be given conservation and awareness training to promote sustainable resource use. 11.1 Aquatic General • Accidental • Avoidance of any leakage of fuels and other EPC Contractor EPC Ecosystem construction, spillage of oil contamination from Barge/trawlers to Dehular Contractor transportation of and other Canal; Cost material chemicals • Standard codes and practices to be followed during during unloading of fuels and construction unloading and material; transportation • Providing proper toilets and sanitary • Erosion and arrangements for construction camps; and sedimentation, • Provision of barriers/control walls at spills of oil, fuel construction material storage areas to avoid and chemicals, contamination by surface runoff; and wastes from • Restriction on construction workers for fishing in workers from Dehular canal.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 343

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation Project site • An emergency response plan will be prepared by the EPC contractor for any accidental spill management on Dehular canal.

B Social Issues Associated with the OperationPre-construction Phase and Construction Phase 1.1 Land Land acquisition • Loss of Land • Dissemination of information about the Project Developer/ Part of the RP acquisition for the Project • Change in Land acquisition and compensation calculation process; District activity areas Use • Gas pipeline alignment to be finalized taking into Administration • Loss of consideration minimum land and structural loss Livelihood as well as minimum impact on high income assets • Fragmentation such as gardens, orchards and crops. of Land • All possible alignment options should be explored Holdings and the one with the least amount of acquisition and impacts associated, should be selected; • Alignments that leaves the land highly fragmented and which may deem the fragmented land parcels useless for any further use are to be avoided as much as possible. Revenue map to be used to fix the alignment to minimise bifurcation of land parcel; • Payment of severity allowance for fragmentation of land to the affected land owners; • Marginal and small land owners while fixing alignment are to avoided as much as possible; • Prior intimation to land losers on restriction to crop cultivation within the acquired land in order to prevent any further losses; • The land owners should be allowed to use the gas pipeline RoW after adequate information disclosure with respect to any limitations such as construction of physical structure, safety and other hazards in relation to the corridor) • Preference in employment opportunities for land losers during project construction period; • Provision of training for skill improvement for alternate occupations other than agriculture • .

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 344

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Implementation of grievances redress mechanism (as presented in Chapter 8) to address concerns and grievances of the land losers • Preparation of RP to deal with compensation related matters. 1.2 Sharecroppers Impact on • Impact on • Prior intimation to sharecroppers/ agricultural Project Yet to be / Agricultural Sharecroppers / income and labourers on restriction to crop cultivation within Developer/Project Assessed Labours agricultural labours sustenance the acquired land in order to prevent any further Management from land source losses acquisition for • Change in • Payment of transitional allowances for loss of project relation income during the transitional phase between land • Establish grievance redress mechanism to address owner and land grievances and concerns raised by the land dependents dependents; • Provisions of the employment opportunities to the impacted land users during the construction period as per skill and requirement • Provision for additional skill and vocational trainings for alternate occupations; 1.3 Migrant Inflow of Migrant • Potential • Engage locally available human resources to the Project Project Cost Workers & labourers & conflict with maximum extent possible in order to avoid large Developer/EPC Labourers workers expected local scale in migration of external labourer. Contractors during construction community; • Provide adequate facilities to the migrant workers phase of the project • Health risks due and labourers such as properly constructed and to spread of well ventilated labour camps, clean and hygienic communicable sanitation facilities, cooking areas etc. to diseases and minimize the health related impacts, in line with sexually the IFC guidance note for ‘Workers’ transmitted accommodation: processes and standards’1; diseases • Separate toilet and bathing facilities for men and • Issue of women; Sanitation and • Creating awareness about local tradition and hygiene culture among outside migrant and encouraging

(2) 1 http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/9839db00488557d1bdfcff6a6515bb18/workers_accomodation.pdf?MOD=AJPERES

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 345

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation respect for same; • Conducting awareness programme about sexually transmitted diseases among the migrant workers, labourers and for community around project site; • Proper disposal of wastes generated from the camp and construction activity to maintain general hygiene in the area; 1.4 Vulnerable Applicability • Impact on old • Promoting payment of compensation in joint Project Project Costs Groups throughout project and destitute name of husband and wife; Proponent/EPC (including lifecycle • Lack of Say in • Provide soft skill jobs (physically benign) and Contractors Women) Utilization of employment opportunities for vulnerable that Compensation may increase their participation and also support • Social Exclusion them with income and livelihood. & Gender • Organising women in self help group to operate Inequality canteens in the plant; • Health Risks & • Giving preference in physically less demanding Impacts jobs in the plant such as cleaning, office assistant, computer operator etc ; • Ensure non-exploitation of women in terms of equal wage, opportunity, participation in decision making etc. • Create awareness among the workers, staff and women about the exploitation and sexual harassment at work place; • Create awareness about sexually transmitted disease, HIV/AIDS, exploitation etc. • Implementation of social welfare programs targeted at vulnerable groups including old aged, physically handicapped etc. under CSR programs and activities C Environmental Issues Associated with the Operation Phase 1.1 Health, Safety, Operation and • Regulatory non- • Develop and implement an HSE and Social Project Project O&M Environment maintenance of compliance Management System (HSE&SMS) to international Developer/Project Cost and Social Power Plant • Poor health and standards for the entire Plant premises and its Management/EHS Management systems (GTG, STG, safety records impact zones (project area of influence as defined Team Systems HRSG etc.) and • Workers under IFC PS) within two (2) years of

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 346

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation auxiliary systems dissatisfied due commissioning the Project; (ETP, STP, to low morale • The Project HSE&SMS should be certified to Chemical Storage, and unsafe international standards such as ISO 14001 and Electrical Yards working OHSAS 18001 through a reputed, independent etc.) at the facility environment third party agency; affecting their • As part of HSE&SMS, develop HSE Policy, Social productivity Policies, Vision and Mission Statements, • Unscheduled HSE&SMS Manual, Aspect-Impact matrices, shut down of Regulatory Register, Standard Operating plant due to Procedures (SOPs), Level 2/3 documents, poor HSE Auditing systems, Training systems, Senior systems Management Review systems etc. affecting power the HSE&SMS will fully comply with ADB SPS production and IFC Performance Standard 1 requirements; • Local • Implement facility level programs aligned to community global corporate initiatives such as Sustainability turning against Reporting, Resource conservation programs and the Project Climate Change programs as part of HSE&SMS • GOB/DOE/BP through the project life cycle. DB cancelling • Comply with GOB/DOE/BPDB acts, regulations, the contract for codes and other statutory requirements that are sustained poor currently in force including the amendments and HSE and Social new regulations that may come in future. In performance addition to the national regulations, comply with the emission and effluent standards in the IFC’s General EHS guidelines and those for Thermal Power Plant projects. In case of discrepancy or contradiction between national regulations and the IFC EHS guidelines, Project commits to comply with the more stringent standards. Labour and • Working • The management system will comply with the Project Project O&M working conditions conditions IFC Performance Standard 2 for labour and Developer/Project Cost • Terms of working conditions and the same will be Management/EHS employment implemented during the operation phase. Team • Child/ forced • No child and/or forced labour labour • Working conditions and terms of employment

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 347

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation will be fully compliant to the Bangladesh labour laws. 2.1 Surface and Cooling water • Impact on • Design and implement an appropriate cooling Project Design Project ground water discharge aquatic flora water discharge and diffusion system. Team to Capital and quality and fauna due • Temperature gradient at the outlet of condenser implement design O&M Cost to temperature cooling system will not be more than 6°C. phase mitigation gradient caused • During winter and summer months, temperature measures. by cooling of cooling water discharged will not be allowed to water discharge go beyond 40°C and 45°C, respectively. Project EHS Team (360C) on to • Comply with GOB ECR 1997 Schedule 9 and 10 to implement Dehular canal and the WB/IFC EHS Guidelines for TPP O&M Phase Mitigation water body (31- regarding the cooling water discharge standards. Measures 320C). Dehular • Institute/establish and operate a grievance canal is redress mechanism throughout the Project life observed to be cycle; an ideal fish • Cooling water discharge will be regularly habitat. monitored for temperature at various locations • Impact on downstream of Dehular canal; downstream • Monitor surface water quality in the upstream water users and downstream sides of the Dehular Canal as such as farmers. per the Environment Monitoring Program • Impact on formulated for the Project; and downstream • Undertake a post operational assessment study wetland through independent 3rd party agency/experts systems with an objective to assess the impact of cooling • Impact on water discharge on Dehular Canal ecological livelihood resources and social aspects. Such study will be activities such conducted preferably after 12 months of as fishing and commissioning the Project and the study farming recommendations will be implemented to further fine tune the mitigation strategy. 2.2 Surface and Oil spills from oil • Impact on soil • The secondary containment structures such as Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water tanks and ground berms, dikes, or walls that could hold up to 110 % Cost quality water of the primary containment volume will be made environment of firm and impervious material at diesel and • Contaminated lubricating oil storage areas;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 348

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation storm water • As part of the facility-wide HSEMS, SOPs will be runoff carrying prepared to manage any oil spills, leaks and/or contaminants to seepages. SOPs will cover transport, handling, Dehular Canal storage, use and disposal of oil/ oil wastes/ empty drums etc. Operating personnel will be trained on the SOPs and monitored in their use on a daily basis; • Empty drums will be sent for reuse or for recycling in line with DOE guidelines; • At all oil and diesel storage tank locations, emergency spill kits will be provided for the operating personnel to use. Operating personnel will be trained to use such kits and dispose of them as part of hazardous waste; and • If identified as necessary, soil and ground water contamination will be monitored periodically as per ASTM E1903 Phase II Standards throughout the Project life cycle. 2.3 Surface and Oily water-runoff • Contaminated • Oily water runoff collected in the Plant Storm Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water storm water water drains especially from the Power House Cost quality runoff carrying area, Transformer area, oil handling & storage contaminants to area and oil filled motors and pump bases will be Dehular Canal collected in different sump and taken to a common oily waste water sump; • The oily wastewater and storm runoff collected from specific areas mentioned above will be treated using an oil water separator; and • Separated oil will be disposed of as part of oily wastes and handled as a hazardous waste stream. The treated de-oiled water will be transferred to cooling water mixing chamber and used as part of cooling water stream. 2.4 Surface and Spills of fuel, oil • Impact on soil • Acids and other hazardous materials will be Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water and chemicals and ground stored in a dedicated room as per their MSDS Cost quality water specifications with adequate ventilation; environment • All chemicals will be stored in primary containers

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 349

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Occupational that have in-built secondary containment of health and capacity that is at least 110% of primary safety hazard containment; • Contaminated • A scrubber type chlorine absorption system will storm water be provided as a control in the event of chlorine runoff carrying leak accident; and contaminants to • The Spill prevention and response guidance Dehular Canal presented in Sections 1.5 and 3.7 of the General IFC EHS Guidelines (2006) will be followed and implemented. 2.5 Surface and Barge transport • Impact on • The need for barge transport is likely to be limited Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water Dehular canal during the O&M phase. In case barge transport Cost quality water services are required, the mitigation measures environment suggested in the construction phase ESMP will be due to routine implemented. discharges of oily bilge and ballast water from barges; dumping of non- biodegradable solid waste and accidental oil/ cargo spills or toxics 2.6 Surface and Discharge of • Impact on • The sewage from the entire plant area will be Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water domestic Dehular canal collected and treated in a STP. No untreated Cost quality wastewater water quality sewage will be directly discharged into Dehular canal or disposed of on land through the project life cycle; • The treated effluent will comply with GOB ECR 1997 Schedule 9 (Standards for Sewage Discharge) and IFC Guidelines before discharge into the Dehular Canal; and • In order to monitor STP performance, continuous

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 350

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation evaluation and monitoring of discharge parameters will be undertaken at the outlet point of STP. 2.7 Surface and Discharge of plant • Impact on • The treated wastewater will be treated perior to Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water wastewater Dehular canal discharge into the Dehular canal to meet GOB Cost quality water quality ECR 1997 Schedule 10 (Standards for Waste from Industrial Units or Project Waste) and IFC EHS Guidelines; • In order to monitor ETP performance, continuous evaluation and monitoring of discharge parameters will be monitored at the outlet points of ETP; and • Quality of treated effluent discharged into Dehular canal will be monitored periodically as per the Project Environment Monitoring Program and accordingly appropriate corrective actions will be implemented, if any non-compliance is observed. 2.8 Surface and Non-oily site or • Impact on • Storm water and non-oily surface run off will be Project EHS Team Project O&M ground water storm water runoff Dehular canal collected separately and disposed off into Dehular Cost quality water quality Canal through two hume pipes laid specially for this stream of wastewater; • The hume pipe system will be periodically inspected for blockages and cleaned at least once before the monsoon season to ensure its functioning; and • Operating personnel will be trained to visually inspect discharged water quality for oil and grease traces (that will be visible on the surface) periodically and take appropriate corrective action. 3.1 Surface Water Intake of cooling • Impact on • The Project commits to comply with following Project EHS Team Project O&M Withdrawals and plant water downstream IFC EHS guideline measures or equivalent of Cost water users them that are pertinent to canal water intake • Impact on canal systems: flora and fauna o Reduction of maximum through-screen

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 351

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation that could get design intake velocity to 0.5 ft/s; drawn into o Reduction of intake flow to such a level that intake system there is sufficient flow in the canal to (impingement maintain resource use (i.e., irrigation and and fisheries) as well as biodiversity during entrainment) annual mean low flow conditions; • Impact on • Project will operate and maintain the canal water downstream intake system clog free by cleaning and weeding fishing activity out the unnecessary plants /wild grass growth in having negative and around the intake structure to ensure there is impact on streamlined and free flow of water in the canal fisherman’s downstream of canal intake structure; and livelihood • Any flooding or water stagnation event near the • Obstruction to intake structure will be studied in detail and canal water appropriate corrective action will be implemented flow resulting within 15 days to avoid local flooding and in flooding of upstream property damage. upstream areas 4.1 Air Quality Stack emissions • Impact on • The Project will adopt Combined Cycle Gas Project EHS Team Project O&M ambient air Turbine system which has a relatively high Cost quality energy-efficiency and low polluting per unit of • GHG emissions power produced compared to other thermal power plants; • Two air emission stacks – main and by-pass stacks of 60m and 45m height respectively will be included - to disperse the air pollutants such that ground level concentration of air pollutants do not exceed the background concentration and meets GOB/DOE norms; • Comply with the Emission guidelines for Combustion engines in the IFC EHS guidelines for Thermal Power Projects. Project will demonstrate compliance to agreed air emission criteria (Refer to Table 3.16 in the EIA Report) at 100% and 75% plant loads; • Dry low NOx combustors will be provided in the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 352

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation GTG to meet the guaranteed NOx emission levels (25 ppmv); • Continuous emission monitoring (CEM) systems for the HRSG stacks will be installed for real-time data collection on emission status from the Plant; • Provide HRSG stacks with safe access to sampling points for manual collection of samples as well for checking the CEM system as well as for 3rd party independent verification; • Fugitive emissions from lubricating oil tanks will be fitted with coalescer and/ or ESP; and • Monitor ambient air quality in and around the Project site as per the Environment Monitoring Program formulated for the Project which will comply with National Regulatory requirements. 4.2 Air quality Indoor air quality • Impact on • Implement a leak detection and repair (LDAR) Project EHS team Project O&M health of program that will control fugitive emissions. A cost workers and gas detection system (GDS) will be provided to staff warn the operational personnel immediately in the event of a leakage within the GTG and skid area. The GDS will be infra-red system suitable for natural gas detection; • Supply mechanical supply ventilation systems by wall mounted supply air fans at GTG building and chemical storage area to reduce the VOC levels in the ambient environment inside the operational buildings; and • As part of the Occupational H&S monitoring program that will be instituted under the proposed HSEMS, monitor indoor air quality to check the level of fugitive emissions of natural gas and other VOCs at probable source locations. 5.1 Noise Plant operations • Impact on • Install GTG with noise attenuation measures such Project EHS Team Project O&M health of as air intake silencers and acoustic insulation. At cost workers and fuel gas skid, sound absorption walls will be staff erected to reduce the ambient noise levels;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 353

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Maintain ambient noise levels at STG building to less than 85 dB(A) levels. Maintain the Central Control Room with ANLs below 55 dB(A) levels through the use of sound insulated walls, doors, vibration control mechanism etc; • Maintain operator exposure to ANLs to less than 85 dB(A) for 8 hour normalised exposure limit as recommended in the IFC EHS guidelines; • Implement control measures recommended in Section 1.7 of the General EHS Guidelines of IFC; • Procure GTG and STG generators that are designed to meet applicable occupational noise levels; • Comply with the noise emission criteria (Refer to Table 3.17 in the EIA Report) as per the Schedule 4 of ECR, 1997; Noise Pollution (Control) Rules, 2006 and noise guidelines prescribed in the General EHS guidelines of the IFC; • Comply with the noise level criteria under all operating conditions including start-up, planned shut down and other normal operating conditions. Surpassing noise level criteria will be permitted only during emergency operating conditions and by-pass operations where averting physical damage to plant will be accorded priority. Even then noise levels is not anticipated to go beyond 100 dB(A) including the emergency opening of safety relief valves; • Maintain ambient Noise levels at office areas at 45-50 dB(A) in line with IFC guidelines; • At all locations where the ANLs are beyond 75 dB(A), operating personnel will be trained; monitored, inspected and audited for wearing appropriate PPEs such as approved ear plug use. Place highly visible written notice boards and warning signs at all entrances to high noise area

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 354

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation so that visitors are warned of high noise areas; and • Monitor ambient noise levels in and around the Project site as per the Environment Monitoring Program formulated for the project which will comply with National Regulatory requirements. 6.1 Waste Storage and • Impact on soil • Adopt natural gas based combined cycle power Project EHS Team Project O&M disposal of solid and water plant that would generate no solid waste in the cost waste environment entire power production process. Solid waste will • Resource be generated at the auxiliary systems and wastage if equipment; conservation • Store the dried and dewatered sludge from efforts are not ETP/WTP at a secluded sludge storage area that implemented has rain and wind protection and disposed off through an appropriately qualified contractor for land filling as the WTP and ETP sludge is inert in nature; • The food and office waste will be collected and stored in waste paper boxes and bins. Collect and store office waste in segregated bins before selling to local vendors who run recycle services. Collect food and canteen waste in segregated bins and disposed of on a daily basis through local vendors for off-site composting and retrieving valuable organic resources from the waste; • Install colour coded waste bins for collecting dry (recyclable wastes) and wet solid wastes (compostable) and train the entire workforce to use the colour waste bins appropriately throughout the Project; • Prohibit open burning of solid waste both on-site and off-site (by the local vendor chosen for waste disposal) as a method of disposal; and • Implement a zero-waste philosophy by recycling and or composting the entire non-hazardous solid waste stream through the Project life cycle as far

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 355

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation as practicable. 6.2 Waste Storage and • Impact on soil • Proper labelling of hazardous waste; Project EHS Team Project O&M disposal of and water • Take special care in the storage areas to prevent cost hazardous waste environment any spillage of hazardous waste and restrict • Regulatory access (except for trained staff) to such areas; compliance and • Carry out periodic audits for such areas and performance containers; also on the segregation and collection standards systems and the findings will be documented and • Resource appropriate action taken against irregularities; wastage if • Prepare a spill response plan and emergency conservation plans to address accidental spillages or release of efforts are not hazardous wastes; implemented • Maintain proper manifest records of waste travelling removed from the site; and • As a management principle, handle all hazardous wastes stored, transported, treated and disposed of in compliance to Section 1.6 of General EHS Guidelines published by the IFC. The hazardous waste management system will be monitored periodically for their effectiveness by the EHS Team. 7.1 Greenhouse Plant emissions • GHG emissions • Natural gas based and Combined Cycle Power Project EHS Team Project O&M Gases from the plant Plant projects are the least GHG emitting plants Cost may add to among the contemporary thermal power plant larger global technologies and release lower quantities of warming issue carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas; • Project has chosen the best power generation technology for the natural gas fuel to balance the environmental and economic benefits. The project has adopted Combined Cycle Gas Turbine system which is higher energy-efficient and lower GHG producer per unit of power produced compared to other thermal power plant technologies; • Commit to good design and maintenance of the natural gas combustion system such that the

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 356

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation designed GHG emission performance can be maintained through the project life cycle; • As suggested in the IFC EHS guidelines for Thermal Power Plants, transmission and distribution loss reduction and demand side measures such as peak load management to improve operating efficiency of the Plant in collaboration with external stakeholders such as BPDB and Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB) should be explored; and. • Install a continuous emission monitoring (CEM) system for monitoring AAQ levels in the HRSG stacks and calculating GHG emissions. 8.1 Resource Plant operations • Resource • Integrate the resource conservation programs into Project EHS Team Project O&M conservation wastage the Project HSE&SMS and subject them to Senior cost Management Review every year for sustained and effective implementation. 9.1 Natural Plant operations • Loss of lives • Civil and mechanical structures will comply the Project EHS Team Project O&M hazards - and property seismic proof design as per the guidelines of and Emergency cost Earthquake • Damage to Bangladesh National Building Code 2010; Management critical • Any seismic event will be notified to operational Team equipment, staff through general emergency alarm and the plants and procedures of Emergency Evacuation and buildings Management System will be initiated. Emergency leading to safety Management Systems will be formulated as part incidents of the proposed HSE&SMS; • Train operating personnel in emergency evacuation systems as part of their Occupational H&S training and drills; • The fuel gas pipelines will be provided with two stage pressure cut with an active regulator (fail to open) and monitor regulator (fail to close) types to shut down the gas supply system in case of an emergency; • The Distributed Control System (DCS) will have provisions for emergency shut-down of the Plant

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 357

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation operations in case of earthquake or similar kind of disaster event occurring; and • The Central Control Room operating personnel and other key plant personnel will be trained to manage emergency control situations including earthquake. 9.2 Natural Plant operations • Loss of lives • During the monsoon season, establish and operate Plant EHS Team Project O&M hazards - and property a continuous flood monitoring and management and Emergency Cost Flooding • Damage to system as part of the proposed HSE&SMS. The Management critical system will monitor both on-site flood situation Team equipments, and off-site/ regional flood scenario based on plants and primary and secondary information sources; and buildings • In case of flood situation exceeding design leading to safety thresholds, the Emergency Evacuation and Plant incidents shut down systems and procedures will be initiated. 10.1 Traffic Plant operations • Increased • Encourage carpooling to minimise plant bound Project EHS Team Project O&M vehicular traffic; Cost movement in • All the staff and specifically drivers including 3rd local road party drivers engaged at the Project site will be network leading trained for safer driving practices periodically; to secondary • Health and safety records involving road impacts such as accidents/ incidents due to Project site bound poor AAQ, traffic will be maintained and monitored for rising ANLs appropriate and timely corrective actions; and • Increased traffic • All the vehicles including 3rd party vehicles and related individual vehicles used by operational staff will accidents be monitored for compliance with regards to leading to GOB/DOE regulations pertaining to Motor community Vehicle use. Driver license, vehicular pollution safety issues. levels, vehicle fitness, insurance etc. are some of the parameters that will be enforced for the entire Project vehicle fleet and 3rd party vehicles engaged by the Project. 11.1 Occupational Plant operations • The health and • Comply with Occupational health and safety Project EHS Team Project O&M Health and safety impacts guidelines presented in Section 2.0 of the General Cost Safety

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 358

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation particular to EHS Guidelines published by IFC. The General operation of EHS Guidelines of IFC covers various OHS combined cycle aspects including General facility design and power plants operation; Communication and training; Physical include the hazards; Chemical hazards; PPE; Special hazard following: environments; and OHS Monitoring and record o Non- keeping programs; ionizing • Comply with Occupational health and safety radiation guidelines presented in Section 1.2 of the EHS o Heat Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants published o Noise by IFC for the health and safety impacts particular o Confined to operation of combined cycle power plants. spaces • Certify the Project HSE&SMS to OHSAS 18001 o Electrical through a reputed, independent third party hazards agency; and o Fire and • As part of HSE&SMS, Project will formulate and explosion implement: Occupational H&S Policy, hazards Occupational H&S related Vision and Mission o Chemical Statements, Occupational H&S Manual, Health hazards and Safety related regulatory register, Health and • Exposure to Safety SOPs, Level 2/3 documents, H&S Auditing fugitive systems, OHS Training systems, Health and emissions of Safety records, Senior Management Review natural gas and systems etc. VOCs at oil storage areas 12.1 Community Plant operations • Impact on • Comply wioth the Community health and safety Health and community guidelines presented in Section 3.0 of the General Safety assets such as EHS Guidelines published by IFC; Dehular canal • In order to manage the impact on Dehular Canal water due to water and traffic, mitigation measures discussed water intake above on surface water intake, cooling water/ and cooking wastewater discharge and traffic will be water discharge implemented through the project life cycle; • Increased • Implement Occupational H&S Management vehicular traffic System certified to OHSAS 18001 and periodically in the region

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 359

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation • Exposure to site reviewed and audited by independent 3rd party accidents and agencies/ experts to mitigate the on-site accidents incidents and incidents; • Project Security • Formulate and implement an Off-site Emergency Management Plan in consultation and collaboration with local government authorities to streamline the emergency management response and strategy. • Institute and operate a Community Grievance Redress System in line with ADB SPS and IFC Performance Standard 4 that pertains to Community Health, Safety and Security aspects; and • If required, Project Security personnel will be engaged and trained in line with the recommendations of IFC Performance Standard 4. 13.1 Physical Operational • Impact on • For chance finds, comply with the most stringent Project EHS Team Project O&M Cultural activities cultural heritage provisions amongst the Bangladesh Antiquities cost Resources Act, 1968 and Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage, 1972 and IFC PS 8 requirements; and • Project commits, in line with IFC PS 8 objectives, to protect cultural heritage from the adverse impacts of project activities and support its preservation and to promote the equitable sharing of benefits from the use of cultural heritage. 14.1 Terrestrial Plant Operations • Incremental • Attenuate noise levels to the extent possible by Ecology noise proper lubrication of machinery and equipment and installation of noise barriers/acoustic enclosures at appropriate locations. 14.2 Terrestrial Plant operations • Air emissions • Air pollution control equipment to be installed at Ecology appropriate emission sources; and • Efforts will be made to control fugitive emissions from machinery and vehicular movements through regular maintenance, inspection and review of associated procedures and systems.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 360

S. Project Stage/ Project Activity Potential Impacts Proposed Mitigation Measures Responsibility for Mitigation No. Affected Mitigation Cost Source Aspect Implementation 15.1 Aquatic Plant operations • Discharge of • Regular monitoring of discharge water quality Project EHS Team Project O&M Ecology cooling water in and Dehular canal cost Dehular Canal • Aquatic ecology and fish survey • Discharge of treated effluent D Social Issues Associated with the Operation Phase 1.1 Community Project Operation • Conflict with • Developing a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) Project O&M Cost Health and Phase community to charter proper protocol to be followed in the Management Safety and • Management & event of a disaster in order to limit the impact on other issues labour relation the local community • Disclose potential disasters and potential risks from the plant to the local community as well as the plan of action on emergency protocol in the event of these accidents. • Disclose and generate awareness on the DMP as well the measures and protocols prescribed by the same • Train employees and plant personnel on health and safety as well as handling and managing disasters and emergency events; • Maintain harmonious relation with community to avoid conflict and peace full operation; • Maintain sound labour and management relation to avoid conflict and disruption in operation.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 361

Table 9.2 Environmental and Social Monitoring Programme (Construction and Operation Phase)

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Site Preparation and Construction Phase General Inspection of General Project activity Visual inspection Daily EHS Team of EPC EPC Contractor mitigation compliance with areas1 and of all active work Contractor Cost compliance mitigation construction areas measures workers camp presented in the ESMP and as specified in EPC Contractor Manual

Ambient Air Dust generation SPM, PM10 Identified ASRs 24-hour Once every 3rd Party EPC Contractor Quality within 500 m fortnight Environmental Cost from the Consultant construction site rd Vehicle exhaust NO2, SO2, CO Identified ASRs 1-hourly and 24 Once every 3 Party EPC Contractor within 100 m hourly fortnight Environmental Cost from the activity Consultant areas Noise Increase in Noise levels in Identified NSRs 24-hour Once every 3rd Party EPC Contractor ambient noise Leq, Leq day, Leq within 100 m fortnight Environmental Cost levels nigh and hourly from the activity Consultant Leq area/s ( Soil Quality of filling pH, salinity, Barge/ trawler Standard The first delivery 3rd Party EPC Contractor

earth/ sand NH4+, total P, analytical from any source Environmental Cost heavy metals, oil methods and then random Consultant & grease sampling of deliveries from that source

(3) 1 Activity areas are defined as Project site, approach road and gas pipeline alignment.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 362

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Contamination of pH, salinity, Construction site Standard In the event of 3rd Party EPC Contractor

soil NH4+, total P, or laydown area analytical any leakage or Environmental Cost heavy metals, oil or spill area methods spillage of Consultant & grease hazardous substances, oil, or toxic chemicals Water Contamination of Turbidity, pH, Dehular canal Standard Monthly 3rd Party EPC Contractor surface water DO, Total (close to Project analytical Environmental Cost dissolved solids, boundary) at 2 methods Consultant oil & grease, total locations coliform, heavy (upstream and metals downstream)

Ground water Drinking water Groundwater Standard Fortnightly 3rd Party EPC Contractor quality quality wells to be used analytical Environmental Cost parameters as per for drinking water methods Consultant Schedule 3 of ECR supply during 1997 this phase Occupational Accidents or Near-misses, Project activity As defined in As defined in EHS Team of EPC EPC Contractor Health and Safety incidents due to incidents, areas and construction H&S Plan Contractor Cost construction occupational construction phase Health & activities, diseases, workers camp Safety Plan to be workers’ health dangerous prepared by EPC occurrences contractor Community Community Accidents, LGED Road Incidents, Based on EHS and/or EPC Contractor Health and Safety disturbance and incidents and accidents and occurrence Community Cost potential safety complaints community Liaison Officer of hazard due to complaints EPC Contractor road traffic Community Accidents, Dehular Canal Incidents, Based on EHS and/or EPC Contractor disturbance and incidents and accidents and occurrence Community Cost potential safety complaints community Liaison Officer of hazard due to complaints EPC Contractor waterway transportation

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 363

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Public concerns Complaints from Neighbouring As per the Continuous Lanco EPC Contractor community communities grievance redress Cost around the Project mechanism activity areas Land acquisition Loss of land, loss Details will be Project activity Will be covered in Regularly during Lanco/ District Part of RP and livelihood of earning covered in RP area RP RP Administration Implementation restoration implementation Budget and follow up Operation Phase General Inspection of General Project activity Visual inspection Daily EHS Team of Included in mitigation compliance with areas of all active work Lanco operation and compliance mitigation areas maintenance measures (O&M) cost presented in the ESMP and operational manual Air Pollution Stack emissions NOx, CO, PM Main stack and CEM Continuous Lanco Installation concentrations by-pass stack included in EPC Cost Monitoring and maintenance in O&M cost Emission CEM validation Main stack and Standard methods Annual 3rd Party O&M Cost concentrations for NOx, CO and by-pass stack Environmental PM Consultant Ambient air NOx, CO, PM10, 3 locations within Standard methods Monthly 3rd Party O&M Cost quality SO2 2 km from the Environmental Project boundary Consultant

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 364

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Noise Noise generation Sound Pressure 1 m from the Noise monitor Monthly Lanco EHS Team O&M Cost by Plant Level noise generating or 3rd Party equipment equipment Environmental Consultant

Quarterly In case of monitoring done by Lanco, verification by 3rd Party Environmental Consultant Ambient noise Ambient noise At Project Noise monitor 24-hour 3rd Party O&M Cost levels boundary and at with data logger observations with Environmental nearest NSRs in hourly noise Consultant all direction from levels, monthly the Plant once at each location GHG Emissions Climate change GHG production Plant control Natural gas Annual Lanco No cost room consumption Soil Soil and Sediment pH, salinity, Accidental Standard Half Yearly 3rd Party O&M Cost

Contamination NH4+, total P, spillage area, analytical Environmental heavy metals, oil waste storage methods Consultant & grease area, and Dehular Canal Water Ground water Drinking water Borewell water to Standard Monthly 3rd Party O&M Cost quality quality be used for analytical Environmental parameters as per domestic methods Consultant Schedule 3 of ECR purposes and 1997 treated water quality to be used for drinking

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 365

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Wastewater Temperature, Outlet of Standard methods Monthly 3rd Party O&M Cost chlorine, pH, discharge channel Environmental BOD5, COD, oil & Consultant grease, heavy metals, total fecal coliform Surface water Temperature, 9 stations. Potable water Monthly Lanco EHS Team O&M Cost quality conductivity, pH, 3 each along 3 quality analyser or 3rd Party DO, TDS transects Environmental perpendicular to Consultant the shoreline (at 0 m, 200 m and 500 Quarterly In case of m from the point monitoring done of discharge of by Lanco, effluent) verification by 3rd Party Environmental Consultant Cooling water Temperature Intake and Thermistor Continuous Lanco Installation discharge channel included in EPC outlet Cost Monitoring and maintenance in O&M cost Aquatic Ecology Fisheries Visible fish kills Water intake and Visual inspection Fortnightly Lanco EHS Team O&M Cost outlet and downstream of Dehular canal Aquatic ecology Phytoplankton, Dehular Canal Abundance and Quarterly 3rd Party O&M Cost zooplankton and species Environmental benthos composition Consultant

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 366

Project Stage/ Potential Impact/ Parameters to be Location Measurements Frequency Responsibility Cost Affected Mitigation Monitored Component Fish survey Fish fauna Dehular Canal Abundance, Quarterly during 3rd Party O&M Cost species initial 2 years of Environmental composition, fish operations. Any Consultant catch further monitoring based on the analysis of results Occupational Accidents or Near-misses, Project activity As to be defined As defined in EHS Team of O&M Cost Health and Safety incidents due to incidents, areas in the H&S Plan H&S Plan Lanco operation and occupational to be prepared by maintenance diseases, Lanco for the activities, dangerous Project workers’ health occurrences Community Community Accidents, LGED Road Incidents, Based on EHS and/or O&M Cost Health and Safety disturbance and incidents and accidents and occurrence Community potential safety complaints community Liaison Officer of hazard due to complaints Lanco road traffic Community Accidents, Dehular Canal Incidents, Based on EHS and/or O&M Cost disturbance and incidents and accidents and occurrence Community potential safety complaints community Liaison Officer of hazard due to complaints Lanco waterway transportation and discharge of effluent and cooling water Public concerns Complaints from Neighbouring As per the Continuous Community O&M Cost community communities grievance redress Liaison Officer of around the Project mechanism Lanco and Station activity areas Manager CSR Activities Community Activities/ Neighbouring No. of Periodic and need Admin/ HR CSR Budget Development Programmes and communities beneficiaries and based Manager and No. of around the Project outcome of the Station Manager beneficiaries activity areas activities

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 367

9.3 INSTITUTIONAL SETTING AND IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS

The ESMP (mitigation plan) will be included in the construction contract and the contractor will be responsible for implementation of the measures associated with design and construction. The Project Developer’s staff, specifically the EHS Officer and Site Engineer, will monitor the implementation of these mitigation measures by the contractors at the site. These two officers will be responsible for the field level monitoring of the Project.

The roles and duties of the Project Developer and EPC Contractor for implementation and monitoring have been outlined in Table 9.3. The flow diagram depicting the institutional arrangement for implementation of the ESMP is presented in Figure 9.1.

Table 9.3 Roles and Responsibilities of Project Developer and EPC Contractor

Project Developer (Lanco) EPC Contractor Obtaining statutory clearances required Obtaining permits required during the during pre-construction stage of the construction stage Project Overall project co-ordination and Joint verification with Project Developer management through EPC and supported and Third Party Environmental by the third party environmental Consultant for review of ESMP consultant/s implementation Interaction and reporting to the respective Interaction with Project Developer and department of GOB appointed supervision consultant, if any Interaction and reporting to lenders Filling of reporting formats as per the reporting schedule and submission to Project Developer Effective implementation of ESMP and Environmental monitoring through Third monitoring of ESMP implementation Party Environmental Laboratory Carryout verification/ supervision Preparation of various plans for effective exercises during the construction phase of implementation of ESMP as detailed out the Project for implementation of ESMP in the “Specification Manual” by the Project Developer Keeping records of all permits obtained by Identification of site for labour camp, EPC Contractor batch mix plant, laydown areas Overall supervision of ESMP Management of labour camp and to implementation provide drinking water, sanitation facility Approval of plans prepared by EPC Contractor Addressing grievances of local community and information dissemination Environmental monitoring through laboratory

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 368

Figure 9.1 Organization Chart for Environmental and Social Management and Reporting Responsibilities during Construction and Operation Phase of the Project

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 369

9.4 TRAININGS

9.4.1 Construction Phase

Prior to commencement of major civil works at site, a suitably qualified in- house/ external expert will be appointed by the EPC contractor in consultation with Lanco to develop and deliver a training program on implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring and reporting in line with the applicable reference framework for the Project. The training will include the following topics:

• Environment, Health and Safety Policy of the EPC contractor; • Environment and fundamentals of environmental pollution in relation with the Project; • EHS management plans prepared by the EPC Contractor; • Do’s and Don’ts for the construction workers; • Safety procedures and guidelines; • Internal reporting and response system; • Hazardous chemicals and waste handling;

In addition to that, specific training will also be provided to the team involved in environmental monitoring and reporting, which will include:

• Applicable environmental guidelines and standards; • Sampling site selection guidelines in line with environmental monitoring plan; • Sample collection, storage, transportation and analysis procedures; • Solid and hazardous waste management; • Quality assurance and quality control; • Environmental monitoring report preparation

The training will help in capacity building and implementation of the EMP during the construction phase of the Project. It will also help in ensuring internal and external monitoring and verification of the environmental performance of the Project. The reporting and verification during the construction phase will be semi-annual and the reports will be submitted to the DOE and the Lenders.

9.4.2 Operation Phase

Prior to the commencement of the Plant operation, a suitably qualified in- house/ external environmental expert will be engaged by Lanco to develop and deliver a training program on operation phase environmental monitoring and reporting. The topics will be mostly same as that during the construction phase. However, it will also include following modules, which are specific to the operation phase:

• Continuous emission monitoring;

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 370

• Wastewater and thermal discharge monitoring; • Aquatic ecology monitoring; • Hazardous chemicals and waste management; • Occupational health and safety programs;

The training will help in capacity building and implementation of the EMP during the operation phase of the Project. It will also help in ensuring internal and external monitoring and verification of the environmental performance of the Project. The reporting and verification during the operation phase will be having annual frequency and the reports will be submitted to the DOE and the Lenders.

9.5 PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE OF THE PROJECT

9.5.1 Construction Phase

Prior to the beginning of major land works, the EPC contractor in cooperation with Project Developer will develop the following plans:

Emergency Response Plan

A site specific emergency response plan will be prepared for soil clean-up, decontamination and any accidental spill management on Dehular canal.

Health and Safety Plan

The EPC Contractor will prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan prior to commencing work. This plan will include method statements for working methods, plant utilisation, construction sequence and safety arrangements. Measures will be implemented to reduce the likelihood and consequence of the following hazards: • falling from height; • falling into water; • entanglement with machinery; • tripping over permanent obstacles or temporary obstructions; • slipping on greasy or icy walkways; • falling objects; • asphyxiation; • explosion; • contact with dangerous substances; • electric shock; • mistakes in operation; • variable weather conditions; • lifting excessive weights; and • traffic operations.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 371

9.5.2 Operation Phase

During the operation phase of the Project, the Project Developer will develop the following plan/ management systems for effective operation of the Project:

HSE and Social Management System

The Project Developer will develop and implement an HSE and Social Management System (HSE&SMS) to international standards for the entire Plant premises and its impact zones (project area of influence as defined under IFC PS) within two (2) years of commissioning the Project.

Waste Management Plan

For effective segregation, handling, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes generated from the Project operations, a waste management plan will be developed by the Project Developer.

Spill Response and Emergency Plan

The Project Developer will prepare a spill response and emergency plan to address accidental spillages or release of hazardous wastes.

Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan

Based on the outcome of the consequence analysis, an emergency response and disaster management plan will be developed by the Project Developer. This will charter proper protocol to be followed in the event of a disaster in order to limit the impact on the local community. The plan will disclose potential disasters and potential risks from the plant to the local community as well as the plan of action on emergency protocol in the event of these accidents. This will also include awareness programs for the Plant personnel, local community and local administration.

9.6 BUDGET

The EPC Contractor and the Project Developer will allocate separate budget for environmental and social management plan implementation, training, environmental monitoring, analysis and reporting, verification monitoring and capacity building. It should be noted that cost for many in-built mitigation measures, such as, acoustic enclosures for noise control, water and wastewater treatment, CEM etc, are already included in the EPC contract cost estimate and/or operating cost estimates. The ESMP budget estimates for construction and operation phase of the Project will be updated in the Final EIA report. In addition to that separate budget will be allocated for CSR activities, which will be conducted by the Project Developer for community development.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 372

10 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

This environmental and impact assessment of the Project has been prepared based on a review of technical specifications of the Project, review of existing studies and reports, supported by scoping, site visits, stakeholder consultations, baseline environmental monitoring and socio-economic surveys, undertaken between February and July 2012. Through this process an assessment has been undertaken of the potential environmental and social impacts attributable to the construction and operation phases of the Project. Qualitative and quantitative1 (where possible) assessments of impacts have been presented with impact rating of each potential impact. Alternatives to the Project and to key design aspects were also examined.

The environmental and social assessment of the Project ascertains that the Project is unlikely to cause any major environmental and social impacts. Many of the impacts are localised and short-term or temporary in nature and can be readily addressed based on the in-built mitigation measures in the engineering design of the Project. The Project received favourable support from local people and other stakeholders. Stakeholders appreciated that in addition to providing a reliable power supply to the region, the Project will have several other benefits such as supporting economic growth in the region by opening avenues for further development.

The Project site is located within an area that is predominantly used for single crop agricultural activities and plantations, free from any existing structure and trees at power plant site. Development of the Project will not cause any physical displacement of people living in the area. . The Project is not located near any ecologically sensitive protected areas. No archaeological or protected monuments are located in the Project vicinity. The nearest physical cultural resources of local importance are located over 500 m from the Project.

During the construction phase of the Project, the key environmental issues are noise and dust generation and disturbance to the natural vegetation along the approach road and gas pipeline alignment. There is also a risk of contamination of soil, groundwater and the Dehular canal from accidental spills and leaks of hazardous materials (eg oil) during handling, transportation, and storage at the site. In addition, erosion of soil and infill material brought to the site during the rainy season may lead to increased turbidity in the Dehular canal.

Increase noise and dust levels including contamination of groundwater constitute public health concerns. The Dehular canal is primarily used for irrigation, navigation and localised fishing and is considered to be of

(4) 1 Quantitative assessment of noise levels during construction phase and air quality during operation phase of the Project have been covered in this Draft EIA Report. Quantitative assessment for operation phase noise, surface water quality, thermal plume discharge hydrodynamic modeling and consequence analysis are in progress and will be updated in the Final EIA Report.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 373

moderate ecological and economic importance in the Project area. Hence, deterioration of its quality would be considered as a moderate adverse impact. However, these impacts are not unforeseen issues for similar type of Projects during their construction phase. Various mitigation measures have therefore already been developed by the Project Developer (Lanco), as part of their “Master Specification Manual” for the EPC Contractor. The adverse impacts identified are generally manageable through good housekeeping and a diligent implementation of the EMP by the EPC Contractor and its supervision by the Project Developer and their team of consultants. The nearest ASRs and NSRs will be a focus for monitoring of any impact arising due to the construction activities.

The social assessment of the Project ascertains that the Project is unlikely to cause any major social impacts. More importantly, the Project does not involve any physical displacement of families. The Project will have both positive and negative impact on the social environment. The positive impacts include employment and business opportunities for the local people, increased availability of power supply, new infrastructure development etc. On the other hand, the possible negative impacts include loss of productive land, changes in land-use, loss of livelihood, impacts on vulnerable groups and impact on community health and safety. Most of the adverse impacts are localised, short-term or temporary although some of them are permanent in nature, but can be mitigated with appropriate mitigation measures built in as part of the Project planning process. The Project appears to have strong favourable support from the local administration, political classes and, other stakeholders including the local community.

The project will need only 20.69 acres of land including an estimated figure of 3.0 acres for the gas pipeline. Land for the plant site and access road has been acquired and this constitutes 73% of total land requirement for the Project. Further land acquisition for the water front area is in progress. No physical displacement will be required as a result of the Project. Although the land for the plant site and access road was acquired by the authority in the past, there are some on-going concerns related to compensation payments and pending ownership issues that are still being addressed. The Project could also impact some sharecroppers dependent on the land for their livelihood. Discussion with land owners, share croppers and village union representatives revealed that affected individuals have knowledge of the Project and are aware that cultivation will discontinue once the Project construction starts. To address these issues mitigation measures have been recommended and it is expected that with implementation of these measures the magnitude of impact would be reduced. It is also recommended that a Resettlement Plan (RP) be prepared for the water front land acquisition and the gas pipeline alignment to address the implications of economic displacement. More specific mitigation measures will be developed in the RP and framework based on further consultation with the affected population.

Vulnerable groups (such as women’s groups) could experience some impacts from the Project. However, these impacts would be temporary and a number

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 374

of measures have been recommended for inclusion in the development process of the Project to reduce the impact. The community at large will lose the grazing land for their cattle during the lean agriculture season, but the probable impact would not be significant as the land acquired for the Project is small and the cattle owners can continue grazing on land around the Project site.

During the construction phase there will be impact from migration of labour to the Project area, construction activities and movement of traffic. The range of impacts identified include: conflicts with the local community, health and safety issues inconvenience due to vehicle movements, risk of spread of communicable and sexually transmitted diseases, waste disposal and unhygienic conditions. The magnitude and significance of most of these impacts would be limited to the construction period, with limited spill over to the operation phase. As the project intends to have a construction camp at the facility, the interaction between the community and migrant workers would be limited. Furthermore, by implementing the recommended mitigation measures the Project will minimise the identified risks and ongoing consultation and engagement will support the maintenance of a harmonious relation with the local community. Community health and safety related impacts will be managed at source to reduce the footprint. By adopting the mitigation measures as suggested in the EMP and systematic participatory approach to involve community would further minimise these impacts. In addition, by implementing various social development schemes targeted at specific groups such as women, children and the physically challenged as part of Lanco’s corporate social responsibility, the Project will further enhance the good will and cooperation of the community. The Project in its entirety can bring prosperity and development into the region and pave the way for further industrialisation in sectors such as food and fish processing, local manufacturing etc.

During the operation phase of the Project, the two key impacts will be from the increase in ambient noise and air quality levels due to operation of Plant equipment and auxiliary machinery. It has been demonstrated through air quality dispersion modelling that the incremental ground level concentrations due to the operation of the Plant will be well within the applicable GOB and IFC/WHO ambient air quality standards. Continuous emission monitoring from the stacks and periodic ambient air quality monitoring throughout operations will verify adherence with the applicable standards and enable identification of further measures to reduce impacts to ALARP. Incremental noise levels are planned to be within the applicable GOB standards for industries, however, ambient noise monitoring at the nearby NSRs will be conducted to check and assess the requirements for further mitigation to reduce impact to ALARP.

Warming of the Dehular canal water due to cooling water discharge will impact the aquatic environment; however, warming of the canal water is not expected to exceed the applicable GOB guidelines. A detailed thermal plume hydrodynamic modelling study is currently underway to ascertain the mixing

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 375

zone and characteristics of the cooling water discharge impact to the canal. A further assessment will be undertaken and mitigation measures developed to reduce any impact identified. A surface water quality monitoring program, along with quarterly monitoring of aquatic ecology and fisheries has been formulated to further understand the extent of impact, if any, and to alert Lanco to take additional mitigation measures.

It is evident from the above, that the Project activities will trigger the IFC performance standard 1 to 5 due to environmental and social impacts arising from the Project, involvement of about 575 workers during construction phase and about 70 workers during operation phase and occupational health and safety, emissions, effluents and waste generation during the entire project life cycle, community health and safety and involuntary land acquisition. However, PS 6 to 8 will not be triggered, as the Project area is not having any protected, endangered, threatened ecosystem. Also, there is no indigenous community and protected archaeological/ physical cultural site in the vicinity of the Project and its associated facilities.

The effective implementation of the EMP and adherence with the GOB and IFC guidelines will assist in minimising the environmental impacts to acceptable levels. No additional studies (apart from those which are currently in progress) for the EIA are envisaged at this stage.

Post environmental assessment, surveillance and monitoring are essential to track and sustain the effectiveness of the mitigation measures suggested. A detailed monitoring plan has been prepared as part of the EMP. The focus areas of monitoring cover air, surface water quality, groundwater quality, noise, soil erosion, soil and groundwater contamination, occupational health and safety, community health and safety. The reporting requirements along with the follow up actions in case of deviation from the norms have been detailed in the EMP. The frequency has also been set in consideration of the likely impacts.

The construction phase of the Project will have an important role in the socio- economic development of the area, whereas the operation phase of the Project will play an important role by supplying power in the region. A reliable and expanded power supply will support future economic development of dependant sectors including agriculture, industry and manufacturing enabling them to operate and compete.

Based on the analysis conducted in this environmental and social assessment, it is concluded that overall the Project will result in moderate to major positive socio-economic benefits and the potential negative environmental impacts that have been identified are mostly short-term and localised in nature, and can be minimized adequately through good design, appropriate application of mitigation measures and regular supervision of implementation.

ERM LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD., DRAFT EIA REPORT PROJECT # - 0156283 AUGUST 2012 376 Annex A

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 1 of 8

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES) for endorsement by the Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(iI) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title: Bangladesh, 225 MW Gas-fired Combined Cycle Power Plant

Sector Division: Thermal Power Plant

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known A. Project Siting Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas? ƒ Cultural heritage site As per the information available from Department of Archaeology, Bangladesh (www.archaeology.gov.bd) and District Office website (www.dcbhola.gov.bd), there are reportedly no cultural heritage sites and archeological monuments in the Bhola District.

However, there are religious structures such as local mosques and temples in the unions as well as in Borhanuddin Municipal Area (reconnaissance survey). The nearest religious structure (Kutba Janattul Firdues Mosque) is about 500 m from the Project boundary. THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 2 of 8

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known

ƒ Protected Area There is reportedly no protected area, such as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Game Reserve, Safari Parks, Eco-Parks, Reserve and Protected Forests within the 10 km study area. The nearest wildlife sanctuary of Kukri Mukri is located at about 64 km from the project site on the Char Kukri Mukri Island. (Reference: IUCN directory of South Asian Protected Area compiled by World conservation Monitoring Centre)

In Bangladesh wetlands area classified into river, streams, Baors, Haors and Beels. All of these are considered as wetlands and regarded as valuable fish and wildlife habitat. Bhola is an island, encompassed by the Tetulia river on the west and lower ƒ Wetland meghna and shahbazpur canal on east and contain many small beels. The project site is itself situated next the Dehular Canal. However none of the important wetlands are located in the 10 km study radius. The nearest major wetland is Sunderban wetland about 128 km away from the project site.

The outside embankment of the Bhola Island is protected by a length of 100 km of mangrove and other plantations. The ƒ Mangrove largest important mangrove forested area is on the Kukri Mukri Island about 64 km from the project site.(Inventory of Coastal and Estuarine Islands and Chars. (source: www. warpo.gov.bd). The island of Bhola is itself situated in an area categorized as estuarine floodplains. It is infact a part of the lower Meghna river ƒ Estuarine estuarine floodplain. However the project

site is in the middle of the island though connected to the river system through a canal.

ƒ Buffer zone of protected area None. The nearest protected area of kukri mukri is 64 km away from the project site. ƒ Special area for protecting biodiversity None

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 3 of 8

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known

ƒ impairment of historical/cultural No impairment of historical/ cultural monuments and other areas, and monuments and loss/ damage to these sites loss/damage to these sites? envisaged due to the Project, as there are reportedly no historical, cultural and archeological monuments in the Bhola District.

ƒ encroachment into precious ecosystem (e.g. No encroachment into precious ecosystem sensitive habitats like protected forest areas is envisaged due to the Project, as there is or terrestrial wildlife habitats? reportedly no protected area, such as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Game Reserve, Safari Parks, Eco-Parks, Reserve and Protected Forests within the 10 km study area.

ƒ dislocation or involuntary resettlement of Bangladesh Power Development Board people? (BPDB) has already acquired 29.87 acres of agricultural land for two power projects and for approach road to connect the site with 8’ wide LGED Road. Further to that, as reported by Lanco, BPDB has also initiated land acquisition for 3.5 acres of land between acquired land and Dehular Canal to provide waterfront access for both the projects, which is primarily agricultural land. This entire 31.23 acres of land is free from any structure, which was noticed during the site reconnaissance survey.

However, for gas pipeline from the nearest regulating and metering station (RMS) to the project site (~ 2 km), BPDB has to acquire additional land for the Gas pipeline ROW and this may pass through settlements and plantation areas. The people’s displacement and economic effects due to the cutting of trees has to be addressed. The route of this spur pipeline is not yet finalized. ƒ disproportionate impacts on the poor, There is no reported social survey available women and children, Indigenous Peoples for the project and surrounding areas. There or other vulnerable groups? is a possibility of vulnerable groups around the site – poor families, potential land less or marginal farmers, any community that is given protection by the government etc., which can be established only after a socio- economic survey.

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 4 of 8

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known

ƒ aesthetic degradation and property value The Project will have aesthetic degradation loss due to establishment of plant and as it is coming up in an agricultural area, ancillary facilities? which has no precedence of any industrial activity in and around the project site. However, loss of property value is not assessed at this stage.

ƒ risks and vulnerabilities related to The occupational health and safety impacts occupational health and safety due to during the construction and operation physical, chemical, biological, and phase of the Project would be (i) heat, (ii) radiological hazards during project noise, (iii) confined spaces, (iv) electrical construction and operation? hazards, (v) fire and explosion hazards, (vi) chemical hazards and (vii) dust.

ƒ noise and dust from construction activities? Noise and dust will be generating due to site preparation, movement of heavy machinery, transportation of man & material, excavation of earth, raising of site elevation and other construction activities.

ƒ short-term soil erosion and silt runoff due As per the Bangladesh Meteorological to construction? Department (BMD), district Bhola receives heavy rainfall. Based on the rainfall record of 30 years (1980 – 2009), annual average rainfall varied from 1609 – 3080 mm. Also, as mentioned in the site feasibility study conducted by BPDB, during the flood season, the whole plant area comes under 2’ to 4’ of water.

ƒ fugitive dust during transportation, The proposed power plant is Gas based and unloading, storage, and processing of coal, there would be no use of coal. and polluted runoff from coal storage?

ƒ risk of oil spills, which could pollute surface Such risks exist during the construction as and groundwater and soil? well as operation phase of the Project.

ƒ hazards in gas pipeline operation and gas The gas pipeline operation would have fire storage at power plant sites? and explosion hazard, as the natural gas will be present in pipeline at high pressure. However, no gas storage is required at site. THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 5 of 8

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known

ƒ changes in flow regimes downstream of the As per the feasibility study conducted by water intake due to abstraction for cooling BPDB, maximum flow in the Dehular Canal purposes? is 162 cumecs, where minimum flows vary from 62 to 124 cumecs. Average discharge is calculated as 108 cumecs. Therefore, as per the feasibility study ample quantity of water is available from this canal throughout the year, which can potentially meet the plant requirements. However, now there are two power plants are coming up at the same location and during lean season, cooling water requirement will be approximately 20 – 25% of the total water available in the Canal. Cumulative impact of intake of water from the same source i.e. Dehular Canal needs to be further studied as this may impact the flow regimes and the down stream users.

ƒ pollution of water bodies and aquatic The hot water discharge into the canal after ecosystem from wastewater treatment plant cooling as well as treated domestic and for boiler feed, bleed-off from cooling industrial effluent may affect the aquatic towers, boiler blowdown and wash-water, ecosystem. and effluent from ash pond?

ƒ air pollution from fuel gas discharged into Natural gas being a cleaner fuel, there will the atmosphere? be limited emission of SO2 and PM. However, there would be emission of NOx and CO from the combustion of gas.

ƒ public health and safety hazards due to Solid waste generation from the project solid waste disposal in sanitary landfills would be limited and only from the canteen (see Matrix of Impacts and Measures for and office complex. Solid Waste Disposal)?

ƒ large population influx during project The economic activity in the area is low and construction and operation that causes major occupations are agriculture and increased burden on social infrastructure fishery. The proposed Power Plant is a and services (such as water supply and unique project in the area and therefore sanitation systems)? there will be population influx both during construction and operation phases of the Project. There will be potential burden on local resources. ƒ social conflicts if workers from other regions or countries are hired?

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 6 of 8

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No Not REMARKS Known

ƒ risks community safety due to the transport, The village roads in its present condition storage, and use and/or disposal of are neither suitable for transportation of materials such as explosives, fuel and other equipment and material nor adequate for chemicals during construction and heavy vehicles due to their narrow width operation? and sharp turns. There will be risks on community safety due to the transport, storage, use and/or disposal of materials such as fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation phase of the Project. Pressurized natural gas (fuel) will also have risks on community safety as there are scattered settlements between the RMS and Project Site.

ƒ community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components of the project (e.g. ash pond) are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 7 of 8

Climate Change and Disaster Risk Questions Yes No Not Remarks The following questions are not for environmental Known categorization. They are included in this checklist to help identify potential climate and disaster risks.

ƒ Is the Project area subject to hazards such as The project site is susceptible to seasonal earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, floods and tropical cyclone winds. During storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and flood season, the entire project site comes climate changes (see Appendix I)? under 2 to 4’ of water. The wind speed in the area varies from 2.0 to 8.5 knots. In 2007, during the storm (SIDR) wind speed recorded in Bhola was 68 knots. ƒ Could changes in precipitation, temperature, salinity, Yes any such changes can affect the or extreme events over the Project lifespan affect its project lifespan. The source of water for sustainability or cost? the proposed power plant is Dehular canal and changes in precipitation can affect the flow during lean period. Also changes in salinity of the water can affect the operational parameters in the long run. ƒ Are there any demographic or socio-economic aspects From the reconnaissance survey, no such of the Project area that are already vulnerable (e.g. high aspects emerged but a socio-economic incidence of marginalized populations, rural-urban study needs to be undertaken during the migrants, illegal settlements, ethnic minorities, women public consultation phase to understand or children)? and rule out such aspects in totality.

ƒ Could the Project potentially increase the climate or Yes, the proposed project would result in disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., increase of traffic to the area. The narrow increasing traffic or housing in areas that will be more approach roads are not capable to cater to prone to flooding, by encouraging settlement in such increased loads and may result in earthquake zones)? increased accidents. Also, the Project Site and surrounding areas are susceptible to flood hazard.

THERMAL POWER PLANTS page 8 of 8

Appendix I: Environments, Hazards and Climate Changes

Environment Natural Hazards and Climate Change

Arid/Semi-arid Low erratic rainfall of up to 500 mm rainfall per annum with periodic droughts and high rainfall and desert variability. Low vegetative cover. Resilient ecosystems & complex pastoral and systems, but environments medium certainty that 10–20% of drylands degraded; 10-30% projected decrease in water availability in next 40 years; projected increase in drought duration and severity under climate change. Increased mobilization of sand dunes and other soils as vegetation cover declines; likely overall decrease in agricultural productivity, with rain-fed agriculture yield reduced by 30% or more by 2020. Earthquakes and other geophysical hazards may also occur in these environments.

Humid and sub- More than 500 mm precipitation/yr. Resilient ecosystems & complex human pastoral and humid plains, cropping systems. 10-30% projected decrease in water availability in next 40 years; projected foothills and increase in droughts, heatwaves and floods; increased erosion of loess-mantled landscapes by hill country wind and water; increased gully erosion; landslides likely on steeper slopes. Likely overall decrease in agricultural productivity & compromised food production from variability, with rain-fed agriculture yield reduced by 30% or more by 2020. Increased incidence of forest and agriculture-based insect infestations. Earthquakes and other geophysical hazards may also occur in these environments.

River River basins, deltas and estuaries in low-lying areas are vulnerable to riverine floods, storm valleys/deltas surges associated with tropical cyclones/typhoons and sea level rise; natural (and human- and estuaries induced) subsidence resulting from sediment compaction and ground water extraction; and other low- liquefaction of soft sediments as result of earthquake ground shaking. Tsunami possible/likely lying coastal areas on some coasts. Lowland agri-business and subsistence farming in these regions at significant risk.

Small islands Small islands generally have land areas of less than 10,000km2 in area, though Papua New Guinea and Timor with much larger land areas are commonly included in lists of small island developing states. Low-lying islands are especially vulnerable to storm surge, tsunami and sea- level rise and, frequently, coastal erosion, with coral reefs threatened by ocean warming in some areas. Sea level rise is likely to threaten the limited ground water resources. High islands often experience high rainfall intensities, frequent landslides and tectonic environments in which landslides and earthquakes are not uncommon with (occasional) volcanic eruptions. Small islands may have low adaptive capacity and high adaptation costs relative to GDP.

Mountain Accelerated glacial melting, rockfalls/landslides and glacial lake outburst floods, leading to ecosystems increased debris flows, river bank erosion and floods and more extensive outwash plains and, possibly, more frequent wind erosion in intermontane valleys. Enhanced snow melt and fluctuating stream flows may produce seasonal floods and droughts. Melting of permafrost in some environments. Faunal and floral species migration. Earthquakes, landslides and other geophysical hazards may also occur in these environments.

Volcanic Recently active volcanoes (erupted in last 10,000 years – see www.volcano.si.edu). Often fertile environments soils with intensive agriculture and landslides on steep slopes. Subject to earthquakes and volcanic eruptions including pyroclastic flows and mudflows/lahars and/or gas emissions and occasionally widespread ashfall.

Annex B

Involuntary Resettlement Impact Categorization Checklist

Involuntary Resettlement Impact Categorization Checklist

Probable Involuntary Resettlement Effects Not Yes No Remarks Known Involuntary Acquisition of Land 5 Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) has already acquired 29.87 acres of agricultural land for two power projects and for approach road to connect the site with 8’ wide LGED Road. Further to that, as reported by Lanco, BPDB has also initiated land acquisition for 3.2 acres of land between acquired land and Dehular Canal to provide waterfront access for both the projects, which is primarily agricultural land. This entire 31.23 acres of land is free from any structure, which was 1. Will there be land acquisition? noticed during the site reconnaissance survey.

However, for gas pipeline from the nearest regulating and metering station (RMS) to the project site (~ 2 km), BPDB has to acquire additional land for the Gas pipeline ROW and this may pass through settlements and plantation areas. The people’s displacement and economic effects due to the cutting of trees has to be addressed. The route of this spur pipeline is not yet finalized.

5 The additional land for gas 2. Is the site for land acquisition known? pipeline ROW of about 20’ wide from RMS to the project site is not yet finalized.

3. Is the ownership status and current usage of land to 5 be acquired known?

4. Will easement be utilized within an existing Right of 5 No existing ROW available along Way (ROW)? the LGED Road.

5. Will there be loss of shelter and residential land due 5 to land acquisition?

Involuntary Resettlement Impact Categorization Form 5 The land already acquired by BPDB was agricultural land. Also, land in acquisition process for water front activities (~3.5 acres) is also primarily agricultural land. 6. Will there be loss of agricultural and other productive The alignment of gas pipeline assets due to land acquisition? ROW is not known, but it has been observed during the reconnaissance survey that there is agricultural land as well as other productive assets between RMS and project site.

7. Will there be losses of crops, trees, and fixed assets 5 due to land acquisition?

8. Will there be loss of businesses or enterprises due to 5 land acquisition?

5 There are coconut and Betel nut trees which maybe owned by people. Their destruction could 9. Will there be loss of income sources and means of have impacts ion livelihood. In livelihoods due to land acquisition? addition, there would be agricultural land that will be impacted and also impacted livelihoods. Involuntary restrictions on land use or on access to legally designated parks and protected areas

5 Typically, local people can lose 10. Will people lose access to natural resources, access to natural resources, but communal facilities and services? the exact nature and scale is not known.

5 The Project will change landuse 11. If land use is changed, will it have an adverse from agricultural to industrial. impact on social and economic activities? However, any adverse impact on social and economic activities is not know at this stage.

12. Will access to land and resources owned 5 communally or by the state be restricted?

Information on Displaced Persons:

Any estimate of the likely number of persons that will be displaced by the Project? [5] No [ ] Yes If yes, approximately how many? ______

Are any of them poor, female-heads of households, or vulnerable to poverty risks? [5] No [ ] Yes Are any displaced persons from indigenous or ethnic minority groups? [5] No [ ] Yes

Note: The project team may attach additional information on the project, as necessary.

Involuntary Resettlement Impact Categorization Form Annex C

Indigenous Peoples Impact Screening Checklist

Indigenous Peoples Impact Screening Checklist

KEY CONCERNS NOT YES NO Remarks (Please provide elaborations KNOWN on the Remarks column)

A. Indigenous Peoples Identification

1. Are there socio-cultural groups present in or use The socio-cultural the project area who may be considered as "tribes" groups present in (hill tribes, schedules tribes, tribal peoples), Bangladesh are Bawm, "minorities" (ethnic or national minorities), or Chak, Chakma, Garo, "indigenous communities" in the project area? Khasiya, Khumi, Khyang, Kuki, Lushai, Mahle, Marma, Murang, Munda, Oraon, Pankho, Rakhaine, Santals, Tanchangya, and Tripuri. All these ethnic groups reside mainly in Chittagong Hill Tracts and in the regions of Mymensingh, Sylhet, and Rajshahi. However, no such hill tribes, scheduled tribes, tribal peoples or indigenous communities are reported in the project area. 2. Are there national or local laws or policies as Not applicable well as anthropological researches/studies that consider these groups present in or using the project area as belonging to "ethnic minorities", scheduled tribes, tribal peoples, national minorities, or cultural communities?

3. Do such groups self-identify as being part of a Not applicable distinct social and cultural group?

4. Do such groups maintain collective attachments Not applicable to distinct habitats or ancestral territories and/or to the natural resources in these habitats and territories?

5. Do such groups maintain cultural, economic, Not applicable social, and political institutions distinct from the dominant society and culture?

6. Do such groups speak a distinct language or Not applicable dialect?

Indigenous Peoples Categorization Form

KEY CONCERNS NOT YES NO Remarks (Please provide elaborations KNOWN on the Remarks column) 7. Has such groups been historically, socially and Not applicable economically marginalized, disempowered, excluded, and/or discriminated against?

8. Are such groups represented as "Indigenous Not applicable Peoples" or as "ethnic minorities" or "scheduled tribes" or "tribal populations" in any formal decision-making bodies at the national or local levels?

B. Identification of Potential Impacts

9. Will the project directly or indirectly benefit or Not applicable target Indigenous Peoples?

10. Will the project directly or indirectly affect Not applicable Indigenous Peoples' traditional socio-cultural and belief practices? (e.g. child-rearing, health, education, arts, and governance)

11. Will the project affect the livelihood systems of Not applicable Indigenous Peoples? (e.g., food production system, natural resource management, crafts and trade, employment status)

12. Will the project be in an area (land or territory) Not applicable occupied, owned, or used by Indigenous Peoples, and/or claimed as ancestral domain?

C. Identification of Special Requirements Will the project activities include:

13. Commercial development of the cultural Not applicable resources and knowledge of Indigenous Peoples?

14. Physical displacement from traditional or Not applicable customary lands?

15. Commercial development of natural resources Not applicable (such as minerals, hydrocarbons, forests, water, hunting or fishing grounds) within customary lands under use that would impact the livelihoods or the cultural, ceremonial, spiritual uses that define the identity and community of Indigenous Peoples?

Indigenous Peoples Categorization Form

KEY CONCERNS NOT YES NO Remarks (Please provide elaborations KNOWN on the Remarks column) 16. Establishing legal recognition of rights to lands Not applicable and territories that are traditionally owned or customarily used, occupied or claimed by indigenous peoples ?

17. Acquisition of lands that are traditionally Not applicable owned or customarily used, occupied or claimed by indigenous peoples?

D. Anticipated project impacts on Indigenous Peoples - Not Applicable

Project component/ Anticipated positive effect Anticipated negative effect activity/ output

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Note: The project team may attach additional information on the project, as necessary.

Indigenous Peoples Categorization Form

Annex D

Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Table 1 Ambient Air Quality at Project Site (AQ1)

S. No. Date Concentration (µg/m3) SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO 1 21/04/2012 173.38 52.11 10.21 13.21 60 2 28/04/2012 - - 33.13 - - - 3 12/05/2012 - - 36.44 - - - 4 24/04/2012 177.12 60.18 12.44 15.22 80 5 27/04/2012 168.17 51.21 23.32 12.44 15.22 80 6 30/04/2012 160.31 44.21 31.31 9.11 12.44 40 7 2/05/2012 144.21 37.11 26.27 6.17 10.22 40 8 4/05/2012 - - 30.12 - - - 9 5/05/2012 162.21 40.44 32.11 10.21 13.17 60 10 7/05/2012 - - 32.21 - - - 11 8/05/2012 171.31 44.21 10.21 14.44 10 12 9/05/2012 - - 36.44 - - - 13 10/05/2012 179.44 53.21 38.17 13.27 17.22 70 14 13/05/2012 193.22 67.37 43.11 11.11 14.47 60 15 15/05/2012 170.16 53.11 33.31 10.22 11.19 80 16 17/05/2012 176.29 51.11 8.11 10.39 60 17 18/05/2012 143.11 37.11 6.11 9.21 40 Maximum 193.2 67.4 43.1 13.3 17.2 80.0 Minimum 143.1 37.1 23.3 6.1 9.2 10.0 Average 168.2 49.3 33.0 10.0 13.0 56.7 98 Percentile 190.2 65.8 42.0 13.1 16.8 80.0

Table 2 Ambient Air Quality at Kheyaghat More (AQ2)

S. No. Date Concentration (µg/m3) SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO 1 23/04/2012 339.19 113.11 - 39.12 34.13 400 2 21/04/2012 488.33 169.24 - 56.11 49.17 800 3 27/04/2012 510.22 187.22 - 47.22 51.11 900 4 28/04/2012 - - 77.49 - - - 5 29/04/2012 317.17 107.44 - 27.11 30.44 440 6 1/05/2012 - - 83.11 - - - 7 2/05/2012 - - 49.11 - - - 8 3/05/2012 349.44 113.21 - 29.11 34.21 480 9 5/05/2012 - - 55.47 - - - 10 6/05/2012 470.44 147.18 79.21 46.19 40.17 700 11 8/05/2012 - - 78.11 - - - 12 6/05/2012 - - 69.41 - - - 13 11/05/2012 463.11 161.41 70.13 39.22 36.19 880 14 12/05/2012 507.19 170.29 - 46.41 39.18 780 15 13/05/2012 - - 87.29 - - - 16 14/05/2012 357.11 107.44 56.11 26.44 39.11 400 17 16/05/2012 381.17 113.29 59.11 27.21 36.31 440 18 17/05/2012 447.31 149.21 63.11 33.11 32.18 780 19 19/05/2012 491.33 177.44 - 36.13 29.19 600 Maximum 510.2 187.2 87.3 56.1 51.1 900.0 Minimum 317.2 107.4 49.1 26.4 30.4 400.0 Average 418.3 139.0 69.5 38.4 39.0 622.0 98 Percentile 509.7 184.2 86.5 54.5 50.8 896.4

Table 3 Ambient Air Quality at West Gazipur (AQ3)

S. No. Date Concentration (µg/m3) SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO 1 4/05/2012 - - 46.44 - - - 2 16/05/2012 183.27 63.18 37.21 13.17 16.22 120 3 8/05/2012 237.41 74.41 35.36 13.21 18.21 140 4 23/04/2012 161.37 39.59 - 12.19 14.18 100 5 24/04/2012 194.37 77.27 - 17.19 19.18 140 6 27/04/2012 - - 33.11 - - - 7 28/04/2012 217.11 88.21 - 14.11 20.11 180 8 29/04/2012 - - 40.44 - - - 9 30/04/2012 176.44 51.19 37.31 11.21 14.21 80 10 3/05/2012 179.44 60.21 36.13 12.11 15.27 100 11 5/05/2012 170.16 50.21 - 12.11 15.21 80 12 7/05/2012 - - 41.39 - - - 13 10/05/2012 264.09 84.39 - 14.44 19.11 120 14 11/05/2012 - - 38.11 - - - 15 13/05/2012 277.16 90.28 - 15.09 17.39 140 16 14/05/2012 - - 32.39 - - - 17 15/05/2012 - - 40.39 - - - 18 17/05/2012 - - 48.22 - - - 19 18/05/2012 170.21 59.11 32.21 8.21 10.41 60 Maximum 277.2 90.3 48.2 17.2 20.1 180.0 Minimum 161.4 39.6 32.4 11.2 14.2 80.0 Average 206.1 67.9 38.0 13.5 16.9 120.0 98 Percentile 274.8 89.9 45.4 16.8 19.9 172.8

Annex E

List of plant species with habitat distribution, abundance and usage

Homestead Vegetation SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Usage Habit Status 1. Abroma augusta Umbeliferae Ulatkambal R Medicine Shrub 2. Acacia moniliformis Mimosaceae Akashmoni C Timber and fuelwood Tree 3. Inga dulcis Mimosaceae Khai Babla R Fruit, Timber and Tree fuelwood 4. Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Bel R Fruit and Medicine Tree 5. Albizia lebbeck Leguminosae Sirish VC Timber and fuelwood Tree 6. Albizia procera Leguminosae Silkaroi C Timber and fuelwood Tree 7. Albizia richrdiana Leguminosae Gogon C Timber Tree Sirish 8. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Chatim R Timber Tree 9. Anthocephalus chinensis Rubiaceae Kadom C Timber and fuelwood Tree 10. Aponomyxis polystachya Meliaceae Rayna C Timber and fuelwood Tree 11. Areca catechu Palmae Supari VC Fruit and Timber Tree 12. Artocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae Kathal C Fruit, Timber and Tree fuelwood 13. Averrhoa carambola Averrhoaceae Kamranga C Fruit Tree 14. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Nim C Timber and medicine Tree 15. Bambusa sp. Gramineae Bans VC Thatching Tree 16. Barringtonia acutangula Barringtoniaceae Hijal C Fuelwood Shrub 17. Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Shimul C Cotton and Fuelwood Tree 18. Borassus flabelifer Palmae Tal R Fruit, Fuel wood and Tree Timber 19. Calamus tenuis Palmae Lajibet Thaching Shrub 20. Carica papaya Caricaceae Papay C Fruit Shrub 21. Cassia alata Leguminosae Dadmordon Medicine and Fuel Shrub wood 22. Cassia fistula Leguminosae Badarlathi/ R Ornamental and Tree Sonalu Medicine 23. Cassia occidentalis Leguminosae Barahalkasu C Fuelwood Shrub nda 24. Cassia siamea Leguminosae Minjuri Fuelwood Tree 25. Cassia tora Leguminosae Chakunda Fuelwood Shrub 26. Casuarina equisetifolia Casurianaceae Jahu Ornamental Shrub 27. Centella asitica Umbelliferae Thankuni C Medicine and Herb Vegetables 28. Cestrum nocturnum Compositae Hasnahena R Ornamental Shrub 29. Citrus grandis Rutaceae Jambura C Fruit Tree 30. Cleorodendrum viscosum Verbenaceae Bhat C Fuelwood Shrub 31. Cocos nucifera Palmae Narikel VC Fruit and Fuelwood Tree 32. Crataeva nurvala Capparidaceae Baroon C Fuelwood Tree 33. Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Sisso C Timber and fuelwood Tree 34. Datura suaveolens Solanaceae Dutura R Medicine Herb 35. Dillenia indica Dilleniaceae Chalta C* Fruit Tree 36. Diospyros discolor Ebanaceae Bilatigab C* Fruit Tree 37. Diospyros perigrina Ebanaceae gab, C Fruit and Timber Tree deshigab 38. Erythrina ovalifolia Leguminosae Talimandar C Fuelwood Tree 39. Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Bot C Fuelwood Tree 40. Ficus heterophylla Moraceae Bhui Dumur R Herb 41. Ficus hispida Moraceae Dumur VC Fruit and Fuelwood Shrub 42. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Assawath C Fuelwood Tree 43. Glycosmis pentaphylla Rutaceae Daton VC Medicine Shrub 44. Lagerstromia speciosa Lythraceae Jarul R Ornamental and Tree Timber 45. Leucauna laucocephalata Mimisaceae Ipil ipil C Timber Tree 46. Litchi chinensis Sapindaceae Lichu C Fruit Tree 47. Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Am VC Fruit and Timber Tree 48. Mikania scandens Compositae Assamlata VC Medicine Herb

SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Usage Habit Status 49. Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Sajna C Vegetable Tree 50. Musa paradisiaca var. Musaceae Kala VC Fruit Shrub sapientum 51. Ocimum americanum Labiatae Tulshi R Medicine Herb 52. Pandanus sp. Pandanaceae Keya R Herb 53. Phoneix sylvestris Palmae Khejur C Fruit and Fuelwood Tree 54. Physalis minima Solanaceae Bantepari VC nf Herb 55. Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae Debdaru R Fuelwood and Timber Tree 56. Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Karoch R Fuelwood Tree 57. Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Peyara C Fruit Shrub 58. Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae Reri VC Oil Shrub 59. Salix tetrasperma Salicaceae Biash R Timber Shrub 60. Sesbania grandiflora Leguminosae Bakphul R Medicine Shrub 61. Spondias dulcis Anacardiaceae Amra C Fruit Tree 62. Streblus asper Urticaceae Sheora C Fuelwood Shrub 63. Swietenia mahagoni Meliaceae Mahogoni VC Timber and medicine Tree 64. Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Kalojam C Fruit Tree 65. Tamarindus indica Leguminosae Tetul C Fruit Tree 66. Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Segun C Timber Tree 67. Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Arjun C Timber and medicine Tree 68. Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Katbadam R Fruit Tree 69. Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae Pitali/Latim VC Timber and fuelwood Tree 70. Vitex negundo Verbinaceae Nishinda R Medicine Shrub 71. Zizyphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Baroi C Fruit Tree 72. Erythrina indica Fabaceae Mandar R Fuelwood Tree Tree 73. Dryopteris filix-mas Dryopteridaceae Dhekishak C Vegetable Shrub 74. Alocasia macrorrhiza Araceae Kachu shak C Vegetable Shrub 75. Codiaeum variegatum Euphorbiaceae Patabahar VC Ornamental Shrub 76. Bambusa sp. Gramineae Bash C Fence and pilling Woody grass 77. Calmus rotung Palmae Lathi bet C Climber 78. Syzygium samarangense Moraceae Jamrul R Fruit and fuelwood Tree 79. Delonix regia Caesalpinae Krishnachur C Ornamental & Tree a fuelwood 80. Ananas comosus Bromeliaceae Anarosh VC Fruit Shrub 81. Feronia jambheri Rutaceae Jamir Lebu C Fruit Shrub 82. Clinogyne dichotoneus Palmae Patibet C - Climber 83. Elaeocarpu floribundus Elaeocarpaceae Jalpai C Fruit Tree 84. Justicia adhatoda Acanthaceae Bashak VC Medicinal Shrub 85. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Kolmi C - Shrub 86. Acacia greggii Mimosaceae Babla C Timber Tree 87. Artocarpus lakoocha Moraceae Dawa R Fruit, Fuel wood Tree 88. Typha elephantina Typhaceae Hogla C Thaching Shrub Abundance code: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare

Cropland Vegetation

SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Status Habit 1. Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae Muktajhuri C Herb 2. Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Apang C Herb 3. Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Sachishak VC Herb 4. Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae Kata note VC Herb 5. Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae Akand C Shrub 6. Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Akand C Shrub 7. Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karamcha R Shrub 8. Ceratopteris thalictroides Parkeriaceae - R* Herb

SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Status Habit 9. Chenopodium ambrosoides Chenopodiaceae Chapali ghash VC Herb 10. Clerodendrum inerme Verbenaceae Bhant C* Herb 11. Cotula hemispherica Compositae Kancha ghash C Herb 12. Crotolaria retusa Gramineae Ban-san VC Herb 13. Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae Banjhal C Herb 14. Cuscuta australis Convolvulaceae Swarnalata C Herb 15. Cynodon dactylon Gramineae Durba VC Herb 16. Cyperus diformis Cyperaceae C Herb 17. Dentella repens Rubiaceae Hachuti C Herb 18. Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Dudhia VC Herb 19. Marsilea quadrifolia Marciliaceae Susnishak C Herb 20. Nicotiana plumbaginifolia Solanaceae Bantamak C Herb 21. Nyctanthes arbortristris Solanaceae Sefali C Herb 22. Rhynchospora rufescens Cyperaceae Shimbhatraji VC Herb 23. Rorippa indica Cruciferae Bansarisha C Herb 24. Sacciolepis interrupta Gramineae Nardulla VC Herb 25. Scleria lacustris Gramineae C Herb 26. Sesbania rostrata Leguminosae Dhaincha VC Herb Abundance code: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare

Wetland Vegetation

SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Status Habit 1. Alternanthera philoxiroides Amaranthaceae Helencha VC Herb 2. Arundo donax Gramineae Baranal VC Herb 3. Azolla pinnata Salviniaceae Kutipana C Herb 4. Aponogeton natans Aponogetonaceae Ghentu C Herb 5. Ceratophyllum desmersum Cearatophyllaceae Jhangi C Herb 6. Cheratopteris sp Pteridaceae Fern C Herb 7. Colocasia esculenta Araceae Kachu C Herb 8. Cyperus sp. Cyperaceae Mutha VC Herb 9. Eclipta alba Compositae Kalokeshi C Herb 10. Eichhornia crassipes Pontaderiaceae Kochuripana VC Herb 11. Enhydra fluctuans Cyperaceae Helencha VC Herb 12. Fimbristylis milliaceae Cyperaceae Joina C Herb 13. Hygroryza aristata Gramineae Putki C Herb 14. Hydrocharis dubia Hydrocharitaceae C Herb 15. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Kalmi sak VC Herb 16. Lemna perpusilla Lemnaceae Khudipana C Herb 17. Limnophila sessiliflora Scrophulariaceae Bijatighas C Herb 18. Ludwigia abscendens Onagraceae Keshordam C Herb 19. Ludwigia hyssopifolia Onagraceae Keshordam VC Herb 20. Mersilea quadrifoliata Mersileaceae Susnisak VC Herb 21. Monochoria hatata Pontaderiaceae Kechur C Herb 22. Myriophyllum tetrandrum Haloraceae - C Herb 23. Nachamendra alternifolia Hydrocharitaceae Kaisa C Herb 24. Najas. sp Najadaceae Goisa C Herb 25. Nymphaea nouchali Nymphaeaceae Shapla VC Herb 26. Nymphaea stellata Nymphaeaceae Nilshapla R Herb 27. Nymphoides indicum Menyanthaceae Panchuli VC Herb 28. Phragmites karka Gramineae Nol VC Herb 29. Pistia stratiotes Araceae Topapana VC Herb 30. Polygonum barbatum Polygonaceae Bishkatali C Herb 31. Polygonum glabrum Polygonaceae Bishkatali C Herb 32. Polygonum lanatum Polygonaceae Bishkatali C Herb

SL# Scientific Name Family Local Name Local Status Habit 33. Sagittaria sagittifolia Alismataceae hhotokul C Herb 34. Salvina cucullata Salviniaceae Kuripana C Herb 35. Scirpus juncoides Cyperaceae hisra C Herb 36. Spirodela polyrhiza Lemnaceae Khudipana C Herb 37. Trapa natans Trapaceae Singra R Herb 38. Utricualria exoleata Lentibulariaceae hotojhangi C Herb 39. Vallisnaria spiralis Hydrocharitaceae Biha C Herb 40. Vetiveria zizanioides Gramineae Binna C Herb 41. Wolffia microscopica Lemnaceae Guripana C Herb Abundance code: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare

Annex F

List of Amphibian

SL# Scientific Name English Name Local Name Family IUCN Local Status Status 1. Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common Toad Kuno Bang Bufonidae LC CR 2. Euphlyctis cyanophylctis Skipper Frog Kotkoti Bang Dicroglossidae - C 3. Euphlyctis hexadactylus Green Frog Sabuj Bang Dicroglossidae LC UR 4. Fejervarya limnocharis Cricket Frog Jhijhi Bang Dicroglossidae LC C 5. Fejervarya syhadrensis Southern Cricket Jhijhi Bang Dicroglossidae LC CR Frog 6. Hoplobactrachus tigerinus Indian Bull Frog Sona bang Dicroglossidae - C 7. Microhyla ornata Ornate Cheena Bang Microhylidae LC C Microhylid 8. Nasirana alticola Pointed-headed Pana Bang Ranidae LC UR Frog 9. Hylarana taipehensis Two-striped Frog Kaad Bang Ranidae LC UR Grass Frog 10. Hylarana tytleri Leaping Frog Pana Bang Ranidae LC U 11. Polypedates leucomystax Asian Brown Tree Frog Rhacophoridae LC CR Gecho Bang 12. Polypedates maculatus Indian Tree Frog Gecho Bang Rhacophoridae LC UR Note: Local Status code: CR – Common Resident, C – Common, UR – Uncommon Resident, RR – Rare Resident, V – Vagrant, WV – Winter Visitor; UWV – Uncommon Winter Visitor IUCN Status code: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable

Annex G

List of Reptiles

SL# Scientific Name English Name Local Name Family IUCN Local Status Status 1. Pangshura tectum Indian Roofed Turtle Kori/Hali Kasim Bataguridae - C 2. Pangshura tentoria Median Roofed Turtle Kaitta Bataguridae LC U 3. Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard Roktochosha Agamidae - CR 4. Gekko gecko Tokay Gecko Tokkhak/Kokkay Gekkonidae - CR 5. Hemidactylus brookii Brooks House Gecko Tiktiki Gekkonidae - CR 6. Hemidactylus Yellow-bellied House Goda Tiktiki - - Gekkonidae - CR flaviviridis Gecko 7. Hemidactylus frenatus Common House Gecko Tiktiki Gekkonidae LC CR 8. Eutropis carinata Keeled Grass skink Anzoni Scincidae LC C 9. Sphenomorphus Spotted Litter skink Anzoni Scincidae LC C maculatus 10. Varanus bengalensis Bengal Monitor Gui Shap Varanidae LC CR 11. Varanus flavescens Yellow Monitor Sona Gui Varanidae LC RR 12. Typhlops jerdoni Jerdon's Blind Snake Sutanoli Shap Typhlopidae - CR 13. Atretium schistosum Olive Keelback Matia Shap Colubridae LC CR 14. Amphiesma stolatum Striped Keelback Chilu Shap Colubridae - CR 15. Enhydris enhydris Common Smooth Water Painna Shap Colubridae LC CR Snake 16. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake Gharginni Shap Colubridae - CR 17. Ptyas mucosus Indian Rat Snake Daraj Shap Colubridae - CR 18. Xenochropis piscator Checkered Keelback Dhora Shap Colubridae - C 19. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait Kal-keute Shap Elapidae - UR 20. Naja naja Spectacled Cobra Khoiya Gokhra Elapidae LC C Shap 21. Naja kaouthia Monocled Cobra Gokhra Shap Elapidae LC RR Note: Local Status code: CR – Common Resident, C – Common, UR – Uncommon Resident, RR – Rare, Resident, V – Vagrant, WV – Winter Visitor; UWV – Uncommon Winter Visitor

Annex H

Status Category and List of Birds

SL# Scientific Name English Name Local Name IUCN Status Local Birdlife Status Status 1. Acridotheres fuscus Jungle Myna Jhuti Shalik LC CR LC 2. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove Tila Ghughu LC CR LC 3. Streptopelia decaocta Eurasian Eurashio LC CR LC Collared Dove Konthighughu 4. Streptopelia Red Turtle Lal LC CR LC tranquebarica Dove Konthighughu 5. Corvus Large-billed Dar Kak LC CR LC macrorhynchos Crow 6. Corvus splendens House Crow Pati Kak LC CR LC 7. Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Modna Tia LC CR LC Parakeet 8. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Dhupni Bok LC CR LC 9. Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Deshi Kanibok LC CR LC Heron 10. Butorides striata Striated Heron Khude Bok LC CR LC 11. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Bhat Shalik LC CR LC 12. Sturnus contra Pied Myna Eshio LC CR LC Pakrashalik 13. Sturnus malabaricus Chestnut-tailed Khoiralej LC CR LC Starling Telshalik 14. Alcedo atthis Common Pati Machranga LC CR LC Kingfisher 15. Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Pakra LC CR LC Machranga 16. Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Dholagola LC CR LC Kingfisher Machranga 17. Passer domesticus House Sparrow Pati Chorui LC CR LC 18. Phalacrocorax carbo Great Boro Pankouri LC CWV LC Cormorant 19. Phalacrocorax Indian Deshi Pankouri LC V LC fuscicollis Cormorant 20. Phalacrocorax niger Little Choto Pankouri LC CR LC Cormorant 21. Copsychus saularis Oriental Udoi Doel LC CR LC Magpie-Robin 22. Amaurornis White-breasted Dholabook LC UR LC phoenicurus Water hen Dahuk 23. Chrysocolaptes Greater Golden Boro LC CR LC lucidus back Kaththokra 24. Dinopium Lesser Golden Bangla LC CR LC benghalense back Kaththokra 25. Dinopium javanense Common Pati Kaththokra LC CR LC Golden back 26. Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo Bokotakou LC CR LC Kokil 27. Motacilla flava Western Yellow Holdey LC CWV LC Wagtail Khonjon 28. Ketupa zeylonensis Brown Fish Owl Khoira LC UR LC Mechopecha 29. Tyto alba Barn Owl Lokkhi Pecha LC UR LC (SA) 30. Athene brama Spotted Owlet Khuruley LC CR LC Kutipecha 31. Nettapas Cotton Pygmy Dhola Balihash LC UR LC coromandelianus Goose 32. Dendrocitta Rufous Treepie Khoira LC CR LC vagabunda Harichacha 33. Orthotomus sutorius Common Pati Tuntuni LC CR LC Tailorbird

SL# Scientific Name English Name Local Name IUCN Status Local Birdlife Status Status 34. Terpsiphone paradisi Asian Paradise- Eshio LC UR LC flycatcher Shabulbuli 35. Ploceus bengalensis Black-breasted Bangla Babui LC UR LC Weaver (DD) 36. Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver Deshi babui LC CR LC 37. Ichthyophaga Grey-headed Metematha NT UR NT ichthyaetus Fish Eagle Kuraeegol 38. Spilornis cheela Crested Serpent Tila Nag-eegol LC CR LC Eagle 39. Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Katua Chil LC UR LC Kite 40. Columba livia Common Gola Paira LC CR LC Pigeon 41. Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded Kalamatha LC CR LC Oriole Benebou 42. Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Shonkho Chil LC CR LC 43. Gallicrex cinerea Water cock Deshi Kora LC UR LC Note: IUCN Status: VU- Vulnerable; EN-Endangered; CR- Critically Endangered; LC-Least Concern Birdlife Global Status: Same as IUCN Status Local Status: CR-Common Resident, UR-Uncommon Resident, CWV- Common Winter Visitor; UWV- Uncommon Winter Visitor

Annex I

List of Mammals

SL# Scientific Name English Name IUCN Status 1. Suncun murinus House shrew LC 2. Megaderma lyra Indian False Vampire LC 3. Pipistrellus coromondra Indian Pipistrelle LC 4. Pipistrellus mimus Pigmy Pipistrelle LC 5. Scotozous dormeri Dormer’s Bat LC 6. Scotophilus kuhlii Lesser yellow Bat LC 7. Canis aureus Indian Jackal LC 8. Vulpes bengalensis Bengal fox LC 9. Viverricula India Small Indian Civet LC 10. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Palm Civet LC 11. Herpestes edwardsi Indian Grey Mongoose LC 12. Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC 13. Rattus rattus House Rat LC 14. Rattus norvegicus Norway Rat LC 15. Mus musculus House Mouse LC 16. Mus booduga Little Indian Field Mouse LC 17. Mus cervicolor Fawn Coloured Mouse LC 18. Bandicota indica Large bandicoot-Rat LC 19. Bandicota bengalensis Lesser Bandicoot Rat or Indian LC Mole-rat Note: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable

Annex J

Fish species diversity of different fish habitats in the study area (based on primary survey)

SL# Scientific Name Local Common/ Habitat Type Breeding Name English Period River Canal Wet name land 1. Labio rohita Rui Rohu P P P April- August 2. Catla catla Catla Katla P P P 3. Ciprinus carpio Carpu A A P 4. Labio calbasu Calbaus Black Rui P P P 5. Wallagu attu Boal P P P 6. Channa panchtatus Taki P P P 7. Mystus vitatus Tangra Striped P P P dwarf Catfish 8. Puntius ticto Puti P P P 9. Lepidosephalus Gutum Guntia Loach P P P guntia 10. Heteropneutes Shing A A P fossilis 11. Clarias batrachus Magur A A P 12. Macrognathus Baim P P P aculatus 13. Amblypharyngodon Mola Indian P P P mola Carplet 14. Chanda baculis Chanda Hymalian P P P glassy perchlet 15. Colisa fasciata Khalisa Stripled P P P Goyrami 16. Chela cachius Chala P P P April– May 17. DeDavario devario Patas P P P 18. Gudusia chapra Chapila P P P One April another August 19. Brachygobius Nuna baila A A A nunus 20. Corica soborna Kaski P P P 21. Chitala chitala Citol Humped P P A Feather back 22. Barbonymus Sorputi P P P gonionotus 23. Ompok pabda Pabda P P P 24. Xenentodon cancila Kakila Freshwater P P P March - Garfish April 25. Glosoglobius guris Baila Tank Gobi P P P May -July 26. Tenualosa ilisha Ilish Hilsa P A A 27. Raja raja Saplamas Kite fish P A A 28. Corica soborna Kachki Ganga P P A River sprat 29. Goniolosa Chapila Ganga river P P P manmina Gigard shad

30. Tenualosa ilisha Ilish Hilsa P P A 31. Aspidoparia jaya Jaya Piali P A A 32. Cirrhinus mrigela Mirka Mrigel P P P 33. C.reba Bata Reba carp P P A 34. Danio dangila Nipati Danggila P A P Danio 35. D.aequipinnatus chebli Giant Danio P A A 36. Esomus danricus Darkina Flying Barb P P A April- May

SL# Scientific Name Local Common/ Habitat Type Breeding Name English Period River Canal Wet name land 37. Garra gotyla Ghor Poia Gotyla P P A 38. Labio bata Bata Bata Labio P P P 39. L.boga Bhangon Boga Labio P P A 40. L .boggut Boggut labio P P A 41. L.nandina Nandil Nandi Labeo P P A 42. L. pangusia Ghora mass Pangusia P P P Labio 43. Puntius cholo Chala puti Chola barb P P P May – October (Peak August) 44. P. conconius Kanchon Red barb P P P May – puti October (Peak August) 45. P.guganio Mola puti Glass barb P P P May – October (Peak August) 46. P.sarana sarputi Olive Barb P P P May – October (Peak August) 47. P. sophori Jat puti Soft fin P P P May – Barb October (Peak August) 48. P.terio Teri Puti One spot P P P May – Barb October (Peak August) 49. P.ticto Tit puti Ticto Barb P P P 50. Rasbora rasbora Leuzza Gangetic P P A darkina Scissortail Rasbora 51. Raiamas bola Bol Indian trout P P A Early Monsoon (April- May) 52. Salmostoma Chela Silver P P P June - acinaces razorbelly September Minnow 53. S. phulo Ful chala Fine Scaled P P P razor Belly Minnow 54. Botia dario Beti Necktie P P P Loach 55. B.dayi Hora Rani Hora Loach P P P 56. Lepidocephalus Puiya P P P guntea 57. Mystus aor Aor Long P P A Monsoon whishkeper (June) Cat fish 58. M. seenghala Guizza Gaint river P P A Early ayer catfish Monsoon (June) 59. Batasio batasio Tangra Tista batasio P P P

SL# Scientific Name Local Common/ Habitat Type Breeding Name English Period River Canal Wet name land 60. Mystus cavasius Golsa Gangatic P P P Mystus 61. M. gulio Guillya Long P P P whiskered cat fish 62. Mystus menoda Gangmagur Menoda P P A Catfish 63. Mystus tengara Bajaritengra Tengara P P A Mystus 64. Ompok Kani pabda Indian P A A Monsoon bimaculatus Buutter Catfish 65. Ompok pabda Modhu Pabdah P A A Monsoon pabda Catfish 66. Ompok pabo Pabda Pabo Catfish P A A 67. Wallago attu Boal Fresh water P P P shark 68. Aila coila Kajoli Gangetic P P A Aila 69. Clupisoma garua Gharua Garua Bacha P P A 70. Clupisoma naziri Muri Bacha Indus Garua P P A 71. Eutropiichthys Bacha Batchwa P P A vacha bacha 72. Pseudeutropius Batashi Indian Potasi P A A atherinoides 73. Bagarius yarrellii Bagghair Gangetic P A A Monsoon Goonch (June) 74. Gagata cenia Cenia Indian P A A Gagata 75. Chaca chaca Cheka Indian Chaka P A A 76. Monopterus cuchia Kuicha Cuchia P P P 77. Chanda nama Nama Elonget P P A Chanda Glassperchlet 78. Pseudambassis Ranga Indian P P A ranga chanda Glassy fish 79. Nandas nandas Meni Mud perch P P P 80. Trypauchen vagina Sada Burrowing P P A chewa goby 81. Anabus testudineus Koi Climbing A P P April -July Perch 82. Ctenops nobilis Neftani Indian P P A paradise fish 83. Channa marulis Gajar Giant P P P April - snakehead June 84. Macrognathus aral Tara baim One –strip A P P spinyeel 85. Macrognathus Baim Striped A P P pancalus Spinyeel 86. Mastacembalus Sal baim Tire-track P P P August - armatus Spinyee September 87. Tetrodon cutcuti Potka Ocellated P P P Pufferfish

Annex K

Socio-Economic Survey Checklist

Annex L

Photo-log of Flora

Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 1 Mandar Tree (Erythrina Photo 2 Jam (Syzygium cumini) Photo 3 Sil Koroi (Albizia

Photo 4 Khajur- Date Tree (Phoneix sylvestris) Photo 5 Mehgani Tree (Swietenia mahagoni) Photo 6 Kathal (Artocarpus heterophyllus) Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 7 Gab Tree (Diospyros perigrina) Photo 8 Narikel (Cocos nucifera) Photo 9 Aam (Mangifera indica)

Photo 10 Thankuni (Centella asitica) Photo 11 Dhekishak (Dryopteris filix-mas) Photo 12 Kachu shak (Alocasia macrorrhiza)

Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 13 Dumur (Ficus hispida) Photo 14 Patabahar (Codiaeum Photo 15 Bash (Bambusa

Photo 16 Kola (Musa acuminate) Photo 17 Lathi bet (Calmus rotung) Photo 18 Tal (Borassus flabelifer) Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 19 Jamrul (Syzygium samarangense) Photo 20 Durba gash (Cynodon dactylon) Photo 21 Kharban (Ficus hispida)

Photo 22 Chalta (Dillenia indica) Photo 23 Krishnachura (Delonix Photo 24 Anarosh (Ananas comosus) Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 25 Jamir Lebu (Feronia jambheri) Photo 26 Patibet (Clinogyne dichotoneus) Photo 27 Lichu (Litchi chinensis)

Photo 28 Jalpai (Elaeocarpu floribundus) Photo 29 Shishu (Dalbergia sissoo) Photo 30 Shimul (Bombax ceiba) Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 31 Papay (Carica papaya) Photo 32 Nishinda (Vitex negundo) Photo 33 Bashak (Justicia adhatoda)

Photo 34 Kolmi (Ipomoea aquatica) Photo 35 Babla (Acacia ) Photo 36 Payara (Psidium guajava) Annex L Photo-log of Flora

Flora in the Study Area

Photo 37 Supari (Areca catechu) Photo 38 Arjun (Terminalia arjuna) Photo 39 Dawa (Artocarpus lakoocha)

Photo 40 Badarlathi (Cassia fistula) Photo 41 Bot (Ficus benghalensis) Photo 42 Hogla (Typha elephantine)

Annex M

Photo-log of Fauna

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Avi-Fauna in the Study Area

The Red Turtle Dove (Streptopelia tranquebarica), also known as the Red Collared Dove, is a small pigeon which is a resident breeding bird in the tropics in the Indian subcontinent.

Streptopelia tranquebarica(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status This dove is essentially a plains species, extending to Taiwan and the Philippines but uncommon on the Malaysian archipelago, avoiding rocky foothill and an oriential species. There is however a summer migration into the broader cultivated valleys of Afghania where it breeds. It is the commonest dove throughout Punjab. It is a summer migrant visitor to India, where it is more or less resident. They prefer better-wooded tracts such as canal or roadside tree plantations and avoid extensive desert regions. When they first arrive they are often in small flocks, but they soon split up and start pain formation and breeding.

Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Spotted Dove (Spilopelia chinensis) is a small and somewhat long-tailed pigeon which is a common resident breeding bird across its native range on the Indian Subcontinent and Southeast Asia. This dove is long tailed buff brown with a white-spotted black collar patch on the back and sides of the neck. The tail tips are white and the wing coverts have light buff spots. The species is found in light forests and gardens as well as in urban areas. It is sometimes also called the Chinese Dove, Mountain Dove, Pearl-necked Dove or Lace-necked Dove..

Streptopelia chinensis(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status The Spotted Dove in its native range in Asia is found across a range of habitats including woodland, scrub, farmland and habitation. In India it tends to be found in the moister regions, with the Laughing Dove (Spilopelia senegalensis) being commoner in the drier areas. These doves are mostly found on the ground where they forage for seeds and grain or on low vegetation. The species has become established in many areas outside its native range. These areas include Hawaii, southern California, Mauritius, Australia and New Zealand. In Australia, they were introduced in Melbourne in the 1860s and have since spread, often replacing native doves. They are now found in streets, parks, gardens, agricultural areas and tropical scrubs, from Hobart, Tasmania, to Cooktown, Queensland, to Port Lincoln, South Australia. they are found in Perth, Pemberton, Kalgoorlie and Esperance, in Western Australia. The original populations appear to be chinensis and tigrina in varying proportions. Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database ( literature review) Information from Local people Others

√ Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The House Crow (Corvus splendens), also known as the Colombo Crow is a common bird of the Crow family that is of Asian origin but now found in many parts of the world, where they arrived assisted by shipping. It is between the Jackdaw and the Carrion Crow in size (40 cm in length) but is relatively slimmer than either. The forehead, crown, throat and upper breast are a richly glossed black, whilst the neck and breast are a lighter grey-brown in colour. The wings, tail and legs are black. There are regional variations in the thickness of the bill and the depth of colour in areas of the plumage. Corvus splendens(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status It has a widespread distribution in southern Asia, being native to Nepal, Bangladesh, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Maldives and Laccadive Islands, South West Thailand and coastal southern Iran. It has been introduced to East Africa around Zanzibar (around 1897) and Port Sudan, and arrived in Australia via ship but has up to now been exterminated. Recently it has made its arrival in Europe, and has been breeding in the Hook of Holland since 1998 An individual of this species has been present in Cork Harbour on the south coast of Ireland since early September 2010. It is associated with human settlements in all of it’s rang, from small villages to large cities. In Singapore there was a density of 190 birds/km2 in 2001 with efforts to suppress the population in planning. The invasive potential for the species is great all over the tropics. This species is able to make use of resources with great flexibility and appears to be associated with humans, and no populations are known to exist independently of humans. Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database ( literature Information from Local people Others review) √ Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Jungle Myna (Acridotheres fuscus), is a myna, a member of the starling family. The Jungle Myna builds a nest in hole. The normal clutch is 3-6 eggs. These 23 cm long birds have grey plumage, darker on the head and wings. There are large white wing patches obvious in flight, and a white tail tip. The head has a forehead tuft. The bill and strong legs are bright yellow, and there is no bare skin around eye. The sexes are similar, but juveniles are browner.

Acridotheres fuscus(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status This common passerine is typically found in forest and cultivation. This bird is a common resident breeder in tropical southern Asia from Bangladesh, Pakistan, India and Burma east to Indonesia. They are usually found close to water or rice fields. The southern Indian race has a blue iris. Like most starlings, the Jungle Myna is fairly omnivorous, eating fruit, grain and insects. In many parts of Asia, they are kept as pets. As a result, escaped birds have formed feral populations in many countries such as Taiwan. Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Indian Pond Heron or Paddybird (Ardeola grayii) is a small heron. It is of Old World origins, breeding in southern Iran and east to India, Burma, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. They are widespread and common but can be easily missed when they stalk prey at the edge of small water-bodies or even when they roost close to human habitations. They are however distinctive when put to flight, the bright white wings flashing in contrast to the cryptic streaked olive and brown colours of the body.

Ardeola grayii (Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status

They appear stocky with a short neck, short thick bill and buff-brown back. In summer, adults have long neck feathers. Its appearance is transformed from their dull colours when they take to flight, when the white of the wings makes them very prominent.

They are very common in India, and are usually solitary foragers but numbers of them may sometimes feed in close proximity during the dry seasons when small wetlands have a high concentration of prey. They are semi-colonial breeders. They may also forage at garbage heaps. During dry seasons, they sometimes take to foraging on well watered lawns or even dry grassland. They sometimes form communal roosts, often in avenue trees over busy urban areas. Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Common Kingfisher (Alcedo atthis), also known as Eurasian Kingfisher or River Kingfisher, is a small kingfisher with seven subspecies recognized within its wide distribution across Eurasia and North Africa. It is resident in much of its range, but migrates from areas where rivers freeze in winter.

This sparrow-sized bird has the typical short-tailed, large-headed kingfisher profile; it has blue upperparts, orange under parts and a long bill. It feeds mainly on fish, caught by diving, and has special visual adaption’s to enable it to see prey under water. Alcedo atthis (Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status The Common Kingfisher is widely distributed over Europe, Asia, and North Africa. It is a common breeding species over much of its vast Eurasian range, but in North Africa it is mainly a winter visitor, although it is a scarce breeding resident in coastal Morocco and Tunisia. In temperate regions, this kingfisher inhabits clear, slow-flowing streams and rivers, and lakes with well-vegetated banks.

Common Kingfishers are important members of ecosystems and good indicators of freshwater community health. The highest densities of breeding birds are found in habitats with clear water, which permits optimal prey visibility, and trees or shrubs on the banks. These habitats have also the highest quality of water, so the presence of this bird confirms the standard of the water. Most birds winter within the southern parts of the breeding range, but smaller numbers cross the Mediterranean into Africa or travel over the mountains of Malaysia into Southeast Asia. Local Status ( Ecological Survey)

Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √ Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The House Sparrow (Passer domesticus) is a bird of the sparrow family Passeridae, found in most parts of the world. A small bird, it has a typical length of 16 centimetres (6.3 in) and a weight of 24–39.5 grams (0.85–1.39 oz). Females and young birds are coloured pale brown and grey, and males have brighter black, white, and brown markings. The House Sparrow is strongly associated with human habitations, and can live in urban or rural settings.

Passer domesticus (Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status The House Sparrow originated in the Middle East and spread, along with agriculture, to most of Eurasia and parts of North Africa. Since the mid-nineteenth century, it has reached most of the world, due chiefly to deliberate introductions, but also through natural dispersal and shipborne travel. Its introduced range encompasses most of North America, Central America, southern South America, Southern Africa, part of West Africa, Australia, New Zealand, and islands throughout the world. The House Sparrow has become highly successful in most parts of the world where it has been introduced. This is mostly due to its early adaptation to living with humans, and its adaptability to a wide range of conditions. Though found in widely varied habitats and climates, it typically avoids extensive woodlands, grasslands, and deserts away from human development. The House Sparrow is closely associated with human habitations and cultivation. It is not the obligate commensal of humans some have suggested it is, as Central Asian birds usually breed away from humans in open country and birds elsewhere are found away from humans. Local Status ( Ecological Survey) Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √ Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Oriental Magpie-Robin (Copsychus saularis) is a small passerine bird that was formerly classed as a member of the thrush family Turdidae, but now considered an Old World flycatcher. They are distinctive black and white birds with a long tail that is held upright as they forage on the ground or perch conspicuously. They are particularly well known for their songs and were once popular as cagebirds.

Copsychus saularis (Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status

Distributed in most of the Indian Subcontinent and parts of Southeast Asia, they are common birds in urban gardens as well as forests. This magpie-robin is a resident breeder in tropical southern Asia from Bangladesh, interior India, Sri Lanka and eastern Pakistan east to Indonesia, Thailand, south China, Malaysia, Singapore and the Philippines.They have been introduced to Australia.

The Oriental Magpie-Robin is found in open woodland, cultivated areas often close to human habitations. Local Status ( Ecological Survey) Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Black-rumped Flameback (Dinopium benghalense), also known as the Lesser Golden-backed Woodpecker or Lesser Goldenback, is a woodpecker found widely distributed in the Indian Subcontinent. It is one of the few woodpeckers that are seen in urban areas. It has a characteristic rattling-whinnying call and an undulating flight. It is the only golden-backed woodpecker with a black throat and black rump.

Dinopium benghalense(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status This flameback is found mainly on the plains going up to an elevation of about 1200m in Pakistan, India south of the Himalayas and east till the western Assam valley and Meghalaya, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. It is associated with open forest and cultivation. They are often seen in urban areas with wooded avenues. It is somewhat rare in the Kutch and desert region of Rajasthan.

Local Status ( Ecological Survey) Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex M Photo-log of Fauna

Fauna in the Study Area

The Baya Weaver (Ploceus philippinus) is sparrow-sized (15 cm) and in their non-breeding plumage, both males and females resemble female house sparrows. Non-breeding males and females look alike, dark brown streaked fulvous buff above, plain (unstreaked) whitish fulvous below, eyebrow long and buff coloured, bill is horn coloured and no mask. Breeding males have a bright yellow crown, dark brown mask, blackish brown bill, upper parts are dark brown streaked with yellow, with a yellow breast and cream buff below.

Ploceus philippinus(Photo Source: www.wikipedia.com) Habitat, distribution and status The Baya Weaver is a weaverbird found across South and Southeast Asia. Flocks of these birds are found in grasslands, cultivated areas, scrub and secondary growth. They are best known for their hanging retort shaped nests woven from leaves. These nest colonies are usually found on thorny trees or palm fronds and the nests are often built near water or hanging over water where predators cannot reach easily. The nominate race philippinus is found through much of mainland India while burmanicus is found eastwards into Southeast Asia. They are known to glean paddy and other grain in harvested fields, and occasionally damage ripening crops and are therefore sometimes considered as pests. They roost in reed-beds bordering water bodies. They depend on wild grasses such as Guinea Grass (Panicum maximum) as well as crops like rice for both their food (feeding on seedlings in the germination stage as well as on early stages of grain and nesting material). Local Status ( Ecological Survey) Seen Not seen Recorded from secondary database Information from Local people Others ( literature review) √

Annex N

Baseline Monitoring

Annex N Baseline Monitoring

Photo 1: GW Sample Source (South Kutba Primary School) Photo 2: On-site Testing of Water Sample Photo 3: Traffic Survey of Dehular Canal

Photo 4 :Road Traffic Survey near Kheyaghat Photo 5: Road Traffic Survey (LGED Road) Photo 6: Soil Sample Collection

Baseline Monitoring

Annex N Baseline Monitoring

Photo 7: Soil Sampling and Sample Recording Photo 8: On-site Testing of Surface Water Sample Photo 9: Noise Monitoring

Photo 10: Noise Monitoring Photo 11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Photo 12: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Baseline Monitoring

Annex O

Stakeholder Consultations

Annex O Stakeholder Consultations

Photo 1: Consultation at the LGED Office Photo 2: Consultation at the Fisheries Department Photo 3: Consultation at the Agriculture Department

Photo 6: Consultation at the department of Social Welfare Photo 4 :Consultation at the District Commissioner’s Office Photo 5: Data Collection at the Statistical Department Services

Stakeholder Consultation for Bhola Baseline Assessment

Annex O Stakeholder Consultations

Photo 7: Consultation at the healthcare department Photo 8: Consultation as part of the socio-economic survey Photo 9: Consultation with the Burhanuddin Puroshabha Mayor

Photo 10: Consultation with the Burhanuddin Upazila Photo 11: Consultation with sharecropper at the project area - I Photo 12: Consultation at ASHA office, Burhanuddin Chairman

Stakeholder Consultation for Bhola Baseline Assessment

Annex O Stakeholder Consultations

Photo 15: Land Related Data Collection from District Photo 13: Consultation at Coast Office Photo 14: Consultation with management of BAPEX Commissioner Office

Photo 16: Consultation with Union members and Photo 17: Consultation with Land Losers Photo 18: Consultation with Sharecroppers in the project area-II representatives

Stakeholder Consultation for Bhola Baseline Assessment

Annex P

Approach and Methodology adopted for Impact Assessment

M1 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

The key impact identification and assessment process is presented in Figure 1.1. Figure 1.1 Impact Identification and Evaluation Process

Mitigate/ Residual Predict Evaluate Enhance Impacts

What could happen Is it important? What can be done Is there still a as a consequence of (significance) about it? significant impact? doing what is proposed?

M1.1 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

Prediction of impacts is essentially an objective exercise to determine what could potentially happen to the environment as a consequence of the project and its associated activities. The diverse range of potential impacts considered in the IA process results in a wide range of prediction methods being used including quantitative, semi-quantitative and qualitative techniques.

The types of impacts considered have been categorised according to various characteristics (e.g. are they detrimental or beneficial, direct or indirect etc). The various types of impacts that may arise, and the terms used in this assessment are shown in Table 1.1. It is important to note that impact prediction takes into account any mitigation or control measures that are already included as part of the Project design. Any additional measures aimed at further reducing predicted impacts are proposed where necessary or appropriate. Table 1.1 Impact Assessment Terminology

Term Definition Impact Nature Negative Impact An impact that is considered to represent an adverse change from the baseline, or introduces a new undesirable factor. Positive Impact An impact that is considered to represent an improvement on the baseline or introduces a new desirable factor Neutral Impact An impact that is considered to represent neither an improvement nor deterioration in baseline conditions Impact Type Direct Impact Impacts that result from a direct interaction between a planned project activity and the receiving environment (e.g. discharge of muds and cuttings and the resultant loss of benthic habitat) Secondary Impact Impacts that follow on from the primary interactions between the project and its environment as a result of subsequent interactions within the

Term Definition environment (e.g. loss of part of a habitat affects the viability of a species population over a wider area) Indirect Impact Impacts that result from other activities that are encouraged to occur as a consequence of the Project (e.g. presence of project promotes service industries in the region) Cumulative Impact Impacts that combine with other impacts to affect the same environmental resource or receptor Residual Impact Impacts that remain after mitigation measures have been designed into the intended activity Impact Duration Temporary* Impacts are predicted to be of short duration and intermittent/ occasional in nature Short-term* Impacts that are predicted to last only for a limited period (e.g. during construction) but will cease on completion of the activity, or as a result of mitigation/ reinstatement measures and natural recovery Long-term* Impacts that will continue over an extended period (e.g. operational noise) but cease when the Project stops operating. These will include impacts that may be intermittent or repeated rather than continuous if they occur over an extended time period Permanent+ Impacts that occur once on development of the Project and cause a permanent change in the affected receptor or resource (e.g. the destruction of a cultural artefact or loss of a sensitive habitat) that endures substantially beyond the Project lifetime * Reversible impacts + Irreversible impacts Impact Extent Local Impacts are on a local scale (e.g. restricted to the vicinity of the plant, or transport route etc.) Regional Impacts are on a regional scale (effects extend well beyond the immediate vicinity of the facilities and affect a broader region) National/ Global Impacts are on a global scale (e.g. global warming, depletion of the ozone layer) Impact Magnitude Magnitude Estimate of the size of the impact (e.g. the size of the area damaged or impacted, the % of a resource that is lost or affected etc.)

M1.2 EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

In evaluating the significance (i.e. importance) of impacts, the following factors have been taken into consideration:

• Impact Severity: The severity of an impact is a function of a range of considerations including magnitude, duration (reversibility), extent, and legal and guideline compliance;

• Nature and sensitivity of the receiving environment: The characteristics of the receptor/ resource will be taken into consideration with respect to its vulnerability/ sensitivity to an impact/ change.

For unplanned/ accidental events, the impact evaluation also considered:

• Likelihood of Occurrence: how likely or probable is the impact to occur.

M1.2.1 Severity Criteria

In evaluating the severity of environmental impacts, the following factors have been taken into consideration:

• Impact Magnitude: The magnitude of the change that is induced (i.e. % of a resource that is lost; the predicted increase in ambient pollutant levels etc.);

• Impact Duration: The time period over which the impact is expected to last, including the time it takes for the environment to recover from the impact;

• Impact Extent: The geographical extent of the induced change; and

• Regulations, Standards & Guidelines: The regulations (e.g. discharge limits), standards (e.g. environmental quality criteria) and guidelines in place which limit or mitigate the severity of the impact.

Where quantification of potential impacts was possible, derived severity criteria have been based on numerical values, representing regulatory limits, project standards or guidelines (e.g. air quality and noise impacts).

Some environmental aspects require a more qualitative approach for determination of severity due to the absence of statutory limits or universally applicable standards against which potential impacts can be evaluated. Semi- quantitative methods have therefore been used whereby the criteria were set according to a combination of the value or sensitivity or the resource affected and the magnitude of the effect on it. Topic-specific impact severity criteria that have been used in evaluating environmental impacts are included in the relevant assessment chapters.

Using the above information, impact severity has been categorised using the following qualitative scale:

• No Change; • Slight; • Low; • Medium; and • High.

M1.2.2 Nature and Sensitivity of the Receiving Environment

The nature, importance (i.e. is it of local, national, regional or international importance) and sensitivity to change of the receptors or resources that could be affected has been defined as an outcome of the baseline study. Receptor sensitivity criteria are presented in Table 1.2. Table 1.2 Receptor Sensitivity Criteria

Sensitivity Definition Overall

Abundance State Adaptability Value

Resilient Common/ Good and Robust Readily able Valued but Low Abundant, same – already to adapt and not as unique everywhere experienced absorb with similar change no difficulty and fully embraced

Moderately Reasonably Experienced Able to Valued by few Low resilient common in similar change absorb/ individuals in Medium surrounding area and largely adapt with present state adapted/absorbed only small without much effort difficulty

Partially Range/abundance Experiencing May Valued locally Medium resilient restricted to a few some pressure and adapt/absorb in its present locations in responding slowly change but state surrounding area with difficulty with some difficulty

Sensitive Rare with some Under pressure Fragile to Highly valued Medium unique elements and showing signs change, will locally and High of stress not adapt regionally readily Highly Very rare and Under significant Intolerable to Significant High Vulnerable unique pressure and further intrinsic and likely to fail pressure – extrinsic will change value, locally, irreparably nationally and internationally Resilient Common/ Good and Robust Readily able Valued but Low Abundant, same – already to adapt and not as unique everywhere experienced absorb with similar change no difficulty and fully embraced Moderately Reasonably Experienced Able to Valued by few Low resilient common in similar change absorb/ individuals in Medium surrounding area and largely adapt with present state adapted/absorbed only small without much effort difficulty

Partially Range/abundance Experiencing May Valued locally Medium resilient restricted to a few some pressure and adapt/absorb in its present locations in responding slowly change but state surrounding area with difficulty with some difficulty

Sensitive Rare with some Under pressure Fragile to Highly valued Medium unique elements and showing signs change, will locally and High of stress not adapt regionally readily

Highly Very rare and Under significant Intolerable to Significant High Vulnerable unique pressure and further intrinsic and likely to fail pressure – extrinsic will change value, locally, irreparably nationally and internationally

M1.2.3 Likelihood of Occurrence

For unplanned events (i.e. accidental spills etc), the likelihood (probability) of an event occurring is taken into consideration. Such likelihood follows a qualitative scale of probability categories as described in Table 1.3. Table 1.3 Likelihood Categories

Likelihood Definition Extremely Practically impossible – this event is very unlikely to occur under normal unlikely operating conditions, but may occur in exceptional circumstances.

Unlikely Not likely to occur – the event is unlikely but may occur at some time during normal operating conditions

Low Likelihood Possibility of occurring some time – the event is likely to occur at some time during normal operating conditions

Medium Possibility of isolated incidents – the event is very likely to occur during Likelihood normal operating conditions

High Likelihood/ Possibility of repeated incidents – this event will occur during normal Inevitable operating conditions (is inevitable)

Likelihood is estimated on the basis of experience, stakeholder interviews, best professional judgement and/ or evidence that such an outcome has previously occurred. Impacts resulting from routine/ planned events (i.e. normal operations) are classified as having a high likelihood of occurrence.

M1.2.4 Evaluation of Significance

Using the above, the significance of impact of planned events (i.e. underwater sound etc) is determined by comparing the impact severity against the sensitivity of the receptor in the impact significance matrix provided in Figure 1.2. Figure 1.2 Determining the Significance of Impacts of Planned Events

Sensitivity of Receptor

Low Low-Medium Medium Medium-High High

No Change Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

Slight Negligible Negligible Negligible Minor Minor

Low Negligible Negligible Minor Minor Moderate Impact Severity Medium Negligible Minor Minor Moderate Moderate

High Minor Moderate Moderate Major Major

For unplanned events (e.g. accidents and spills etc), impact severity is compared against the likelihood of impacts to determine impact significance. This significance matrix is presented in Figure 1.3. Figure 1.3 Determining the Significance of Impacts of Unplanned Events

Impact Likelihood

High Extremely Low Medium Unlikely Likelihood/ Unlikely Likelihood Likelihood Inevitable

No Change Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

Negligible - Slight Negligible Negligible Negligible Minor Minor

Minor - Low Negligible Minor Minor Moderate Moderate

Impact Severity Minor - Medium Minor Moderate Major Major Moderate

Minor - Moderate - High Major Major Critical Moderate Major

Significance definitions are defined in Figure 1.4 (i.e. relative ranking of importance). Figure 1.4 Definition of Impacts

Significance Definition An impact that is considered to represent an improvement on the baseline or Positive Impact introduces a new desirable factor

Negligible Impact Magnitude of change comparable to natural variation

Minor Impact Detectable but not significant

Moderate Impact Significant; amenable to mitigation; should be mitigated where practicable

Major Impact Significant; amenable to mitigation; must be mitigated

Intolerable; not amenable to mitigation; alternatives must be identified; "project Critical Impact stopper"

Impacts assessed as Negligible or Minor will require no additional management or mitigation measures (on the basis that the magnitude of the impact is sufficiently small, or that the receptor is of low sensitivity and/ or that adequate controls are already included in the project design). Negligible and Minor impacts are therefore deemed to be “Insignificant” and fall within the “No Action” criterion.

Impacts evaluated as Moderate or Major require the implementation of further management or mitigation measures. Major and Moderate impacts are therefore deemed to be “Significant”.

Major impacts always require further management or mitigation measures to minimize or reduce the impact to an acceptable level. An “acceptable level” is the reduction of a Major impact to a Moderate one after mitigation.

In seeking to mitigate Moderate impacts, the emphasis is on demonstrating that the impact has been reduced to a level that is as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP1). It will not always be practical to reduce Moderate impacts to Minor ones in consideration of the cost-ineffectiveness of such an approach (due to the diminishing return of a reduction of impact versus cost).

Impacts evaluated as Critical cannot be managed or mitigated and require the identification of alternatives (elimination of source of potential impact). Such impacts are Intolerable and could potentially result in abandonment of a project (potential “project stoppers”).

M1.3 MITIGATION & ENHANCEMENT

The Impact Assessment process is intended to reduce the negative impacts and enhance the benefits of an intended activity by identifying potential impacts and benefits and the ways of dealing with them during the planning and design stages of the project. Planned mitigation measures will be described; additional mitigation measures/ controls will be recommended where impacts are considered unacceptable. Recommended post-project monitoring will be identified and included in the separate Environmental Management Plan.

In this assessment the mitigation hierarchy for planned events is as follows:

• Avoid at source/ reduce at source: Avoiding or reducing at source is essentially designing the Project so that a feature causing an impact is designed out or altered;

• Abate at site: This involves adding something to the basic design to abate the impact – pollution control falls within this category;

• Abate at receptor: If an impact can not be abated on site then measures can be implemented off site;

• Repair or remedy: Some impacts involve unavoidable damage to a resource. Repair involves restoration and reinstatement type measures; and

• Compensate in Kind/ compensate through other means: Where mitigation approaches are not possible or fully effective, then compensation for loss or damage might be appropriate.

(1) ALARP has been defined as an impact that is tolerable only if risk reduction is impracticable or if the cost involved in (1) reducing the risk further would be grossly disproportionate to the benefit gained.

M1.4 RESIDUAL IMPACTS

In some cases, it may only be possible to reduce the impact to a certain degree. These impacts are therefore residual in the sense that they remain after mitigation measures have been designed into the intended activity. In this assessment residual impacts have been identified and their significance evaluated.

Annex Q

Applicable Standards

N1 STANDARDS

N1.1 SOIL QUALITY

Table 1.1 Target values and soil remediation intervention values and background concentrations soil/sediment and groundwater for metals

Metals EARTH/SEDIMENT (mg/kg dry matter) Dutch National Target Value Intervention Value background concentration (BC) (incl. BC) Antimony 3 3 15 Arsenic 29 29 55 Barium 160 160 625 Cadmium 0.8 0.8 12 Cobalt 100 100 380 Copper 9 9 240 Mercury 0.3 0.3 10 Lead 85 85 530 Molybdenum 0.5 3 200 Nickel 35 35 210 Zinc 140 140 720 Source: Dutch Ministry of Public Housing, Land-use and Environmental Guidelines Soil and Groundwater Standards, 2009 Note: Values for soil/sediment have been expressed as the concentration in a standard soil (10% organic matter and 25% clay).

N1.2 WATER QUALITY

Table 1.2 Bangladesh Standards for inland surface water

Best Practice based classification Parameter pH BOD DO Total Coliform mg/l mg/l number/100 Source of drinking water for supply only 6.5-8.5 2 or less 6 or 50 or less after disinfecting above Water usable for recreational activity 6.5 – 8.5 3 or less 5 or more 200 or less Source of drinking water for supply after 6.5 – 8.5 6 or less 6 or more 5000 or less conventional treatment Water usable by fisheries 6.5 – 8.5 6 or less 5 or more - Water usable by various process and 6.5 – 8.5 10 or 5 or more 5000 or less cooling industries less Water usable for irrigation 6.5 – 8.5 10 or 5 or more 1000 or less less Source: Rule 12, Schedule-3, E.C.R.1997, Bangladesh

Table 1.3 Bangladesh Standards for Drinking Water

Parameter Unit Standards Aluminum mg/l 0.2 Ammonia (NH3) mg/l 0.5 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 Balium mg/l 0.01 Benzene mg/l 0.01 BOD5 20°C mg/l 0.2 Boron mg/l 1.0

Parameter Unit Standards Cadmium mg/l 0.005 Calcium mg/l 75 Chloride mg/l 150 – 600 Chlorinated alkanes mg/l 0.01 carbontetrachloride 1.1dichloroethylene mg/l 0.001 1.2dichloroethylene mg/l 0.03 tetrachloroethylene mg/l 0.03 trichloroethylene mg/l 0.09 Chlorinated phenols- mg/l 0.03 pentachlorophenol 2.4.6 trichlorophenol mg/l 0.03 Chlorine (residual) mg/l 0.2 Chloroform mg/l 0.09 Chromium (hexavalent) mg/l 0.05 Chromium (total) mg/l 0.05 COD mg/l 4 Coliform (fecal) n/100 ml 0 Coliform (total) n/100 ml 0 Color Hazen unit 15 Copper mg/l mg/l 1 Cyanide mg/l 0.1 Detergents mg/l 0.2 DO mg/l 6 Fluoride mg/l 1 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 200 – 500 Iron mg/l 0.3 – 1.0 Kjeldahl Nitrogen (total) mg/l 1 Lead mg/l 0.05 Magnesium mg/l 30 – 35 Manganese mg/l 0.1 Mercury mg/l 0.001 Nickel mg/l 0.1 Nitrate mg/l 10 Nitrite mg/l <1 Odor mg/l Odorless Oil and grease mg/l 0.01 pH mg/l 6.5 – 8.5 Phenolic compounds mg/l 0.002 Phosphate mg/l 6 Phosphorus mg/l 0 Potassium mg/l 12 Radioactive materials (gross alpha Bq/l 0.01 activity) Radioactive materials Bq/l 0.1 (gross beta activity) Selenium mg/l 0.01 Silver mg/l 0.02 Sodium mg/l 200 Suspended particulate matters mg/l 10 Sulfide mg/l 0 Sulfate mg/l 400 Total dissolved solids mg/l 1000 Temperature °C 20-30 Tin mg/l 2 Turbidity JTU 10 Zinc mg/l 5 Source: Rule 12, Schedule-3, E.C.R.1997, Bangladesh

N1.3 EFFLUENT

Table 1.4 IFC Effluent Guidelines

Parameter Unit Maximum Allowable Value for Discharge in Surface Water pH - 6.0 – 9.0 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/l 50 Oil and Grease mg/l 10 Total Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.2 Chromium (total) mg/l 0.5 Copper mg/l 0.5 Iron mg/l 1.0 Zinc mg/l 1.0 Lead mg/l 0.5 Cadmium mg/l 0.1 Mercury mg/l 0.005 Arsenic mg/l 0.5 Temperature increase by °C • Site specific requirement to be established by the thermal discharge from EA. cooling system • Elevated temperature areas due to discharge of once-through cooling water(e.g., 1 Celsius above, 2 Celsius above, 3 Celsius above ambient water temperature) should be minimized by adjusting intake and outfall design through the project specific EA depending on the sensitive aquatic ecosystems around the discharge point. Source: IFC EHS guideline for thermal power plant, 19 Dec, 2008

Table 1.5 Bangladesh Standards for waste from industrial units or project waste

Parameter Unit Inland Surface water Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 50 (as elementary N) Ammonia (as free ammonia) mg/l 5 Arsenic mg/l 0.2 BOD5 at 20oC mg/l 50 Boron mg/l 2 Cadmium (as CD) mg/l 0.50 Chloride mg/l 600 Chromium (as total Cr) ,, mg/l 0.5 COD mg/l 200 Chromium (as hexavalent Cr) mg/l 0.5 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.5 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/l 4.5 – 8 13 Electro-conductivity (EC) micro mho/ cm 1200 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 2100 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 2 Sulfide (as S) mg/l 1 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 2 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) mg/l 100 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.1 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 5 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.1 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 1.0 Nitrate (as elementary N) mg/l 10 Oil and Grease mg/l 10 Phenolic Compounds (as mg/l 1.0 C6H5OH)

Parameter Unit Inland Surface water Dissolved Phosphorus (as P) mg/l 8 pH 6 – 9 Selenium (as Se) mg/l mg/l 0.05 Zinc (as Zn) Mg/l 5 Temperature °C Summer - 40 °C Winter - 45 Suspended Solids (SS) mg/l 150 Cyanide (as Cn) mg/l 0.1 Source: Rule- 13, Schedule-10-, E.C.R.1997, Bangladesh

N1.4 SEWAGE

Table 1.6 IFC Indicative values for treated sanitary Sewage Discharges

Pollutants Units Guideline Values pH 6 – 9 BOD mg/l 30 COD mg/l 125 Total nitrogen mg/l 10 Total phosphorus mg/l 2 Oil and grease mg/l 10 Total suspended solids mg/l 50 Total coliform bacteria MPN / 100 ml 400 Source: IFC EHS General Guidelines 30 April, 2007

Table 1.7 Bangladesh standards for sewage discharge

Parameter Unit Standard Limit for discharge into surface and inland water bodies BOD mg/l 40 Nitrate mg/l 250 Phosphate mg/l 35 Suspended Solids (SS) mg/l 100 Temperature °C 30 Coliform number per 100 ml 1000 Source: Rule- 12, Schedule-9, E.C.R.1997, Bangladesh

N1.5 AIR EMISSIONS

Table 1.8 WHO* Ambient Air Quality Guidelines

Parameters Guideline Value Averaging Period PM 10 (µg/m3) 20 annual 50 24 hour PM 2.5 (µg/m3) 10 annual 25 24hour NOx 40 annual 200 1 hour SOx 20 24 hour Source: WHO guideline available at www.who.int/en * World Heakth Organization (WHO) Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (2005 and 2000), which are also being referred in the World Bank and IFC’s General EHS Guidelines (2007)

Table 1.9 Bangladesh Air Quality Standards for gaseous emissions from industries or projects

Parameter Standard Average Time Carbon Monoxide (mg/m3) 10 8 hour 40 1 hour SPM (µg/m3) 200 8 hour PM 10 (µg/m3) 50 Annual 150 24 hour PM2.5 (µg/m3) 15 Annual 65 24 hour NOx (µg/m3) 100 Annual Ozone (µg/m3) 235 1 hour 157 8 hour SOx (µg/m3) 80 annual 365 24 hour Source: Bangladesh Gazette 19th July, 2005 under ECR 1997

N1.6 NOISE

Table 1.10 Bangladesh standards for Sound

Category of Areas Day (dBA) Night (dBA) Silent Zone* 45 35 Residential Area 50 40 Mixed Area** 60 50 Commercial Area 70 60 Industrial Area 75 70 Source: Rule- 12, Schedule-4, E.C.R.1997, Bangladesh * Area upto radius of 100 m around hospitals or educational institutions or special institutions/establishments identified/to be identified by the government designated as silent zone where use of horns of vehicles or other audio signals, and loudspeakers are prohibited) ** Mainly residential area, and also simultaneously used for commercial and industrial purposes

Table 1.11 The WB/IFC Noise Level Guidelines*

Receptor One Hour LAeq (dBA) Daytime (07:00 – 22:00) Night time (22:00 – 07:00) Residential, institutional, 55 45 educational** Industrial, commercial 70 70 * Guidelines values are for noise levels measured out of doors. Source: Guidelines for Community Noise, World Health Organization (WHO), 1999. ** For acceptable indoor noise levels for residential, institutional, and educational settings refer to WHO (1999). Source: IFC EHS General Guidelines 30 April, 2007

N1.7 AIR EMISSION

Table 1.12 The WB/IFC Emission Guidelines for Combustion Turbines

Combustion Turbine Particulate Matter SO2 NOx Dry Gas, Excess O2 (PM) Content Natural Gas (all turbine types of N/A N/A 51 15% Unit > 50 MWth) mg/Nm3 (25 ppm) Source: IFC EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants, December 19, 2008

Annex R

Minutes of Stakeholder Consultation

Basic details Location: Local Government and Engineering Date: 30.5.12 Department (LGED), Bhola Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 11:00 AM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Mr. Provas Kumar LGED Executive +88-01712788891 Biswas Engineer 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074 5 Mr. Md. Alim Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01723628840 6 Mr. Rasel Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01716651652 7 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive Director +88-01956726522

Key points discussed: • The implication of the project on the district and how people will benefit from it • Key role of LGED in the infrastructural development in Bhola • What are the different avenues that LGED participates and work • Understanding on the road network in and around the project Site • Assistance (if any) that would be provided by LGED to the project proponent for construction of the road • Understanding on the land acquisition process for obtaining the Right of Way (RoW) for the proposed approach road • General types of Opposition (if any) faced when acquiring land for road construction in Bhola. If any form of opposition has come to their notice in regards to land acquisition of the approach road specific to the project • Has LGED worked with any multilateral donor agency such as World Bank, ADB etc. before and are they aware of their systems and procedures on sustainability and managing environmental and social impact

Detailed Notes of Discussion • The project is seen as a very positive step towards not only the development of Bhola but also for Bangladesh as the combined power output is expected to be the largest in the country in gas fired power plants. It is projected to meet a significant power demand from both Bhola and Bangladesh. • The LGED is responsible for engineering and construction of governmental infrastructure projects especially feeder roads in Bhola. They also work in sanitation as well as post disaster reconstruction. • LGED is purely a governmental agency that works on the directive from the government and does not participate in any regulatory or decision making process with related to private development. However, in case a private agency is free to consult the LGED for any infrastructural development, but under their own jurisdiction • In specific to the approach road development for the project, no major opposition to the land acquisition process has come to their notice yet as the RoW is yet to be acquired. Most of the opposition in Bhola with regards to road construction are actually land related and destruction of crop and property, but the significance/importance of the project and proper compensation factorize the opposition to a large extent.

• LGED has worked on World Bank projects especially with respect to road development. • Close out with a note of thanks

Data Collected: No data collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Department of Fisheries, Bhola Date: 30.5.12 District Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Pritish Kumar Mallik Department of District Fisheries 01717008647 Fisheries, Bhola Officer District 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074 5 Mr. Md. Alim Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01723628840 6 Mr. Rasel Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01716651652 7 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive Director +88-01956726522

Key points discussed: • Role and responsibility of the local fisheries departments and how is the department structured • Where are the primary fishing point/ports/sanctuary located in and around in Bhola • Fishing production in Bhola and contribution to its GDP. • Fish export status from Bhola to other district • Understanding on the Fishermen community status • Fisheries resources in and around Dehular canal • Status of fishing at the canal • Any envisaged impacts on the aquatic population in the canal from the release of hot water into the stream

Detailed Note of Discussion • The fisheries department is headed by the Director General at the central government level, under which there are directors at divisional and district levels. It is further segregated into District Officers, Sub-Officers and Field Assistants • The primary fishing ports are located in the Meghna and Tetuliya rivers that flow around Bhola. Major ports are located in Meghna River. • Two types of fishing culture are practiced in Bhola, one is culture and other is capture. Crabs are primarily cultured in local ponds, lakes and backwaters whereas the mainstay fish Hilsa is captured from the Meghna and Tetuliya rivers. • Fishing is the second most contributors to the local GDP after agriculture. Almost 27% of the total Hilsa in Bangladesh is captured and exported from Bhola. Presently, there are 140 centres or collection points catering to almost 2000 fishermen. The catch is estimated at 1.2 lac ton of Hilsa in Bhola in a year. • The fisherman community use primitive fishing practices for capturing fish. They primarily sell to middlemen and tout who thereafter sell it to the wholesalers, in the market or to retailers. Because of this reason the income levels are relatively low even during the peak season with a family of 4 earning as much as Tk 10,000-15000. During the lean season, majority of the same shift to agricultural practices. Also, it is not uncommon to find most fishermen also involved in agriculture simultaneously to fishing. • The Dehular canal is not a major fishing location with any major catch of Hilsa in and around the area. The fishes caught from this canal are primarily for self consumption. • The only negative impact to be controlled from the project is the proper release of hot water (plume water) from the power plant and to ensure that the temperature variation between the same and the surrounding water is not more then 3degree centigrade.

Data Collected Fisheries Data for Bhola for the previous calendar year was collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Agriculture Extension office- Bhola Date: 31.05.2012 District Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Mr. Santi Ranjan Mondal Department of Deputy Director 01718597535 Agriculture Extension 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074 5 Mr. Md. Alim Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01723628840 6 Mr. Rasel Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01716651652 7 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive Director +88-01956726522

Key points discussed: • Understanding and Broad overview of the agricultural sector in Bhola • Information on the crops grown in the area and agricultural practices • Information on the agricultural schemes under implementation from the local government • Sharecropping practices and implication on sharecroppers in the project area • Role and Participation of World Food Program (WFP) in the area

Detailed Note of Discussion • Agriculture is the primary mainstay of the district with almost 2,71,633 households or 95% involved in this field • The primary crops cultivated in this area include rice, maize, soya bean, and vegetables. Rice production is the highest amongst crops. Vegetables are also grown in significant quantity and used for export to other parts of Bangladesh. • However, the crop sold in the market is not at regulated or government controlled prices and varies more so on mutual negotiation. There are middlemen in transactions as well between the farmer and the retailer • The agricultural practices in the region is a mix of both cultivating ones own land as well as sharecropping where people with no landholding cultivate on others land by paying an initial one time payment as well as commission from the harvest. • Impacts from the project related activities are envisaged to be low on the neighbouring area. Only form of agricultural and livelihood impact is expected to be on the sharecroppers cropping that land. • Agricultural training programs are being conducted by the department for the farmers in the area. This include programs on integrated pest management and crop management, double cropping, utilization of better tools and organic fertilizers etc.

Data collected: Agricultural Data for Bhola for the previous calendar year as well as agricultural census information for the Boranuddin Upazilla (Sub-District) was collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Deputy Commissioner Office, Bhola Date: District Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Rafiqul Islam Commissioner Additional Deputy 01711015010 Office, Bhola Commissioner ( District revenue) 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074 5 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive Director +88-01956726522

Key points discussed: • Overview on the Land Acquisition and procurement process for the project • Any key issues emanating in the community from the project • Monetary disbursement process

Detailed Note of discussion: • The land acquisition for the project has been conducted by the government and then given to BPDB • Compensation has been provided in monetary form and determined by the government based on mouza prices on previous years estimates provided by the sub- registrar office • Asset valuation carried out by Public Works Division and crops, trees etc. by Forest department • There is no government or state level Rehabilitation or Rehabilitation policy • No compensation provided to non-landholders such as sharecroppers who are also dependant on the land for their livelihood • No issues have come to notice with respect to compensation. However, are aware of a pending case with respect to legacy issues and entitlement of compensation between the land losers is known • No major opposition to the land acquisition process. People are forthcoming about the project

Data collected: A copy of Land requisition and acquisition, new ordinance- 8/1993, Act 20/ 1994 was collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: Future consultation may be required with this stakeholder from the prospective of the Resettlement Action Plan and its implementation.

Basic details Location: Department of Social Welfare Date: Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Ms. Ismat Ara Khanam Department of Social Welfare 01818727480 Social Welfare Officer 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074 5 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive Director +88-01956726522

Key points discussed: • Role and Responsibility of the Social welfare department in Bhola • Social Welfare schemes and programs that are being undertaken and implemented by

the department in Bhola and Boranuddin Upazilla • Primary areas of social concern in Bhola and Boranuddin • Key issues and challenges faced in Boranuddin from the prospective of social welfare development • How is the project beneficial in that area and will it any way have any negative impact as such on the locals • What is the local public perception about the project • Participation level of the international and domestic NGO’s and welfare organizations

Detailed Note of Discussion • The primary programmes run by the Social Welfare Department in Bhola and Boranuddin and funded by Government are as follows o Micro credit program o Old people pension scheme o Divorce women compensation scheme o Help less people scheme o Freedom fighter scheme • Any NGO or welfare organization working in the area are required to obtain permit or clearance from the Social welfare department • Women specific Social Welfare Department run by the department provides loan of Tk 5000 to women group ( 10-15 person) for poultry rearing, Nakshi Katha (embroidery), local handicraft ( earthen work), Local business of raw materials ( fruit/ beetle nut) etc . • For other vulnerable groups such as old aged, divorced women, the department provides a monthly pension under a government scheme. • Households earning less then Tk 7500 per year are eligible for taking Micro-credit finance from the department. Also, their children are supported via education grant at different levels of schooling right from Primary upto college graduate. • The primary areas of concern in Bhola and Boranuddin are destruction due to natural calamities which leads to loss of life and property. Challenges are faced in terms of rehabilitation and reconstruction once the disasters are over. Education, healthcare, social fads like child marriage are also some of the other issues in the area. • The department helps in disaster management activities as well as local rehabilitation and reconciliation work • International humanitarian groups such as UNICEF, WFP are also actively involved in this region. • Joint training programs and initiatives are taken by the department and the international organizations • People are eager for this project to come up primarily due to the fact that it will bring uninterrupted electricity in the area, will create opportunities in form of jobs and small business contracting. As such, there is no aversion to the project

Data collected Scheme related documents have been collected from this stakeholder Any further follow up decided Follow up may be required during project implementation phase in case the client wants to initiate CSR and Welfare activities

Basic details Location: Department of Health, Bhola Date: 30.5.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 11:00 AM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact

1 Dr. Md. Baki Hossaini DG Health Deputy Civil Surgeon 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive +88-01911702074 Director 5 Mr. Md. Alim Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01723628840 6 Mr. Rasel Miah EQMS Surveyor +88-01716651652 7 Mr. Motasin Billah NGO-MA Executive +88-01956726522 Director

Key points discussed: • Role and Responsibility of the Public Health and Welfare department in Bhola • Structure of the department and the healthcare facilities in Bhola and Boranuddin • Primary diseases and healthcare problems in Bhola • Concerns with respect to impacts envisaged from the construction and operation of the project • Health programmes under implementation in the Bhola

Detailed Note of Discussion: • Primary healthcare centre functional under the Bangladesh government. Responsible for regulating all the medical centres, hospitals and clinics in the district. • At present, approximately 175 community clinics are functional in Bhola. For every 6000 people or at every 2 km there is a community clinic. There is a community clinic functioning in Kutba Union (project location) in Boranuddin Upazila. • Other then community clinics there are also one general hospital, 7 Upazilla healthcare centres and a multispecialty tuberculosis centre in Bhola • Primary diseases and health concerns on Bhola and Boranuddin include Acute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP), Tuberculosis, Pneumonia and Water borne diseases. • Concerns with respect to the project conception include migration of labour into the area leading to sexually transmitted diseases, communicable diseases and increase in Tuberculosis during operation phase. • Several health programmes are under implementation in Bhola, some of which include: o Family Planning o Nutrition o Infant Mortality Reduction o Disaster Management o IMCI – Integrated Management of Child Illness o CHCP- Community Health Care Provider o Combating Rabies o Community Clinic Management Group Training • The above programs not only enjoys government level participation and funding but also enjoys foreign participation from major aid organizations such as UN and USAID

Data collected Latest Health Data (OPD) was collected for Bhola for the past month from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Upazila Puroshabha ( City Date: 30.5.12 Corporation) Office Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 11:00 AM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation

Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Rafiqul Islam Upazila Mayor +88-01711043020 Puroshabha (City Corporation) 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Understanding on current project developments • Perception and viewpoint of the local authorities and the people about the project • Key issues and problems faced in the municipality • Expectations of the local community from this project

Detailed note of discussion: • It was intimated that the local people are keenly looking forward for this project • the project is primarily located in the Boranuddin Upazilla, however some parts of the access road lie inside the Puroshabha • With respect to the access road from the Boranuddin Upazilla to the site, the same will be constructed by LGED and expanded 24 feet. • It was intimated that people will give land for the expansion and no major opposition or impact is envisaged • The Land acquisition for the road is yet to be started. In terms of land value and cost, per Decimal of land costs Tk50,000 outside Puroshabha & Tk1,50,000 inside the Puroshabha • People also looking forward to for a fertilizer factory in Boranuddin • Project proponent should engage local employees and contribute to local community development including education and healthcare facilities • Water supply is a key problem in the area

Data collected Municipal data (key census and demographic statistics was collected from the stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Upazila Chairman Home Date: 02.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 11:00 AM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Jashim Uddin Upazila Parishad Chairman +88-01712510203

2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Perception and viewpoint of the local authorities and the people about the project • Any significant power plant issues, complaints and grievances (if any) with respect to the land acquisition process • Scope for industrialization in Bhola

Detailed Note of Discussion • People looking forward to the establishment of the power project • Quality of Work and contractors mobilized should be good and experienced. • No key issues with respect to land or any form of opposition to the project. • Do have knowledge of litigation between two factions of claimants for land compensation but the issue is not against the project proponent or the local administration. The same is expected to be resolved soon. • Expecting more development in Bhola in terms of industrialization. People are eager for development in the area.

Data collected: No data collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Project Site Date: 02.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 12:30 PM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Salamat Sharecropper at N/a Project Site 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Understanding on the Sharecropping pattern in the area • Total sharecroppers cropping in the area, for total no. of years as well as earning per sharecropper per harvest season • Knowledge about the project • On forward approach for livelihood after the land has been taken and the plant constructed • Any significant power plant issues, complaints and grievances if any

Detailed Note of Discussion • Sharecrops for land owner on 40 decimals of land. Have paid an advance amount to the land owner and also reached an agreement to pay certain percentage of earning from the crops cultivated. • Has been sharecropping for the past 40 years. Another 50-100 people sharecrop in this particular land. They have similar profit sharing agreement with their respective owners. • Primarily grows paddy in this land. Takes two harvests in a year with one harvest contributing to almost 600Kg of crop. Earnings from each harvest is dependant on the market rate.. • Apart from sharecropping, a large fraction also uses the land for cattle grazing. • Is aware of the land being acquired and soon, to be developed into a gas fired plant. • Compensation only provided to the land owners as part of the acquisition process. No compensation provided to the sharecroppers. • Once the project comes up, will migrate to other land for continuing the practice as it is the primary and only livelihood resource.

Data collected: No data collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: Follow-up or meeting may be required with this stakeholder in case study progresses to the development of RAP and certain considerations are provided for compensating existing sharecroppers in the project site.

Basic details Location: Project Site Date: 02.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: 1:30 PM Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Kadir Pandit Land Looser N/a 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Understanding of the project area and its socio-economic status • How much land lost to acquisition for the project and what sort of compensation was paid • Understanding the usage of compensation received • Understanding of the Household level indicators • Understanding on the Sharecropping pattern in the area • Any significant power plant issues, complaints and grievances if any

Detailed Note of Discussion

• The project area is primarily dominated by Hindu population. The primary livelihood support is agriculture followed by animal husbandry (rearing of cows, goats, ducks and poultry). • Land is primarily cultivated by sharecroppers and land owners take fixed amount in cash per decimal • Have lost complete hand holding to the projet. However, no compensation has been paid due to dispute with respect to land ownership. Case has been registered at court and decision is still pending to determine the rightful ownership for the land. • Land rate has been fixed at Tk 4000/4 decimal. However, at present rate, it has inflated to 40,000/4 decimal. • Land owners have paid 40 to 50% of the compensation amount as bribe to the broker for receiving their compensation from government. • Has been cultivating the land for the past 50 years. Used to harvest 1tonnes of crop/acre of harvest, twice a year. • Earnings used to be in the range of Tk 150/Kg of harvest • Presently landless and surviving on animal husbandry. Earn approximately Tk 1000- 1200 daily from dairy, eggs and meat products. • Will start a small business from the compensation amount • Key expectations from the project are employment, better infrastructure and access to electricity which is currently absent in the area.

Data collected: Socio-Economic data collected from this stakeholder as part of the Socio-Economic survey.

Any further follow up decided: Follow-up meeting may be required with this stakeholder in case study progresses to the development of RAP and certain considerations are provided for compensating the land looser.

Basic details Location: ASA Office Date: 02.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Md. Nur A Alam ASHA- Branch Manager, +88-0130084692 Microfinance Borhanuddin institution in Upazila Boranuddin 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Understating on the microfinance sector and initiatives in Bhola and Boranuddin • Background of Asha as an agency and the type of work it is involved in • Key on-ground issues and challenged by the agency • Biggest social challenges and issues in Boranuddin

Detailed note of discussion • ASHA is one of the largest microfinance institutions in the world. There primary work is microfinance and microcredit schemes in Education, Health and Socially relevant sectors. • Has been active in the Kutba and Boranuddin area since its inception back in 1997. The group presently involve almost 2000 members. Presently, there are two registered branches in Boranuddin employing a total workforce of 35 personnel. • Detailed periodic survey is conducted by the organization to understand the needs and requirements of the community and channelizing the financing to meet these requirements. • Minimum loan disbursed is in the range of Tk 5000 and the maximum ranging at Tk 60,000. • In education, the scheme helps in admission to schools and colleges, book purchase, etc. For sanitation, loan is provided for construction of toilets. • Loan is financed in the name of the women and recovery is as high as 99%. • Primary challenges faced by the local community are natural disasters, health problems and disease outbreaks, social fads such as child marriage, illiteracy etc. • Project is likely to improve the socio economic status of the area with improvement in literacy, awareness, accessibility to electricity etc.

Data collected Microcredit Application form collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: Stakeholder can be utilized during later stages of project to implement CSR strategy, development plans as proposed by the project proponent as part of the projects welfare program

Basic details Location: COAST Office Date: 02.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Mr. Md. Monsur Alam COAST- an NGO Branch Manager, +88-01713164634 Borhanuddin Upazila 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 4 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Background of Coast as an agency and the type of work it is involved in • Key on-ground issues and challenged by the agency • Biggest social challenges and issues in Boranuddin

Detailed Note of discussion: • The COAST NGO started in 1998 after the project office of Action Aid • The primary engagement is in microfinance, governance, livestock, security and awareness on food, education and sanitation • Microfinance support for families below poverty line with monthly financing from TK4000-6000. For Small businessman loans can vary from Tk 30,000-2,00,000 • Presently engage 10 staffs in 4 offices • Primary members of the organization are fisherman (55% of total members) • COAST can finance PAP of the proposed power plant project • Primary challenges faced in Burhanuddin are political issues, electricity, water and sanitation • Project likely to bring economic benefit, jobs and associated skills, as well as overall development of Bhola

Data collected: A copy of the Microcredit Application form was collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided Stakeholder can be utilized during later stages of project to implement CSR strategy, development plans as proposed by the project proponent as part of the projects welfare program

Basic details Location: BAPEX Office Date: 03.6.12 Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Mr. Md. Shakwat BAPEX- Bhola Deputy General +88-01711892109 Hossain Manager (Production) 2 Mr. Md. Sahadat BAPEX- Bhola Assistant Manager Hossain 3 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 4 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant 5 Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal EQMS Executive Director +88-01911702074

Key points discussed: • Role of BAPEX in the project if any • Gas Availability, Exploration and Supply status • Land Acquisition for the Right of Way for the gas pipeline to the project site • Primary Local sensitivities and issues in relation to right of way

Detailed Notes of Discussion • BAPEX or Bangladesh Petroleum Production and Exploration Company Limited is responsible for only exploration of gas fields and reserves in Bhola. The assets after exploration are forwarded to Sundarban Gas Company Limited (SGCL). SGCL is responsible for supply of gas to the project site once the site is ready for operation. • The Gas pipeline from identified site to nearest valve station is responsibility of BAPEX while from the valve station to the project site, it is the responsibility of the project proponent • The land for the pipeline from the valve station to the project site is yet to be acquired. The typical ROW required for a gas pipeline is varies from 8-10 feet. • The forecasted availability of gas in Bhola is approximately 165(Billion cubic feet) with reserves lasting upto 40 years. Presently, the only gas field supplying gas is the Kachchia gas field and exploration is underway in 2 newly discovered fields by Russian company Gas Prom contracted by BAPEX • Apart from loss of land, the other impact on land losers is crop and structural damage • BAPEX allows local people to cultivate on the acquired land. However any form of structural construction is prohibited. • Because the ROW for the land acquired is not very considerable and damage is restricted to mostly crops and trees, issues are not of very significant.

Data collected: Gas availability datasheet was collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: No further follow-up or meeting is required with this stakeholder

Basic details Location: Project Site Date: Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Union Parishad Members Union Parishad, Burhanuddin Upazilla 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant

Key points discussed: • Understanding and awareness about the project • Expectations from the project • Key issues rising from the land acquisition process and is there are any major oppositions sighted with respect to the project • General questions on the social structure of Burhanuddin, role of marginalized groups such as women, primary work profiles, availability of key utilities etc. • Participation levels of the project proponent till now and level of community consultation undertaken

Detailed Note of Discussion • Knowledge about the project is there but in-depth understanding is yet to be established. The general opinion is that the project is being put up by the government. More or less, people are enthusiastic about the project as it will be one of the largest projects in Bangladesh (combined BPDB and Lanco). • The project will create employment and contractor opportunities for the local population. Also, a significant need from the project is better electricity supply. Electricity supply in the area which is currently only at about 25% in the rural areas and mostly controlled by two supply authorities, one private other government. However, there is high amount of power shortages and electricity failures in the area • No major opposition to land acquisition for the project. Present market price around the project area has increased to almost Tk 30,000-40,000 per decimal. • Participation level of women in the society is improving. Presently, 3 out of 9 seats in union administration and legislation are reserved for women members. Women are also moving towards higher education and enrolling into government and private services. However, some of the key issue that are still persisting are with respect to polygamy, domestic violence and child marriage • People are also expecting for other industries to come up from the advent of this project, particularly fertilizer factory, cold storage units which will help in supporting Bhola’s agrarian based economy.

Data collected: No data collected from this stakeholder

Any further follow up decided: Follow-up or meeting may be required with this stakeholder in case study progresses to the development of RAP.

Basic details Location: Project Site Date: Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Anil Chandra Dey Land loser and N/a N/a Project Affected Family 2 Narayan Chandra Dey Land loser and N/a N/a Project Affected Family 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant

Key points discussed: • Nature of impact and loss • Adequacy of compensation and disbursement • Household income and expenditures • Access to resources and key facilities and utilities in the area

Detailed Note of Discussion • Lost land, crop and orchard (consist of coconut, betel nut, betel leaf, banana) for the project site and approach road respectively • Total compensation estimated at about Tk 97,000. However, received only 50% of the total compensation as the remaining 50% was wrongly taken by a broker as service fees for reported facilitation in the land acquisition process • Due to this nexus between brokers and land assessment officials, high illiteracy and lack of awareness about the acquisition process, a majority of the land losers have lost a significant proportion of their entitlement to the broker-official nexus • Presently, income from harvest on remaining land holding, betel leaf cultivation and dairy supply. Also, supported by sons working in government agencies. Monthly income from Areca totals to Tk 5000-6000. For crop harvest, earn approximately Tk 30,000 annually. • In terms of utility, primary source of water is deep tube-well and in terms of electricity, connection has been taken from a private agency. However, the supply is highly irregular. • The neighbourhood is peaceful with majority of the households being Hindu.

Data collected: Household data collected from the stakeholder as part of the socio-economic survey

Any further follow up decided: Follow-up or meeting may be required with this stakeholder in case study progresses to the development of RAP and certain considerations are provided for additional compensation of the land losers.

Basic details Location: Project Site Date: Project: 0156283/ Bhola Environmental Time: Support Purpose of the visit: Environmental and Social Consultation Important Notice: This document, intended for internal use of ERM, provides a working summary of the main facts captured during the meetings held, not formal minutes. It is therefore deliberately not exhaustive or chronological and, being provided for information, is not intended for official review or approval.

Meeting attended by No. Name Organization Designation Contact 1 Arjun Dey and family Sharecropper at N/a N/a Project Site 2 Mr. Pravash Mishra ERM Principal Consultant 3 Mr. Aritra Mazumder ERM Assistant Consultant

Key points discussed: • Understanding on the Sharecropping pattern in the area • Total sharecroppers cropping in the area, for total no. of years as well as earning per sharecropper per harvest season • Knowledge about the project • On forward approach for livelihood after the land has been taken and the plant constructed • Any significant power plant issues, complaints and grievances if any

Detailed Note of Discussion • Three brothers in the family have been sharecropping for the land owner on 3acres and 20 decimals of land in the project area for the past 15 years. Have paid an advance amount to the land owner and also reached an agreement to pay certain percentage of earning from the crops cultivated. • Earn Tk 20,000-25,000 from a single harvest out of which gives Tk 10,000-15,000 to the landowners • Another significant source of income is Betel leaf cultivation which provides Tk 20,000 annually and dairy products. • Primarily grows paddy in this land. Takes two harvests in a year. • Apart from sharecropping, also use the land for cattle grazing in lean season • Another 50-60 families cultivate in the same area. • Is aware of the land being acquired and soon, to be developed into a gas fired plant. • Compensation only provided to the land owners as part of the acquisition process. No compensation provided to the sharecroppers. • Once the project comes up, will migrate to other land towards south for continuing the practice. Is wary of the fact that the long term association with the landlord will come to an end, will have to find a new landowner for continuing the practice.

Data collected: Data collected from the stakeholder as part of the socio-economic process

Any further follow up decided: Follow-up or meeting may be required with this stakeholder in case study progresses to the development of RAP and certain considerations are provided for compensating existing sharecroppers in the project site.

Annex S

Thermal Plume Modelling Draft Report

Neodymium217.9 MW Gas-Fired Polybutadiene RubberCombined Facility Cycle Power Plant

Project, Bhola, Bangladesh Pollution Control Study Thermal Modelling Report May 2012

www.erm.com July 2012

Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

Environmental Resources 217.9 MW Gas-Fired Combined Cycle Management (S) Pte Ltd

Power Plant Project, Bhola, 120 Robinson Road #10-01 Bangladesh Singapore 068913 Telephone (65) 6324 9636 Facsimile (65) 6226 1636 Email [email protected] Thermal Modelling Report Website: www.erm.com

Client Project No

Lanco Power International Pte. Ltd. 0156283 Project Summary Date 27 July 2012 The Government of Bangladesh has authorized the Approved by Bangladesh Power Development Board to develop a 150 – 225 MW gas fired Combined Cycle Power Plant in Bhola, Bangladesh. To fulfil part of this requirement, Lanco Power International Pte Ltd were appointed to design, finance, build, own and operate a 217.9 MW Gas-Fired Combined Cycle

Power Plant (the Project).

This report presents Thermal Plume Discharge Modelling which has been conducted for the Project, to meet the requirements of both the local Government of Bangladesh and Craig Reid potential Lenders. ERM Partner

0 Draft Report JS GAK CAR 27.07.12

Revision Description By Checked Approved Date This report has been prepared by Environmental Resources Management with all Distribution reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the Contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of Internal the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect or any matters Public outside the scope of the above.

This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility of whatsoever Confidential nature to any other third parties ("Third Parties") to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such Third Parties rely upon the report at their own risk.

Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 BACKGROUND 1 1.2 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT 1

2 OVERVIEW OF STUDY METHODOLOGY 3

2.1 INTRODUCTION 3 2.2 PROJECT SITE 3 2.3 MODELLING METHODOLOGY 4 2.4 MODELLING SCENARIOS 10

3 MODELLING RESULTS 11

4 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 20

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND

Lanco Power International Limited (Lanco) is proposing to set up a 225 MW Gas-fired Combined Cycle Power Plant (CCPP) Project in Bhola District of Bangladesh. Environmental Resource Management (ERM) has been commissioned by Lanco to undertake an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the Bhola CCPP.

A requirement of the proposed facility would be the operation of both a river water intake and cooling water discharge outfall. A key consideration for the operation of the proposed power plant is the impact on existing local water quality and hydrodynamics. Therefore, a thermal plume discharge modelling is to be undertaken to review whether potential water quality impacts associated with Bhola CCPP would be acceptable as per the Applicable Standards.

Lanco has thus commissioned Environmental Resources Management (ERM) to undertake the thermal plume discharge modelling Study. This document presents the results of this study.

The objectives of this study are as follows:

• Model the behaviour of the thermal plume and water temperatures in the project area,

• Provide information on the recirculation of cooling water (if any) from the discharge canal to the intake structure,

• Evaluate excess water temperatures and their impact on the project area.

This Thermal Modelling Report presents the results of the modelling of the behaviour of the plume and water temperatures for this study.

1.2 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

This Thermal Modelling Report comprises the following sections:

• Section 2 - Overview of the Study Methodology presents an overview of the Study methodology, including a description of the computer modelling techniques to be employed to quantify the impacts and a broad description of the modelling simulations;

• Section 3 - Discussion of Model Results describes the modelling of the discharge from the outfall, including the presentation and discussion of the model results in terms of plume characterisation and dispersion.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 1 • Section 4 - Summary and Conclusions summarises the modelling and presents the key findings.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 2 2 OVERVIEW OF STUDY METHODOLOGY

2.1 INTRODUCTION

This section presents an overview of the study methodology, including a description of the computer modelling techniques employed to quantify the impacts and a broad description of the modelling simulations. A description of the project site is also presented for reference purposes.

2.2 PROJECT SITE

2.2.1 Location

The proposed Bhola CCPP site is located along Dehular Canal in Bhola District of Bangladesh (Figure 2.1). Dehular Canal flows in close proximity to the western boundary, originating from Tetulia River, passing through the entire width of the island and merging down into the Meghna River. Water depths in the Dehular Channel are approximately 4.3 metres on average ranging from 0.9 m to 11.9 meter recorded during the site survey.

Figure 2.1 Aerial View of Project Site

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 3 2.2.2 Intake and Outfall Design

According to the Client, the cooling water discharge channel will be a one way travelled channel connecting the power plant cooling water discharge structures to the waters of the Dehular Canal. The cooling water discharge channel will be approximately 4 m wide and dredged to -3 metres.

Intake and outfall design drawings have been provided by the Client, as shown in Figure 2.2.

Figure 2.2 Bhola CCPP Layout showing the Intake and Outfall Structures (Ref:Plot Plan Layout Bhola Dtd 05.07.2012.pdf)

2.3 MODELLING METHODOLOGY

2.3.1 Model Selection

The Bhola CCPP thermal plume behaviour has been quantified using hydrodynamic computer modelling techniques. Modelling allows the prediction and description of the water level, current speed and direction, and temperature dispersion. As the cooling water plume is warmer, and thus less dense than the receiving water, plume dispersion is fundamentally a 3-D phenomenon. Therefore, a 3-D hydrodynamic model has been applied.

The hydrodynamic and transport model chosen to compute the transport and fate in this coastal region is GEMSS®, an integrated system of 3-D hydrodynamic and transport modules embedded in a geographic information

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 4 and environmental data system. GEMSS is in the public domain and has been used for similar studies worldwide; ERM has special expertise with the model in that ERM staff contributes to the source code and has completed many applications with the model. GEMSS has been applied in project around the world to study oceans, lakes, streams, and estuaries. Modelling in 3-D is important for an accurate simulation of the salinity and temperature plumes which may stratify within the water column vertically as a function of density.

2.3.2 Project Facilities

The proposed Bhola CCPP withdraws the canal water through a 5 m wide and 3 m deep open channel and discharges a constant cooling water discharge flow rate of 7 m3/s and a temperature rise, or excess temperature ∆T, of 6˚C to the surface water in the canal.

2.3.3 Grid Layout

A rectilinear 3-D model grid that incorporated the intake(s) and outfall(s) locations of the power plant and covered 1 km upstream and 2.8 km downstream from the outfall was developed for the study region and is shown with the shoreline in Figure 2.3. Cell size is approximately 30 m by 15 m. Model domain is approximately 3.8 km from north to south and with the full width of Dehular Canal.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 5 Figure 2.3 Model Domain and the Grid Layout

Project Intake Location

Outfall

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 6 2.3.4 Bathymetry

Bathymetric data collected during the baseline survey in April 2012 were used to assign depth value for each cell in the Dehular Canal in the grid domain. The water depths range from 0.9 to 11.9 metres.

2.3.5 Meteorological Data

Meteorological data were extracted from 2012 data recorded at a meteorological station at Barisal station. This set of data is representative of the local meteorological conditions and therefore is used to represent the simulation periods in 2012. The climate and rainfall distribution of the area is of tropical nature dominated by the south-west monsoon of the Indian Ocean. The time series plots of meteorological data for the simulation time periods in Jan and Aug are shown in Figure 2.4 & 2.5, respectively. These periods are representative of the local typical weather conditions, which are typical winter monsoon (NW) periods and summer monsoon (SE) monsoon, respectively. Model scenarios were also selected based on these ‘seasons’.

Figure 2.4 January Wind Speed and Direction

WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY: Barisal Wind Speed dsfds Direction (blowing from)

NORTH

50% 40% 30% 20% 10% WEST EAST

WIND SPEED (m/s)

>= 11.1 SOUTH 8.8 - 11.1 5.7 - 8.8 3.6 - 5.7 2.1 - 3.6 0.5 - 2.1 Calms: 0.00%

COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME:

vxcv 2002-2011 Jan 1 - Jan 31 00:00 - 23:00 MODELER:

CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:

0.00% 111 hrs.

AVG. WIND SPEED: DATE: PROJECT NO.:

2.13 m/s 7/18/2012 cc WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 7 Figure 2.5 August Wind Speed and Direction

WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY: Barisal Wind Speed Bangladesh Direction (blowing from)

NORTH

50% 40% 30% 20% 10% WEST EAST

WIND SPEED (m/s)

>= 11.1 SOUTH 8.8 - 11.1 5.7 - 8.8 3.6 - 5.7 2.1 - 3.6 0.5 - 2.1 Calms: 0.00%

COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME:

vxcv 2002-2011 Aug 1 - Aug 31

00:00 - 23:00 MODELER:

CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:

0.00% 382 hrs.

AVG. WIND SPEED: DATE: PROJECT NO.:

2.64 m/s 7/18/2012 cc

WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

2.3.6 Tides

Currents and tides in Dehular Canal indicated a diurnal cycle. During the baseline assessment, the tidal elevation ranged 0.15 meters at a four hour interval from April 21,2012 12:00pm to 4:00pm. In the absence of other tidal data available, tidal elevation covering a full spring-neap cycle were interpolated from the predicted tidal data at Station Chittagon (1) (Figure 2.6) by applying to the 14 day lunar signal to the limited in-site tidal measurements. For all simulations, the salinity at the open boundaries was maintained at 3 ppt.

(1) WXTide32 - FREE world-wide tides and currents for Windows.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 8 Figure 2.6 Predicted Tides in January and August at Station Chittagon and Assumed Tides for the Site Area

4.5 Chittagon, Jan 1-31,2012 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5

Water Level (m)Level Water 1 0.5 0 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 8:00 4:00 12:00 12:00 12:00 12:00 12:00 12:00 12:00 Jan 1 2012 12:00:00 PM 12:00:00 Jan 1 2012

5 Chittagon, August 1-31,2012 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2

Water Level (m) Level Water 1.5 1 0.5 0 7:00 2:00 9:00 4:00 6:00 1:00 8:00 3:00 5:00 7:00 2:00 9:00 4:00 6:00 1:00 8:00 3:00 5:00 11:00 10:00 12:00 11:00 10:00 Aug 01 2012 12:00:00 PM 12:00:00 2012Aug01

0.2 Site, August 1-15,2012 0.15

0.1

0.05

0 6 3 9 0 6 3 9 0 6 3 15 21 12 18 15 21 12 18 15 21 12 18 Surface Elevation(m) -0.05

-0.1 Aug1,2012 0:00

-0.15

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 9 2.4 MODELLING SCENARIOS

Thermal plume modelling were conducted to represent the proposed operational conditions over differing seasons based on ambient and project information (e.g. characteristics of operational discharges and water quality) provided by the Client. Simulation was conducted at a constant discharge rate of 7 m3/s during the operation of Bhola CCPP. A total of three scenarios were modelled to represent the winter monsoon (January), the summer monsoon (August), and a worst condition considering the worse seasonal meteorological condition in combination of the worse tide condition. All three scenarios are conducted over a spring-neap tidal cycle (14 days).

Table 2.1 Scenario Matrix

Average Wind Speed / Scenario Water Temperatures Predominant Direction January 2.18 m/s 18˚C NW August 2.64 m/s 32˚C SE Worst No wind 32˚C Observed Data from Barisal 2010-2012

Model Assumptions

Simulation of thermal plume dispersion is conducted using a 3D hydrodynamic, time varying, thermal model incorporating Surface Heat Exchange function using KE method (K = 30 W/m2/°C; E = 18°C, 32°C), respectively, for the three different seasons modelled). Constant ambient water temperatures have been assumed due to lack of data. Constant cooling water discharge flow rate at 7 m3/s and ∆T of 6˚C has been applied.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 10 3 MODELLING RESULTS

The results of modelling cooling water from outfall in the project area are presented in Table 3.1 to Table 3.3 and Figure 3.1 to Figure 3.5 below. The tables list excess temperatures (ET) at the facility intakes, excess temperatures at the discharge structure, and hectares of water surface experiencing elevated water temperature of greater than 2°C and 3°C with the Bhola CCPP project. The figures include excess temperature time series and probabilistic plume plots for all of the scenarios run. The ET plots were picked from the time series plots (a full spring-tide cycle) to demonstrate the maximum ET going upstream and downstream focusing on the potential maximum impact from the CCPP. The excess temperature time series illustrate the intensity of the plume at the intake and discharge structures.

Use of the time-varying, 3-D computation allows the thermal plume’s time- varying properties to be summarized in a “probabilistic plume envelope”. For this study, the model has predicted that the thermal plume oscillates at the end of the cooling water discharge canal due to the combined action of time varying winds and tides. The temperature rise was known at every modelled grid cell on every computational time step to perform the probabilistic plume computations. This approach allows a visual representation of the probability of a given temperature rise (e.g. 1, 2, or 3°C) in any given grid cell, which is useful for impact analysis.

Probabilistic plumes for each of the scenarios modelled under the current study have been developed for both the 2°C and 3°C excess temperature increases at the water surface within the project area.

Table 3.1 Summary of Excess Temperature at Surface Water

Scenario Average ET at intake (˚C) Average ET at outfall (˚C) Jan 0.4 4.6 August 0.8 4.8 Worst 1.0 5.8

Table 3.1 summarized the excess temperature results from the simulation of all three scenarios. Starting with 6°C excess temperature plus any recirculated water at the discharge outfall, ET near the outfall cools to 4.6 and 4.8°C on average in winter and summer, respectively. A lower ET of 0.4°C at the power plant intake is predicted in Jan than August by 0.4°C on average. The average ET at the outfall is slightly higher in August than January.

Seasonal difference does not show large effect on the spread and cooling of the thermal plume. The probability plume plots of surface water for January and August are restricted to the water area near the end of discharge outfall. Within the discharge outfall grid cell (34.5m by 16.5m), there is more than 95% chance that the discharge outfall of the canal could have a 3°C rise of water temperature, whereas outside this grid cell, the chances of having a 3°C rise

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 11 greater than 95% is low. At the intake cell, the average ET is predicted to be higher in summer than winter likely due to the less mixing and water pushing upstream driven by different tide and wind characteristics. Higher ET at the intake consequently results in higher ET at the outfall cell.

The maximum ET at the outfall cell is greater than 6°C rise from time to time as some portion of heated water recirculates into the intake cell which is pulled into and added to the value of 6°C.

The results indicate that ET at the intake and outfall in August is higher than January, so the worst scenario is defined as the extremely low tide in combination with meteorological conditions in August. It is noted that there are very limited flow velocity and tidal data for the site and the possible extremely low tide might not have been captured by the tide data for summer and winter seasons. Hence, a low tide condition was assumed in the worst condition scenario.

As expected, the average ET at the outfall cells has the highest value of ET, 5.8 °C whereas the average ET at the intake reaches 1.0 °C, higher than winter and summer scenarios. This indicates that there is more recirculation and more ET during calm, slack tide conditions when there is less flushing of heated water away from the intake and discharge areas.

Mixing Zone Size

Contour plots of the probability of exceeding 3°C temperature rise at the water surface for the three scenarios are shown in Figures 3.5. Table 3.2 summarizes the area of water surface area that experiences ET>3°C and ET>3°C for a selected percentage of time. In the absence of other pre-defined criteria, the ET>3°C value is presented here as according to IFC regulations in establishing a mixing zone for cooling water discharges.

Model results in all three cases show a 0.06 hectare water surface area (the discharge cell) where ET is above 3°C for over 95% of the time.

Water surface areas where ET>2°C for over 95% of the time are predicted to be the same area as the ET above 3°C case.

Under the worst case conditions, ET values are higher than the others and the area is larger, but the size of the 95% area impacted is similar to the winter and summer values.

Table 3.2 Summary of Impact on Region Water Surface and Mixing Zone

10% to 100% 50%-100% 95%-100% Area of water surface (hectare) Jan 0.69 0.11 0.06 where ET > 2oC for the August 1.33 0.27 0.06 designated percentage of time Worst 4.51 0.35 0.06 Area of water surface (hectare) Jan 0.17 0.06 0.06 where ET > 3oC for the August 0.51 0.11 0.06 designated percentage of time Worst 0.83 0.17 0.06

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 12 Figure 3.1 Time Series Plot of Excess Temperature (Surface) at Intake for all Three Scenarios: January, August, Worst Scenario

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 13 Figure 3.2 Time Series Plot of Excess Temperature (Surface) at Outfall for all Three Scenarios

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 14 Figure 3.3 Excess temperature at Surface for Winter Scenario (Upper Panel: Tide Flowing Upstream; Bottom Panel: Tide Flowing Downstream)

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 15 Figure 3.4 Excess temperature at Surface for Summer Scenario (Upper Panel: Tide Flowing Upstream; Bottom Panel: Tide Flowing Downstream)

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 16 Figure 3.5 Excess temperature at Surface for the Worst Scenario (Upper Panel: Tide Flowing Upstream; Bottom Panel: Tide Flowing Downstream)

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 17 Figure 3.6 Probabilistic Plume Plots (Exceeding 2°C) at Surface Water for January, August and Worst Scenario

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 18 Figure 3.7 Probabilistic Plume Plots (Exceeding 3°C) at Surface Water for January, August and Worst Scenario

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 19 4 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

This modelling report presents the results of modelling to predict the behaviour of a thermal plume discharge due to the development of a power facility at Bhola, in Bangladesh.

Detailed 3-D hydrodynamic modelling has been conducted to examine the plume and water temperatures in the project area.

Three modelling scenarios have been examined looking at a thermal plume discharge of 7 m3 per second at a constant excess temperature of 6°C above ambient conditions. Results have been presented as both excess temperature and thermal probability plots for the water temperature rise above background water temperature as a result of the inputs of the artificial heat load.

Model results show that the average excess water temperature at the end of the cooling water discharge cell ranges from 4.8 to 5.8°C above ambient for all three cases considered. Average excess temperatures of up to 1.0°C (in the worse low tide condition) could recirculate from the discharge cell to the intake cell. The probability plume plots of surface water for January and August are restricted to the water area near the end of discharge outfall. Within the discharge outfall cell (34.5m by 16.5m), there is more than 95% chance that the discharge outfall of the canal could have a 3°C rise of water temperature, whereas outside this cell, the chances of having a 3°C rise greater than 95% is negligible.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT LANCO POWER INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD 01562833_BHOLA THERMAL MODELLING DRAFT REPORT 27 JULY 2012 20

ERM has over 140 offices Across the following countries worldwide

Argentina Netherlands Australia Peru Belgium Poland Brazil Portugal China Puerto Rico France Singapore Germany Spain Hong Kong Sweden Hungary Taiwan India Thailand Indonesia UK Ireland USA Italy Venezuela Japan Vietnam Korea Malaysia Mexico

ERM Singapore Office

120 Robinson Road #10-01 Singapore 068913 Tel : +65 6324 9636 Fax: +65 6226 1636 www.erm.com

ERM consulting services worldwide www.erm.com